Está en la página 1de 320

WHITE PAPER

Best Practices in Accommodating Deflection, Building Creep and


Settlement: Grooved Mechanical Piping Systems
By Larry Thau
June 2009

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-01 Rev. A

Deflection of pipelines within a structure is often a concern for engineers designing and
specifying for pipe installation. If not adequately accommodated, repeated stress on a piping
system can cause damage to equipment and threaten the structural integrity of the building
itself. There are business implications of inadequate accommodation for deflection that result in
unsatisfied owners, whose occupants may complain about underperforming systems, noisy
pipes, damaged equipment or aesthetic impacts. These issues affect the engineer and
contractors bottom-line, since they may need to perform numerous call-backs in an attempt to
fix the problem.
With structures becoming taller, larger, and more complex in design, addressing deflection and
settlement concerns creates an additional challenge for the engineer. Because the business risk
is significant if a system design causes undue stresses on the piping system, forcing rigidly
constructed piping/components to bend it is essential for engineers to understand the system
requirements at the design stage to alleviate or accommodate deflection and settlement.
Grooved mechanical piping systems can address forced pipeline deflection or misalignment in a
piping system due to settlement and accommodate building sway due to thermal transients and
wind loads in vertical risers. They also accommodate linear piping movement from thermal
changes and building creep. Most often specified as a fast, easy, safe and reliable alternative to
welding, grooved mechanical pipe joining has a long history of effectively minimizing deflection
risks and accommodating for settlement in a variety of structures.
Accommodating Deflection and Linear Movement with Grooved Couplings
Grooved mechanical couplings are available with two distinct performance features. One class
is designed as "rigid" and the other as "flexible". Rigid grooved mechanical couplings are
designed to "fix" the joint in its installed position, permitting neither linear, angular nor rotational
movement at the joints, although it is possible to achieve movement by utilizing grooved
expansion joints. On the other hand, flexible grooved mechanical couplings are designed to
allow controlled linear and angular movement at each joint, which can accommodate pipeline
deflection, building creep and settlement.
Grooved mechanical couplings allow for movement in the pipe due to the design of the
components. The dimensions of the coupling key are narrower than the groove in the pipe,
allowing room for that coupling key to move in the pipe groove while maintaining the pressurized
seal of the gasket. Additionally, the width of the coupling housing allows for pipe end separation,
therefore leaving room for controlled linear and angular movement. The mechanical coupling
remains a self-restrained joint and the unique pressure responsive design provides sealing even
under deflection and pipe movement.
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-01 Rev. A


Grooved mechanical couplings are a great alternative to welded U-shaped expansion loops,
welded offsets, expansion joints and rubber bellows. These couplings are easier and faster to
install and accommodate deflection and linear movement within the design capability of the
coupling, all the while doing this within the products "free range of motion". This means that
imparted deflections can be accommodated in smaller spaces, with low stress on the
components.

Figure 1: Because the dimensions of the coupling key are narrower than the groove in the pipe, and because the
width of the coupling allows for pipe end separation, there is room for controlled movement while maintaining the
pressurized seal of the gasket.

Accommodating for Settlement


Unanticipated pipeline deflection can damage a buildings equipment or even compromise the
structural integrity of the building itself. The piping system designs must work in concert with
the building design. Deflection imposed on a piping system may occur due to uneven
settlement, particularly when considering new additions to existing structures. A newer
structure may settle at a greater rate and flexibility must be designed into piping systems
crossing the structures.
Piping misalignment due to uneven building settlement is addressed by using an even number
of flexible couplings and permitting the intermediate pipe to "toggle" as the movement occurs.
To determine the number of couplings required, define the amount of lateral misalignment on a
particular pipe run and the length of that pipe run. The objective in designing for misalignment is
to achieve the required displacement using the minimum number of couplings. Due to symmetry
around a transition point, the point of inflection is a pipe spool and not a coupling. The number
of couplings and the length of the pipe spools are two variables that can be altered to obtain the
desired misalignment. Other factors, such as the maximum angle of deflection at each coupling
and the maximum pipe end separation, are a function of the size and style coupling being used.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-01 Rev. A

Figure 2: The drawing above shows how flexible couplings deflect from the straight line to allow for building
settlement.

Accommodating for Deflection and Linear Movement Due To Thermal Transients


Thermal transients may impose deflection on a piping system as the pipe grows when heated
and contracts when cooled. All materials, including pipe, machinery, structures and buildings,
experience dimension changes as a result of changes in temperatures. This will often occur at
directional changes, or cause "bowing" at the mid points of long straight pipe runs, resulting in
stress on the piping system and equipment.
Three common methods of accommodating thermal expansion and contraction are:
Provide an expansion joint
Allow the system to freefloat and the pipe to move in a desired direction through the
use of anchoring and/or guidance, if necessary taking into account the capability of
branch connection or changes in direction which may result in harmful bending
moments
Utilize the linear movement and deflection capabilities of flexible grooved couplings.
Flexible grooved couplings provide deflection capabilities to accommodate pipe movement in
long straight runs or for use in expansion loops, and allow angular flexibility and rotational
movement to take place at joints. To provide for these thermal changes sufficient flexible joints
must be available to accommodate for the anticipated movement. In order to determine the
appropriate number of couplings to use, compute the change in the linear length of the piping
system by taking into account the length and size of the piping system and maximum and
minimum operating temperatures.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-01 Rev. A


Figure 3: The grooved coupling allows for controlled angular movement that may result from deflection.

The flexible mechanical joint can also be used in expansion loops without inducing stresses in
the pipes, elbows or joints. The deflection capability of flexible couplings allows for thermal
growth/contraction to be absorbed within the couplings at the elbows as the thermal forces
induce deflection. A total of eight flexible grooved mechanical couplings and four grooved end
90 degree elbows and three pipe spools are required to complete each expansion loop. (Figure
A) As system temperatures lower and the pipe run contracts, the loop expands and the
deflection capability of couplings accommodates this movement. (Figure B) As system
temperatures increase the opposite effect occurs as the pipe run expands and the loop
contracts with the couplings accommodating the deflection in the opposite direction. (Figure C)
A significant benefit to using this configuration is that a loop constructed in this manner will be
1/2 to 1/3 the size of a welded loop with the same capacity, and will accommodate the
movement without inducing stress into the pipe.

Figures A, B, C: The figures show how a grooved expansion loop can contract and expand to accommodate the
growth and shrinking of a system from thermal transients.

Accommodating for Building Creep or Subsidence


Similar to thermal transients, deflection or linear movement imposed on a piping system may
occur due to building creep. Building creep is the common term for the amount of actual building
shrinkage that will occur over time. This is an important consideration for high rise construction.
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-01 Rev. A


Accommodating building creep can be addressed three different ways using mechanical piping
systems: flexible system, rigid system or a combination of both.

In a flexible grooved system utilizing only flexible grooved mechanical pipe joints, risers are
installed with anchors at the top and bottom with the piping guided every other pipe length to
prevent snaking of the line. A sufficient number of flexible couplings must be utilized to
accommodate the anticipated movement. Pipe gapping of the pipe ends within the coupling is
required in order to allow the riser to compress with the building.
In a rigid system utilizing only rigid grooved mechanical pipe joints, risers can be treated similar
to a welded system, and where movement is required expansion joints or offsets are designed
into the riser to accommodate movement and prevent damage to components.
By designing risers with a combination of both rigid and flexible grooved joints, engineers can
utilize rigid couplings to reduce guiding requirements and the flexible grooved joints to
accommodate the movement required.

Accommodating Building Sway in Tall Buildings


Vertical riser piping in tall buildings is often subject to deflection due to heavy wind loads which
cause the building to sway. Where the pipe is rigidly fixed to the building structure, freedom of
motion must be designed into the piping to permit it to move in unison with the building. Flexible
couplings have been successfully used on vertical risers to provide the necessary freedom of
motion so that the pipe sways harmlessly with the building.
Examples of Accommodating Deflection, Building Creep and Settlement
Grooved mechanical couplings are a great alternative to welded expansion loops, welded
offsets, expansion joints and rubber bellows because they provide rigid or flexible joints which
gives the system designer a variety of options for managing piping movement and providing an
optimal system design.
On a recent high-rise project in Chicago, the engineer was able to accommodate the piping
movement caused by building creep and thermal transients through the deflection characteristic
of flexible couplings.
Taking into account the maximum Delta T (change in temperature) that the piping would
experience and the building creep, the engineer calculated the amount of movement that would
occur within a given run of piping. Based on these calculations and the building layout, he made
a decision to strategically locate anchors on the piping system using rigid couplings on the
straight runs and applying flexible couplings at the systems changes of direction. In one area,
the engineer anchored the run of pipe at the midway point between the basement and the midwww.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-01 Rev. A


level mechanical room. This anchor directed movement to the offsets at both ends of the pipe
run, and minimized the movement that would have occurred if the system was anchored at the
top or bottom of the run. Flexible couplings were applied at these offsets to allow for deflection
which accommodated these movements, minimized the stresses in the system all while
performing under tight space constraints typically found in high rise construction.
On a similar high-rise project in Dubai, the engineer was able to accommodate the piping
movement caused by building creep and thermal transients through the linear movement
characteristic of flexible couplings.
Also taking into account the maximum Delta T that the piping would experience and the building
creep, the engineer calculated the amount of movement that would occur within the main
vertical riser, and based on these calculations, he made a decision to strategically place a
series of pre-gapped flexible couplings on the main vertical riser at each floor to accommodate
total piping movement on a per-floor basis.

Several of the worlds tallest buildings have used the grooved system to meet their deflection
needs. The Petronas Towers in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia are the second tallest buildings in the
world. To accommodate for structural movements and sway they installed flexible couplings on
the riser pipes in order to provide angular deflection. In a recently completed Chicago high-rise,
the engineer specified flexible couplings on the branch piping coming off the main risers
because of their ability to provide a solution which allowed the pipe to grow, shrink and sway.
Several Victaulic flexible couplings placed in a series were used to accommodate the deflection
of the branch movement as the riser moves up and down.

The Bottom Line


Structural designs that include grooved mechanical pipe joints, such as rigid and flexible
couplings, will alleviate the challenges faced in accommodating for settlement and deflection. In
addition to the benefits in reduced footprint and added design flexibility, grooved mechanical
joints assist in the creation of a trouble-free, durable and easy-to-maintain structure for clients.
Contractors benefit from alleviated scheduling pressures and labor challenges due to the ease
of installation with grooved mechanical joints. Grooved mechanical joints also decrease or
completely eliminate the need for welding, which can significantly impact the safety on a job and
through the life of a structure.
Engineers, owners and contractors can save time and increase a structures lifespan by
planning for deflection and accommodating settlement in the design phase. Grooved
mechanical pipe joints, whether rigid or flexible, offer a fast, space-saving alternative to welded
joints.
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-01 Rev. A


Larry Thau is Executive Vice President- Chief Technology Officer for Victaulic Company, Inc. A
practicing mechanical engineer for 35 years, he holds over 35 patents and lectures on piping
technology around the world. Mr. Thau can be reached at LThau@victaulic.com.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-01 Rev. A

WHITE PAPER
Using Grooved Mechanical Joining Systems to Accommodate
Thermal Piping Movement
By Larry Thau
June 2009

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-02 Rev. A


The key to effectively accommodating thermal expansion and contraction in a building is to
allow the predictable, controlled movement of the piping itself. This can be done in a variety of
ways, and the selection of a specific method is based upon the engineer, the type of piping
system and the project parameters.
Thermal transients may impose stress on a piping system as the pipe grows when heated and
contracts when cooled. All materials, including pipe, experience dimension changes as a result
of changes in temperatures and their coefficient of expansion. This often occurs at directional
changes or causes "bowing" at the mid points of long straight pipe runs, resulting in stress on
the piping system and equipment.
When a system is subjected to temperature, it may experience horizontal movement, vertical
movement and angular deflection simultaneously. Additional strains on the piping system vary
based on whether the piping is vertical or horizontal. For horizontal piping, the major obstacle is
typically the space constraints around the length and turns of the pipe. For vertical piping,
considerations are different and should involve dynamic, static and elevation head calculations
of the pressures and loads that are exerted on the bottom portion of the pipe.
Carbon steel pipe will experience thermal expansion or contraction at a rate of 0.75 inches for
every 100 F change in temperature per every 100 feet of pipe. Piping subject to temperature
changes is placed in a condition of stress, with potentially damaging reactive forces on
components or equipment. The forces generated during this thermal dimension change are
often significant and the movement must be accommodated and controlled, to prevent
transmission of these stresses throughout the piping system.
Inadequate accommodation of this movement can result in business risks caused by excess
stress on the piping system, including increased incidence of ruptures and leaks, increased
stress on boilers, chillers, valves and other equipment and components, and increased
downtime and labor expenses. This can negatively impact the owners of the building by
resulting in increased maintenance costs and potential business shutdowns.
When accommodating thermal expansion and contraction, the grooved pipe joining system
conforms to industry practices while providing design flexibility, reducing stress on the piping
system and providing a more compact, inspectable and productive method of installation over
other pipe-joining methods such as welding or flanging. Additionally, the grooved method has all
sealing elements combined within a metallic housing.
There are four common methods for accommodating thermal pipe movement with a grooved
system:
1) providing an expansion joint utilizing grooved mechanical pipe components
2) allowing the system to free-float
3) utilizing the linear movement/deflection capabilities of flexible grooved couplings
4) providing an expansion loop utilizing grooved mechanical components

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-02 Rev. A


The selection of one of these methods is dependent on the system type, the scope of the
project and the engineer's preference. Since it is impossible to predict all system designs, this
article will call attention to the design benefits and mechanical advantages of the grooved piping
method when used to accommodate thermal expansion and contraction.
The grooved mechanical pipe joint
Grooved mechanical couplings allow for movement in the pipe due to the design of the
components. The dimensions of the coupling key are narrower than the groove in the pipe
allowing room for that coupling key to move in the pipe groove. Additionally, the width of the
coupling housing allows for pipe end separation leaving room for controlled linear and angular
movement. The mechanical coupling remains a self-restrained joint, and the unique pressure
responsive design provides sealing even under deflection and pipe movement.

Grooved mechanical couplings are a great alternative to welded U-shaped expansion loops,
welded offsets, expansion joints and rubber bellows. These couplings are easier and faster to
install, accommodate movement within the design capability of the coupling, all the while doing
this within the products "free range of motion. This means that piping system movement
caused by thermal expansion and contraction can be accommodated in smaller spaces, with
low stress on the components.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-02 Rev. A

Accommodating thermal movement utilizing expansion joints


Grooved mechanical couplings are available with two distinct performance features. One class
is designed as "rigid" and the other as "flexible. Rigid grooved mechanical couplings are
designed to "fix" the joint in its installed position, permitting neither linear, angular nor rotational
movement at the joints. Flexible grooved mechanical couplings on the other hand are designed
to allow controlled linear and angular movement at each joint that can accommodate pipeline
deflection.
Expansion joints are devices that can be compressed or expanded axially and are generally the
most costly alternative for accommodating thermal movement. A welded expansion joint is
typically an expensive specialty joint, flanged into the system and requiring regular
maintenance. More cost-effective expansion joints utilize grooved mechanical couplings and
specially grooved, short pipe nipples with flexible couplings placed in long straight runs of pipe
and pre-set to allow the desired amount of contraction and/or expansion. Axial movement can
be adjusted by simply adding or removing couplings. When a series of flexible couplings are
installed, the resulting grooved expansion joint will further protect equipment by reducing
vibrations and stresses in the system.
Whether using specialty expansion joints or a grooved expansion joint, the adjacent piping must
be properly guided to ensure the movement is directed into the device and no lateral movement
is experienced.
For proper operation of the expansion joint, the piping system should be divided into separate
expansion and contraction sections with suitable supports, guides and anchors to direct axial
pipe movement.
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-02 Rev. A


Anchors should be classified as main or intermediate for the purpose of force analysis. Main
anchors are installed at terminal points, major branch connections, or changes of piping
direction. The forces acting on a main anchor are due to pressure thrust, velocity flow and
friction of alignment guides and weight support devices.
Intermediate anchors are installed in long runs to divide them into smaller expanding sections to
facilitate using less complex expansion joints. The force acting on the intermediate anchor is
due to friction at guides, weight of supports or hangers, and the activation force required to
compress or expand an expansion joint.
Pipe alignment guides are essential to ensure axial movement of the expansion joint. If the
situation allows, the expansion joint should be adjacent to an anchor within four pipe diameters.
The first and second alignment guides on the opposite side of the expansion joint should be
located a maximum distance of four and 14 pipe diameters, respectively. Additional intermediate
guides may be required throughout the system for pipe alignment. If the expansion joint cannot
be located adjacent to an anchor, install guides on both sides of the unit.

Grooved expansion joints may be used as flexible connectors; however, they will not
simultaneously provide full expansion and full deflection. Expansion joints installed horizontally
require independent support to prevent deflection, which will reduce the available expansion.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-02 Rev. A


Accommodating thermal movement utilizing a Free-Floating System
Free-floating piping systems allow thermal expansion and contraction without the use of
expansion joints. As long as this movement does not cause bending moment stresses at branch
connections, it is not harmful to joints and changes in direction or to parts of structures and
other equipment. A free-floating system can be achieved by installing additional grooved
mechanicals joints or by installing guides to control the direction of movement. Engineers must
take the effects of pressure thrusts into account when utilizing flexible grooved couplings, as the
pipe will be moved to the full extent of the available pipe end gaps when allowed to float.
Ensure that branch connections and offsets are sufficiently long so that the maximum angular
deflection of the coupling is never exceeded and that it can accommodate the anticipated total
movement of the pipes. Otherwise, it is advised to anchor the system and to direct movements.

Flexible Grooved Couplings For Linear Movement and Deflection


Grooved mechanical couplings are an alternative to welded U-shaped expansion loops, welded
offsets, expansion joints and rubber bellows. Associated with a free floating system, flexible
couplings are used in piping systems to accommodate piping thermal growth without any
additional components or piping configuration required. Certain characteristics distinguish
flexible groove type couplings from other types and methods of pipe joining. When they are
understood, the designer can utilize the many advantages that these couplings provide.
By using flexible couplings at changes of direction and directing the movement toward the
directional change with properly placed anchors and guides, movement is accommodated by
the joining method itself. This method also produces little or no additional stresses in the
system, unlike a welded expansion loop.
Flexible couplings also can be used strictly for their axial movement capabilities. In this case,
straight runs are anchored on each end and the piping is guided at every other length. Each
flexible joint is pre-gapped (either fully gapped or fully closed/butted) at installation to ensure
that there are enough couplings to accommodate the expected expansion and/or contraction.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-02 Rev. A


The flexible grooved coupling allows for controlled angular flexibility and rotational movement to take place at joints.

Flexible grooved type couplings allow angular flexibility and rotational movement to take place
at joints. In order to determine the appropriate number of couplings to use, compute the change
in the linear length of the piping system by taking into account the length and size of the piping
system and maximum and minimum operating temperatures.
Where full linear movement is required, a grooved expansion joint can be used. Note, joints
which are fully deflected can no longer provide linear movement. Partially deflected joints will
provide some portion of linear movement. It is also important to consider that standard cutgrooved pipe will provide double the expansion and contraction or deflection capabilities of the
same size standard roll-grooved pipe.
When considering offsets utilizing grooved mechanical joints, the offsets must be capable of
deflecting sufficiently to prevent harmful bending moments at the joints. If the pipes were to
expand due to thermal changes, then further growth of the pipes would also take place at the
ends.
Flexible couplings do not automatically provide for expansion or contraction of piping. Always
consider best setting for pipe end gaps. In anchored systems, gaps must be set to handle
combinations of expansion and contraction. In free floating systems, offsets of sufficient length
must be used to accommodate movement without over-deflecting joints.
Ensure anchorage and support is adequate. Use anchors to direct movement away from or to
protect critical changes in direction, branch connections and structure. Spacing and types of
supports should be considered in accommodating anticipated pipe movements.
Expansion Loops Utilizing Flexible Couplings and Fittings
In vertical straight runs of pipe, expansion loops utilizing a U-shaped pipe configuration can also
be designed into the piping system to accommodate expansion and contraction. Expansion
loops can be designed as welded or grooved. Welded expansion loops require eight welded
joints and fittings to assemble. In a welded expansion loop, the piping bends or flexes to
accommodate the straight run movement. Although this method works, the forces to bend and
flex the pipe are much greater than in a grooved loop, and the forces generate a larger
magnitude of stress which requires larger anchors and guides to direct the movement and
protect components and structures.
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-02 Rev. A


The flexible mechanical joint can be use in expansion loops without inducing stresses in the
pipes, elbows or joints. Also, it is important to note that expansion loops utilizing rigid couplings
are not designed to accommodate angular deflection, however an expansion loop utilizing rigid
grooved copper couplings is designed to conform to industry standards.
The deflection capability of flexible couplings allows for thermal growth/contraction to be
absorbed within the couplings at the elbows as the thermal forces induce deflection. A total of
eight flexible grooved mechanical couplings, four grooved end 90-degree elbows and three pipe
spools are required to complete each expansion loop. As system temperatures lower and the
pipe run contracts, the loop expands and the deflection capability of the couplings
accommodates this movement. As system temperatures increase the opposite effect occurs as
the pipe run expands and the loop contracts with the couplings accommodating the deflection in
the opposite direction (See Figures A through C).

Using flexible couplings in an expansion loop configuration reduces the amount of force needed
to flex the loop, and the loop itself is much smaller. A loop constructed in this manner will be 1/2
to 1/3 the size of a welded loop with the same capacity.
The space constraints of todays buildings also make this a more attractive option in HVAC
piping, though welded expansion loops are still required in some system applications.
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-02 Rev. A


Making the Best Choice
Grooved mechanical systems offer four different methods to provide flexible, controlled
movement of a piping system. The selection of expansion joints, free-floating systems, flexible
couplings or expansion loops will be based on the type of piping system, the amount of
anticipated movement and the mechanical engineers preference.
In addition to effectively accommodating thermal expansion and contraction, engineers should
consider the additional benefits of using the grooved method during construction, including a
simplified assembly process that is readily inspectable relative to welded systems. Also,
mechanical couplings reduce the need for welding and reduce man hours and material handling
on the site, making for safer job sites and reduced risk of injury on-site. During operation, the
simple disassembly of a coupling reduces chances of deferred maintenance and lengthy
downtime for routine or unscheduled maintenance.
Overall, choosing the grooved mechanical method is an efficient way to accommodate excess
stress on any piping system, eliminate incidents of ruptures and leaks due to thermal expansion,
decrease maintenance needs of equipment, and simplifies the commissioning process.
Larry Thau is Executive Vice President- Chief Technology Officer for Victaulic Company, Inc. A
practicing mechanical engineer for 35 years, he holds more than 35 patents and lectures on
piping technology around the world.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-02 Rev. A

Circuit balancing: A key to improving HVAC system operation


and control
David L. Hudson
Victaulic Company, Inc.
Easton, PA
August 2009

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-03 Rev. A

As many building superintendents would agree, the symptoms of indoor climate


problems within their buildings usually surface as complaints from tenants. The
living or working spaces are too cold in winter, too hot in summeror some
combination of both extremes, year-round.
In response to these temperature variations, building occupants often
compensate by using space heaters, opening windows and adjusting thermostat
settings. Additional adjustments to the HVAC system may include larger pumps,
resizing components, changing night setback and morning startup times, and
flow adjustments in mains, branch lines and circuits independent of the impacts
on the entire HVAC system.
These types of fixes to alleviate cold and hot zones in a building are typically
ineffective and costly and usually do not correct the situation.
For example, resetting a workplace HVAC system startup time from 7:30 a.m. to
5:30 a.m. means that the plant operates at capacity two additional hours per day.
This works out to a 25 percent increase in energy consumption, which cancels
out the energy savings that night setbacks were designed to achieve.
As a result of such actions, building owners realize higher energy and operating
costs, additional wear on pumps and HVAC components and reduced control
valve authority throughout the system.
System designers may be challenged to defend their design, pipe sizing,
operating parameters and adequacy of controls when the HVAC system is simply
unbalanced.
Indoor temperature and climate problems typically are not caused by control
malfunctions or sizing errors. Often they are traceable to incorrect flow rates in
the HVAC system due to improper terminal unit balancing. Engineers typically
design HVAC systems with excess capacity for the building they support. Thus,
the ability to provide the necessary heat or cooling energy is present. Getting the
energy to the terminal unit and air handling unit (AHU) is the real issue.
Therefore, the key to HVAC system effectiveness and efficiency is properly
controlling flows throughout the entire system from production and delivery units
to terminal units for the comfort of all building occupants.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-03 Rev. A

Balancing for comfort and control


HVAC systems are designed with balancing valves to maintain flow conditions so
that control valves may function properly. Proper control valve function provides
the correct flow to the heat transfer coil resulting in the correct energy output
(BTU) to the building space.
Flow in an HVAC system is dynamic and always changing throughout a typical
24-hour period. Due to heat gain from the sun and changes in building
occupancy rates, the demand for heating and cooling output will vary not only
throughout the day and night, but by building sector. An effective and efficient
HVAC system must provide energy output when required and where required.
Proper Hydronic balancing is the key to making your HVAC system perform
properly and at the lowest cost.
Proper circuit balancing is essential to ensure that heating and chilled water
systems deliver correct flows to all terminal units in the HVAC circuit, as specified
by the systems design flow. In an unbalanced system, sectors of a building will
have underflow or overflow conditions that impact control valve authority and
thus the indoor climate in the building. For example, areas located nearest to the
energy production and delivery source could receive excess flows, resulting in
excessive heating or cooling. Likewise, areas that are remote (farthest away)
may experience inadequate heating or cooling levels because of insufficient flow
rates.
In terms of pure economics, each additional degree Fahrenheit increase in
thermostat setting can add six percent to a buildings heating costs, while every
degree Fahrenheit reduction works out to an additional eight percent increase in
cooling costs.
A typical HVAC circuit incorporates balancing valves for each terminal unit coil
and AHU. To balance a coil using a manual balancing valve, a technician needs
to connect a differential pressure gauge or handheld circuit balancing instrument
to the valves two metering/test ports. Based upon the valve size, hand wheel
position and the measured differential pressure, the system flow rate through the
balancing valve is readily determined with a balancing instrument, balancing flow
wheel or the valves Cv characteristics. The valve hand wheel is then adjusted to
obtain the required system flow rate.
Applying this technique to each balancing valve in the system will achieve proper
balance throughout the system so that all circuits receive specified design flows
for optimal performance. When pumps, chillers and other components operate at
the lowest possible load, owners benefit from less wear and tear, longer
equipment service life, and savings in energy and maintenance costs.
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-03 Rev. A

Figure 1: Coil-CW/HW schematic drawing and Tour & Andersson Coil Component

Manual balancing valves


Engineers and contractors have a variety of manual balancing valve
configurations to choose from for HVAC circuit balancing and control
applications. Throttling characteristics (the relationship between a valves
adjustment range and flow rate) also vary by valve type and are a key
determinant in each valves ability to be set to the desired flow and must be
verified using the balancing technique previously described.
For example, a quarter-turn ball valve provides 90 degrees of throttling
adjustment range, as compared with the 1,440 degrees of adjustment range
available with a four handwheel turn globe valve. As a result, many engineers
specify Y-pattern globe valves because of their ability to be set precisely to
control flows.
Depending on valve size, globe valves can offer full throttling ranges using 2, 4,
8, 12 or 16 handwheel turns, and enable users to obtain accurate readings of up
to one-tenth of a handwheel turn. Some valve manufacturers also provide vernier
scales, digital readouts, concealed memory and locking, tamper-proof settings
and other features designed to enhance flow rate accuracy and controllability.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-03 Rev. A

Figure 2: Comparison of throttling characteristics

Comparison of throttling characteristics


Generally speaking, a higher number of handwheel rotations equates to more
precise flow control. This graph illustrates the throttling characteristics of 90
degrees (1/4 turn), 360 degrees (full turn) and 1,440 degrees (four turn)
balancing valves.
A 90 degrees fully open-to-closed valve requires just a 12 degree change
in adjustment to equal a 30 percent change in flow.
A 360 degrees fully open-to-closed valve would require a 96 degrees
change in adjustment to equal the same 30 percent change in flow.
A 1,440 degrees fully open-to-closed valve would require 408 degrees of
change in adjustment to equal the same 30 percent change in flow.
Real-time measurement and control
A variety of optional pressure drop (P) sensors and balancing software
programs are available to provide data links to a buildings monitoring system. In
addition, some handheld circuit balancing instruments integrate P sensors and
microprocessors into a portable, lightweight package that enables contractors to
perform circuit balancing without the need for flow charts and pressure drop
calculations.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-03 Rev. A

Balancing helps isolate system trouble spots


The symptom is typically improper heating or cooling. The cause is an improperly
adjusted balancing valve, clogged strainer/coil or other system issue which
changes the specified flow rate through a coil or AHU. Diagnostic analysis can be
made readily on the suspect coil or AHU by checking the flow rate through the
respective balancing valve. Moreover, issues can be identified at a point when
they can still be corrected economically during building commissioning and
before tenant move-in.
For this reason, circuit balancing valves are integrated as part of a buildings
commissioning process. In addition to providing engineers with a comprehensive
record of specified and actual flows, balancing helps simplify setup and
monitoring of control equipment. These advantages reduce capital costs along
with commissioning times.
Conclusion
Far too many buildings are unnecessarily plagued by temperature variations that
can lead to tenant complaints and high energy and operating expenses for
owners. In most cases, these faults can be resolved easily through proper
balancing of the heating or cooling system in conformance with original design
performance specifications.
In addition to providing occupant comfort and efficient energy and operating
costs, effective circuit balancing can aid in troubleshooting the causes for
improper heating or cooling. A comprehensive circuit-balancing program should
be integrated into new building commissioning as a means of saving time and
energy and improving the long-term value of the building.
In the end, everybody wins. Tenants enjoy a comfortable living and working
environment, while building owners benefit from faster startup times, savings in
energy and operating costs, and enhanced return on their capital investment.
David L. Hudson is a Senior Product Engineer for Victaulic Company, Inc. He is a
practicing mechanical engineer with more than 26 years of experience. He can
be reached at dhudson@victaulic.com. Victaulic is the worlds leading producer
of mechanical pipe joining systems and the exclusive U.S. distributor of Tour &
Andersson circuit balancing valves.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-03 Rev. A

White Paper
Dual Agent Extinguishing System:
Victaulic Vortex
By William Reilly
Prepared for Presentation at
American Institute of Chemical Engineers
2008 Spring National Meeting
42nd Annual Loss Prevention Symposium
New Orleans, La
April 7-9, 2008

April 2008

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-04 Rev. A

-1-

Abstract
The dual agent fire extinguishing system generates a homogeneous suspension of sub-10
micron water droplets and nitrogen gas that is delivered at relatively high momentum with very
low operating pressures relative to existing fire suppression technologies. The combined
extinguishing characteristics of water and nitrogen enhance the individual components: coupled
with high delivery momentum, the suspension has demonstrated fire extinguishment capabilities
and benefits that extend the boundaries of existing single fluid systems. The science of
generating the homogeneous extinguishing agent is presented followed by a brief explanation of
the theory of fire extinguishment using the system. Fire test results are then presented that
demonstrate the Vortex capabilities in total flooding and local applications.
1) Introduction
Fire protection systems are available today in a large variety of configurations and with varying
complexities. From traditional water based sprinkler systems, the simplest and most widely
used, to the halocarbon agents and high pressure water mist systems. Each system has unique
advantages and disadvantages, depending on the hazard application.
After an in-depth analysis of all existing fire suppression systems, the researchers identified
specific desired characteristics of the new suppression system. The criteria called for minimal
wetting of protected surfaces, full fire suppression capabilities, zero environmental impact,
extended safe egress time for occupants in case of discharge, simplified system design for
multiple zones and scalability that surpasses current water mist technologies.

In order to achieve this, the design team decided that water droplet size should be as
small as possible thus reducing the required water volume and simultaneously
maximizing heat absorption efficiency. It was recognized that a new water delivery and
atomization method would need to be developed in order to produce very small water
droplets while overcoming the drag effect inherent with the projection of small water
droplets. The resultant provides enough agent momentum that the system can be
effectively applied to local application hazards for both combustible and flammable
liquid hazards.
The adiabatic flame temperature equation is used to demonstrate the theoretical
advantage of a dual agent extinguishing system. The assumptions made are discussed
and analyzed against actual fire test data with interesting results that may, with further
testing and analysis, explain some limitations associated with typical water mist systems
and lead to greater fire extinguishment efficiencies.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-04 Rev. A

-2-

2) Atomization
The atomization of water droplets is strongly tied to a parameter called the Weber
number,
We =

U 2 L

[Eq. 1]

where
is the liquid density (kg/m3)
U is the relative gas-liquid velocity (m/s)
L is the characteristic dimension of the stream (m)
is the surface tension coefficient (kg/s2)
At high Weber numbers the aerodynamic forces on the water droplets dominate,
causing the water stream to distort and disintegrate in a process known as atomization.
The atomization process continues in a cascading manner until a critical value of the
Weber number is reached at which point the atomization process is complete. As the
Weber number decreases with smaller droplet size the relative velocity also decreases.
The challenge is to create very small water droplets while maintaining high momentum
capable of over coming the aerodynamic forces that would normally decelerate the
droplets. This is essential in the case of fire suppression where the system must be
able to deliver the water droplets to a fuel source while potentially overcoming the fire
plume velocities.
2.1) Agent Emitter
The agent emitter was developed using theory analogous to the aerodynamic forces
seen on a supersonic aircraft wing.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-04 Rev. A

-3-

Figure 1: Victaulic Vortex emitter cross-section

Figure 1 is a cross section of the Vortex emitter. Nitrogen at 25 psig enters the emitter
while water at <5psig enters the water jacket external to the nitrogen flow. The emitter
is configured to accelerate the nitrogen flow to a supersonic velocity thus exiting the
emitter as under expanded gas flow.

Shock Disks

Foil

Figure 2: Schlieren Photograph of Nitrogen Flow

Figure 2 is a picture, taken at the Penn State Gas Dynamics Laboratory, which
demonstrates the nitrogen density patterns in the critical flow field.
As nitrogen exits the emitter at a supersonic velocity a shock disk is formed. This is the
result of the instantaneous transition from sonic to sub sonic velocity and is seen as the
dark area between the emitter outlet and the emitter foil. As the nitrogen contacts the
emitter foil it is re-accelerated to localized supersonic velocities which then creates
additional shock disks perpendicular to the flow field. Water exits the emitter through
the ring of concentric holes (see Figure 1) external to the nitrogen outlet of t he emitter.
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-04 Rev. A

-4-

This water is injected into the nitrogen flow field in the area of the shock disks shown in
Figure 2. At this point the water is exposed to a region of very high Weber number and
thus rapid atomization. The resulting water droplet distribution shown in Figure 3 is for
the most part comprised of < 10 m size water droplets with a very tight distribution.

Figure 3: Droplet distribution density, Underwriters Laboratories

Figure 4: Water atomization or entrainment

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-04 Rev. A

-5-

The Victaulic Vortex system uses equal moles of water and nitrogen in producing a
homogeneous suspension of water and nitrogen. Figure 4 shows water being injected
into the nitrogen flow and the subsequent atomization. Of particular importance is the
understanding that after the water is atomized it is carried in the nitrogen flow at equal
partial pressures. At this point relative velocity between the water and nitrogen is
negligible, resulting in a very small Weber number. Since the water is suspended in the
nitrogen, it maintains its momentum and is capable of being projected for relatively large
distances and in the process becoming entrained in fire plumes.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-04 Rev. A

-6-

White Paper
Keeping Your Cool: Grooved Technology as a Means to More
Efficient Data Center Construction and Operation
By David Gibbons

July 15, 2009


www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-05 Rev. A

For many years, air cooled systems provided sufficient cooling capacity for data centers;
however, increased computing density produces more heat and, therefore, requires a more
efficient cooling method. In larger data centers, the most cost effective method of cooling is a
chilled water system. According to the Science of Aquatics, water is 4,000 times more efficient
than air. This is why, in recent years, companies like IBM have developed methods for bringing
cooling water directly into server racks.
In a chilled water system, chilled water is pumped out of the mechanical room and into
computer room air handlers by way of under-floor water distribution lines. The air handler then
removes heat and humidity by drawing warm air through coils filled with circulating chilled water.
The water absorbs the heat from the air and circulates back to the chiller where the heat is
transferred to a condenser water loop and eventually released through a cooling tower.
Hard piping utilizing carbon steel pipe or copper tubing is common in a chilled water system.
Traditional pipe joining methods for hard piping systems consist of welding, brazing or flanging
which generally work well in data centers; but, with increased loads, frequent changes, and
system expansions, these joining methods have become problematic. Piping systems utilizing a
welded, brazed or flanged joining method are not easily accessible, feature limited design
flexibility, introduce fire hazards to the jobsite and require lengthy system shutdowns to perform
routine or unplanned maintenance activities.
Grooved mechanical piping technologya method of pipe joining that requires no flame
provides a reliable piping system that ensures efficiency in construction and operation of a data
center by reducing deployment time, providing an easily adaptable system and reducing
downtime during routine or unscheduled maintenance.

Grooved pipe joining technology


In 1925, Victaulic designed the first grooved end pipe joining system for water and air service
piping. Recognized for its design flexibility and speed of assembly, grooved end pipe joining
technology transformed the piping industry, leading to dramatic gains in building construction
productivity. That is why among HVAC specifying engineers, building owners and installation
contractors around the world, grooved mechanical pipe joining is the preferred pipe joining
solution for both new construction and retrofit.
The mechanical joint, or coupling, is comprised of four elements: the grooved pipe, the gasket,
the coupling housings, and the nuts and bolts. The pipe groove is made by cold forming or
machining a groove into the end of a pipe. The key section of the coupling housing engages the
groove. The bolts and nuts are tightened with a socket wrench or impact wrench, which holds
the housings together. In the installed state the coupling housings encase the gasket and
engage the groove around the circumference of the pipe to create a triple seal unified joint that
is enhanced when the system is pressurized.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-05 Rev. A

Installing a grooved mechanical piping system


The installation of the piping system using the grooved mechanical pipe joining method leads to
significant on-site man hours savings. On average, field fabrication of a grooved system is up to
10 times faster than welding and six times faster than installing a field-fabricated flanged joint.
The simplified assembly and installation leads to a reduction in project calendar days by as
much as one half, optimizing labor risk management. The reduction in calendar days realized by
installing a mechanical piping system gives owners the ability to meet, and even beat,
compressed construction schedules and avoid liquidated damages.
By reducing on-site man hours and eliminating the risk of fire and release of noxious fumes, the
installation of mechanical piping systems increases jobsite safety and decreases overall risk
when compared with welding, brazing or soldering.
Most injuries on job sites occur via material handling, but the most significant risks in terms of
potential impact on people and businesses are caused by fire and fume hazards. Mechanical
pipe joining eliminates fire, open arcs, sparks, flames and toxic-fume hazards that are
associated with welding, brazing, and soldering. Welding is associated with a number of
potential health risks, as well as the risk of severe burns. By specifying a mechanical pipe
joining system, an engineer reduces the owner's overall risks, especially those related to project
schedule, costs and potential liability.
Depending on the type of project (e.g., new construction vs. expansion/retrofit), hazards may
become a risk not only to construction workers, but also to the occupants of the structure and
surrounding facilities. When someone is welding, to comply with mandatory safety regulations,
all other work in the area must be postponed, leading to costly downtime and possible employee
evacuation. Evacuations are beneficial to safeguard workers, but business realities lead to yet
another potential danger: the pressure and rush to catch up from a shut down or loss in
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-05 Rev. A

productivity, thus leading to an increased risk of injuries. Making wise decisions during new
construction and specifying mechanical systems from the start helps to reduce downtime and
alleviate the burdens often associated with future repairs, replacements, expansions and
retrofits.
In addition to the elimination of flames and fumes associated with welding, the installation of
mechanical piping systems increases safety by dramatically reducing the time and risk
associated with rework. Unlike the hard pipe joints of a welded spool, mechanical joints offer
rotational allowance and can be easily oriented on site without potential health and safety risks.
The rotational allowance of a flanged joint is determined by the incremental movement from
bolt-hole to bolt-hole while the grooved system offers 360 degrees of rotational allowance for
field flexibility.
Once installed, mechanical systems are easily inspected. Most grooved systems provide for
quality control through visual confirmation of proper installation. When installers inspect the
completed grooved joint, metal-to-metal bolt-pad contact confirms that the joint is properly and
securely installed and no re-work is necessary. Similarly, flanged joints are visually inspected
upon completion of the sequential bolting, however, the level of gasket compression for sealing
is unknown because the specific bolt torque is unknown. Welding, on the other hand, often
requires X-rays for quality inspection. Furthermore, in the case of a failed x-ray inspection, the
time-consuming re-work increases facility downtime and reintroduces the risks associated with
welding.

Maintenance and expansion of grooved mechanical piping systems


Over the operating life of a data center, a piping system requires three basic categories of
maintenance: routine inspection and maintenance, physical changes or expansion, and
unscheduled repairs. Because of its intrinsic design qualities, grooved mechanical pipe joining
makes maintenance and system access easy, fast, and safe while minimizing downtime.
Grooved couplings provide a union at every joint, allowing for easy system access, maximum
field flexibility for on-site decision making and flexibility for future system expansion. To access
the system, a worker needs to de-pressurize the system and simply unscrews two nuts. No
torches, saws, or welding machines are needed. Required maintenance, such as cleaning
strainer baskets or replacing corrupt pipe sections or adding in a tee to expand or join piping
systems, is then easily accomplished. To complete the job the gasket is re-installed, the
coupling housings are placed back on the pipe or fitting and the bolts are tightened. Welded
systems dont have unions; to repair the piping system, workers actually have to cut out the
damaged pipe section, which causes operational concerns and safety hazards, particularly in
exiting facilities and occupied spaces. Additionally, because grooved mechanical pipe joints can
be installed on wet lines, there is no time required to let the system dry out.
In a traditional flanged system, multiple bolts are needed to create the seal, and removing these
bolts is a time-consuming process. For example, when working with a 12-inch ANSI Class 150
flanged system, 12 bolts need to be removed to gain access to the system. These torqued bolts
employ a very high compressive load on the gasket, which is required to form and maintain the
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-05 Rev. A

seal. When the multiple bolts are removed and the flanges are pulled apart, the gasket will tear
and therefore needs to be replaced.
With a mechanical coupling, the compression loads on the gasket are different than the flange.
The gasket has a C-shaped cross section seal that is pressure responsive and designed to
handle cyclical loading. Systems can be pressurized and depressurized repeatedly for many
years without fatiguing the elastomer material. Once installed, these couplings do not require
any routine or periodic maintenance and can be left in place for the life of the system.

Grooved piping systems provide a union at every joint for ease of maintenance and future retrofits.

Operating efficiency is maintained during retrofit work, and systems can remain live without
interrupting cooling because properly placed butterfly valves installed using grooved couplings
provide dead-end shutoff service for isolation allowing for easy system expansions or rerouting with little to no interference with existing operations. Expansion projects can be
completed in occupied buildings without vacating the space because mechanical grooved piping
does not release noxious fumes or introduce a fire hazard eliminating the need for hot-works
permits or fire watch.

Protecting equipment using grooved mechanical piping systems


In addition to making maintenance fast and safe, a grooved mechanical pipe joining system
accommodates movement and deflections within the piping system reducing the need for
periodic product repair or replacement and maintaining the operational integrity of the piping
system. Traditional welded or flanged piping systems have rubber bellows or a braided flexible
hose to accommodate these movements; however, these materials often wear out over time
requiring costly and time-consuming replacement.
Flexible mechanical systems are engineered to allow the pipe to move and vibrate within the
coupling, therefore localizing vibrations generated by HVAC equipment and reducing the
amount of noise transmitted down the pipe line. The elastomeric gasket, contained inside the
internal cavity of the ductile iron housing, creates a discontinuity in the piping system which aids
in isolating vibrations therefore, protecting vital cooling equipment within the piping system.
Furthermore, the ductile iron housings and gasket material have vibration dampening qualities
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-05 Rev. A

of their own, also serving to absorb vibrations. Testing has shown that systems utilizing three
consecutive flexible couplings near a source of vibration will experience a similar level of noise
dampening as those systems using specialty products. Additionally, the ability of grooved
systems to accommodate system movement reduces loads at equipment connections and
keeps vital cooling equipment operating at peak efficiency.

The flexible grooved-pipe couplings reduce the transmission of stresses through a piping system, while the gasket
and ductile iron housing combine to dampen vibration.

Nowhere is it more important to plan ahead for disasters than in a data center. According to The
Uptime Institute, in 2001 a Tier III data center allocated 1.6 hours per year for IT downtime and
only 0.4 hours of downtime in a Tier IV. Because the cooling system is vital to the operational
integrity of the IT equipment, when the cooling systems goes down it is only a matter of minutes
before the IT equipment begins to overheat.
Piping systems in earth quake prone areas will be exposed to forces and deflections beyond
normal static conditions. These seismic forces can cause extensive damage when piping
systems cannot accommodate these movements. Mechanically joined grooved systems can be
designed so that the differential piping movement associated with a seismic event will be
accommodated. The inherent deflection capability of the flexible grooved pipe coupling reduces
transmission of stresses through piping systems. The deflection allowed by a flexible groovedpipe coupling reduces the transmission of stresses through a piping system thereby minimizing
potential system damage. As mentioned above, flexible and rigid couplings also provide
discontinuity at each joint which helps minimize pipeline stresses generated during seismic
movement.
Testing performed at the Real-Time Multi-directional Experimental Laboratory at the Center for
Advanced Technology for Large Structural Systems at Lehigh University in Bethlehem,
Pennsylvania; U.S.A proved the suitability of Victaulic grooved mechanical couplings to maintain
operational integrity of piping systems during seismic events.
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-05 Rev. A

Conclusion
Owners, engineers and contractors are challenged to design, operate and maintain reliable and
easily adaptable facilities that accommodate a revolving door of innovative technology. And
while there are many construction and operational concerns to take into consideration, a data
centers cooling strategy is vital to all business operations. For cooling strategies that include
chilled water systems, grooved mechanical piping technology provides a reliable piping system
that maximizes efficiency by reducing deployment time during new construction, reducing
downtime during maintenance and/or system expansions and maintaining operational integrity
of the piping system and equipment on a dayto-day basis and in the unfortunate event of a
natural disaster.

For more information on the Victaulic Seismic Testing Program, visit www.victaulic.com/seismic.
For more information on Victaulic solutions for data centers, visit
www.victaulic.com/datacenters.
Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-05 Rev. A

WHITE PAPER
Piping system design impacts safety in every phase of a
project
By John Rutt
September 2008

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-06 Rev. A


Under the ASME Code of Ethics of Engineers, its the first of the fundamental
canons: Engineers shall hold paramount the safety, health and welfare of the
public in the performance of their duties.
Due to the nature of the work, this is a major challenge in construction. According
to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, the construction industry has the second
highest incidence rates for cases with days away from work. (Refer to Table 1
below.) More specifically, statistics compiled by the Construction Industry
Institute indicate the majority of construction injuries are suffered by pipefitters,
welders, plumbers, and the laborers who assist them. (Refer to Table 2 below.)
Table 1

Of all the major industries, construction has the second highest incidence rates of cases with
days away from work.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-06 Rev. A

Table 2

Of all the leading crafts, those relating to piping systems have the
highest rate of occupational injuries and illnesses.

The inherent dangers of installing and maintaining piping systems increase the
importance of the mechanical engineers role in designing for safety and accident
prevention both during the construction of the project and throughout the
lifecycle of the facility. There are three fundamental areas where mechanical
engineers can positively affect safety: one, system constructability, two, best
practices for training construction and inspection, and three, system
maintainability.
By specifying safer technology and methods in greater detail, an engineer can
minimize the impact of, or possibly even eliminate the potential for, certain types
of accidents and injuries. Although most injuries on jobsites and in the workplace
occur from material handling, perhaps the most significant risks, in terms of
potential impact on people and business, are the fire and fume hazards
associated with welding, brazing and soldering on the jobsite.
Safety in constructability: The mechanical pipe joining advantage
In the piping systems environment, mechanical pipe joining removes a number of
major hazards from the jobsite. The most obvious of which are the fire and toxic
fume hazards of welding, brazing and soldering. When grooved, stab (plain end)
or press pipe joining technologies are used, there are:
No open arcs, sparks or flames
No volatile tanks
No lead lines to trip over
No exposure to hazardous fumes
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-06 Rev. A


By specifying mechanical pipe joining, an engineer can reduce these risks in the
design phase, and thereby make a powerful contribution to reducing an owners
risks, costs and potential liability. Furthermore, in keeping with the fundamental
canon of holding paramount the safety, health and welfare of the public, that
engineer can help create a safer environment for all involved.
For example, in addition to the inherent risks of fire, potential health risks
associated with welding have been cited in studies and include:
Irritation of the eyes, nose, chest, and respiratory tract
Nausea, headaches, dizziness
Metal fume fever
Lung cancer
Urinary tract cancer
Heart disease
Kidney damage
Parkinsons disease
Depending on the project environment (I,e., new construction vs.
expansion/retrofit), these hazards can become a risk to not only the construction
worker, but also to the occupants of the existing structure and surrounding
facilities. The initial use of traditional joining technology can also limit the
maintenance options for, or efficiency of, future repairs, replacements and
retrofits.
Although there are established procedures and requirements for fire prevention
and fume ventilation during welding, unfortunate incidents involving welding are
not uncommon in the news. Consider the potential risks to a hospital or school
retrofit project, where occupants may not be easily evacuated or protected from
these risks. Consequentially, to protect people from these hazards, construction
schedules often must be rearranged and extended to allow off-shift work at the
times when the buildings are unoccupied. Eliminating hotwork where possible
reduces risk for the client, occupants and contractors.

Grooved installation-ready coupling


Mechanical pipe joining requires no flame to join pipe, and involves no exposure
to hazardous fumes. The grooved mechanical pipe joint shown above installs in
four simple steps. Lube it. Stab it. Join it. Drive it.
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-06 Rev. A


Safety in practice: Increasing safety by specifying procedures
In addition to enhancing safety by specifying safer pipe joining technology, an
engineer can further contribute to a safe environment by defining best practices
in product selection, training, installation and inspection. Performance-based
specifications typically provide a good general scope of acceptable product and
system performance requirements. In addition, engineers can also name specific
manufacturers that they consider to be acceptable for the service and for high
quality. Although it is often perceived that three manufacturers for a product or
system must be specified to ensure an engineers non-biased objectivity, the fact
is that legal precedents have been set at the District Court level which support
the specifiers right to issue a proprietary specification that designates a sole
supplier in certain situations. The principles of the Massachusetts District Court
Case, Whitten vs Paddock (1974), established that 1) proprietary specifications
do not violate antitrust laws; 2) Few brands of products are exactly alike and
specifiers who want to limit choices have every right to do so; 3) Other brands
qualify as or equal only when the specifier says so; 4) The specifier may waive
specifications in order to obtain a more desirable product for the end user, but
the specifier is the only one who can determine if the product is more desirable;
5) The burden is on the not-specified manufacturer or supplier to convince the
specifier that the product is equal for the purpose of the particular project. This
provides specifying engineers with even greater control over the project, while
also enabling them to ensure the highest quality and system performance for
their clients.
Another way for the engineer to influence the quality of installations is by
ensuring that those individuals installing the systems are educated in the proper
installation requirements in accordance with the manufacturers published
instructions. Specifications can be written to include a section requiring installing
contractors to obtain training directly from a manufacturers employees, in order
to further ensure proper installation of their piping products and systems.
The final way an engineer can ensure that an acceptable system is delivered to
the client is by detailing mandatory inspection and test procedures in the
mechanical specifications. Selecting products and systems that are easy to
install and inspect further increases the chances of having a successful start-up.
For example, some grooved coupling manufacturers provide for quality control
through easy visual confirmation of complete coupling installation. Complete joint
installation is easily verified because the coupling is designed so that the
completed joint achieves metal-to-metal bolt pad contact. Welding, on the other
hand, requires x-rays for quality inspection. System testing is an important
practice that is typically detailed in specifications to ensure system performance.
Specifying that manufacturers product (couplings, valves, specialties, etc.)
performance ratings allow for proper hydrostatic system testing (typically 1.5
times the system operating pressure).helps to further ensure system integrity.
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-06 Rev. A

Grooved coupling allows for easy visual inspection, as proper installation


can be confirmed simply by checking that pad-to-pad contact is made.

Safety after completion: Improving the safety of ongoing maintenance


Over the operating life of a facility, its piping system will require three basic
categories of maintenance. These are: routine periodic inspection, physical
changes or expansion, and unscheduled repairs. Due to its intrinsic design
qualities, grooved mechanical pipe joining makes maintenance and system
access easier, faster and safer minimizing downtime and the negative impact of
any maintenance event
The advantage over welding and other methods in this area is self-evident.
When pipes are welded together, they have no union point between them. In
effect, they become a single, extended piece of metal. On the other hand, a
grooved coupling provides a union at every joint, which allows for easy access to
the system and flexibility for future system expansion. To access the system all a
maintenance worker need only to unscrew one or two nuts and drop the section
out. There are no torches, no saws and no welding machines needed. Even with
flanged, lug or wafer type valves and accessories, the compression of flanged
connections create significant maintenance challenges that dramatically increase
the time and manpower needed for replacements and repairs. Components are
difficult to remove, and often even more challenging to reinstall.
In contrast, grooved joints provide a true union and eliminate many of the
challenges associated with traditional weld/flange systems. When the
maintenance is complete, a mechanical coupling makes it easy to quickly get the
system up and running again. The gasket is reinstalled, the coupling is placed
back on the pipe, fitting or component, and the two bolts are tightened. In a
welded system, repairs and maintenance demand that workers actually cut out
the damaged pipe section and weld it back together: causing potential
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-06 Rev. A

operational issues and safety hazards that are of particular significance in


existing facilities and occupied spaces.

Coupling disassembly provides easy access


for maintenance or system expansion.

As with any engineering challenge, all system characteristics and design options
must be thoroughly considered to find the optimal solution.
There are
applications such as steam services, for example, for which grooved piping
systems are not suitable and weld/flange systems are required. It is imperative
that the performance capabilities of the systems and products meet the system
performance requirements. For example, the proper gasket material and design
selection is one of the most important elements to ensure the safe, long-term
performance of a grooved mechanical system.
Advances in elastomer
technology partnered with innovative coupling and gasket designs provide
performance in water applications with temperatures up to 250 degrees F and
pressures from absolute vacuum up to 1000psi. However, all gaskets, couplings
and components are not necessarily equal in performance and the capabilities of
each manufacturer and product must be evaluated individually to confirm system
and client requirements are met.
The engineer has a vital role in improving safety at every stage of a projects
lifecycle: from initial design, to installation, to ongoing maintenance. By specifying
mechanical pipe joining solutions and their associated procedures, an engineer
can have a powerful and positive impact in creating a safer environment that
minimizes risk, increases efficiency, and brings greater value to owners,
contractors and occupants. For over 80 years, mechanical pipe joining has been
used in the worlds most demanding applications because of its ability to provide
a wide range of design solutions to the engineer, however, nothing is more
paramount than the safety, health and welfare of the public and grooved
mechanical piping systems provide safety at every phase of a project.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-06 Rev. A

White Paper
Sound Attenuation:
The Seldom-Heard Benefit of Mechanical Coupling
By Larry Thau

July 2006
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-07 Rev. A

Noise carried through piping systems is becoming an increasing challenge to owners,


engineers and contractors. The reasons for this include changing design requirements
that place mechanical rooms on intermediate and top-floor building levels, and greater
use of lightweight construction materials that tend to vibrate more than traditional heavy
materials.

The business risk of not specifying systems at the design stage that serve to attenuate
sound is that, frequently noise issues will continue to be a problem throughout the
lifecycle of the structure. This can result in unsatisfied owners, whose occupants may
complain that the objectionable noise is distracting to the point that it effects
concentration and productivity. In this way, noise issues can also have a bottom-line
impact on the Engineer or Contractor, who may need to perform numerous call-backs to
attempt to fix the problem.

Therefore, its not surprising that a sizable industry has grown around the idea of
minimizing piping-borne sound. This article will focus on the proven sound attenuation
benefits of a technique commonly thought of as a productivity-enhancing tool: the
grooved mechanical pipe joint. Most often specified when contractors are seeking a
fast, easy, safe and reliable alternative to welding, grooved mechanical pipe joining has
a long history of effectively minimizing noise and vibration in applications around the
globe.

The pervasiveness of vibration

Mechanical equipment in piping systems creates vibration, which can potentially lead to
significant noise issues. In most commercial and industrial applications, occupants can
tolerate certain levels of background noise from the HVAC system. The issue arises

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-07 Rev. A

when the sounds become cyclic and droning, or on the other hand, arrive in sudden
bursts when equipment switches on.
Of course, the surest way to avoid sound issues is to bring an acoustics professional
into the project at the design stage. Yet budgets do not always permit this, and there
are many construction-grade projects where the owner does not consider sound to be a
critical issue, at least until after the fact. Those conventional situations are the areas
being addressed here.

Traditional sound attenuation

When faced with the need to diminish noise and vibration from equipment connected to
the circulation system, designers have traditionally specified elastomeric flexible arch
connectors. These connectors create a discontinuity in the metal piping (as opposed to
welding), so that less vibration is transferred down the line. Additionally, they are
commonly constructed of nylon, Dacron or polyester material to help absorb vibration,
and are formed in a spheroidal shape to permit deflection in all directions. This
advantage, however, is also the weakness of the elastomeric arch.

Because the elastomeric flex connectors shape allows pressure to exert in all
directions, control units such as restraining rods, plates and/or anchors are required.
These items are used to prevent excessive stretching of the unsupported elastomer due
to system pressure thrusts. But when such thrusts occur repeatedly, and the connector
is overextended through time, use and pressure, failure can result. Additionally Flex
Connectors employ unrestrained rubber as a pressure boundary in systems which
otherwise have continuous metallic encasement. This becomes a particular concern in
high rise construction where large pressure differential are often present.

The complexity of the reinforcing systems also means that installation can be timeconsuming and post-commissioning adjustments can be required. As a result, such
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-07 Rev. A

connectors are usually placed only at the point where the pump or other equipment
connects directly to the piping system.
Mechanical Joining: An alternate solution

In independent tests performed by NUTECH Testing Corporation/SE Laboratories, Inc.,


a laboratory which specializes in environmental and field mechanical testing, another
device was found to be at least as effective in sound attenuation as flexible arch
connectors.

Interestingly enough, this new solution was invented over 90 years ago, and has a
major presence in the construction industry as a means for simplifying pipe joining,
assuring reliable connections and shortening production schedules. That method:
grooved mechanical pipe joining, also known as grooved pipe joining.

Proven sound attenuation qualities


When the structure of a grooved pipe coupling is examined, it is easy to see why it
effectively reduces sound transmission. The resilient elastomeric gasket, contained
inside the internal cavity of the ductile iron housing, creates a discontinuity similar to
that of a flex connector. The material from which the gasket is made also serves to
absorb vibration.
Figure 1: The flexibility of grooved-pipe couplings reduces the transmission of stresses through a piping
system, while the gasket and ductile iron housing combine to dampen vibration.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-07 Rev. A

The key distinctions of a grooved pipe joint over a flex connector are inherent in the
proprietary design of the coupling. Its unique construction enables the gasket to seal
against the pipe, while the ductile iron housing provides both space for the elastomeric
material to flex and containment to prevent overstretching. Overall, the coupling works
to create a permanent leak-tight seal with no need for additional reinforcement.
Additionally, ductile iron has vibration dampening qualities of its own, so the external
housing also serves to absorb sound.

The sound attenuation characteristics of grooved mechanical couplings are not a newly
discovered phenomenon. Testing conducted by L.S. Goodfriend and Associates in 1970
1971 concluded that: A substantial vibration reduction is achieved in pipe systems
which employ the Victaulic Style 77 coupling. (Actual measure reduction in decibel
level ranged from 2.3 to 12.1 dB over a wide frequency range.) {Note: Victaulic is the
worlds leading manufacturer of grooved mechanical joining solutions.}

More recently, SSA Acoustics in Seattle, Washington conducted field measurements at


the request of their client that showed three Victaulic couplings placed in series in a
pipe section have a comparable performance to twin-sphere neoprene connectors, and
a superior performance to braided metal hoses. Victaulic couplings dampened the
overall vibration amplitude by 80 90%.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-07 Rev. A

Figure 2: Independent testing shows the use of three grooved couplings provides significant reduction in
sound (vibration).

Because the sound attenuation outcome of this arrangement depends only on the three
couplings being placed near to each other in close proximity to the source of vibration,
there are still numerous opportunities for design flexibility. In this way, grooved
mechanical pipe joints can be used to deliver unsurpassed vibration isolation and sound
attenuation characteristics, while still allowing owners, engineers and contractors to
achieve their vision.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-07 Rev. A

Figure 3: This diagram shows three possible ways to arrange grooved couplings in a piping system to
deliver proven and effective vibration/sound attenuation.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-07 Rev. A

Learning a lesson from seismic protection


www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-07 Rev. A

The sound attenuation characteristics of mechanical pipe joining are directly related to
the couplings seismic benefits. Used around the world in earthquake zones for their
ability to absorb seismic stress, grooved mechanical pipe joints provide the flexing
qualities needed in structures subject to movement.

For example, the Taipei Financial Center, currently the worlds tallest building at a
height of 1676 feet, is located in the Pacific Rim seismic zone. Its piping systems must
be able to withstand not only high pressures, but the motion of the building caused by
seismic and wind forces. To maximize safety, the Centers mechanical systems team
selected Victaulic grooved mechanical pipe joining for its HVAC, plumbing and fire
protection systems. This was due both to the unique ability of mechanical pipe joints to
enable a system to flex with seismic vibration without breaking apart, and to the
productivity benefits of the couplings simple-to-install design.

The same qualities that all mechanical pipe joining systems possess to accommodate
seismic movements are what enable them to diminish vibration and noise. For
example, seismic waves are characterized by a very high amplitude and very low
frequency. As the frequency increases, the resulting vibration starts to resonate,
producing sound. By reducing the transference of vibration, mechanical couplings
reduce sound.

Cumulative sound attentuation


A further benefit of mechanical coupling is that each successive joint creates a further
reduction in vibration. Builders of such sound-critical applications as the Alexandria
Library in Egypt, the Esplanade theatre in Singapore, the Chateau Frontenac luxury
hotel in Montreal, and the Miami Performing Arts Center in Florida have used
mechanical joining throughout their HVAC and fire protection systems to take
advantage of this feature.
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-07 Rev. A

The net effect can be viewed in this way: Take continuous welded pipe to be the factor
of one (all vibration is transferred without interruption). Install one grooved coupling,
and the elastomeric gasket reduces noise transference and the ductile housing absorbs
an additional amount of noise. That lowered vibration is then reduced by the same
factor at the next joint. The same effect occurs again at each subsequent joint where a
mechanical coupling is installed, providing a cumulative reduction in sound.

As the findings of the NUTECH Testing Corporation/SE Laboratories, Inc. research,


which used Victaulic mechanical couplings in its testing, concluded: For any given pipe
diameter, vibration isolation increases as the number of Victaulic couplings increases
(i.e., less vibration is transmitted with each additional Victaulic coupling) regardless of
whether Victaulic flexible or rigid couplings are used.

This cumulative effect results in such significant attenuation of piping-borne sounds, that
builders using mechanical joining have successfully installed equipment rooms in areas
which previously may never have even been considered as possibilities. For example,
in the elegant Esplanade theater in Singapore, the equipment room is located next to
the theater hall. In the innovative Swiss Re office tower in London, the pumping
systems are placed on mid-level floors to provide greater energy efficiency. The sound
attenuation qualities of mechanical joining contributed greatly to these designs being
realized and constructed.

In any application where undesired noise is being transferred through the piping system,
owners and engineers who specify mechanical joining receive two vitally important
benefits: significantly higher productivity combined with significantly reduced sound.
This provides both economic and quality advantages to all involved.
www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-07 Rev. A

10

Larry Thau is Executive Vice President & Chief Technology Officer for Victaulic Company, Inc.
A practicing mechanical engineer for over 35 years, he holds over 35 patents and lectures on
piping technology around the world. Mr. Thau can be reached at LThau@victaulic.com.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
WP-07 Rev. A

11

Seal Selection Guide


Elastometric Seal Construction

05.01

1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION


This seal selection guide is separated into four discrete sections: Gasket seals for Couplings, Seals for Vic-Press,
O-Rings for Victaulic Bolted Split Sleeve Products and General Definition/Seal Material Selection. This publication
does not include Victaulic seals for valves. Refer to the individual Victaulic valve submittal for information on the seals
available for each valve.

2.0 GASKET SEAL DATA


Victaulic offers a variety of synthetic elastomeric gaskets for a wide range of applications. To assure the maximum life
for the service intended, proper gasket selection is essential.
Many factors can affect the performance and longevity of a gasket. These factors include, but are not limited to
temperature, fluid, concentrations, a combination of fluids and duration of service. Temperatures outside of the
design limits or use with incompatible fluids can reduce the performance capability of the gasket and service life.
Services listed are General Service Guidelines for each of the three associated product areas. It should be noted that
there are services for which these gaskets, seals and o-ring are not compatible. Reference should always be made to
the Gasket Chemical Services Guide for each Victaulic gasket Grade for specific service guidelines and for a listing of
services which are not compatible.
Gasket, seals and o-ring guidelines apply only to Victaulic gaskets, seals and o-ring. Guidelines for a particular service
does not necessarily imply compatibility of the coupling housing, related fittings, or other components for the same
service. Victaulic gaskets are marked with the gasket size, style, and associated compound for identification.

3.0 POTABLE WATER


Grade E EPDM, Grade E Vic-Plus, Grade EHP, Grade EHP Vic-Plus, Grade "E2" and Grade "EW" gaskets
are UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/ NSF 61 for cold +73F/+23C and hot +180F/+82C potable water
service and ANSI/NSF 372. See Victaulic Publication 02.06 for more details.
Similarly, Victaulic Grade M halogenated butyl gasket material (which is used with Victaulic AWWA sized products)
is UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +86F/+30C potable water systems and ANSI/NSF 372.
See Victaulic Publication 02.06 for more details.
The data provided is intended for use as an aid to qualified designers and specifiers when products are installed in
accordance with the latest available Victaulic product line.

ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT.

System No.

Location

Spec Section

Paragraph

Submitted By

Date

Approved

Date

victaulic.com
05.01 1475 Rev S Updated 09/2015

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com

4.0 GASKET/SEAL/O-RING STYLES


Illustrations exaggerated for clarity

Installation-Ready

Standard

Reducing

VicFlange

FlushSeal

Grooved Copper Tubing


with FlushSeal Gasket

Advanced Groove System


(AGS)

EndSeal

Firelock EZ

Outlet

Mechanical-T

IPS to AWWA Transition

AWWA FlushSeal

Plain End

Plain End Piping System


for HDPE Pipe

pressed

pressed

FRP

VicPress for Schedule


10S Stainless Steel

Victaulic Bolted Split-Sleeve Products


(VBSP)

05.01 1475 Rev S Updated 09/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com

5.0 COUPLING GASKETS


Grade

Temp. Range1

E
EHP

30F to +230F
34C to +110C

T
T

30F to +250F
34C to +120C

20F to +180F
29C to +82C

(Type A)

Compound

EPDM

EPDM

Nitrile

EPW

Red and Green


Stripes

May be specified for hot water service within the specified temperature
range. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73F/+23C
and hot +180F/+82C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372.
NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES
OR STEAM SERVICES.

Orange
Stripe

May be specified for petroleum products, hydrocarbons, air with oil


vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature
range; not compatible for hot dry air over +140F/+60C and water over
+150F/+66C.
NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH HOT WATER SERVICES
OR STEAM SERVICES.

Nitrile

Grey
Gasket

Ambient

EPDM

Violet
Stripe

Applicable for wet and dry (oil-free air) sprinkler services only. For dry
services, FlushSeal gaskets may be specified.
NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH HOT WATER SERVICES
OR STEAM SERVICES.

EPDM

Double
Green
Stripe

UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73F/+23C and


hot +180F/+82C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372.
NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES
OR STEAM SERVICES.

Green and
Silver Stripes

May be specified for cold and hot water service within the specific
temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many
chemical services.
NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES
OR STEAM SERVICES.

White stripe

May be specified for hot water service within the specified temperature
range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemicals
services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold
+73F/+23C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372.
NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES
OR STEAM SERVICES.

Ambient

30F to +230F
34C to +110C

Green
Stripe

20F to +180F
29C to +82C

(Type A)

E3

General Service Guidelines


May be specified for hot water service within the specified temperature
range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical
services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold
+73F/+23C and hot +180F/+82C potable water service and
ANSI/NSF 372.
NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES
OR STEAM SERVICES.

May be specified for oil related services, including air with oil vapor, this
gasket may be specified for temperatures rated up to +180F/+82C.
For water related services, this gasket may be specified for temperatures
rated up to +150F/+66C. For oil free, dry air services, this gasket may
be specified for temperatures rated up to +140F/+60C.
NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH HOT WATER SERVICES
OR STEAM SERVICES.

4,5

E2

Color Code

30F to +230F
34C to +110C

EPDM

EPDM

1 For specific chemical and temperature compatibility, refer to the Gasket Chemical Services Guide Long Report (GSG-100) located on victaulic.com.
The information shown defines general ranges for all compatible fluids.
2 The Grade EHP gasket is only available on certain Installation-Ready couplings such as the Style 107N, 607 and 177N couplings.
3 The Grade T Type A gasket is for use with Style 07, 77, 75 couplings and Style 741 Flange Adapters in marine applications only.
4 
Vic-Plus pre-lubricated gasket.
5 The Grade E Type A gasket is only available for Victaulic FireLock products.
6 The Grade EPW gasket is only available for AGS (Advanced Grooved System) Couplings sizes 26"/650mm and up.

05.01 1475 Rev S Updated 09/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com

5.1 SPECIAL GASKETS IPS


Grade

Temp. Range7

Compound

Color Code

General Service Guidelines

M2

40F to +160F
40C to +71C

Epichlorohydrin

White
Stripe

Specially compounded to provide service for common


aromatic fuels at low temperatures. Also suitable for certain ambient
temperature water services.

30F to +180F
34C to +82C

Neoprene

Yellow
Stripe

May be specified for hot lubricating oils and certain chemicals. Good
ozone resistance. Will not support combustion.

+20F to +300F
7C to +149C

Fluoroelastomer

Blue
Stripe

May be specified for many oxidizing acids, petroleum oils, halogenated


hydrocarbons, lubricants, hydraulic fluids, organic liquids and air with
hydrocarbons. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH HOT WATER
SERVICES OR STEAM SERVICES.

+30F to +350F
34C to +177C

Silicone

Red
Gasket

May be specified for dry heat, air without hydrocarbons to


+350F/+177C and certain chemical services.

+20F to +180F
7C to +82C

White Nitrile

White
Gasket

No carbon black content. Meets FDA requirements. Conforms to CFR


Title 21 Part 177.2600. Not compatible for hot water services over
+150F/+66C or for hot, dry air over+140F/+60C.
NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH HOT WATER SERVICES.

Orange and
Silver Stripes

Specially compounded with excellent oil resistance and a high


modulus for resistance to extrusion. May be specified for petroleum
products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the
specified temperature range. For maximum gasket life under pressure
extremes, temperature should be limited to +120F/+49C.
NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH HOT WATER SERVICES OVER
+150F/+66C OR FOR HOT, DRY AIR OVER +140F/+60C.

Green
"X"

May be specified for hot and cold water service within the specified
temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many
chemical services. Also meets hot and cold potable water requirements
per DVGW, KTW, VGW, SVGW, and French ACS (Crecep), approved for
W534, approved for EN681-1 Type WA cold potable, and Type WB hot
potable water service.
NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES
OR STEAM SERVICES.

Green
"W"

May be specified for hot water service within the specified temperature
range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical
services. WRAS approved material to BS 6920 for cold and hot potable
water service up to +149F/+65C. UL Classified in accordance with
ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73F/+23C and hot +180F/+82C potable water
service and ANSI/NSF 372.
NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES
OR STEAM SERVICES.

HMT
T
( EndSeal)

EF
EW

20F to +180F
29C to +82C

30F to +230F
34C to +110C

30F to +230F
34C to +110C

Nitrile

EPDM

EPDM

7 For specific chemical and temperature compatibilty, refer to the Gasket Chemical Services Guide Long Report (GSG-100) located on victaulic.com.
The information shown defines general ranges for all compatible fluids.

05.01 1475 Rev S Updated 09/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com

5.2 COUPLING GASKETS: DUCTILE IRON PIPE SIZE (AWWA)


Grade

S
M

Temp. Range7

20F to +180F
29C to +82C

20F to +200F
29C to +93C

Compound

Nitrile

Halogenated
Butyl

Color Code

General Service Guidelines

Orange
Stripe

Specially compounded to conform to ductile pipe surfaces. May be


specified for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and
mineral oils within the specified temperature range; not compatible for
hot dry air over +140F/+60C and water over +150F/+66C.
NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH HOT WATER SERVICES.

Brown
Stripe

May be specified for water service within the specified temperature


range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical
services. Readily conforms to ductile pipe surfaces. UL Classified in
accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +86F/+30C potable water
systems and ANSI/NSF 372.
NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES

7 For specific chemical and temperature compatibilty, refer to the Gasket Chemical Services Guide Long Report (GSG-100) located on victaulic.com.
The information shown defines general ranges for all compatible fluids.

05.01 1475 Rev S Updated 09/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com

6.0 PRESS SEALS FOR VIC-PRESS

The data provided is intended for use as an aid to qualified designers and specifiers when products are installed in
accordance with the latest available Victaulic product line.
Grade

Temp. Range7

Compound

Color Code

General Service Guidelines

20F to +210F
29C to +98C

Hydrogenated
Nitrile Butadiene
Rubber
(HNBR)

Two
Orange
Stripes

May be specified for hot petroleum/water mixtures, hyrdocarbons, air


with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils, engine oil, transmission oil.
UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73F/+23C
and hot +180F/+82C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372.

Standard Seal - Vic-Press products will ship with Grade "H" seal unless otherwise specified on your order

30F to +250F
34C to +121C

+20F to +300F
7C to +149C

EPDM

Green
Stripe

Fluoroelastomer

Blue
Stripe

May be specified for hot water service, dilute acids, oil-free air, chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold
+73F/+23C and hot +180F/+82C potable water service and
ANSI/ NSF 372.
NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM OR STEAM SERVICES.
May be specified for oxidizing acids, petroleum oils, halogenated
hydrocarbons, lubricants, hydraulic fluids, organic liquids, and air with
hydrocarbons.
NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH HOT WATER OR STEAM SERVICES.

7 For specific chemical and temperature compatibilty, refer to the Gasket Chemical Services Guide Long Report (GSG-100) located on victaulic.com.
The information shown defines general ranges for all compatible fluids.

05.01 1475 Rev S Updated 09/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com

7.0 O-RINGS FOR VICTAULIC BOLTED SPLIT SLEEVE


O-rings
Compound

Temp. Range7

Color Code

General Service Guidelines

EPDM

-30F to +230F
-34C to +110C

N/A

Cold and hot water within allowable temperature range; dilute acids;
resistant to the deteriorative effects of ozone, oxygen, heat and most
chemicals not involving hydrocarbons.
NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM OR STEAM SERVICES.

Silicone

-30F to +350F
-34C to +177C

N/A

Dry, hot air applications; resistant to many chemicals.


NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH HOT WATER OR STEAM SERVICES.

Isoprene

-40F to +160F
-40C to +71C

N/A

Water; saltwater; sewage; resistant to oxygen and dilute acids.

7 For specific chemical and temperature compatibilty, refer to the Gasket Chemical Services Guide Long Report (GSG-100) located on victaulic.com.
The information shown defines general ranges for all compatible fluids.

Gaskets
Compound

Temp. Range7

Color Code

General Service Guidelines

Nitrile

-20F to +180F
-28C to +82C

N/A

Water; petroleum products, vegetable and mineral oils; air with oil
vapors within allowable temperature.

Fluoroelastomer

+20F to +300F
-7C to +149C

N/A

Resistance to heat and most chemicals.

Neoprene

-30F to +180F
-34C to +82C

N/A

Water and wastewater; resistance to ozone, effects of UV and


some oils.

7 For specific chemical and temperature compatibilty, refer to the Gasket Chemical Services Guide Long Report (GSG-100) located on victaulic.com.
The information shown defines general ranges for all compatible fluids.

05.01 1475 Rev S Updated 09/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com

8.0 GENERAL DEFINITION/ SEAL MATERIAL SELECTION


General Chemical Resistance properties are shown in the following pages for Victaulic elastomer compounds. Unless
otherwise noted, temperatures are ambient. For chemicals or combinations not listed please see the full detailed
chemical list or contact Victaulic for guidelines.
The data and guidelines presented are based upon the information available resulting from our field experience and
laboratory testing and guidelines supplied by prime producers of basic copolymer materials and information furnished
by leading molders of rubber products.

Victaulic
Grade

ASTM D1418
Designation /
Common Name

EHP

EPDM
Ethylene
Propylene

E, EA

EPDM
Ethylene
Propylene

T, A

NBR
Nitrile

Generally resistant to aliphatic hydrocarbons, fats, oils, greases,


hydraulic fluids, dilute acids, bases, salt solutions, and ethylene glycol fluids. Poor resistance
to ozone and polar solvents such as acetone and
ketones, esters, ethers, aldehydes, strong acids chlorinated and
nitro hydrocarbons.

HNBR
Hydrogenated
Nitrile

Generally resistant to aliphatic hydrocarbons, fats, oils, greases,


hydraulic fluids, dilute acids, bases salt solutions, and ethylene glycol fluids. Increased long term
temperature resistance beyond NBR. Poor resistance to ozone and highly polar solvents such as
acetone and ketones, esters, ethers, aldehydes, strong acids, chlorinated and nitro hydrocarbons.

VMQ
Silicone

Generally resistant to hot air, animal and vegetable oil and grease, high
molecular weight chlorinated aromatic hydrocarbons, dilute salt solutions. Poor resistance to
hot water, acids and alkalis, low molecular weight chlorinated hydrocarbons, hydrocarbon
based fuels, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene and toluene, low molecular weight
silicone oils, and brake fluid.

05.01 1475 Rev S Updated 09/2015

victaulic.com

General Chemical Resistance Properties


Generally resistant to animal and vegetable oils, strong oxidizing
chemicals, organic and inorganic acids, cleaning agents, sodium and
potassium alkalis, and ozone. Excellent aging characteristics.
Poor resistance to petroleumbased fluids, mineral oils, solvents, and
aromatic hydrocarbons.
Generally resistant to animal and vegetable oils, strong oxidizing
chemicals, organic and inorganic acids, cleaning agents, sodium and
potassium alkalis, and ozone. Moderate aging characteristics.
Poor resistance to petroleum based fluids, mineral oils, solvents, and
aromatic hydrocarbons.

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com

8.1 GENERAL DEFINITION/ SEAL MATERIAL SELECTION

Victaulic
Grade

ASTM D1418
Designation /
Common Name

General Chemical Resistance Properties

CR
Neoprene

Generally resistant to paraffin based mineral oils, silicone oils, grease, water and water solvents at
low temperatures, refrigerants, ammonia, carbon dioxide, silicone ester lubricants, and dilute acids.
Limited resistance with Naphthalene based mineral oils, low molecular weight aliphatic hydrocarbons
and glycol based brake fluids. Poor resistance with aromatic hydrocarbons, chlorinated hydrocarbons,
gasoline, automobile and aircraft brake fluids, and polar solvents such as ketones, esters, and ethers.

M2A2

ECO
Epichlorohydrin

Generally high resistance to hydrocarbons, oils, fuels, bio-fuels, and


solvents. Exhibits good heat resistance, excellent ozone resistance along
with outstanding gas impermeability.

Halogenated
Butyl

Excellent resistance to weathering, ozone, and heat/hot air. Very good


resistance to acidic and basic chemicals. Very low permeability to gases
and liquids.

FKM
Fluoroelastomer

Generally resistant to most acids / chemicals, halogenated hydrocarbons, aliphatic and


aromatic hydrocarbon process fluids and chemicals,
automotive and aviation fuels, SE and SF engine lubricating oils, Di-Ester
lubricants, petroleum oils / fuels, silicone oils / greases. Poor resistance to aqueous fluids,
steam, mineral acids, automotive fuels oxygenated with MEOH, ETOH, MTBE, etc. Ketones (MEK),
auto / aircraft brake fluids, amines, acetone, Ethyl Acetate, low molecular esters and ethers.

05.01 1475 Rev S Updated 09/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com

9.0 GENERAL DEFINITION/ SEAL MATERIAL SELECTION

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data

---

---

Acetic Acid, Glacial

---

Acetic Acid, Hot, High Pressure

---

Acetone

---

Acetylene

---

Ammonia, Aqueous (40% Max)

---

Animal Oil (Lard Oil)

---

Argon

---

---

Arsenic Acid

---

ASTM Oil, No. 3

---

---

Beer

---

Benzene

---

Bromine Anhydrous liquid

---

---

Bromine Gas

---

---

Butane

---

Calcium Chloride

---

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

2
2

Chemical

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

1
1

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

Acetic Acid, 30%


Acetic Acid, 5%

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Most Applications

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

Rating Code Key

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in


serious personal injury and property damage.

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations


are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.

Report Date:
09/14/2015
Revision:
GSG-100 6490 Rev.(AA)
Project Name:
Company:
Victaulic Contact:
Project Contact:
Victaulic email:
Project email:
Victaulic Phone:
Project Phone:

The data and recommendations presented are based upon the best information available resulting from a
combination of Victaulic's field experience, laboratory testing and recommendations supplied by prime
producers of basic copolymer materials. The information presented in this guide is general in scope and specific
applications should be discussed with your Victaulic sales representative. In addition, contact Victaulic for
recommendations for services, chemicals and/or temperatures not listed.
- Unless otherwise noted, ratings indicated are at an ambient room temperature of ~73F (22.8C) and
concentrations are 100%
- All gasket recommendations are based on pressure and temperature limitations published by Victaulic
- Gaskets may be affected by combinations of chemicals where the chemicals acting individually may not react
- Cautions should be exercised when working with explosive, inflammable or toxic fluids
- Materials should be subjected to simulated service conditions to determine their suitability for the service
intended.
NOTE: Grade H is standard with the Victaulic Vic-Press Schedule 10S system.

05.01 1475 Rev S Updated 09/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

10

victaulic.com

9.1 GENERAL DEFINITION/ SEAL MATERIAL SELECTION (Continued)

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data

---

---

Cane Sugar Liquors

---

Carbon Dioxide, Dry

---

Carbon Dioxide, Wet

---

Carbon Tetrachloride

---

Carbonic Acid

---

Castor Oil

---

Caustic Potash

---

Chloric Acid

---

---

Chlorine Gas (Dry)

---

Chlorine Water 50ppm max.

---

---

---

Chlorine Water 5ppm max.

---

---

---

Chromic Acid, to 25%

---

---

Citric Acid

---

Corn Oil

---

Deionized Water (DI Water)

---

---

Diesel Oil

---

Diethylene Glycol

---

Dipropylene Glycol

---

---

---

Dowtherm A

---

---

Dowtherm E

---

---

Dowtherm SR-1

---

---

Ethyl Alcohol

---

Ethylene Glycol

---

Formaldehyde

---

Freon 11

---

---

05.01 1475 Rev S Updated 09/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

11

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

1
2

Chemical

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

1
1

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

Calcium Hydroxide
Calcium Hypochlorite

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Most Applications

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

Rating Code Key

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in


serious personal injury and property damage.

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations


are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.

Report Date:
09/14/2015
Revision:
GSG-100 6490 Rev.(AA)
Project Name:
Company:
Victaulic Contact:
Project Contact:
Victaulic email:
Project email:
Victaulic Phone:
Project Phone:

victaulic.com

9.2 GENERAL DEFINITION/ SEAL MATERIAL SELECTION (Continued)

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data

---

---

---

Freon 21

---

Freon 22

---

Freon, 113

---

Freon, 114

---

Fuel oil

---

---

Gasoline, Refined Leaded

---

---

Gasoline, Refined Unleaded

---

---

Glucose

---

Glycerin/Glycerol

---

Glycol

---

Hexane or n-Hexane

---

Hydrochloric Acid, to 36%, 158F/70C

---

Hydrochloric Acid, to 36%, 75F/24C

---

Hydrofluoric Acid, to 36%, 75F/24C

---

---

Hydrogen Gas

---

---

Hydrogen Peroxide, 30 - 50%

---

---

Hydrogen Peroxide, 50% - 90%

---

Isopropyl Alcohol

---

JP-3 (MIL-J-5624)

---

---

JP-4 (MIL-T-5624)

---

---

JP-5 (MIL-T-5624)

---

---

JP-6 (MIL-J-25656)

---

---

JP-8 (MIL-T-83133)

---

---

Kerosene

---

---

Lime and H2O

---

---

05.01 1475 Rev S Updated 09/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

12

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

2
1

Chemical

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

3
1

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

Freon 12
Freon 134a

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Most Applications

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

Rating Code Key

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in


serious personal injury and property damage.

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations


are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.

Report Date:
09/14/2015
Revision:
GSG-100 6490 Rev.(AA)
Project Name:
Company:
Victaulic Contact:
Project Contact:
Victaulic email:
Project email:
Victaulic Phone:
Project Phone:

victaulic.com

9.2 GENERAL DEFINITION/ SEAL MATERIAL SELECTION (Continued)

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Restricted Applications

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

Limited Applications

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

Most Applications
GRADE T
(Nitrile)

Grade E
(EPDM)

Rating Code Key

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in


serious personal injury and property damage.

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations


are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.

Report Date:
09/14/2015
Revision:
GSG-100 6490 Rev.(AA)
Project Name:
Company:
Victaulic Contact:
Project Contact:
Victaulic email:
Project email:
Victaulic Phone:
Project Phone:

Linseed Oil

---

Mercury

---

---

Methane

---

Methyl Alcohol, Methanol

---

Methyl Ethyl Ketone

---

MIL-L-7808F

---

Mineral Oils

---

Natural Gas

---

Nitric Acid to 10%, 75F/24C

---

---

Nitric Acid, 10-50%, 75F/24C

---

---

Nitric Acid, 50-100%, 75F/24C

---

---

Nitric Acid, Red Fuming

---

Oil, Motor

---

---

Oil, Sour Crude

---

---

Oxygen, Cold to 70F/21C

---

Ozone to 100ppm

---

Phenol (Carbolic Acid)

---

---

Phosphate Ester

---

Phosphoric Acid 85% to 200F/93C

---

---

Phosphoric Acid, 45%

---

---

Potassium Chloride

---

Potassium Cyanide

---

Potassium Fluoride

---

---

Potassium Hydroxide

---

Propane Gas

---

Propyl Alcohol (Propanol)

---

Propylene Glycol

---

---

05.01 1475 Rev S Updated 09/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

13

victaulic.com

9.2 GENERAL DEFINITION/ SEAL MATERIAL SELECTION (Continued)

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations


are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.

Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in


serious personal injury and property damage.

Report Date:
09/14/2015
Revision:
GSG-100 6490 Rev.(AA)
Project Name:
Company:
Victaulic Contact:
Project Contact:
Victaulic email:
Project email:
Victaulic Phone:
Project Phone:

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Sewage

---

---

Soap Solutions

---

Soda Ash

---

Sodium Bisulfite

---

Sodium Carbonate (Soda Ash)

---

Sodium Chloride

---

Sodium Cyanide

---

Sodium Hydroxide, 50%

---

Sodium Hypochlorite, 20%

---

Sodium Nitrate

---

Sodium Nitrite

---

---

Sodium Phosphate, Dibasic

---

Sodium Phosphate, Monobasic

---

Sodium Phosphate, Tribasic

---

Sodium Sulfate

---

Sodium Sulfide

---

---

Sodium Sulfite

---

---

Starch

---

---

Sulfuric Acid, 0 to 25%, 150F/66C

---

Sulfuric Acid, 20%-25% Oleum

---

Sulfuric Acid, 25-50%, 200F/93C

---

Sulfuric Acid, 50-95%, 150F/66C

---

Sulfuric Acid, Fuming

---

Sulfurous Acid

---

---

Toluene

---

Transmission Fluid, Type A

---

Trisodium Phosphate

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

05.01 1475 Rev S Updated 09/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

14

victaulic.com

9.2 GENERAL DEFINITION/ SEAL MATERIAL SELECTION (Continued)

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations


are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.

Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in


serious personal injury and property damage.

Report Date:
09/14/2015
Revision:
GSG-100 6490 Rev.(AA)
Project Name:
Company:
Victaulic Contact:
Project Contact:
Victaulic email:
Project email:
Victaulic Phone:
Project Phone:

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Turpentine

---

Urea

---

---

Vegetable Oils

---

Vinegar

---

---

Water, Bromine

---

---

Water, Chlorine

---

---

---

Water, to 150F/66C

---

Water, to 200F/93C

---

Water, to 230F/110C

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

05.01 1475 Rev S Updated 09/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

15

victaulic.com

10.0NOTIFICATIONS
CAUTION
To ensure maximum product performance for the intended service, always specify the proper elastomer or seal
material. Refer to the Gasket Selection and Chemical Services sections located within this document.
For specific chemical and temperature compatibility, always refer to the Gasket Chemical Services Guide Long
Report (GSG-100), which can be downloaded at victaulic.com.
Failure to select and specify the proper elastomer or seal material for the intended service may cause joint failure,
resulting in property damage.

11.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS


05.02 Victaulic Lubricant MSDS Sheet
05.02-EU Victaulic Lubricant MSDS Sheet (Europe Only)
05.03 Vic-Plus MSDS Sheet
02.06 Potable Water Approvals

User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability


Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of
Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry
standards and project specifications, as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance,
safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal
recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to
alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions
of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer.

Note
This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products
to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.
Installation
Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation hanbook or installation
instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment
of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available
in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com.

Intellectual Property Rights


No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material,
product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license
under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidaries
or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such
material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual
property right. The terms Patented or Patent Pending refer to design or utility patents
or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other
countries.

05.01 1475 Rev S Updated 09/2015

victaulic.com

Warranty
Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.
Trademarks
Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of
Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries.

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

16

05.07

VIC-PRESS PRE-LUBE data

Vic-Press Lubricant Compound MSDS


(MaterialSafety Data Sheet)
Section I Product Identification

FDA H1 & NSF 61

Trade Name:Vic-Press Pre-Lubrication

Company
Victaulic
4901 Kesslersville Road, Easton PA 18040

Date Prepared:Monday June 25, 2012


Revision: 0
Chemical Name : Polypropylene glycol

Technical Contact:1-610-559-3300

CAS Number:25322-69-4
Chemical Family: Polypropylene glycol
Synonyms: PPG
Section II Composition

Section III Hazards Identification

CHEMTREC Emergency (US Only):1-800-262-8200


Hazardous Components
(Specific Chemical Identity;
Common Name(s))

CAS#

OSHA PEL

ACGIH TLV

Polypropylene glycol
Propyl gallate

25322-69-4
121-79-9

TWA = 10 mg/m3
N/A

N/A
N/A

>97%
>2.0%

Emergency Overview*
Color:Yellow
Physical State:Liquid
Odor:Mild
Hazards of product:WARNING! May cause allergic skin reaction.
Potential Health Effects
Eye Contact:Essentially nonirritating to eyes.
Skin Contact:Prolonged contact may cause slight skin irritation with local redness.
Skin Absorption:Prolonged skin contact is unlikely to result in absorption of harmful amounts.
Skin Sensitization:For the minor component(s): Skin contact may cause an allergic skin reaction.
Inhalation:At room temperature, exposure to vapor is minimal due to low volatility; single exposure is
not likely to be hazardous.
Ingestion:Very low toxicity if swallowed. Harmful effects not anticipated from swallowing small
amounts.
Effects of Repeated Exposure: For the major component(s):In animals, effects have been reported
on the following organs after ingestion: Liver.
Health Rankings

Health Hazard
Fire Hazard
Reactivity

HMIS

NFPA

1
0
0

1
0
0

JOB/OWNER

CONTRACTOR

ENGINEER

System No._______________________________

Submitted By_____________________________

Spec Sect________________ Para____________

Location_________________________________

Date ____________________________________

Approved________________________________
Date ____________________________________

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

REV_A

05.07_1

05.07

VIC-PRESS PRE-LUBE data

Vic-Press Lubricant Compound MSDS


(MaterialSafety Data Sheet)
Section IV First Aid Measures

Eye Contact:Flush eyes thoroughly with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses after the
initial 1-2 minutes and continue flushing for several additional minutes. If effects occur, consult a
physician, preferably an ophthalmologist.
Skin Contact:Remove material from skin immediately by washing with soap and plenty of water.
Remove contaminated clothing and shoes while washing. Seek medical attention if irritation
persists. Wash clothing before reuse. Discard items which cannot be decontaminated, including
leather articles such as shoes, belts and watchbands.
Inhalation:Move person to fresh air; if effects occur, consult a physician.
Ingestion:No emergency medical treatment necessary.
Notes to Physician:No specific antidote. Treatment of exposure should be directed at the control of
symptoms and the clinical condition of the patient.

Section V Fire Fighting Measures

Extinguishing Media:Water fog or fine spray. Dry chemical fire extinguishers. Carbon dioxide fire
extinguishers. Foam. Do not use direct water stream. May spread fire. Alcohol resistant foams (ATC
type) are preferred. General purpose synthetic foams (including AFFF) or protein foams may
function, but will be less effective.
Fire Fighting Procedures: Keep people away. Isolate fire and deny unnecessary entry. Use water
spray to cool fire exposed containers and fire affected zone until fire is out and danger of reignition
has passed. Burning liquids may be extinguished by dilution with water. Do not use direct water
stream. May spread fire. Burning liquids may be moved by flushing with water to protect personnel
and minimize property damage.
Special Protective Equipment for Firefighters: Wear positive-pressure self-contained breathing
apparatus (SCBA) and protective fire fighting clothing (includes fire fighting helmet, coat, trousers,
boots, and gloves). Avoid contact with this material during fire fighting operations. If contact is likely,
change to full chemical resistant fire fighting clothing with self-contained breathing apparatus. If this
is not available, wear full chemical resistant clothing with self-contained breathing apparatus and
fight fire from a remote location. For protective equipment in post-fire or non-fire clean-up
situations, refer to the relevant sections.
Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazards: Violent steam generation or eruption may occur upon
application of direct water stream to hot liquids.
Hazardous Combustion Products: During a fire, smoke may contain the original material in addition to
combustion products of varying composition which may be toxic and/or irritating. Combustion
products may include and are not limited to: Carbon monoxide. Carbon dioxide.

Section VI Accidental
ReleaseMeasures

Steps to be Taken if Material is Released or Spilled: Contain spilled material if possible. Collect in
suitable and properly labeled containers. See Section XIII, Disposal Considerations, for additional
information.
Personal Precautions: Use appropriate safety equipment. For additional information, refer to Section
VIII, Exposure Controls and Personal Protection. Refer to Section VII, Handling, for additional
precautionary measures.
Environmental Precautions: Material will sink in water. Prevent from entering into soil, ditches,
sewers, waterways and/or groundwater. See Section XII, Ecological Information.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

05.07_2

REV_A

05.07

VIC-PRESS PRE-LUBE data

Vic-Press Lubricant Compound MSDS


(MaterialSafety Data Sheet)
Section VII Handling & Storage

Handling: Avoid prolonged or repeated contact with skin. Wash thoroughly after handling. Do not use
sodium nitrite or other nitrosating agents in formulations containing this product. Suspected
cancer-causing nitrosamines could be formed. Spills of these organic materials on hot fibrous
insulations may lead to lowering of the autoignition temperatures possibly resulting in spontaneous
combustion.
Storage: Store in the following material(s): 316 stainless steel. Carbon steel. Glass-lined container.
Polypropylene. Polyethylene-lined container. Stainless steel. Teflon. This material may soften and
lift certain paint and surface coatings. Use product promptly after opening. Store in original
unopened container. Unopened containers of material stored beyond the recommended shelf life
should be retested against the sales specifications before use.

Section VIII Exposure Controls &


Personal Protection

Exposure Limits
None established
Personal Protective Equipment
Eye/Face Protection:Use safety glasses.
Skin Protection: Use protective clothing chemically resistant to this material. Selection of specific
items such as face shield, boots, apron, or full body suit will depend on the task. Remove
contaminated clothing immediately, wash skin area with soap and water, and launder clothing
before reuse or dispose of properly. Items which cannot be decontaminated, such as shoes, belts
and watchbands, should be removed and disposed of properly.
Hand Protection: Use gloves chemically resistant to this material. Examples of preferred glove barrier
materials include: Butyl rubber. Polyethylene. Ethyl vinyl alcohol laminate (EVAL). Examples of
acceptable glove barrier materials include: Natural rubber (latex). Neoprene. Nitrile/butadiene
rubber (nitrile or NBR). Polyvinyl chloride (PVC or vinyl). Viton. NOTICE: The selection of a
specific glove for a particular application and duration of use in a workplace should also take into
account all relevant workplace factors such as, but not limited to: Other chemicals which may be
handled, physical requirements (cut/puncture protection, dexterity, thermal protection), potential
body reactions to glove materials, as well as the instructions/specifications provided by the glove
supplier.
Respiratory Protection: Under intended handling conditions, no respiratory protection should be
needed.
Ingestion: Use good personal hygiene. Do not consume or store food in the work area. Wash hands
before smoking or eating.
Ventilation: Use local exhaust ventilation, or other engineering controls to maintain airborne levels
below exposure limit requirements or guidelines. If there are no applicable exposure limit
requirements or guidelines, general ventilation should be sufficient for most operations. Local
exhaust ventilation may be necessary for some operations.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

REV_A

05.07_3

05.07

VIC-PRESS PRE-LUBE data

Vic-Press Lubricant Compound MSDS


(MaterialSafety Data Sheet)
Section IX Physical &
ChemicalProperties

Physical State:Liquid
Color:Yellow
Odor:Mild
Flash Point - Closed Cup:207C (405F) ASTM D93
Flash Point - Open Cup:288C (550F) ASTM D92
Flammable Limits in Air:
Lower: No test data available
Upper: No test data available
Autoignition Temperature:No test data available
Vapor Pressure:< 0.01 mmHg @ 20C Literature
Boiling Point (760 mmHg):> 200C (> 392F) Calculated decomposes prior to boiling.
Vapor Density (air = 1):>1 Calculated
Specific Gravity (H2O = 1):1.004 20C/20C Calculated
Liquid Density:8.35 lb/gal @ 20C Calculated
Freezing Point:See Pour Point
Melting Point:Not applicable to liquids
Solubility in Water (by weight):< 0.02% @ 20C Visual
pH:No test data available
Kinematic Viscosity:270 - 300 cSt @ 37.8C ASTM D445
Pour point:-33C (-27F) ASTM D97
Volatile Organic Compounds:0.0 g/l EPA Method No. 24

Section X Stability & Reactivity

Stability:Thermally stable at typical use temperatures.


Conditions to Avoid:Exposure to elevated temperatures can cause product to decompose.
Generation of gas during decomposition can cause pressure in closed systems.
Incompatible Materials:Avoid contact with: Strong acids. Strong bases. Strong oxidizers.
Hazardous Decomposition:Will not occur
Thermal Decomposition:Decomposition products depend upon temperature, air supply and the
presence of other and the presence of other materials. Decomposition products can include and
are not limited to: Aldehydes. Alcohols.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

05.07_4

REV_A

05.07

VIC-PRESS PRE-LUBE data

Vic-Press Lubricant Compound MSDS


(MaterialSafety Data Sheet)
Section XI Toxicological
Information

Acute Toxicity
Ingestion: LD50, Rat > 16,000 mg/kg
Skin Absorption: LD50, Rabbit > 16,000 mg/kg
Skin Sensitization: For the minor component(s): Skin contact may cause an allergic skin reaction.
Repeated Dose Toxicity: For the major component(s): In animals, effects have been reported on the
following organs after Ingestion: Liver.

Section XII Ecological Information

CHEMICAL FATE
Movement & Partitioning: No bioconcentration is expected because of the relatively high molecular
weight (MW greater than 1000).
Persistence and Degradability: Biodegradation under aerobic static laboratory conditions is low
(BOD20 or BOD28/ThOD between 2.5 and 10%).
Biological oxygen demand (BOD):
BOD 5

BOD 10

BOD 20

5%

5%

6%

BOD 28

Theoretical Oxygen Demand: 2.30 mg/mg


ECOTOXICITY
Material is practically non-toxic to aquatic organisms on an acute basis (LC50/EC50 >100 mg/L in
the most sensitive species tested).
Fish Acute & Prolonged Toxicity
LC50, fathead minnow (Pimephales promelas), 96 h: 520 mg/l
Aquatic Invertebrate Acute Toxicity
LC50, water flea Daphnia magna, static, 48 h, immobilization: 350 mg/l

Section XIII Disposal Considerations

DO NOT DUMP INTO ANY SEWERS, ON THE GROUND, OR INTO ANY BODY OF WATER. All disposal practices must be in compliance with all Federal, State/Provincial and local laws and regulations. Regulations may vary in different locations. Waste characterizations and compliance with applicable laws are the responsibility solely of the waste generator. VICTAULIC HAS NO CONTROL OVER
THE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES OR MANUFACTURING PROCESSES OF PARTIES HANDLING
OR USING THIS MATERIAL. THE INFORMATION PRESENTED HERE PERTAINS ONLY TO THE
PRODUCT AS SHIPPED IN ITS INTENDED CONDITION AS DESCRIBED IN MSDS
SECTION: Composition Information. FOR UNUSED & UNCONTAMINATED PRODUCT, the preferred
options include sending to a licensed, permitted: Incinerator or other thermal destruction device.

Section XIV Transport Information

DOT Non-Bulk: NOT REGULATED


DOT Bulk: NOT REGULATED
IMDG: NOT REGULATED
ICAO/IATA: NOT REGULATED

This information is not intended to convey all specific regulatory or operational requirements/
information relating to this product. It is the responsibility of the transporting organization to follow all
applicable laws, regulations and rules relating to the transportation of the material.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

REV_A

05.07_5

05.07

VIC-PRESS PRE-LUBE data

Vic-Press Lubricant Compound MSDS


(MaterialSafety Data Sheet)
Section XV Regulatory Information

Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 Title III (Emergency Planning and
Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986) Sections 311 and 312
Immediate (Acute) Health Hazard
Delayed (Chronic) Health Hazard
Fire Hazard
Reactive Hazard
Sudden Release of Pressure Hazard

Yes
No
No
No
No

Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 Title III (Emergency Planning and
Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986) Section 313: To the best of our knowledge, this product
does not contain chemicals at levels which require reporting under this statute.
Pennsylvania (Worker and Community Right-To-Know Act): Pennsylvania Hazardous Substances
List and/or Pennsylvania Environmental Hazardous Substance List: To the best of our knowledge,
this product does not contain chemicals at levels which require reporting under this statute.
Pennsylvania (Worker and Community Right-To-Know Act): Pennsylvania Special Hazardous
Substances List: To the best of our knowledge, this product does not contain chemicals at levels
which require reporting under this statute.
US. EPA Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act (EPCRA) SARA Title III Section
302 Extremely Hazardous Substance (40 CFR 355, Appendix A): To the best of our knowledge,
this product does not contain chemicals at levels which require reporting under this statute.
California Proposition 65 (Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act of 1986): This product
contains no listed substances known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects or
other reproductive harm, at levels which would require a warning under the statute.
US. Toxic Substances Control Act: All components of this product are on the TSCA Inventory or are
exempt from TSCA Inventory requirements under 40 CFR 720.30
European Inventory of Existing Commercial Chemical Substances (EINECS): This product is a
polymer according to the definition in Directive 92/32/EEC (7th Amendment to Directive 67/548/
EEC) and all of its starting materials and intentional additives are listed the European Inventory of
Existing Commercial Chemical Substances (EINECS) or in compliance with European (EU)
chemical inventory requirements.
CEPA - Domestic Substances List (DSL): All substances contained in this product are listed on the
Canadian Domestic Substances List (DSL) or are not required to be listed.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

05.07_6

REV_A

05.07

VIC-PRESS PRE-LUBE data

Vic-Press Lubricant Compound MSDS


(MaterialSafety Data Sheet)
Section XVI Other Information

Revision Information
Version Number:05.10 Rev. O
Revision Date:
Current and only Revision:05.10 Rev. O 2012
Legend
NA:Not Available
W/W:Weight/Weight
OEL:Occupational Exposure Limit
STEL:Short Term Exposure Limit
TWA:Time Weighted Average
AGGIH:American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, Inc.
WEEL:Workplace Environmental Exposure Level
HAZ_DES:Hazard Designation
Action Level:A value set by OSHA that is lower than the PEL which will trigger the need for
activities such as exposure monitoring and medical surveillance if exceeded.
Disclaimer of Liability
The information in this MSDS was obtained from sources which we believe are reliable. However,
the information is provided without any warranty, expressed or implied regarding its correctness.
Some information presented and conclusions drawn herein may be from sources other than
direct test data on the substance itself. This MSDS was prepared and is to be used only for this
product. If the product is used as a component in another product, this MSDS information may
not be applicable. Users should make their own investigations to determine the suitability of the
information or products for their particular purpose.
The conditions or methods of handling, storage, use and disposal of the product are beyond
ourcontrol and may be beyond our knowledge. For this and other reasons, we do not assume
responsibility and expressly disclaim liability for loss, damage or expense arising out of or in any
way connected with handling, storage, use or disposal of the product.

For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com


05.07 7078 REV A UPDATED 09/2012
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

05.07

06.01

IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE GROOVED SYSTEM

VICTAULIC IS AN ISO 9001 CERTIFIED COMPANY

Grooved Piping System


The only system that provides the option of rigidity or flexibility

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Gasket

The Victaulic grooved piping system is the most versatile, economical


and reliable piping system available. It is up to three times faster to
install than welding, easier and more reliable than threading or flanging,
resulting in lowest total installed cost.

Housing
Groove

The system is designed for roll grooved or cut grooved standard pipe or
roll grooved light wall pipe. Pipe end preparation is fast and easy either
in the shop or on the job site with a variety of Victaulic grooving tools
available.
In addition to speed and ease of assembly, the Victaulic system offers
varied mechanical benefits to the designer, installer and owner. With the
introduction of Zero-Flex rigid couplings, the option of flexibility or
rigidity adds to the design versatility. Flexible and rigid couplings can
be incorporated as needed in any system to take full advantage of the
characteristics of each.

Bolt/Nut

Victaulic also offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS) for 14 24"
(350 600 mm) sizes.

Installed cost
savings from
10% to 30%

Each joint
is a union

Minimal equipment investment


Fast assembly in tight places
Clean system. . . no pipe dope
or welding slag to contaminate
pipes Costs are more
predictable. . . estimates more
accurate
Exaggerated for clarity

Proven joint
reliability
Full circumferential
engagement of housing into
groove provides end pull
strength Couplings available
for working pressures to 2,500
psi (17,235 kPa). . . vacuum
services to 29.9" Hg

Removal of two couplings


permits removal of pipe section
for cleaning or servicing Easy
future add-on, change or
renovation of pipe to distribute
internal wear from abrasives or
slurries
WARNING: Depressurize and
drain the piping system before
attempting to install, remove,
or adjust any Victaulic piping
products.

For roll or cut


grooved pipe
Standard
Roll Grooved

Cut Grooved

Victaulic tools permit roll


grooving standard steel pipe up
to 42" (1050 mm) in 0.375" (9,5
mm) wall thicknesses
Couplings fit either roll or cut
grooved pipe Roll grooving
permits use on pipe from
Schedule 5 to Schedule 40
Pipe of different wall thickness
and material can be connected
directly and intermixed

Exaggerated for clarity

REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COPYRIGHT 2005 VICTAULIC PRINTED IN U.S.A. SKU #WCAS-6AYRLR

United States Phone: 1-800-PICK-VIC (1-800-742-5842) Fax: 610-250-8817 e-mail: pickvic@victaulic.com


Canada Phone: 905-884-7444 Fax: 905-884-9774 e-mail: viccanada@victaulic.com
Europe Phone: 32-9-381-1500 Fax: 32-9-380-4438 e-mail: viceuro@victaulic.be
UK Phone: 44(0)1438741100 Fax: 44(0)1438313883 e-mail: viceuro@victaulic.be
Central and South America Phone: 610-559-3300 Fax: 610-559-3608 e-mail: vical@victaulic.com
Australasia Phone: 86-21-58855151 Fax: 86-21-58851298 e-mail: vicap@victaulic.com

1686 REV C

06.01
RIGID SYSTEMS
Zero-Flex Style 07 and Transition Style 307 Rigid Couplings have a unique, patented angle pad design
which constricts the housing keys into the groove around the full circumference to grip the pipe rigidly.
The housings slide on the angled pads rather than mating squarely.
This sliding adjustment also forces the key sections into opposed contact on the inside and the outside
groove edges, pushing the joint to its maximum pipe end separation (see chart below) during assembly.
These rigid couplings provide a rigid joint allowing no expansion/contraction or linear movement.
Couplings will push the pipe ends to their maximum allowable separation which must be considered
during assembly.
Rigid couplings (Styles 07, W07, 89, 489, 307, HP-70, 741, W741 and others) create a rigid joint, useful
for risers, mechanical rooms and other areas where flexibility is not desired. Zero-Flex Style 07 and Style
W07 AGS couplings are designed to provide rigidity to permit hanging to ASME B31.1 Power Piping Code
and ASME B31.9 Building Services Piping Code.

RIGID COUPLING PERFORMANCE (Angle Bolt Pad Design)


Pipe Size

Pipe Size
Nominal
Diameter
Inches/mm

Actual
Outside Diameter
Inches/mm

Allowable
Pipe End Sep.
Inches/mm

3/
4

1.050

0.05

20

26,7

1,2

1.315

0.05

25

33,7

1,2

11/4

1.660

0.05

32

42,4

1,2

11/2

1.900

0.05

40

48,3

1,2

2.375

0.07

133,0 mm
139,7 mm
5
125

159,0 mm
165,1 mm

Actual
Outside Diameter
Inches/mm

Allowable
Pipe End Sep.
Inches/mm

5.250

0.16

133,0

4,1

5.500

0.16

139,7

4,1

5.563

0.16

141,3

4,1

6.250

0.16

159,0

4,1

6.500

0.16

50

60,3

1,7

21/2

2.875

0.07

73,0

1,7

150

168,3

4,1

3.000

0.07

8.625

0.19

76,1

1,7

200

219,1

4,8

3.500

0.07

10

10.750

0.13

65

76,1 mm
3

165,1

4,1

6.625

0.16

80

88,9

1,7

250

273,0

3,3

4.500

0.16

12

12.750

0.13

300

323,9

3,3

100

108,0 mm

114,3

4,1

4.250

0.16

108,0

4,1

Provides rigidity
Zero-Flex Style 07 unique
(patented) angled-pad design
adjusts to standard pipe
tolerances Provides positive
clamping of the pipe to resist
flexural and torsional loads
Support and hanging
requirements correspond to
ASME B31.1 Power Piping
Code, ASME B31.9 Building
Services Code and NFPA 13
Sprinkler Systems

Nominal
Diameter
Inches/mm

Easy swing-over
assembly
Bolt-pad design permits
assembly by removing one
nut/bolt and scissoring housing
over gasket Reduces the
number of components to
handle during assembly
Speeds and eases installation

Grooved Piping System

06.01
FLEXIBLE SYSTEMS
Flexible grooved-type couplings (such as Styles 77, W77, 75, 72, 750, 78 and 791) allow controlled
angular, linear and rotational movement at each joint to accommodate expansion, contraction, setting,
vibration, noise and other piping system movement. These features provide advantages in designing
piping systems but must be considered when determining hanger and support spacing and location.
Victaulic couplings offer superior vibration attenuation characteristics to both flexible metal and
elastomeric flexible arch-type connectors. Independent vibration testing data (request Section 26.04)
verifies that three Victaulic couplings in close proximity to a vibration source (pump, equipment, etc.)
provide superior vibration attenuation in piping systems.
Both type couplings offer installed cost savings from 10 to 30% and higher, plus the convenience of a
union at every joint and the proven pressure-responsive C shaped Victaulic gasket. Both type products
fit into standard roll or cut grooved pipe and provide the security of full circumferential engagement of the
coupling housing into the groove for high pressure and end load service.

FLEXIBLE COUPLING PERFORMANCE


Pipe Size
Actual
Outside
Nominal
Dia.
Diameter
In./mm
In./mm

Deflect. Fr. CL
Allow. Pipe
End Sep.
In./mm

Degrees
per
Cplg.

Pipe
In./ft.
mm/m

3 24

0.72

60

100

2 43

0.57

2 10

0.45

41/2

38

120

1 56

0.40

1 31

0.32

1 15

0.26

22

125

1 12

0.26

1 2

0.22

0 54

0.19

3/
4

1.050

0 - 0.06

20

26,7

0 - 1,6

1.315

0 - 0.06

25

33,7

0 - 1,6

11/4

1.660

0 - 0.06

32

42,4

0 - 1,6

11/2

1.900

0 - 0.06

40

48,3

0 - 1,6

2.375

0 - 0.06

50

60,3

0 - 1,6

21/2

2.875

0 - 0.06

65

76,1 mm.
3

Pipe Size
Actual
Outside
Nominal
Dia.
Diameter
In./mm
In./mm

73,0

0 - 1,6

3.000

0 - 0.06

76,1

0 - 1,6

3.500

0 - 0.06

80

88,9

0 - 1,6

31/2

4.000

0 - 0.06

90

101,6

0 - 1,6

48

33
27

22
18

108,0 mm

133,0 mm
139,7 mm

152,4 mm
159,0 mm

Deflect. Fr. CL

Pipe Size
Actual
Outside
Nominal
Dia.
Diameter
In./mm
In./mm

Deflect. Fr. CL
Allow. Pipe
End Sep.
In./mm

Degrees
per
Cplg.

Pipe
In./ft.
mm/m

6.500

0 - 0.13
0 - 3,2

1 6

0.23

165,1

6.625

0 - 0.13

1 5

0.23

0 54

0.16

0 50

0.18

0 43

0.15

0 40

0.14

0 36

0.13

0 34

0.12

Allow. Pipe
End Sep.
In./mm

Degrees
per
Cplg.

Pipe
In./ft.
mm/m

4.500

0 - 0.13
0 - 3,2

1 36

0.34

114,3

4.250

0 - 0.13

1 41

0.35

29

150

1 26

0.25

1 21

0.28

23

200

1 18

0.28

1 18

0.27

10

22

250

1 12

0.21

304,8

0 - 3,2

1 9

0.24

12

12.750

0 - 0.13

20

300

323,9

0 - 3,2

108,0

0 - 3,2

5.000

0 - 0.13

127,0

0 - 3,2

5.250

0 - 0.13

133,0

0 - 3,2

5.500

0 - 0.13

139,7

0 - 3,2

5.563

0 - 0.13

141,3

0 - 3,2

6.000

0 - 0.13

152,4

0 - 3,2

6.250

0 - 0.13

159,0

0 - 3,2

28

21

23

17

165,1 mm

203,2 mm

254,0 mm

304,8 mm

168,3

0 - 3,2

8.000

0 - 0.13

203,2

0 - 3,2

8.625

0 - 0.13

219,1

0 - 3,2

10.000

0 - 0.13

254,0

0 - 3,2

10.750

0 - 0.13

273,0

0 - 3,2

12.000

0 - 0.13

19
19
13
15
13
12
11
10

16

Refer to notes on page 4.


NOTE: These values are based on standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. See notes on page 4.

Expansion

Contraction

Deflection

Grooved Piping System

Minimizes noise and


vibration
transmission

Provides
expansion and
contraction

Minimizes
system
stresses

Isolates noise and vibration


Resilient gasket helps absorb
noise and vibration Permits
elimination of noise suppression
devices Provides superior
vibration attenuation better than
flexible metal or elastomeric
arch-type connectors (refer to
26.04)

Up to 0.250" (6,35 mm) linear


movement at each joint
Minimizes or eliminates costly
expansion joints and loops (refer
to 26.02)

Flexible joints provide virtually


a stress free system (refer to
26.03) Reduces or eliminates
stresses from settlement of
buried pipe Absorbs
temporary stresses induced by
seismic tremors (refer to 26.12)

06.01
COUPLING MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE (Standard Wall Steel Pipe)
Pipe Size
Actual
Outside
Nominal
Dia.
Diameter
In./mm
In./mm
3/
4

1.050

20

26,7

1.315

25

33,7

11/4

1.660

32

42,4

11/2

1.900

40

48,3

2.375

50

60,3

21/2

2.875

65

73,0

76,1 mm
3

3.000
76,1

3.500

80

88,9

31/2

4.000

90

101,6

4.500

100

108,0 mm
41/2
120

133,0 mm
139,7 mm
5
125

159,0 mm
165,1 mm
6

114,3

4.250
108,0

5.000
127,0

5.250
133,0

5.500
139,7

5.563
141,3

6.250
159,0

6.500
165,1

6.625

150

168,3

8.625

200

219,1

10

10.750

250

273,0

12

12.750

300

323,9

14

14.000

350

355,6

15

15.000

375

381,0

16

16.000

400

406,4

18

18.000

450

457,0

20

20.000

500

508,0

22

22.000

550

559,0

24

24.000

600

610,0

Coupling Style Working Pressure PSI/kPa


Pipe
Wall
Thick.
Sched.
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
30
30
0.375
30
STD
20
20
20

Style 07
Rigid

Style W07
AGS Rigid

Style 77
Flexible

Style W77
AGS
Flexible

Style 75
Flexible

Style 78
Snap-Joint

Style 791
Boltless

1000

6900

750

1000

300

Style W741
AGS Flange
Style 743
Style 741
Adapter
Flange Adpt.
Flange Adpt.

HP-70
Rigid

HP-70ES
EndSeal

5175

6900

2065

750

1000

300

5175

6900

2065

750

1000

500

300

5175

6900

3450

2065

750

1000

500

300

700

300

720

1000

2500
17235

5175

6900

3450

2065

4825

2065

4965

6900

750

1000

500

300

700

300

720

1000

2500

5175

6900

3450

2065

4825

2065

4965

6900

17235

750

1000

500

5175

6900

3450

750

1000

500

300

700

300

720

1000

2500

5175

6900

3450

2065

4825

2065

4965

6900

17235

1000

500

6900

3450

750

1000

500

300

700

300

720

1000

2500

5175

6900

3450

2065

4825

2065

4965

6900

17235

750

1000

450

5175

6900

3100

450

3100

700

1000

450

4825

6900

3100

700

1000

450

4825

6900

3100

700

1000

450

300

700

300

720

4825

6900

3100

2065

4825

2065

4965

700

1000

450

4825

6900

3100

700

1000

450

300

4825

6900

3100

2065

700

1000

450

300

600

300

720

1000

2000

4825

6900

3100

2065

4135

2065

4965

6900

13790

600

800

450

300

500

300

720

800

1500

4130

5500

3100

2065

3450

2065

4965

5500

10350

1250

500

800

300

720

800

3450

5500

2065

4965

5500

8625

400

800

300

720

800

1250

2750

5500

2065

4965

5500

8625

350

300

350

300

300

600

2410

2065

2410

2065

2065

4135

300

2065

350

300

350

300

300

600

2410

2065

2410

2065

2065

4135

350

300

350

300

300

2410

2065

2410

2065

2065

350

300

350

300

300

2410

2065

2410

2065

2065

300

2065

350

250

350

300

300

2410

1725

2410

2065

2065

NOTES
* Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with
Victaulic specifications. Coupling style numberings beginning with W are AGS products for use only on roll grooved standard weight steel pipe. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe.
WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1 1/2 times the figures shown.
Available only for cut groove systems.
Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe.
Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by: 50% for 3/4 - 31/2"
(20 - 90 mm); 25% for 4" (100 mm) and larger.
Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments.
Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details.
WARNING: Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, or adjust any Victaulic piping products.
This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products shall be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.

Grooved Piping System

06.15

IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE GROOVED COUPLINGS

VICTAULIC IS AN ISO 9001 CERTIFIED COMPANY

Pressure Ratings and End Loads for


Victaulic Couplings on Steel Pipe

Style 07 Zero-Flex Rigid Coupling

Style 741 Vic-Flange Adapter

Style 77 Flexible Coupling

Pressure Ratings for Styles 07, 77 & 741


Pipe Size
Nominal
Diameter
In./mm

Actual
Out.
Dia.
In./mm

Pipe
Wall
Thick.4
Inches/mm
0.154
3,91

0.113
3/
4

1.050

2,87

20

26,9

0.083
2,11

0.065
1,65

0.179
4,55

0.133
1

1.315

3,38

25

33,7

0.109
2,77

0.065
1,65

0.191
4,85

0.140
11/4

1.660

3,56

32

42,4

0.109
2,77

0.065
1,65

0.200
5,08

0.145
11/2

1.900

3,56

40

48,3

0.109
2,77

0.065
1,65

0.218
5,54

0.154
2

2.375

3,91

50

60,3

0.109
2,77

0.065
1,65

Table continued on page 2.

Pipe
Sched. 5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5

Style 07 Maximum
Cut Grooved
Roll Grooved
Work.
End
Work.
End
Press. 6
Load 7
Press. 6
Load 7
PSI/kPa
Lbs./N
PSI/kPa
Lbs./N

Style 77 Maximum
Cut Grooved
Roll Grooved
Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa
1,000

End
Load 7
Lbs./N
865

Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa

End
Load 7
Lbs./N

Style 741 Maximum


Cut Grooved
Roll Grooved
Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa

End
Load 7
Lbs./N

Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa

End
Load 7
Lbs./N

6900

3850

1,000

865

1,000

865

6900

3850

6900

3850

750

650

5175

2895

500

440

3450

3033

750

650

1,000

1,360

5175

2890

6900

6050

750

650

750

650

1,000

1,360

1,000

1,360

5175

2890

5175

2890

6900

6050

6900

6050

750

650

750

1,020

5175

2890

5175

4540

750

650

500

680

5175

2890

3450

3030

750

1,620

1,000

2,160

5175

7210

6900

9610

750

1,620

750

1,620

1,000

2,160

1,000

2,160

5175

7210

5175

7210

6900

9610

6900

9610

750

1,620

750

1,620

5175

7210

5175

7210

750

1,620

500

1,080

5175

7210

3450

4810

750

2,130

1,000

2,835

5175

9480

6900

12615

750

2,130

750

21,30

1,000

2,835

1,000

2,835

5175

9480

5175

9480

6900

12615

6900

12615

750

2,130

750

2,130

5175

9480

5175

9480

500

1,420

500

1,420

3450

6320

3450

6320

750

3,320

1,000

4,430

300

1,330

5175

14775

6900

19715

2065

5920

750

3,320

750

3,320

1,000

4,430

1,000

4,430

300

1,330

300

1,330

5175

14775

5175

14775

6900

19715

6900

19715

2065

5920

2065

5920

750

3,320

750

3,320

250

1,105
4915

5175

14775

5175

14775

1725

500

2,215

500

2,215

200

885

3450

9860

3450

9860

1375

3940

See page 12 for important notes.

REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COPYRIGHT 2003 VICTAULIC PRINTED IN U.S.A.

Victaulic Company of America Phone: 1-800-PICK-VIC (1-800-742-5842) Fax: 610-250-8817 e-mail:pickvic@victaulic.com


Victaulic Company of Canada Phone: 905-884-7444 Fax: 905-884-9774 e-mail: viccanada@victaulic.com
Victaulic Europe Phone:32-9-381-1500 Fax: 32-9-380-4438 e-mail: viceuro@victaulic.be
Victaulic America Latina Phone: 610-559-3300 Fax: 610-559-3608 e-mail: vical@victaulic.com
Victaulic Asia Pacific Phone: 65-6235-3035 Fax: 65-6235-0535 e-mail: vicap@victaulic.com

0784 REV C

06.15
Pressure Ratings for Styles 07, 77 & 741
Pipe Size
Nominal
Diameter
In./mm

Actual
Out.
Dia.
In./mm

Pipe
Wall
Thick.4
Inches/mm
0.276
7,01

0.203
21/2

2.875

5,16

65

73,0

0.120
3,05

0.083
2,11

0.250
6,35

76,1 mm

3.000
76,1

0.200
5,08

0.150
3,81

0.300
7,62

0.216
3

3.500

5,49

80

88,9

0.120
3,05

0.083
2,11

0.318
8,08

0.226
31/2

4.000

5,74

90

101,6

0.120
3,05

0.083
2,11

0.337
8,56

0.237
4

4.500

6,02

100

114,3

0.120
3,05

0.083
2,11

0.375
9,53

0.258
5

5,563

6,55

125

141,3

0.134
3,40

0.109
2,77

0.432
10,97

0.280
6

6.625

7,11

150

168,3

0.134
3,40

0.109
2,77

0.250
6,35

165,1 mm

6,500
165,1

0.200
5,08

0.150
3,81

0.322
8,18

0.277
8

8.625

7,04

200

219,1

0.148
3,76

0.109
2,77

Table continued on page 3.

Pipe
Sched. 5
80
40
10
5

80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5

40
30
10
5

Style 07 Maximum
Cut Grooved
Roll Grooved
Work.
End
Work.
End
Press. 6
Load 7
Press. 6
Load 7
PSI/kPa
Lbs./N
PSI/kPa
Lbs./N
750
4,875

Style 77 Maximum
Cut Grooved
Roll Grooved
Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa
1,000

End
Load 7
Lbs./N
6,490

Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa

Style 741 Maximum


Cut Grooved
Roll Grooved

End
Load 7
Lbs./N

Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa
300

End
Load 7
Lbs./N
1,950

Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa

End
Load 7
Lbs./N

5175

21695

6900

28880

2065

8680

750

4,875

750

4,875

1,000

6,490

1,000

6,490

300

1,950

300

1,950

5175

21695

5175

21695

6900

28880

6900

28880

2065

8680

2065

8680

600

3,900

600

3,900

250

1,620

4130

17355

4130

17355

1725

7210

500

3,245

500

3,245

200

1,300

3450

14440

3450

14440

1375

5785

1,000

7,070

300

2,120

6900

31460

2065

9435

1,000

7,070

1,000

7,070

300

2,120

6900

31460

6900

31460

2065

9435

600

4,240

200

1,415

4130

18870

1375

6300

750

7,215

750

7,215

1,000

9,620

1,000

9,620

300

2,885

300

2,885

5175

32105

5175

32105

6900

42810

6900

42810

2065

12840

2065

12840

750

7,215

750

7,215

1,000

9,620

1,000

9,620

300

2,885

300

2,885

5175

32105

5175

32105

6900

42810

6900

42810

2065

12840

2065

12840

600

5,760

600

5,760

250

2,400

4130

25630

4130

25630

1725

10680

500

4,800

500

4,800

200

1,925

3450

21360

3450

21360

1375

8570

1,000

12,565

1,000

12,565

6900

55915

6900

55915

1,000

12,565

1,000

12,565

6900

55915

6900

55915

600

7,540

4130

33555

400

5,025

2750

22360

750

11,930

750

11,930

1,000

15,900

1,000

15,900

300

4,770

300

4,770

5175

53065

5175

53065

6900

70755

6900

70755

2065

21230

2065

21230

750

11,930

750

11,930

1,000

15, 900

1,000

15,900

300

4,770

300

4,770

5175

53065

5175

53065

6900

70755

6900

70755

2065

21230

2065

21230

600

9,540

600

9, 540

250

3,975

4130

42455

4130

42455

1725

17690

400

6,360

400

6,360

200

3,180

2750

28300

2750

28300

1375

14150

750

18,225

750

18,225

1,000

24,300

1,000

24,300

300

7,290

300

7,290

5175

81100

5175

81100

6900

108135

6900

108135

2065

32440

2065

32440

750

18,225

750

18,225

1,000

24,300

1,000

24,300

300

7,290

300

7,290

5175

81100

5175

81100

6900

108135

6900

108135

2065

32440

2065

32440

450

10,935

500

12,000

250

6,075

3100

48660

3450

53400

1725

27035

350

8,500

350

8,500

200

4,850

2410

37825

2410

37825

1375

21585

700

24,130

1,000

34,470

300

10,350

4825

107380

6900

153390

2065

46060

700

24,130

700

24,130

1,000

34,470

1,000

34,470

300

10,350

300

10,350

4825

107380

4825

107380

6900

153390

6900

153390

2065

46060

2065

46060

500

17,250

450

15,525

250

8,625

3450

76750

3100

69085

1725

38380

350

12,000

350

12,000

200

6,900

2410

53400

2410

53400

1375

30705

1,000

33,185

1,000

33,185

300

9,960

6900

147675

6900

147675

2065

44320

400

13,280

300

9,960

300

9,960

2750

59095

2065

44320

2065

44320

350

11,620

250

8,300

2410

51710

1725

36935

600

35,000

600

35,000

800

46,740

800

46,740

300

17,500

300

17,500

4130

155750

4130

155750

5500

207995

5500

207995

2065

77875

2065

77875

600

35,000

600

35,000

700

40,900

600

35,000

300

17,500

300

17,500

4130

155750

4130

155750

4825

182005

4130

155750

2065

77875

2065

77875

300

17,500

300

17,500

200

11,680

2065

77875

2065

77875

1375

51975

250

14,600

250

14,600

200

11,680

1725

64970

1725

64970

1375

51975

See page 12 for important notes.

Steel Pipe Pressure Ratings and End Loads

06.15
Pressure Ratings for Styles 07, 77 & 741
Pipe Size
Nominal
Diameter
In./mm

Actual
Out.
Dia.
In./mm

Pipe
Wall
Thick.4
Inches/mm
0.365
9,27

0.307
10

10.750

7,80

250

273,0

0.165
4,19

0.134
3,40

0.375
9,53

0.330
12

12.750

8,38

300

323,9

0.180
4,57

0.156
3,96

0.375
9,53

0.312
14

14.000

7,92

350

355,6

0.250
6,35

0.156
3,96

15

15.000

0.375

375

381,0

9,53

0.375
9,53

0.312
16

16.000

7,92

400

406,4

0.250
6,35

0.165
4,19

0.375
9,53

0.312
18

18.000

7,92

450

457,0

0.250
6,35

0.188
4,78

0.375
9,53

0.312
20

20.000

7,92

500

508,0

0.250
6,35

0.188
4,78

0.375
9,53

0.312
22

22.000

7,92

550

559,0

0.250
6,35

0.188
4,78

0.500
12,70

0.375
24

24,000

9,53

600

610,0

0.250
6,35

0.188
4,78

Pipe
Sched. 5
40
30
10
5
STD
30
10
5
STD
20
10
5

STD
20
10
5
STD
20
10

STD

10
5
STD

10
5
XS
STD
10

Style 07 Maximum
Cut Grooved
Roll Grooved
Work.
End
Work.
End
Press. 6
Load 7
Press. 6
Load 7
PSI/kPa
Lbs./N
PSI/kPa
Lbs./N
500
45,400
500
45,400

Style 77 Maximum
Cut Grooved
Roll Grooved
Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa
800

End
Load 7
Lbs./N
73,280

Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa
800

Style 741 Maximum


Cut Grooved
Roll Grooved

End
Load 7
Lbs./N
73,280

Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa
300

End
Load 7
Lbs./N
27,200

Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa
300

End
Load 7
Lbs./N
27,200

3450

202030

3450

202030

5500

326095

5500

326095

2065

121040

2065

121040

500

45,400

500

45,400

700

63,530

600

54,400

300

27,200

300

27,200

3450

202030

3450

202030

4825

282710

4130

242080

2065

121040

2065

121040

300

27,200

300

27,200

200

18,160

2065

121040

2065

121040

1375

80810

250

22,700

250

22,700

200

18,160

1725

101015

1725

101015

1375

80810

400

51,000

400

51,000

800

102,000

800

102,000

300

38,300

300

38,300

2750

226950

2750

226950

5500

453900

5500

453900

2065

170435

2065

170435

400

51,000

400

51,000

800

102,000

500

63,700

300

38,300

250

31,900

2750

226950

2750

226950

5500

453900

3450

283465

2065

170435

1725

141955

200

25,500

300

38,300

200

25,500

1375

113475

2065

170435

1375

113475

125

25,500

200

25,500

200

25,500

860

113475

1375

113475

1375

113475

250

38,485

250

38,485

300

46,180

300

46,180

250

38,500

250

38,500

1725

171180

1725

171180

2065

205500

2065

205500

1725

171325

1725

171325

250

38,485

225

34,635

300

46,180

275

42,350

250

38,500

250

38,500

1725

171180

1550

154060

2065

205500

1900

188455

1725

171325

1725

171325

200

30,790

250

38,500

250

38,500

1380

136945

1725

171325

1725

171325

100

15,395

125

19,250

125

19,250

690

68470

860

85665

860

85665

300

53,000

300

53,000

2065

235850

2065

235850

250

50,265

250

50,265

300

60,320

300

60,320

250

50,250

250

50,250

1725

223580

1725

223580

2065

268425

2065

268425

1725

223610

1725

223610

250

50,265

225

45,240

300

60,320

275

55,275

250

50,250

250

50,250

1725

223580

1550

201225

2065

268425

1895

245975

1725

223610

1725

223610

150

30,160

175

35,175

175

35,175

1035

134150

1200

156530

1200

156530

75

15,080

100

20,100

100

20,100

515

67075

690

89445

690

89445

250

63,615

250

63,615

300

76,340

300

76,340

250

63,620

250

63,620

1725

282970

1725

282970

2065

339715

2065

339715

1725

283110

1725

283110

200

50,895

150

38,170

250

63,620

175

44,450

250

63,620

175

44,450

1380

226375

1035

169780

1725

283110

1200

197800

1725

283110

1200

197800

75

19,085

100

25,400

100

25,400

515

84890

690

113030

690

113030

50

12,725

75

19,050

75

19,050

345

56595

515

84775

515

84775

250

78,540

250

78,540

300

94,200

300

94,200

250

78,500

250

78,500

1725

349345

1725

349345

2065

419190

2065

419190

1725

349325

1725

349325

200

62,830

125

39,250

250

78,500

125

39,250

250

78,500

125

39,250

1380

279475

860

174660

1725

349325

860

174660

1725

349325

860

174660

75

23,560

100

31,400

100

31,400

515

104805

690

139730

690

139730

40

12,565

50

15,700

50

15,700

275

55895

345

69865

345

69865

300

114,000

300

114,000

2065

507300

2065

507300

250

95,000

250

95,000

1725

422750

1725

422750

75

28,500

515

126825

25

9500

170

42275

250

113,000

300

135,600

250

113,000

1380

502850

2065

603645

1725

502850

250

113,000

250

113,000

250

113,000

250

113,000

250

113,000

250

113,000

1725

502850

1725

502850

1725

502850

1725

502850

1725

502850

1725

502850

75

33,900

75

33,900

75

33,900

515

150855

515

150855

515

150855

25

11,300

25

11,300

25

11,300

170

50285

170

50285

170

50285

Refer to notes on page 12.


Contact Victaulic for data on 26 - 48" (650 - 1200 mm) pipe.

Steel Pipe Pressure Ratings and End Loads

06.15

Style 78 Snap-Joint Coupling

Style 75 Flexible Coupling

Style 791 Vic-Boltless Coupling

Pressure Ratings for Styles 75, 78 & 791


Pipe Size
Nominal
Diameter
In./mm

Actual
Out.
Dia.
In./mm

Pipe
Wall
Thick.4
Inches/mm
0.179
4,55

0.133
1

1.315

3,38

25

33,7

0.109
2,77

0.065
1,65

0.191
4,85

0.140
11/4

1.660

3,56

32

42,4

0.109
2,77

0.065
1,65

0.200
5,08

0.145
11/2

1.900

3,56

40

48,3

0.109
2,77

0.065
1,65

0.218
5,54

0.154
2

2.375

3,91

50

60,3

0.109
2,77

0.065
1,65

0.276
7,01

0.203
21/2

2.875

5,16

65

73,0

0.120
3,05

0.083
2,11

0.250
6,35

76,1 mm

3.000
76,1

0.200
5,08

0.150
3,81

Sched. 5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5

Style 75 Maximum
Cut Grooved
Roll Grooved
Work.
End
Work.
End
Press. 6
Load 7
Press. 6
Load 7
PSI/kPa
Lbs./N
PSI/kPa
Lbs./N

Style 78 Maximum
Cut Grooved
Roll Grooved
Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa
300

End
Load 7
Lbs./N
410

Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa

End
Load 7
Lbs./N

Style 791 Maximum


Cut Grooved
Roll Grooved
Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa

End
Load 7
Lbs./N

Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa

End
Load 7
Lbs./N

2065

1825

300

410

300

410

2065

1825

2065

1825

300

410

2065

1825

300

410

2065

1825

300

650

2065

2890

300

650

300

650

2065

2890

2065

2890

300

650

2065

2890

300

650

2065

2890

500

1,420

300

850

3450

6320

2065

3780

500

1,420

500

1,420

300

850

300

850

3450

6320

3450

6320

2065

3780

2065

3780

500

1,420

300

850

3450

6320

2065

3780

500

1,420

300

850

3450

6320

2065

3780

500

2,215

300

1,330

700

3,100

3450

9855

2065

5920

4825

13795

500

2,215

500

2,215

300

1,330

300

1,330

700

3,100

700

3,100

3450

9855

3450

9855

2065

5920

2065

5920

4825

13795

4825

13795

500

2,215

300

1,330

550

2,435

3450

9855

2065

5920

3790

10835

500

2,215

300

1,330

500

2,215

3450

9855

2065

5920

3450

9855

500

3,245

300

1,950

700

4,540

3450

14440

2065

8680

4825

20200

500

3,245

500

3,245

300

1,950

300

1,950

700

4,540

700

4,540

3450

14440

3450

14440

2065

8680

2065

8680

4825

20200

4825

20200

500

3,245

300

1,950

550

3,570

3450

14440

2065

8680

3790

15885

500

3,245

300

1,950

500

3,245

3450

14440

2065

8680

3450

14440

300

2,120

2065

9435

300

2,120

300

2,120

2065

9435

2065

9435

250

1,765

1725

7855

Table continued on page 5.

Steel Pipe Pressure Ratings and End Loads

06.15
Pressure Ratings for Styles 75, 78 & 791
Pipe Size
Nominal
Diameter
In./mm

Actual
Out.
Dia.
In./mm

Pipe
Wall
Thick.4
Inches/mm
0.300
7,62

0.216
3

3.500

5,49

80

88,9

0.120
3,05

0.083
2,11

0.318
8,08

0.226
31/2

4.000

5,74

90

101,6

0.120
3,05

0.083
2,11

0.337
8,56

0.237
4

4.500

6,02

100

114,3

0.120
3,05

0.083
2,11

0.247
6,30

41/2

5.000

120

127,0

0.120
3,05

0.095
2,40

0.375
9,53

0.258
5

5,563

6,55

125

141,3

0.134
3,40

0.109
2,77

0.250
6,35

139,7 mm

5.500
139,7

0.200
5,08

0.150
3,81

0.250
6,35

152,4 mm

6.000
152,4

0.200
5,08

0.150
3,81

0.432
10,97

0.280
6

6.625

7,11

150

168,3

0.134
3,40

0.109
2,77

0.250
6,35

165,1 mm

6,500
165,1

0.200
5,08

0.150
3,81

0.250
203,2 mm

8.000

6,35

203,2

0.200
5,08

Sched. 5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5

80
40
10
5

80
40
10
5

Style 75 Maximum
Cut Grooved
Roll Grooved
Work.
End
Work.
End
Press. 6
Load 7
Press. 6
Load 7
PSI/kPa
Lbs./N
PSI/kPa
Lbs./N
500
4,800
500
6,300

Style 78 Maximum
Cut Grooved
Roll Grooved
Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa
300

End
Load 7
Lbs./N
2,885

Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa
300

Style 791 Maximum


Cut Grooved
Roll Grooved

End
Load 7
Lbs./N
2,885

Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa
700

End
Load 7
Lbs./N
6,730

Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa
700

End
Load 7
Lbs./N
6,730

3450

21360

3450

28035

2065

12840

2065

12840

4825

29950

4825

29950

500

4,800

500

4,800

300

2,885

300

2,885

700

6,730

700

6,730

3450

21360

3450

21360

2065

12840

2065

12840

4825

29950

4825

29950

500

4,800

300

2,885

550

5,290

3450

21360

2065

12840

3790

23540

500

4,800

300

2,885

400

3,850

3450

21360

2065

12840

2750

17130

500

6,300

500

6,300

3450

28035

3450

28035

500

6,300

500

6,300

3450

28035

3450

28035

500

6,300

3450

28035

400

5,025

2750

22360

500

7,950

500

7,950

300

47,70

300

4,770

700

11,930

700

11,930

3450

35380

3450

35380

2065

21230

2065

21230

4825

53090

4825

53090

500

7,950

500

7,950

300

4,770

300

4,770

700

11,930

700

11,930

3450

35380

3450

35380

2065

21230

2065

21230

4825

53090

4825

53090

500

7,950

300

4,770

550

8,740

3450

35380

2065

21230

3790

38895

400

6,360

300

4,770

400

6,360

2750

28300

2065

21230

2750

28300

450

8,820

450

8,820

3100

39250

3100

39250

450

8,820

3100

39250

400

7,850

2750

34935

450

10,935

450

10,935

300

7,290

300

7,290

3100

48660

3100

48660

2065

32440

2065

32440

450

10,935

450

10,935

300

7,290

300

7,290

3100

48660

3100

48660

2065

32440

2065

32440

450

10,935

300

7,290

3100

48660

2065

32440

350

8,500

300

7,290

2410

37825

2065

32440

450

10,665

450

10,665

3100

47460

3100

47460

400

9,500

2750

42275

350

8,300

2410

36935

450

12,735

450

12,735

3100

56670

3100

56670

400

11,300

2750

50285

350

9,890

2410

44010

450

15,525

300

10,350

600

20,680

3100

69085

2065

46060

4130

92025

450

15,525

450

15,525

300

10,350

300

10,350

600

20,680

600

20,680

3100

69085

3100

69085

2065

46060

2065

46060

4130

92025

4130

92025

450

15,525

300

10,350

500

17,225

3100

69085

2065

46060

3450

76650

350

12,000

300

10,350

350

12,000

2410

53400

2065

46060

2410

53400

450

14,940

450

14,940

300

9,960

3100

66485

3100

66485

2065

44320

400

13,280

300

9,960

2750

59095

2065

44320

350

11,620

300

9,960

2410

51710

2065

44320

450

22,635

450

22,635

3100

100725

3100

100725

200

10,060

1375

44765

Table continued on page 6.

Steel Pipe Pressure Ratings and End Loads

06.15
Pressure Ratings for Styles 75, 78 & 791
Pipe Size
Nominal
Diameter
In./mm

Actual
Out.
Dia.
In./mm

Pipe
Wall
Thick.4
Inches/mm
0.322
8,18

0.277
7,04

8.625

200

219,1

0.148
3,76

0.109
2,77

254,0 mm
304,8 mm

10.000

0.250

254,0

6,35

12.000

0.250

304,8

6,35

Sched. 5
40
30
10
5
40

Style 75 Maximum
Cut Grooved
Roll Grooved
Work.
End
Work.
End
Press. 6
Load 7
Press. 6
Load 7
PSI/kPa
Lbs./N
PSI/kPa
Lbs./N
450
26,280
450
26,280

Style 78 Maximum
Cut Grooved
Roll Grooved
Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa
300

End
Load 7
Lbs./N
17,500

Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa

Style 791 Maximum


Cut Grooved
Roll Grooved

End
Load 7
Lbs./N

Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa
500

End
Load 7
Lbs./N
29,200

Work.
Press. 6
PSI/kPa
500

End
Load 7
Lbs./N
29,200

3100

116945

3100

116945

2065

77875

3450

129940

3450

129940

450

26,280

450

26,280

300

17,500

300

17,500

500

29,200

500

29,200

3100

116945

3100

116945

2065

77875

2065

77875

3450

129940

3450

129940

300

17,500

300

17,500

300

17,500

2065

77875

2065

77875

2065

77875

250

14,600

250

17,500

250

14,600

1725

64970

1725

77875

1725

64970

350

27,500

350

27,500

2410

122375

2410

122375

350

39,500

350

39,500

2410

175775

2410

175775

Refer to notes on page 12.

SAFETY CAUTION CONCRETE PUMPING SERVICE: When used in concrete pumping. Style 78 couplings must be used within the design parameters listed. It is important to
note that Maximum Joint Working Pressure must include shockload. Style 78 couplings and pipe used in concrete pumping must always be in functional condition and be free of
concrete and foreign material in the pipe grooves and the keys and gasket cavity of the couplings. It should never be necessary to close coupling by hammering. If this is necessary,
the coupling and grooved pipe ends should be reinspected for damage or dirty components which stop normal closure.
COUPLINGS ARE NOT DESIGNED FOR ECCENTRIC LOADINGS: Style 78 couplings are not recommended for use at the end of concrete pumping booms, or on vertical
risers above 30 feet. Sound anchoring and lashing practices should always be employed.

Steel Pipe Pressure Ratings and End Loads

06.15

Style 750 Reducing Coupling

Pressure Ratings for Style 750


Style 750

Pipe
Inches/millimeters
Nominal
Coupling Size

Cut Grooved

Wall
Thickness
0.218
5,54

0.154
2 X 11/2

3,91

50 40

0.109
2,77

0.065
1,65

0.276
7,01

0.203
21/2 X 2

5,16

65 50

0.120
3,05

0.083
2,11

0.300
7,62

0.216
3X2

5,49

80 50

0.120
3,05

0.083
2,11

0.300
7,62

0.216
3 X 21/2

5,49

80 65

0.120
3,05

0.083
2,11

0.337
8,56

0.237
4X2

6,02

100 50

0.120
3,05

0.083
2,11

0.337
8,56

0.237
4 X 21/2

6,02

100 65

0.120
3,05

0.083
2,11

Schedule
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5

Max. Joint
Work Press. 6
PSI/kPa
350

Roll Grooved

Max. Permissible
End Load 7
Lbs./N
1,000

Max. Joint
Work Press. 6
PSI/kPa

Max. Permissible
End Load 7
Lbs./N

2410

4450

350

1,000

350

1,000

2410

4450

2410

4450

350

1,000

2410

4450

350

1,000

2410

4450

350

1,550

2410

6898

350

1,550

350

1,550

2410

6898

2410

6900

350

1,550

2410

6900

350

1,550

2410

6900

350

1,550

2410

6898

350

1,550

350

1,550

2410

6898

2410

6900

350

1,550

2410

6900

350

1,550

2410

6900

350

2,275

2410

10125

350

2,275

350

2,275

2410

10125

2410

10125

350

2,275

2410

10125

350

2,275

2410

10125

350

1,550

350

1,550

2410

6898

2410

6900

350

1,550

350

1,550

2410

6898

2410

6900

350

1,550

2410

6900

350

1,550

2410

6900

350

2,275

350

2,275

2410

10125

2410

10125

350

2,275

350

2,275

2410

10125

2410

10125

350

2,275

2410

10125

350

2,275

2410

10125

Table continued on page 8.

Steel Pipe Pressure Ratings and End Loads

06.15
Pressure Ratings for Style 750
Style 750

Pipe
Inches/millimeters
Nominal
Coupling Size

Cut Grooved

Wall
Thickness
0.337
8,56

0.237
4X3

6,02

100 X 80

0.120
3,05

0.083
2,11

0.375
9,53

0.258
5X4

6,55

125 X 100

0.134
3,40

0.109
2,77

0.432
10,97

0.280
6X4

7,11

150 X 100

0.134
3,40

0.109
2,77

0.432
10,97

0.280
6X5

7,11

150 X 125

0.134
3,40

0.109
2,77

0.250
6,35

61/2 X 4
165,1 X 100

0.200
5,08

0.150
3,81

0.322
8,18

0.277
8X6

7,04

200 X 150

0.148
3,76

0.109
2,77

0.322
8,18

0.277
8 X 61/2

7,04

200 X 165,1

0.148
3,75

0.109
2,77

Schedule
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5

40
30
10
5
40
30
10
5

Max. Joint
Work Press. 6
PSI/kPa
350

Roll Grooved

Max. Permissible
End Load 7
Lbs./N
3,365

Max. Joint
Work Press. 6
PSI/kPa
350

Max. Permissible
End Load 7
Lbs./N
3,365

2410

14975

2410

14975

350

3,365

350

3,365

2410

14975

2410

14975

350

3,365

2410

14975

350

3,365

2410

14975

350

5,565

350

5,565

2410

24765

2410

24765

350

5,565

350

5,565

2410

24765

2410

24765

350

5,565

2410

24765

350

5,565

2410

24765

350

5,565

2410

24765

350

5,565

350

5,565

2410

24765

2410

24765

350

5,565

2410

24765

350

5,565

2410

24765

350

8,500

2410

37825

350

8,500

350

8,500

2410

37825

2410

37825

350

8,500

2410

37825

350

8,500

2410

37825

350

5,565

350

5,565

2410

24765

2410

24765

350

5,565

2410

24765

350

5,565

2410

24765

350

12,000

350

12,000

2410

53400

2410

53400

300

12,000

350

12,000

2065

53400

2410

53400

350

12,000

2410

53400

250

8,625

1725

38380

350

11,620

350

11,620

2410

51710

2410

51710

350

11,620

350

11,620

2410

51710

2410

51710

350

11,620

2410

51710

250

8,300

1725

36935

Refer to notes on page 12.

Steel Pipe Pressure Ratings and End Loads

06.15

Style 72 Female Threaded Outlet Coupling

Style 72 Grooved Outlet Coupling

Pressure Ratings for Style 72


Style 72

Nominal Coupling Size


Inches/millimeters

FPT

Groove
MPT

Wall
Thickness
Inches/millimeters 4

1/
2

0.200

15

5,08

3/
4

0.145

11/2 X

20

3,68

40 X

0.109

Run

Cut Grooved A

Pipe Specifications

25

2,77

0.065

25

1,65

1/
2

0.218

15

5,54

3/
4

0.154

2X

20

3,91

50 X

0.109

25

25

2,77

0.065

25

1,65

1/
2

0.276

15

7,01

3/
4

0.203

21/2 X

20

5,16

65 X

0.120

25

3,05

0.083

25

2,11

3/
4

0.300

20

7,62

0.216

3X

25

5,49

80 X

0.120

25

3,05

0.083

25

2,11

0.300

25

7,62

0.216

3X

40

5,49

80 X

0.120

40

3,05

0.083

40

2,11

3/
4

0.337

20

8,56

0.237

4X

25

6,02

100 X

0.120

25

3,05

0.083

25

2,11

Sched. 5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5

Roll Grooved B

Max. Joint
Work Press. 6
PSI/kPa

Max.
Permis.
End Load 7
Lbs./N

Max. Joint
Work Press. 6
PSI/kPa

Max.
Permis.
End Load 7
Lbs./N

500

1,420

3450

6319

500

1,420

500

1,420

3450

6319

3450

6320

500

1,420

3450

6320

500

1,420

3450

6320

500

2,215

3450

9857

500

2,215

500

2,215

3450

9,857

3450

9860

500

2,215

3450

9860

500

2,215

3450

9860

500

3,245

3450

14440

500

3,245

500

3,245

3450

14440

3450

14440

500

3,245

3450

14440

500

3,245

3450

14440

500

4,800

500

4,800

3450

21360

3450

21360

500

4,800

500

4,800

3450

21360

3450

21360

500

4,800

3450

21360

400

4,800

2750

21360

500

4,800

500

4,800

3450

21360

3450

21360

500

4,800

500

4,800

3450

21360

3450

21360

500

4,800

3450

21360

500

4,800

3450

21360

500

7,950

500

7,950

3450

35377

3450

35380

500

7,950

500

7,950

3450

35377

3450

35380

500

7,950

3450

35380

400

6,360

2750

28300

Table continued on page 10.

Steel Pipe Pressure Ratings and End Loads

06.15
Pressure Ratings for Style 72
Style 72

Nominal Coupling Size


Inches/millimeters

FPT

Groove
MPT

Wall
Thickness
Inches/millimeters 4

11/2

0.337

40

8,56

0.237

4X

50

6,02

100 X

0.120

Run

50

3,05

0.083

50

2,11

0.432

25

10,97

11/2

0.280

6X

40

7,11

150 X

0.134

61/2 X
165,1 X

Cut Grooved A

Pipe Specifications

50

3,40

0.109

50

2,77

0.250

50

6,35

0.200

50

5,08

0.150

50

3,81

Sched. 5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5

Roll Grooved B

Max. Joint
Work Press. 6
PSI/kPa

Max.
Permis.
End Load 7
Lbs./N

Max. Joint
Work Press. 6
PSI/kPa

Max.
Permis.
End Load 7
Lbs./N
6,360

400

6,360

400

2750

28302

2750

28300

400

6,360

400

6,360

2750

28302

2750

28300

400

6,360

2750

28300

400

6,360

2750

28300

400

13,800

2750

61410

400

13,800

400

13,800

2750

61410

2750

61410

400

13,800

2750

61410

350

12,000

2410

53400

400

13,280

400

13,280

2750

59095

2750

59095

400

13,280

2750

59095

350

11,620

2410

51710

Refer to notes on page 12.

10

Steel Pipe Pressure Ratings and End Loads

06.15

Style 743 Vic-Flange Adapter

Style HP-70 Rigid Coupling

Pressure Ratings for Styles 743 & HP-70


Pipe Size
Nominal
Diameter
In./mm

Actual
Out.
Dia.
In./mm

Pipe
Wall
Thickness4
Inches/mm
0.218
5,54

0.154
2

2.375

3,91

50

60,3

0.109
2,77

0.065
1,65

0.276
7,01

0.203
21/2

2.875

5,16

65

73,0

0.120
3,05

0.083
2,11

0.300
7,62

0.216
3

3.500

5,49

80

88,9

0.120
3,05

0.083
2,11

0.337
8,56

0.237
4

4.500

6,02

100

114,3

0.120
3,05

0.083
2,11

0.375
9,53

0.258
5

5,563

6,55

125

141,3

0.134
3,40

0.109
2,77

0.432
10,97

0.280
6

6.625

7,11

150

168,3

0.134
3,40

0.109
2,77

Sched.
80

Style 743 Maximum


Cut Grooved
Roll Grooved
Work
End
Work
End
Press. 6
Load 7
Press. 6
Load 7
PSI/kPa
Lbs./N
PSI/kPa
Lbs./N
720
3,180

40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5
80
40
10
5

Style HP-70 Maximum


Cut Grooved
Roll Grooved
Work
Press. 6
PSI/kPa
1,000

End
Load 7
Lbs./N
4,430

Work
Press. 6
PSI/kPa

End
Load 7
Lbs./N

4965

14150

6900

19715

720

3,180

720

3,180

1,000

4,430

1,000

4,430

4965

14150

4965

14150

6900

19715

6900

19715

720

3,180

750

3,320

4965

14150

5175

14775

500

2,215

500

2,215

3450

9860

3450

9860

720

4,670

1,000

6,490

4965

20780

6900

28880

720

4,670

720

4,670

1,000

6,490

1,000

6,490

4965

20780

4965

20780

6900

28880

6900

28880

600

3,900

600

3,900

4130

17355

4130

17355

500

3,245

500

3,245

3450

14440

3450

14440

720

6,980

720

6,980

1,000

9,620

1,000

9,620

4965

31060

4965

31060

6900

42810

6900

42810

720

6,980

720

6,980

1,000

9,620

1,000

9,620

4965

31060

4965

31060

6900

42810

6900

42810

600

5,760

600

5,760

4130

25630

4130

25630

500

4,800

500

4,800

3450

21360

3450

21360

720

11,445

720

11,445

1,000

15,900

1,000

15,900

4965

50930

4965

50930

6900

70755

6900

70755

720

11,445

720

11,445

1,000

15,900

1,000

15,900

4965

50930

4965

50930

6900

70755

6900

70755

500

7,950

600

9,540

3450

35380

4130

42455

400

6,360

400

6,360

2750

28300

2750

28300

720

17,490

720

17,490

4965

77830

4965

77830

720

17,490

720

17,490

4965

77830

4965

77830

450

10,935

3100

48660

350

8,500

2410

37825

720

24,805

1,000

34,470

1,000

34,470

4965

110380

6900

153390

6900

153390

720

24,805

720

24,805

1,000

34,470

1,000

34,470

4965

110380

4965

110380

6900

153390

6900

153390

450

15,525

450

15,525

3100

69085

3100

69085

350

12,000

400

12,000

2410

53400

2750

53400

Table continued on page 12.

Steel Pipe Pressure Ratings and End Loads

11

06.15
Pressure Ratings for Styles 743 & HP-70
Pipe Size
Nominal
Diameter
In./mm

Actual
Out.
Dia.
In./mm

Pipe
Wall
Thickness4
Inches/mm
0.322
8,18

0.277
8

8.625

7,04

200

219,1

0.148
3,76

0.109
2,77

0.365
9,27

0.307
10

10.750

7,80

250

273,0

0.165
4,19

0.134
3,40

0.375
9,53

0.330
12

12.750

8,38

300

323,9

0.180
4,57

0.156
3,96

Sched.
40
30
10
5
40
30
10
5
STD
30
10
5

Style 743 Maximum


Cut Grooved
Roll Grooved
Work
End
Work
End
Press. 6
Load 7
Press. 6
Load 7
PSI/kPa
Lbs./N
PSI/kPa
Lbs./N
720
42,045
720
42,045

Style HP-70 Maximum


Cut Grooved
Roll Grooved
Work
Press. 6
PSI/kPa
800

End
Load 7
Lbs./N
46,740

Work
Press. 6
PSI/kPa
800

End
Load 7
Lbs./N
46740

4965

187100

4965

187100

5500

207995

5500

207,995

700

40,900

600

35,000

700

40,900

600

35,000

4825

182005

4130

155750

4825

182005

4130

155750

300

17,500

300

17,500

2065

77875

2065

77875

250

14,600

250

14,600

1725

64970

1725

64970

720

65,315

720

65,315

800

72,640

800

72,640

4965

290650

4965

290650

5500

323250

5500

323250

700

63,530

600

54,400

700

63,530

600

54,400

4825

282710

4130

242080

4825

282710

4130

242080

300

27,200

300

27,200

2065

121040

2065

121040

250

22,700

250

22,700

1725

101015

1725

101015

720

91,880

720

91,880

800

102,000

800

102,000

4965

408865

4965

408865

5500

453900

5500

453900

700

89,330

500

51,000

800

102,000

500

63,700

4825

397520

3450

226950

5500

453900

3450

283465

250

31,900

250

31,900

1725

141955

1725

141955

200

25,500

200

25,500

1375

113475

1375

113475

Refer to notes below.

NOTES
A: Pressure Ratings and End Loads for cut grooved pipe are based upon tests on pipe prepared in accordance with Victaulic specifications.
B: Pressure Ratings and End Loads for roll grooved pipe are based upon tests on pipe prepared in accordance with Victaulic specifications using Victaulic Vic- Easy Roll
Grooving Tools. Use of other equipment may adversely affect joint performance.
4: Nominal pipe wall thickness. For data with other wall thicknesses contact Victaulic.
5: Pipe wall thickness schedule as established in ANSI Standard B 36, 10-70.
6: Maximum line pressure, including surge, to which a joint should be subjected. This figure provides a nominal safety factor of 3. Working pressure ratings are based on pipe
prepared in accordance with Victaulic specifications.
NOTE: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1 times the figures shown.
7: Maximum end load from all internal and/or external forces, to which the joint should be subjected under working conditions.
This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic Company. All products shall be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.

12

Steel Pipe Pressure Ratings and End Loads

Victaulic Fabricated Steel Fittings


07.04
Rev D

Material Specifications
Segmentally Welded Steel Fitting: (SWS)
3/4 4"/20 100 mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 40,
conforming to ASTM A-53, Type F.
5 6"/125 150 mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 40,
conforming to ASTM A-53, Type E or S, Gr. B.
Product Description

 24"/200 600 mm: Carbon steel, standard wall,


8
conforming to ASTM A-53, Type E or S, Gr. B.

Victaulic offers a broad line of fabricated fittings in


segmentally welded steel and full flow design in sizes
through 24"/600 mm in a variety of straight and reducing
styles. Fittings are fabricated of ASTM A-53 carbon steel,
or other materials by special order. Victaulic segmentally
welded fittings pressure ratings conform to the ratings of
Victaulic Style 77 couplings.

Full Flow Fittings: (FFT)


3/4 4"/20 100 mm: Carbon Steel, Schedule 40,
conforming to ASTM A234 with grooved tangents
conforming to ASTM A53, Type F.
5 6"/125 150 mm: Carbon Steel, Schedule 40,
conforming to ASTM A234 with grooved tangents
conforming to ASTM A53, Type E or S, Gr. B.

All fittings are grooved to permit fast installation without


field preparation. The grooved design permits flexibility
for easy alignment.

8 24"/200 600 mm: Carbon Steel, standard weight,


conforming to ASTM A234 with grooved tangents
conforming to ASTM A53, Type E or S, Gr. B.

These fittings are not intended for use with Victaulic


couplings for plain end pipe (refer to publication 14.04
for fittings available for plain end applications).

Fitting Coating: (specify choice)

Fittings are painted orange enamel with galvanized


optionally available, contact Victaulic for details.

Standard: Orange enamel.


Optional: Hot dip galvanized and others. Some
fittings supplied electroplated as standard see
product specifications.

Victaulic fittings are designed specifically for use in


grooved piping systems. Fittings are provided grooved or
with shoulders conforming to standard steel pipe outside
diameters. When connecting wafer or lug-type butterfly
valves directly to Victaulic fittings with 741 or 743
Vic-Flange adapters, check disc clearance dimensions
with I.D. dimension of fitting.

Job/Owner

Engineer

System No.

Spec Section

Location

Paragraph

Contractor

Approved

Submitted By

Date

Date

victaulic.com | Grooved End Fittings | Fabricated Steel | Publication 07.04


07.04 1945 Rev E Updated 12/2013

2013 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Grooved End Fittings | Fabricated Steel | Publication 07.04


Dimensions
Elbows
90 Elbow
45 Elbow
22 Elbow
11 Elbow
C to E

C
to
E

Size
Nominal Size
inches
mm
3/4
20
1
25
11/4
32
11/2
40
2
50
21/2
65
3
80
31/2
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600

Actual
Outside
Diameter
inches
mm
1.050
26.9
1.315
33.4
1.660
42.4
1.900
48.3
2.375
60.3
2.875
73.0
3.500
88.9
4.000
101.6
4.500
114.3
5.563
141.3
6.625
168.3
8.625
219.1
10.750
273.0
12.750
323.9
14.000
355.6
16.000
406.4
18.000
457.2
20.000
508.0
24.000
609.6

C to E

C to E

C
to E

No. 11 SWS

No. 12 SWS

No. 13 SWS

No. 10 SWS
90 Elbow

No. 11 SWS
45 Elbow

No. 12 SWS
22 1/2 Elbow

No. 13 SWS
11 1/4 Elbow

Approx.
Weight Each
lbs.
kg
0.6
0.3
0.6
0.3
1.0
0.5
1.1
0.5
2.0
0.9
3.2
1.5
4.5
2.0
6.5
2.9
8.0
3.6
12.5
5.7
17.1
7.8
28.5
12.9
45.5
20.6
73.5
33.3
100.0
45.4
180.0
81.6
273.0
123.8
343.0
155.6
516.0
234.1

Approx.
Weight Each
lbs.
kg
0.4
0.2
0.5
0.2
0.8
0.4
1.0
0.5
1.4
0.6
2.5
1.1
3.1
1.4
4.3
2.0
5.5
2.5
9.0
4.1
11.7
5.3
21.5
9.8
37.5
17.0
43.3
19.6
54.5
24.7
75.5
34.2
94.0
42.6
117.8
53.4
173.8
78.8

C to E
inches
mm
1.50 1
38
1.75 1
44
1.75 1
44
1.75 1
44
2.00 1
51
2.25 1
57
2.50 1
64
2.75 1
70
3.00 1
76
3.25 1
83
3.50 1
89
4.25 1
108
4.75 1
121
5.25 1
133
6.00 1
152
7.25 1
184
8.00
203
9.00
229
11.00
279

1 Available in Victaulic Full Flow cast design.

victaulic.com

C to E

C to E

No. 10 SWS

C to E
inches
mm
2.25 1
57
2.25 1
57
2.75 1
70
2.75 1
70
3.25 1
83
3.75 1
95
4.25 1
108
4.50 1
114
5.00 1
127
5.50 1
140
6.50 1
165
7.75 1
197
9.00 1
229
10.00 1
254
11.00 1
279
12.00 1
305
15.50
394
17.25
438
20.00
508

07.04 1945 Rev E Updated 12/2013

C to E

2013 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

C to E
inches
mm
1.63
41
1.63
41
1.75
44
1.75
44
1.88
48
2.00 1
51
2.25 1
57
2.50
64
2.88
73
2.88
73
3.13
80
3.88
99
4.38
111
4.88
124
5.00
127
5.00
127
5.50
140
6.00
152
7.00
178

Approx.
Weight Each
lbs.
kg
0.5
0.2
0.5
0.2
0.8
0.4
1.0
0.5
1.5
0.7
2.5
1.1
3.1
1.4
4.0
2.0
5.6
2.5
7.8
3.5
12.2
5.5
20.0
9.1
30.0
13.6
40.0
18.1
45.9
20.8
58.0
26.3
65.1
29.5
79.0
35.8
110.3
50.1

C to E
inches
mm
1.38
35
1.38
35
1.38
35
1.38
35
1.38 1
35
1.50
38
1.50 1
38
1.75
44
1.75 1
44
2.00
51
2.00 1
51
2.00
51
2.13
54
2.25
57
3.50
89
4.00
102
4.50
114
5.00
127
6.00
152

Approx.
Weight Each
lbs.
kg
0.4
0.2
0.4
0.2
0.5
0.2
0.5
0.2
1.0
0.5
1.5
0.7
2.0
0.9
2.8
1.3
3.6
1.6
5.0
2.3
7.0
3.2
10.0
4.5
14.4
6.5
29.3
13.3
32.1
14.6
42.0
19.1
53.2
24.1
65.7
29.8
94.5
42.9

victaulic.com | Grooved End Fittings | Fabricated Steel | Publication 07.04


Tee, Cross, True Wye, and Cap
Tee
Cross
True Wye
45 Lateral
C to E

C to E

C to LE

Size
Nominal
Size
inches
mm
3/4
20
1
25
11/4
32
11/2
40
2
50
21/2
65
3
80
31/2
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600

Actual
Outside
Diameter
inches
mm
1.050
26.9
1.315
33.4
1.660
42.4
1.900
48.3
2.375
60.3
2.875
73.0
3.500
88.9
4.000
101.6
4.500
114.3
5.563
141.3
6.625
168.3
8.625
219.1
10.750
273.0
12.750
323.9
14.000
355.6
16.000
406.4
18.000
457.2
20.000
508.0
24.000
609.6

C to SE

No. 20 SWS

No. 35 SWS

No. 33 SWS

No. 30 SWS

No. 20 SWS
Tee

No. 35 SWS
Cross
Approx.
Weight
C to LE
Each
inches
lbs.
mm
kg
2.25
0.9
2 57
0.4
2.25
1.3
2 57
0.6
2.75
2.1
2 70
1.0
2.75
2.5
2 70
1.1
3.25 2
3.8
2 83
1.7
3.75
6.1
2 95
2.8
4.25 2
7.0
2 108
3.2
4.50
11.5
2 114
5.2
5.00 2
12.5
2 127
5.7
5.50
20.0
2 140
9.1
6.50
28.0
2 165
12.7
7.75
48.0
2 197
21.8
9.00
76.7
2 229
34.8
10.00
100.0
2 254
45.4
11.00
121.0
2 279
54.9
12.00
146.4
2 305
66.4
15.50
232.4
2 394
105.4
17.25
288.0
2 438
130.6
20.00
393.2
2 508
178.4

No. 33 SWS
90 True Wye

No. 30 SWS
45 Lateral

C to E
inches
mm
2.25 2
57
2.25 2
57
2.75 2
70
2.75 2
70
3.25 2
83
3.75 2
95
4.25 2
108
4.502
114
5.00 2
127
5.50 2
140
6.50 2
165
7.75 2
197
9.00 2
229
10.00 2
254
11.00
279
12.00
305
15.50
394
17.25
438
20.00
508

Approx.
Wgt. Each
lbs.
kg
0.6
0.3
0.9
0.4
1.5
0.7
1.7
0.8
2.9
1.3
4.5
2.0
6.8
3.1
7.9
3.6
13.5
6.1
17.8
8.1
27.3
12.4
45.0
20.4
68.7
31.2
91.3
41.4
110.5
50.1
135.7
61.6
207.3
94.0
256.8
116.5
354.1
160.6

C to LE
inches
mm
2.25
57
2.25 2
57
2.75
70
2.75
70
3.25
83
3.75
95
4.25
108
4.50
114
5.00
127
5.50
140
6.50
165
7.75
197
9.00
229
10.00
254
11.00
279
12.00
305
15.50
394
17.25
438
20.00
508

2 Available in Victaulic Full Flow cast design.

07.04 1945 Rev E Updated 12/2013

victaulic.com

C to
SE

to

C
to
E

C
to
E

LE

C to
LE

2013 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

C to SE
inches
mm
2.00
51
2.25 2
57
2.50
64
2.75
70
2.75
70
3.00
76
3.25
83
3.50
89
3.75
95
4.00
102
4.50
114
6.00
152
6.50
165
7.00
178
7.50
191
8.00
203
8.50
216
9.00
229
10.00
254

Approx.
Weight
Each
lbs.
kg
0.8
0.4
1.1
0.5
1.5
0.7
1.8
0.8
2.3
1.0
5.1
2.3
6.0
2.7
9.6
4.4
10.0
4.5
15.0
6.8
22.3
10.1
39.6
18.0
62.2
28.2
81.7
37.1
98.0
44.4
119.3
54.1
171.8
77.9
209.9
95.2
285.5
129.5

C to LE
inches
mm
4.50
114
5.00
127
5.75
146
6.25
159
7.00
178
7.75
197
8.50 2
216
10.00
254
10.50 2
267
12.50
318
14.00
356
18.00
457
20.50
521
23.00
584
26.50
673
29.00
737
32.00
813
35.00
889
40.00
1016

C to SE
inches
mm
2.00
51
2.25
51
2.50
64
2.75
70
2.75
70
3.00
76
3.25 2
83
3.50
89
3.75 2
95
4.00
102
4.50
114
6.00
152
6.50
165
7.00
178
7.50
191
8.00
203
8.50
216
9.00
229
10.00
254

Approx.
Weight
Each
lbs.
kg
1.0
0.5
1.7
0.8
2.5
1.1
3.5
1.6
5.0
2.3
9.0
4.1
10.3
4.7
22.0
10.0
22.2
10.1
30.0
13.6
42.0
19.1
82.0
37.2
128.6
58.3
172.7
78.3
219.1
99.4
270.5
122.7
332.7
150.9
401.3
182.0
541.3
245.5

victaulic.com | Grooved End Fittings | Fabricated Steel | Publication 07.04


Full Flow, Elbows, Tees
90 Elbow
45 Elbow
Tee
C to E
C to E

C to E

C
to
E

No. 100 FFT


Size
Actual Outside
Nominal Size
Diameter
inches
inches
mm
mm
3/4
1.050
20
26.9
1
1.315
25
33.4
1 1/4
1.660
32
42.4
1 1/2
1.900
40
48.3
2
2.375
50
60.3
2 1/2
2.875
65
73.0
3
3.500
80
88.9
4
4.500
100
114.3
5
5.563
125
141.3
6
6.625
150
168.3
8
8.625
200
219.1
10
10.750
250
273.0
12
12.750
300
323.9
14
14.000
350
355.6
16
16.000
400
406.4
18
18.000
450
457.2
20
20.000
500
508.0
24
24.000
600
609.6

07.04 1945 Rev E Updated 12/2013

victaulic.com

No. 110 FFT

No. 100 FFT


90 Elbow
Approx. Weight
C to E
Each
inches
lbs.
mm
kgs.
2.50
0.4
64
0.2
2.88
0.8
73
0.4
3.25
1.1
83
0.5
3.63
1.4
92
0.6
4.38
2.3
111
1.1
5.13
4.3
130
2.0
5.88
6.2
149
2.8
7.50
11.2
190
5.1
9.25
18.8
235
8.5
10.75
29.5
273
13.4
14.25
55.7
362
25.3
17.25
99.2
438
45.0
20.50
143.7
520
65.2
24.00
186.3
610
84.5
27.00
241.3
685
109.5
30.00
306.3
762
138.9
33.00
382.3
838
173.4
39.00
563.4
990
255.5

No. 110 FFT


45 Elbow
Approx. Weight
C to E
Each
inches
lbs.
mm
kgs.
1.88
0.4
48
0.2
2.25
0.6
57
0.3
2.38
0.9
60
0.4
2.50
1.1
64
0.5
2.75
1.6
70
0.7
3.13
3.0
80
1.4
3.38
4.2
86
3.2
4.00
7.0
102
3.2
4.88
11.8
124
5.3
5.50
17.5
140
8.0
7.25
33.7
184
15.3
8.50
56.2
216
25.5
10.00
79.7
254
36.1
11.75
106.3
298
48.2
13.00
138.3
330
62.7
14.25
169.3
362
76.8
15.50
213.3
394
96.8
18.00
276.4
457
125.4

2013 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

No. 20 (Tee) FFT


No. 20 FFT
Tee
Approx. Weight
C to E
Each
inches
lbs.
mm
kgs.
2.50
0.8
64
0.4
2.88
1.4
73
0.6
3.25
2.2
83
1.0
3.63
2.9
92
1.3
3.88
4.3
98
1.9
4.38
7.0
111
1.9
4.75
10.1
120
4.6
5.63
17.1
143
7.7
6.63
27.4
168
12.4
7.38
37.3
187
16.9
9.25
70.1
235
31.8
10.75
110.8
273
50.3
12.50
159.0
318
72.1
14.00
217.0
355
98.4
15.00
267.0
381
121.1
16.50
371.0
419
168.3
18.00
428.0
457
194.1
20.00
631.0
508
286.2

victaulic.com | Grooved End Fittings | Fabricated Steel | Publication 07.04


Full Flow, Reducing Tees

C to E

C to E

C
to
E

Nominal Size
inches
mm
x

1 1/2
40

2
50

2 1/2
65

3
80

4
100

5
125

3/4
20
1
25
3/4
20
1
25
11/4
32
3/4
20
1
25
11/4
32
11/2
40
1
25
11/4
32
11/2
40
2
50
1 1/4
32
11/2
40
2
50
21/2
65
11/2
40
2
50
21/2
65
3
80
2
50
21/2
65
3
80
4
100

No. 25
(Red Tee) FFT

No. 29T
(MNPT Branch) FFT
Nominal Size
inches
mm

No. 25 FFT / 29T FFT


Approx.
C to E
C to E
Weight Each
Run
Branch
lbs.
inches
inches
kg
mm
mm
2.1
3.38
3.38
1.0
86
86
2.1
3.38
3.38
1.0
86
86
2.8
3.63
3.63
1.3
92
92
2.8
3.63
3.63
1.3
92
92
2.9
3.63
3.63
1.3
92
92
4.0
3.88
3.13
1.8
99
80
4.0
3.88
3.38
1.8
99
86
4.1
3.88
3.63
1.9
99
92
4.1
3.88
3.88
1.9
99
99
6.5
4.38
3.63
2.9
111
92
6.6
4.38
3.88
3.0
111
99
6.6
4.38
4.00
3.0
111
102
6.7
4.38
4.13
3.0
111
105
9.0
4.88
4.13
4.1
124
105
9.0
4.88
4.38
4.1
124
111
9.2
4.88
4.38
4.2
124
111
9.9
4.88
4.63
4.5
124
118
15.0
5.63
4.88
6.8
143
124
14.6
5.63
4.88
6.6
143
124
15.4
5.63
5.13
7.0
143
130
16.6
5.63
5.38
7.5
143
137
23.7
6.63
5.50
10.8
168
140
23.9
6.63
5.63
10.8
168
143
24.1
6.63
5.88
10.9
168
149
26.6
6.63
6.13
12.1
168
156

07.04 1945 Rev E Updated 12/2013

victaulic.com

C
to
E
C
to
E

No. 25
(Red Tee) FFT

1 1/4
32

C to E

C to E

Reducing Tee

6
150

8
200

10
250

12
300

14
350

16
400

2013 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

21/2
65
3
80
4
100
5
125
4
100
5
125
6
150
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350

C
to
E

No. 29T
(MNPT Branch) FFT
No. 25 FFT / 29T FFT
Approx.
C to E
C to E
Weight Each
Run
Branch
lbs.
inches
inches
kg
mm
mm
32.2
7.38
6.13
14.6
188
156
32.4
7.38
6.38
14.7
188
162
35.9
7.38
6.63
16.3
188
168
36.7
7.38
7.13
16.6
188
181
65.1
9.38
7.63
29.5
238
194
65.9
9.38
8.13
29.9
238
207
67.5
9.38
8.38
30.6
238
212
102.5
10.88
8.88
46.5
276
226
103.3
10.88
9.38
46.9
276
238
104.0
10.88
9.38
47.2
276
238
108.6
10.88
10.38
49.3
276
264
163.8
12.50
10.38
74.3
318
264
164.4
12.50
10.38
74.6
318
264
167.0
12.50
11.38
75.8
318
289
158.3
12.50
11.88
71.8
318
302
200.1
14.00
11.13
90.8
356
283
202.7
14.00
12.00
91.9
356
305
204.9
14.00
12.38
92.9
356
314
213.6
14.00
13.13
96.9
356
334
278.7
15.00
13.00
126.4
381
330
280.9
15.00
13.38
127.4
381
340
283.7
15.00
14.13
128.7
381
359
264.0
15.00
15.00
119.8
381
381

victaulic.com | Grooved End Fittings | Fabricated Steel | Publication 07.04

C
to
E

Nominal Size
inches
mm
x

20
500

24
600

10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
16
400
18
450
20
500

No. 29T
(MNPT Branch) FFT
No. 25 FFT / 29T FFT
Approx.
C to E
C to E
Weight Each
Run
Branch
lbs.
inches
inches
kg
mm
mm
354.9
16.50
14.38
161.0
419
365
357.7
16.50
15.13
162.3
419
384
361.0
16.50
16.00
163.8
419
406
369.0
16.50
16.00
167.4
419
406
406.7
18.00
16.13
184.5
457
410
410.0
18.00
17.00
186.0
457
432
412.0
18.00
17.00
186.9
457
432
426.0
18.00
17.50
193.2
457
445
562.0
20.00
19.00
254.9
508
483
564.0
20.00
19.50
255.8
508
495
627.0
20.00
20.00
284.4
508
508

07.04 1945 Rev E Updated 12/2013

victaulic.com

Concentric Reducers,Eccentric Reducers


C
to
E

No. 25
(Red Tee) FFT

18
450

Full Flow, Reducers

C to E

C to E

Nominal Size
inches
mm
3/4
1 1/4
x
20
32
1

25
3/4
1 1/2
x
20
40
1
25

11/4
32
3/4
2
x
20
50
1
25
11/4

32
11/2
40
1
2 1/2
x
25
65
11/4
32
11/2

40
2
50
1 1/4
3
x
32
80
11/2
40
2

50
21/2
65
11/2
4
x
40
100
2
50
21/2

65
3
80

2013 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

E to E

E to E

No. 50 FFT

No. 51 FFT

No. 50 FFT
Approx
Weight
E to E
Each
inches
lbs.
mm
kg
8.00
1.3
203
0.6
8.00
1.4
203
0.6
8.50
1.5
216
0.8
8.50
1.7
216
0.8
8.50
1.8
216
0.7
9.00
2.2
229
1.0
9.00
2.3
229
1.1
9.00
2.5
229
1.1
9.00
2.6
229
1.2
9.50
3.4
241
1.5
9.50
3.6
241
1.6
9.50
3.8
241
1.7
9.50
4.2
241
1.9
9.50
5.0
241
2.2
9.50
5.1
241
2.3
9.50
5.4
241
2.4
9.50
6.0
241
2.7
10.00
6.9
254
3.1
10.00
7.1
254
3.2
10.00
7.6
254
3.5
10.00
8.1
254
3.7

No. 51 FFT
Approx
Weight
E to E
Each
inches
inches
mm
mm
8.00
1.3
203
0.6
8.00
1.4
203
0.6
8.50
1.5
216
0.8
8.50
1.7
216
0.8
8.50
1.8
216
0.7
9.00
2.2
229
1.0
9.00
2.3
229
1.1
9.00
2.5
229
1.1
9.00
2.6
229
1.2
9.50
3.4
241
1.5
9.50
3.6
241
1.6
9.50
3.8
241
1.7
9.50
4.2
241
1.9
9.50
5.0
241
2.2
9.50
5.1
241
2.3
9.50
5.4
241
2.4
9.50
6.0
241
2.7
10.00
6.9
254
3.1
10.00
7.1
254
3.2
10.00
7.6
254
3.5
10.00
8.1
254
3.7

victaulic.com | Grooved End Fittings | Fabricated Steel | Publication 07.04

Nominal Size
inches
mm
5
125

6
150

8
200

10
250

12
300

2
50
21/2
65
3
80
4
100
21/2
65
3
80
4
100
5
125
4
100
5
125
6
150
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250

E to E

E to E

E to E

E to E

No. 50 FFT

No. 51 FFT

No. 50 FFT

No. 51 FFT

No. 50 FFT
Approx
Weight
E to E
Each
inches
lbs.
mm
kg
11.00
10.1
279
4.6
11.00
10.6
279
4.8
11.00
11.1
279
5.0
11.00
11.9
279
5.4
11.50
14.2
292
6.4
11.50
14.6
292
6.6
11.50
15.4
292
7.0
11.50
16.9
292
7.7
12.00
22.8
305
10.3
12.00
23.8
305
10.8
12.00
24.9
305
11.3
13.00
33.8
330
15.3
13.00
35.8
330
16.2
13.00
36.9
330
16.7
13.00
40.3
330
18.2
14.00
48.1
356
21.8
14.00
50.2
356
22.7
14.00
53.5
356
24.3
14.00
56.5
356
25.6

No. 51 FFT
Approx
Weight
E to E
Each
inches
inches
mm
mm
11.00
10.1
279
4.6
11.00
10.6
279
4.8
11.00
11.1
279
5.0
11.00
11.9
279
5.4
11.50
14.2
292
6.4
11.50
14.6
292
6.6
11.50
15.4
292
7.0
11.50
16.9
292
7.7
12.00
22.8
305
10.3
12.00
23.8
305
10.8
12.00
24.9
305
11.3
13.00
33.8
330
15.3
13.00
35.8
330
16.2
13.00
36.9
330
16.7
13.00
40.3
330
18.2
14.00
48.1
356
21.8
14.00
50.2
356
22.7
14.00
53.5
356
24.3
14.00
56.5
356
25.6

No. 50 FFT
Approx
Weight
E to E
Each
inches
lbs.
mm
kg
19.00
79.4
483
36.0
19.00
81.8
483
37.1
19.00
88.8
483
40.2
19.00
91.1
483
41.2
20.00
95.8
508
43.4
20.00
98.8
508
44.8
20.00
103.1
508
46.7
20.00
109.3
508
49.5
21.00
118.8
533
53.8
21.00
121.1
533
54.8
21.00
122.3
533
55.4
21.00
124.3
533
56.3
26.00
152.1
660
68.9
26.00
158.3
660
71.7
26.00
173.3
660
78.5
26.00
182.3
660
82.6
26.00
201.3
660
91.2
26.00
203.3
660
92.1
26.00
208.3
660
94.4

No. 51 FFT
Approx
Weight
E to E
Each
inches
inches
mm
mm
19.00
79.4
483
36.0
19.00
81.8
483
37.1
19.00
88.8
483
40.2
19.00
91.1
483
41.2
20.00
95.8
508
43.4
20.00
98.8
508
44.8
20.00
103.1
508
46.7
20.00
109.3
508
49.5
21.00
118.8
533
53.8
21.00
121.1
533
54.8
21.00
122.3
533
55.4
21.00
124.3
533
56.3
26.00
152.1
660
68.9
26.00
158.3
660
71.7
26.00
173.3
660
78.5
26.00
182.3
660
82.6
26.00
201.3
660
91.2
26.00
203.3
660
92.1
26.00
208.3
660
94.4

Nominal Size
inches
mm
14
350

16
400

18
450

20
500

24
600

6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
12
300
4
350
16
400
18
450
16
400
18
450
20
500

Installation
Reference should always be made to the I-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for
the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic
products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format
on our website at www.victaulic.com.

Note
This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products
to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.

Warranty
Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.

Trademarks
Victaulic and Vic-Flange are registered trademarks of Victaulic Company.

07.04 1945 Rev E Updated 12/2013

victaulic.com

2013 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

09.06

IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE GROOVED ACCESSORIES

VICTAULIC IS AN ISO 9001 CERTIFIED COMPANY

Expansion Joint Installation

KEY:

Anchored Controlled Movement


= Style 150 or Style 155

= Anchor
= Guide

Victaulic

All illustrations in this


publication have been
exaggerated for clarity.

As installed

Pressurized
(No movement)

Mover

Style 150
and Style 155 Expansion Joints are
designed to accommodate in-line pipe expansion and
contraction generated by thermal changes in a limited amount of
space. When installed in accordance with the guidelines of this
sheet, they will provide for an excellent means of accommodating
pipeline expansion or contraction.

Pressurized and hot


(Pipe grows, compensation
device contracts an equal amount)

In an uncontrolled (no anchors) installation, thermal movement will


occur in the path of least resistance, which is unpredictable and
may occur at the expansion joint or at the ends of the pipe runs.
Both our Style 150 Movers and Style 155 Expansion Joints require
an activation force roughly equivalent to the end load generated by
15 psi of internal pressure. Without anchors, pressure generated
movement will expand the compensation device to its maximum
length and any thermal changes will be directed in the path of least
resistance.

End Adapter
Z max.
Z min.

Nipple

No Anchors Uncontrolled Movement

Coupling

As installed
Pressurized (Compensation device
increases in length due to unrestrained
pressurized system)

Exaggerated for Clarity

Style 150 Mover

Style 155 Expansion Joint

Victaulic offers 2 distinct products for in-line compensation of


thermal movement. Our Style 150 Mover, offered in sizes 2", 3", 4",
and 6" (50, 80, 100 and 150 mm), is a slip-type expansion
compensation device where a slide telescopes within a sleeve and
compensates up to 3" (76 mm) of linear movement (see Victaulic
publication 09.04 for additional information). Our Style 155
Expansion Joint, offered in sizes 3/4" through 24" (20 - 600 mm),
consists of a series of Victaulic grooved flexible couplings and
specially grooved pipe nipples (see Victaulic publication 09.05 for
additional information). The linear movement available with
standard Style 155 Expansion Joints is 1 7/8"/48 mm (pipe sizes 3/4
through 31/2"/20 - 90 mm) or 13/4" (pipe sizes 4" through 24"/100 600 mm). Custom Style 155 Expansion Joints can be ordered to
accommodate specific movement requirements, (more or less
movement than the standard unit). When the required movement
compensation is more that 50% above the amount provided by a
standard Style 155, then multiple, smaller units are recommended
over one customized larger unit. The smaller units will ease
handling and installation/supporting requirements and minimize
overall piping movement.
As with all in-line type expansion compensation devices, our Style
150 Movers and Style 155 Expansion Joints must be installed on
straight pipe runs between opposing anchors. The anchors serve
to direct the thermal movement towards the expansion joint. The
anchors also prevent the expansion joints from opening up to their
maximum expanded length due to system pressurization.

Pressurized and hot (Pipe grows


away from compensation device)

Some systems may require the installation of intermediate anchors.


An intermediate anchor is an anchor that is installed between two
anchors on a straight run of pipe. Intermediate anchors prevent
thermal movement at its location but are not subject to the pressure
thrust loads imparted on main anchors, (see Victaulic publication
26.01 for additional information). The purpose for intermediate
anchors is to reduce (or eliminate) thermal movement at branch
connections or to break-up long straight pipe runs into smaller
sections, thereby reducing the thermal movement compensation
required at each expansion joint.

Main
Anchor

Intermediate
Anchor

Main
Anchor

Style 150 Movers or Style 155 Expansion Joints must be installed


between any anchors (main or intermediate) on straight pipe runs.
Good piping practice dictates that straight pipe between
anchors must have sufficient flexibility to accommodate for
thermal expansion or contraction.
In addition to anchors, the pipe must be guided on both sides of
Style 150 Movers and Style 155 Expansion Joints to ensure their
satisfactory performance. Angular deflection at a Style 150 Mover
will cause damage to the unit as the slide travels within the sleeve.
Angular deflection at a Style 155 Expansion Joint will reduce the
available axial movement. Therefore, pipe alignment guides should
be placed at maximum distances of 4 and 14 pipe diameters from
the units, on both sides of the units. When system conditions

REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COPYRIGHT 1999 VICTAULIC PRINTED IN U.S.A.

Victaulic Company of America Phone: 1-800-PICK-VIC (1-800-742-5842) Fax: 610-250-8817 e-mail:pickvic@victaulic.com


Victaulic Company of Canada Phone: 905-884-7444 Fax: 905-884-9774 e-mail: viccanada@victaulic.com
Victaulic Europe Phone:32-9-381-1500 Fax: 32-9-380-4438 e-mail: viceuro@victaulic.be
Victaulic America Latina Phone: 610-559-3300 Fax: 610-559-3608 e-mail: vical@victaulic.com
Victaulic Asia Pacific Phone: 65-6235-3035 Fax: 65-6235-0535 e-mail: vicap@victaulic.com

1947 REV A

09.06

DO

Style 150 Movers are field adjustable to obtain the correct


installation length. Style 155 Expansion Joints installation length is
factory set based upon customer supplied installation and extreme
temperatures. Style 155 Expansion Joints are secured with tie rods
which must be removed after the units and anchors have been
installed in the system. Both style expansion compensation
devices can be assembled in to the piping system using Victaulic
grooved couplings (Style 07 Zero-Flex and HP-70 rigid couplings,
Styles 75 or 77 flexible couplings), or Styles 90 or 99 plain end
couplings depending upon the type of units ordered (grooved or
plain end.)

DONT

INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
A system is designed to operate within the temperature range of
0F through 100F (-18C through 38C.) The thermal movement is
calculated based on the temperature range and the piping
material. An expansion compensation device is selected that will
accommodate the calculated movement. If the following
installation temperatures are present, then the settings of the
expansion compensation device within the range of its minimum
and maximum lengths are as follows:

permit, the guides on one side of the expansion compensation


device can be eliminated by locating the unit adjacent (within 4
pipe diameters) to an anchor.
OR
4D 14D

Installation Length

0F (-18C)

Maximum (Fully expanded)

- Expansion Joint
- Anchors
- Guides
OR

14D 4D

Installation Temperature

- Expansion Joint
- Anchors
- Guides

At the system designers option, some long straight pipe runs may
require additional guides to maintain pipe alignment and prevent
bowing and pipe joint deflection on areas remote from the
expansion compensation device. The use of Victaulic Style 07
Zero-Flex rigid couplings with proper pipe support spacing (see
Victaulic publication 26.01 for additional information) may eliminate
the need for the additional guides.

25F (-4C)

75% Extended

50F (10C)

50% (Half-way between fully


expanded and fully compressed)

75F (24C)

25% Extended

100F (38C)

Minimum (Fully compressed)

Putting numbers to this example, lets assume that a 4" (100 mm)
carbon steel pipeline travels in a straight line with a distance of 400'
(122 m) between the anchors. This distance will remain constant as
it is not affected by the pipeline temperature. Using the
methodology discussed in section 1 of Victaulic publication 26.02,
the calculated thermal movement in the 400' (122 m) length will be
3"/76 mm (over a 100F/38C temperature change). The 4" (100
mm) Victaulic Style 150 Mover will accommodate up to 3" (76 mm)
of pipeline growth. A compressed unit has an end to end length of
14.13" (359 mm) and an extended length of 17.13" (435 mm). See
Victaulic publication 09.04 for additional information on the Style
150 Mover.
17.13"
14.13"

In the installed system, the distance between the anchors remains


constant over the full temperature gradient. Style 150 Movers and
Style 155 Expansion Joints accommodate pipeline thermal
movement by increasing or decreasing their length an amount
equal and opposite to the pipeline expansion or contraction.
L @ 70F

L @ 70F

L @ 210F

4" Style 150 Mover

L @ 40F

The installed length of the units is critical to proper operation.


Several factors must be considered. To determine the appropriate
installation length, the temperature extremes and the installation
temperature (at the time the pipe is anchored) must be known. In
systems where the installation temperature is also one of the
temperature extremes, the following is true. Full extension of the
units will allow them to reduce in length as temperature increases
and the pipes grow. Similarly, full compression of the units will
allow them to increase in length as the temperature decreases and
the pipes shrink. For systems where the installation temperature is
within the range of extremes, the units installed length must fall
within the maximum and minimum unit length, inversely
proportional to where the installation temperature falls within the
maximum and minimum system temperatures (see the installation
example below.)

Following the above methodology, if the temperature of the


pipeline at the time of installation or anchoring is 0F
(-18C), then the Mover should be at its fully extended length of
17.13" (435 mm).
17.13"

400'

If the temperature of the pipeline at the time of installation or


anchoring is 25F (-4C), then the length of the Mover should be
16.38"/416 mm, {([17.13" - 14.13"] x 0.75) + 14.13"}.
16.38"

400'

Expansion Joint Installation

09.06
If the temperature of the pipeline at the time of installation or
anchoring is 50F (10C), then the length of the Mover should be
15.63" (397 mm), {([17.13"-14.13"] x 0.5) + 14.13"}.
15.63"

400'

If the temperature of the pipeline at the time of installation or


anchoring is 75F (24C), then the length of the Mover should be
14.88" (378 mm), {([17.13"-14.13"] x 0.25) + 14.13"}.
14.88"

400'

If the temperature of the pipeline at the time of installation or


anchoring is 100F (38C), then the Mover should be at its fully
compressed length of 14.13" (359 mm).
14.13"

400'

Expansion Joint Installation

09.06
SUGGESTED SUPPORTS FOR VICTAULIC EXPANSION JOINTS
HORIZONTAL

Guide

Anchor or Guide

Trough

Trough and Hanger

VERTICAL

Anchor or Guide

Guide

This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic Company. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.

Expansion Joint Installation

12.03

IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE PRESSFIT SYSTEM

VICTAULIC IS AN ISO 9001 CERTIFIED COMPANY

Design Data
Pressfit Qualification Tests
The Victaulic Pressfit System for both carbon steel and stainless steel
pipe is designed specifically to join plain end steel pipe; refer to the
Pressfit System Product Assembly Manual I-500 for additional details.
The system incorporates Schedule 5 carbon steel pipe and approved
stainless steel from 3/4 through 2" with a system of Pressfit couplings,
elbows, tees, reducers, and adapters. A portable, hand-held electric
or hydraulic tool assembles the fitting on the pipe with a permanent
mechanical attachment.
1. PRESSFIT COMPONENTS
UNPRESSED
O-ring

O-ring
Pocket

O-ring

UL

ULC

Insertion
Mark Bead

Patented

Housing

Exaggerated for clarity

Pressfit Tool
Indent

Pressfit Insertion Mark Depth Inches/millimeters


Size
Depth

3/
4

20

25

32

40

50

25,4

25,4

31,8

38,1

47,8

Pressfit carbon steel products are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved


at 175 psi (1200 kPa) on Schedule 5 carbon steel pipe* fire protection
systems and are in accordance with NFPA-13 (National Fire
Protection Association, Standard for the installation of Sprinkler
Systems). In order to qualify for UL/ULC Listing and FM Approval, the
Pressfit products were evaluated and tested in accordance with UL
and FM requirements.
TESTS:

PRESSED
Pipe Stop

Press Tool Indent: The Victaulic Pressfit Tool jaws engage the entire
circumference of the bead on the fitting housing and uniformly
compresses it to the pipe to provide a secure attachment of pipe and
fitting.

FM
See Victaulic
publication 10.01
for details.

O-ring: The precisely molded synthetic rubber o-ring compresses


against the pipe O.D. and inner housing for a lifelong, leak-tight seal.
Grade E is rated for 30F to +230F (34C to +110C) for water,
compressed air and mild chemical services; UL classified in
accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for potable water service. Grade T
(nitrile) is recommended for petroleum products from 20F to
+150F (29C to +66C). Grade O (fluoroelastomer) is
recommended for many oxidizing acids, petroleum oils, halogenated
hydrocarbons, lubricants, hydraulic fluids, organic liquids and air
with hydrocarbons to +300F (+149C).

Pressfit products must be used only on services compatible with o-ring and fitting
materials. Incompatible services may result in leakage. For services not listed or
special services, contact Victaulic for recommendations.

Housing: Precision formed of carbon steel or Type 316/316L


stainless steel, the housing incorporates the gasket and a pipe stop.
The unique design assures permanent engagement into the pipe
when pressed with the Victaulic Pressfit Tool. Using available
adapters, the Pressfit System allows easy field make-up of fitting
combinations for reductions and adaption to threaded components.
Pipe Stop: To assure a uniform takeout from overall center-to-end or
end-to-end dimensions, an integral, internal pipe stop locates pipe
position (except for the special Slip Coupling).

Always mark pipe using a Pressfit Pipe Marking Gauge or per Pressfit Insertion
Mark Depth table.
Always fully insert pipe into fitting.
Always properly position fitting in press jaw before pressing.
Failure to do so could result in serious injury, improper assembly, joint leakage or
joint failure, and property damage.

O-ring Pocket: Sized to contain the o-ring before assembly, the


pocket is formed around the o-ring during the pressing operation to
fully surround and compress it for a complete leak-free seal.

These tests were performed on carbon steel pipe. Pressfit Stainless


316/316L and Vic-Press 304 products when used on approved
stainless steel pipe will meet these requirements.
A. Pressure Test:
Description:
Pressfit products were assembled and tested on carbon steel
Schedule 5 pipe. Each test consisted of a fitting assembled on two
short sections of pipe with the outer ends capped. The assembly
was filled with water and connected to a pressure pump. Pressure
was raised to twice the working pressure and a check was made
for leakage or any sign of failure. The pressure was then raised
until failure occurred.
Results:
All pressure tests for the Pressfit products were above the
minimum requirements specified by Factory Mutual and
Underwriters Laboratories. Typical results are given below:
Minimum Reqd
PSI/kPa

SIZE
Nominal In.
mm

875

11/2

875

25

6000

40

6000

SIZE
Nominal In.
mm

Minimum Reqd
PSI/kPa

11/4

875

875

32

6000

50

6000

B. Flexure Test
Description:
Pressfit products were assembled in the same manner as in the
Pressure Tests and connected to the pressure pump. The
complete assembly was mounted in a frame and was internally
pressurized to 175 psi (1200 kPa) and a load was placed on the
fitting with the ram. The load from the ram was then increased to
requirements as specified by Factory Mutual and Underwriters
Laboratories. Typical results are listed below:
SIZE
Nominal In.
mm

Minimum Reqd
Ft. Lb./N m

SIZE
Nominal In.
mm

Minimum Reqd
Ft. Lb./N m
375

195

11/2

25

265

40

510

11/4

315

515

32

425

50

700

Results:
These flexure (bending moment) tests show the Victaulic Pressfit
to have superior bending moment resistance as compared to the
minimum requirements.

REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COPYRIGHT 1996 VICTAULIC PRINTED IN U.S.A.

Victaulic Company of America Phone: 1-800-PICK-VIC (1-800-742-5842) Fax: 610-250-8817 e-mail:pickvic@victaulic.com


Victaulic Company of Canada Phone: 905-884-7444 Fax: 905-884-9774 e-mail: viccanada@victaulic.com
Victaulic Europe Phone:32-9-381-1500 Fax: 32-9-380-4438 e-mail: viceuro@victaulic.be
Victaulic America Latina Phone: 610-559-3300 Fax: 610-559-3608 e-mail: vical@victaulic.com
Victaulic Asia Pacific Phone: 65-6235-3035 Fax: 65-6235-0535 e-mail: vicap@victaulic.com

1590 REV A

12.03
C. Pressure Cycling Test
Description:
Representative Pressfit products were assembled on Schedule 5
carbon steel pipe with the ends capped. The system was filled
with water and the assembly subjected to 20,000 cycles from zero
to 175 psi (1200 kPa).
Results:
After the cycle test, the Pressfit products were hydrostatically
tested to 700 psi (4800 kPa) without any signs of leakage or
failure.
D. Vibration Test
Description:
Representative products were subjected to tests to determine the
effects of vibration on their performance. The products were
bolted to a vibration machine and vibrated as follows:
Amplitude (Inches)

.04

.02

.04

.15

.04

.07

Frequency
(cycles per sec.)

35

28

28

28

18 - 37

18 - 37

Duration (Hours)

120

Results:
The products withstood the effects of vibration without
deterioration of their performance characteristics. Hydrostatic
testing resulted in no leakages.
E. Low Temperature Exposure
Description:
Pressfit assemblies were exposed to 40F (40C) temperatures
for 40 days and then submerged in antifreeze and pneumatically
pressurized to 50 psi (345 kPa).
Results:
The assemblies were pneumatically pressurized to 50 psi
(345 kPa) and found to be leak-tight.
F. High Temperature Exposure
Description:
Pressfit assemblies were exposed to recirculating hot water at
+275F (+135C) and 300 psi (2065 kPa) for 60 days.
Results:
Pressfit assemblies exhibited unparalleled performance
compared with threaded connections.
G. Fire Tests
Description:
Representative assemblies were subjected to a series of fire test
exposures to determine product integrity. The source of the fire
tests included 350 lb. sprinkler fire test cribs as described in
Standard UL 199, and a 25 gallon source of n-heptane.
Results:
The grid of assemblies were hydrostatically tested to 120 psi
(825 kPa) after the fire tests, maintained integrity and showed no
signs of leakage.
H. Seismic Evaluation
Tests were performed to compare representative threaded
products and Victaulic Pressfit products with respect to the effects
of induced piping oscillations and structural integrity of joining
methods. The oscillations were intended to provide a relative
baseline for a serviceability assessment of joints used in regions
prone to seismic disturbances.
Description:
Representative samples of threaded tees and Victaulic Pressfit
Style 520 Reducing Outlet Tees were assembled on 1" nominal
IPS pipe using Schedule 40 for threaded and Schedule 5 for
Pressfit. As the purpose of the test was to evaluate the Victaulic
Pressfit method against the traditional method, pipe wall
thicknesses corresponding to those commonly used were
selected. Four fittings were spaced at 10' - 0" intervals with one
end of the pipe run rigidly fixed and the other end connected to
the motion generator. The assembly was left unsupported
between ends so that severe motions and accelerations could be
achieved. Both ends of the pipeline were capped, filled and
pressurized with water.
Each test assembly was pressurized to an internal working
pressure of 175 psi (1200 kPa) and the motion generator started.
The motion generator produced a total vertical movement of 2 "

at the free end with frequencies in the range of 1.3 to 1.5 cycles
per second. Each test assembly ran for a minimum of 5 minutes,
and acceptance criteria based upon the duration of typical
disturbances.
Results:
The Pressfit products were subjected to peak accelerations
without leakage or failure. The stress concentration inherent in a
pipe thread was evident during the preliminary oscillation test of
the threaded tees, as a fracture occurred within 1 minute 24
seconds, culminating in a joint separation at 2 minutes 2 seconds.
All test frequencies and amplitudes used in this investigation were
approximations intended solely for the development of a relative
database. They were not intended to address specific conditions
at any particular location.
I. Factory Mutual Research Corporation Tests
Description:
Piping and fittings, both carbon steel and stainless steel, were
assembled into a combined configuration for the testing at the
direction of Factory Mutual Research Corporation.
Additional Testing
1. Air Test
The test assembly was pressurized with air to 60 psi (413 kPa).
While still pressurized, after one hour, no leakage was detected
based on visual examination of the joints and the pressure
reading. With the assembly still pressurized, a minimum load of
770 ft. lb. (3388 Nm) was applied to the locations on the
assembly shown in the drawing and held for 10 minutes. The
load was applied by a hydraulic ram with a bearing surface of
2.76 In.2 (1780 mm2). After 10 minutes, no leakage was
observed. The loads were removed with no loss of pressure
indicated.
The test assembly was evacuated to a vacuum of 25.2 in. Hg
(640 mm Hg). With the pump isolated from the assembly, the
vacuum was maintained for one hour. At the conclusion of one
hour, no change in the vacuum was noted on the gauge. While
still maintaining the vacuum, a minimum load of 770 ft. lb. (3388
Nm) was applied to the locations on the assembly shown and
held for 10 minutes; no leakage was observed. The load was
removed and no leakage was detected.
2. Water Test
The test assembly was pressurized with water to 450 psi (3100
kPa) and maintained at that pressure for 16 hours. At the
conclusion of this time period, no leaks were observed. A
minimum load of 770 ft. lb. (3388 Nm) was applied to the
locations on the assembly shown and held for 10 minutes. No
leakage was observed. With the loads removed, it was
determined through visual examination that no leakage had
occurred.
With the test assembly filled with water and a minimum load of
770 ft. lb. (3388 Nm) applied to those locations shown, cycle
tests were conducted. The assembly was cycled from 0 to 300
psi (2068 kPa) for 1000 cycles. The assembly was observed
during the cycling with no detectable leaks. At the conclusion
of the 1000 cycles, the applied loads were removed. No
leakage was observed.
3. Helium Test
The test assembly was pressurized with Helium to 12 psi (83
kPa). After one hour, the gauge reading remained unchanged.
A minimum load of 770 ft. lb. (3388 Nm) was applied to the
locations on the assembly shown and held for 10 minutes. No
leakage was observed based on the gauge reading. With the
loads removed, the pressure reading remained unchanged.
The test was pressurized with Helium to 12 psi (83 kPa). After
one hour, the gauge reading remained unchanged. A minimum
load of 770 ft. lb. (3388 Nm) was applied to the locations on
the assembly shown and held for 10 minutes. No leakage was
observed based on the gauge reading. With the loads
removed, no pressure loss was indicated.
CONCLUSIONS
The array of tests conducted on the Victaulic Pressfit System
demonstrates its capability to meet qualification criteria provided by
nationally recognized standards, laboratories, and approval

Pressfit Qualification Tests

12.03
agencies which govern the use of such products. The tests
conducted substantiate this products excellent performance and
reliability when evaluated against prominent national standards.
The data provided us intended for use as an aid to qualified
designers when products are installed in accordance with the latest
available Victaulic product assembly instructions.
ACCELERATED AGE TESTING
Request Report No. 0414 for complete Southwest Research Co.
Pressfit System (carbon and stainless steel) accelerated age testing.

signals into pounds per square inch (gauge) for display. The data
logger was interfaced to a data acquisition computer which polled
the data logger at preset intervals and recorded loop temperatue,
pressure, and flow rate over the duration of each test run.
PRESSURE RELIEF

VENT

TEST ARTICLES

FLOW METER

H
E
A
T
E
R

NITROGEN
CYLINDER

COOLING WATER TANK


PUMP

Accelerated Aging and Performance Test of


Victaulic Pressfit System Components
Performed by:
Mechanical and Fluids Engineering Division
Southwest Research Institute
San Antonio, Texas
Introduction
Southwest Research Institute (SwRI) was contracted by the Victaulic
Company of America to perform an accelerated aging and thermal
cycling performance test of Victaulic Pressfit system components in
order to satisfy the requirements of state and local agencies with
regulatory authority over building codes and component
specifications. The tests were conducted by the Mechanical and
Fluids Engineering Division of SwRI between the dates of January 20,
1994 and April 18, 1994.
Test Articles
The Victaulic Company supplied SwRI with the components to be
tested. Pressfit components are rated for 300 psig at 230F (110C)
in continuous service in closed loop systems. The Pressfit fittings
consist of a metal sleeve which slides over the plain ends of two
pieces of pipe to be joined, as illustrated in Figure 1 taken from the
product brochure. The sleeve contains internal indentations on each
end into which an o-ring is fitted. The ends of the pipe are marked to
ensure proper insertion depth. After inserting the ends of the pipes to
be joined into the sleeve, a pressing tool is used to crimp the sleeve
onto the ends of the pipe. In the crimping process, the o-ring is also
compressed against the outside diameter of the pipe. Each end of
the fitting is pressed to make the complete pipe joint. Sealing is
achieved by a combination of the mechanical interference between
the sleeve and pipe and the compression of the o-ring seal. The
mechanical strength of the joint is achieved from the crimping
process.
Victaulic supplied two assemblies of fittings for the test. The first
consisted of a series of carbon steel fittings and short pipe nipples
ranging from 2" pipe size at the large end down to a 3/4" pipe size at
the small end. The overall length of the first test article was 383/16".
The second test assembly consisted of 316/316L stainless steel
fittings and short stainless steel pipe nipples of similar sizes as the
carbon steel assembly. The overall length of the stainless steel
assembly was 461/2". Each test article was assembled from stock
production parts by Victaulic. The details of each test article
assembly are shown in the Victaulic drawing B-U-006-396-001, a
copy of which is available upon request.
Test Apparatus
The test apparatus consisted of a hot water recirculating flow loop
which circulated hot, high pressure water through the test articles.
The test apparatus is shown schematically in Figure 1. The primary
flow loop components were a high pressure pump, an electric
immersion heater, a turbine flowmeter, and an accumulator. The total
flow loop volume was approximately 3.5 gallons.
Water temperatures were measured using K-type thermocouples,
and loop pressure was measured using an Omega PX94 0 - 300 psi
amplified electronic pressure transducer. A Fluke Hydra data logger
was used to convert thermocouple signals into degrees Fahrenheit,
flowmeter pulses into gallons per minute, and pressure transducer

Pressfit Qualification Tests

Figure 1
Test Apparatus Schematic
The water flow rate through the loop was measured using a
Halliburton 11/2" diameter turbine flowmeter with special high
temperature magnetic pick-up. Nominal flow rate through the loop
during testing was approximately 26.5 gpm, resulting in flow
velocities of 2.7 ft/sec to 19.3 ft/sec in the 2" and 3/4" fittings,
respectively.
The loop temperature was controlled by a temperature controller
system using thermocouples in the main flow loop and attached to
the heating element. The controller system employed a PID controller
to maintain loop temperature at the test set point. A pressure switch
on the flow loop was set to interrupt power to the heater whenever
loop pressure fell below a set point of about 140 psi.
Loop pressure was controlled independently of temperature using a
high pressure nitrogen bottle and pressure regulator to admit
nitrogen to the accumulator. the accumulator was fitted with a manual
vent valve and a safety pressure relief valve set at 330 psig.
All thermocouples were calibrated before the testing was begun in a
hot oil bath against a temperature reference traceable to NIST
standards. The pressure transducer was likewise calibrated using a
dead weight tester before the testing started.
Test Procedure
The test loop was filled with deionized water and sealed. The pump
was started, and the nitrogen system used to pressurize the system
to about 150 psig to permit the heater unit to operate. The heater unit
was then energized, and the loop permitted to heat to the testing
temperature of 275F (135C). During the heat-up phase, the
pressure was vented manually to prevent over-pressure of the loop,
especially as the loop temperature rose above 212F (100C). When
the loop temperaure stabilized at the test temperature, a process
requiring about two hours, the pressure on the system was slowly
increased with the pressure regulator to the 300 psig test point.
The data acquisition system was initialized and programmed to log
loop temperature, pressure, and flow rate every 10 minutes for the
duration of the test run.
The loop was run at 275F (135C) and 300 psig for seven days, at
which time the heater was de-energized and the bypass lines were
opened to cool the system to ambient temperature. Cooling typically
required about 11/2 hours. The pump was then stopped, and the
system pressurized to 300 psig for 10 minutes. During this
hydrostatic test, the test articles were examined for leaks or other
signs of deterioration. Upon completion of the hydrostatic test, the
next test run was started using the procedure just described.

12.03
500

Hours of Exposure

400.2

400
316.0

300
185.3

200
120.8

105.0

100
18.5

3.5

25.3 36.5

4.5

5.5

2.2

0
270 275 280 285 290 295 300 305 310 315 320 330

Pressure, psig

Figure 2
Test Pressure History
The original plan called for a total of seven weeks of testing, with each
seven day period punctuated with a cool down and hydrostatic test
of the fittings. Thus, the test profile was to consist of 1176 hours of
exposure at 275F (135C) and 300 psig and seven cooling/
hydrostatic test cycles.
Test Results
The test exposure profiles are summarized in Figures 2, 3, and 4.
Figures 2 and 3 are pressure and temperature exposure histograms,
respectively, during the testing period January 20, 1994 through April
18, 1994.
1200

1078.8

Hours of Exposure

1000
800

NOTE:
The Pressfit system is SBCCI PST and ESI Listed, evaluation report No. 9535 (carbon
steel); BOCA Evaluation Services, Inc. Listed, Research Report No. 93-3 HVAC
systems (Cat. 22) and Fire Protection (Cat. 15) (carbon steel); ICBO Evaluation
Services, Inc., Listed for mechanical services in accordance with the Uniform Mechanical Code UMC, ICBO-ES Report No. 5079.

600
400
200

305 psig. The leak was directly underneath one of the crimp scars,
indicating that the o-ring in this location may have been slightly
pinched in the crimping process. This was the first and only leak
detected during the entire exposure test, and occurred after 59.5
days of elevated pressure and temperature exposure. The test loop
pressure remained constant at 305 psi for 15 minutes during the final
hydrostatic test, indicative of the minor nature of the leak.
Conclusions
Both test articles survived the accelerated testing at high temperatue
and pressure without mechanical failure and with only a very small
leak in one of the 32 Pressfit couplings in the two test articles. The test
articles were exposed for a total fo 59.5 days to 300 psig, 275F
(135C), flowing water and 18 pressure and temperature cycles
between maximum test conditions and ambient. During the course of
the testing, both test articles became slightly bowed. This deflection
from the original straight configuration is attributed to thermal
distortions of the test articles and is an artifact of the close joining of
the fittings in the test articles. The Pressfit couplings performance
was clearly superior to the threaded pipe joints in the test loop, which
leaked excessively and repeatedly during the test.
Test Engineers Comments
The performance of the tests was delayed considerably by the failure
of flow loop components not associated with the Pressfit products.
The pump seals supplied with the circulating pump were unable to
withstand the test conditions, and considerable time and effort was
expended in resolving the frequent pump seal failures. The pump
seal material was changed from stainless steel on carbon to ceramic
on carbon after two seal failures. The ceramic pump seals
subsequently failed seven more times, and never performed
according to the pump manufacturers specifications. The pump
seals were able to endure the test conditions only after the pump was
modified by SwRI to add a special cooling water jacket to the seal
housing. A separate cooling water pump was used to circulate
cooling water from a reservoir through the seal housing.
The continued problems with threaded pipe joints was unanticipated.
The repair and rework of joint leaks extended the test program
considerably. It is the test engineers opinion that the Pressfit
couplings offered distinct advantages over conventional threaded
pipe components.

119.0
26.3

0.2

276 - 280

281 - 285

0
265 - 270

271 - 275

Temperature Range, F

Figure 3
Test Temperature History
Equipment problems with flow loop components necessitated
diviations from the original test plan. Frequent leaks from non-Pressfit
threaded joints in the flow loop and numerous pump seal failures
resulted in several additonal cooling/hydrostatic cycles in order to fix
the leaks or replace the pump seals. The test loop was constructed
from Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 pipe and threaded fittings. Over
the duration of the test, virtually every threaded pipe joint developed
severe leaks at one time or another, necessitating test interruption to
fix the leaks. Three different pipe thread compounds were used until
satisfactory results were obtained with a special high temperature
compound with a heavy fiber content. As a rule, the larger the pipe
diameter, the more difficult was the task of obtaining a satisfactory
seal. Ultimately, leaks in the 3" pipe immersion heater housing
became such a nuisance that the heater housing was rebuilt with 2"
pipe. As a result of the numerous test interruptions, the initially
planned test profile for thermal cycling was greatly exceeded. While
seven cycles were planned, a total of 18 cycles between test
conditions and ambient were recorded during the tests.
During the final hydrostatic test, a minor weep was detected on the
carbon steel assembly at the straight 11/4" Pressfit coupling on the
end towards the small diameter end of the test article. The leak was
measured at approximately four drops per minute at a pressure of

This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic Company. All products shall be


installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.

Pressfit Qualification Tests

IPS STEEL PIPE


PRESSFIT SYSTEM

12.04

Thermal Expansion/
Contraction Compensation of
Pressfit Carbon and Stainless
Steel Pipe

The change in length due to thermal movement is normally


absorbed by the flexibility of the piping system. In some cases,
however, the piping system cannot accommodate this thermal
movement. In these cases, expansion/contraction compensators
must be installed.

Z-Shaped Expansion Compensator


120
2
100

Leg Length in Inches

For carbon steel and stainless steel pipes, in general, an


expansion/contraction of " per 100" (20 mm per 2540 mm) of pipe
per 100F (38C) in temperature change may be assumed. This
change in length may not seem significant; however, piping which
cannot expand or contract may create substantial stresses within
the piping system resulting in damage to the piping system and/
or components.

11/2
11/4
1
3
/4

80
60
40
20

The Pressfit System for both carbon steel and stainless steel
easily integrates with standard Victaulic flexible couplings (Style
77, 75, and others) which provide expansion/contraction
allowance on roll grooved pipe. Victaulic Mover Style 150 (for
carbon steel systems only) and Style 155 Expansion Joints (Fig. 1)
are available where significant movement is anticipated.
Accommodating thermal movement can easily be done with a
combination of Victaulic grooved components to provide varied
amounts of movement. Refer to 26.02 and 26.03.

.25

.50

.75

Displacement

1.00

1.25

I in Inches

U-Shaped Expansion Compensator

The self-restraining nature of the grooved system makes this the


most economical choice to handle thermal pipe movement.

50

Z shaped expansion compensators can be assembled using


Pressfit components (see Fig. 2). In other cases, where a Z
shaped expansion compensator cannot be used, a U shaped
expansion compensator can be installed (See Fig. 3).

40

Leg Length in Inches

Configurations as shown in Figures 2 and 3 may be installed


utilizing either Victaulic grooved flexible couplings or Pressfit
products in carbon or stainless steel. Refer to 26.02 for grooved
product installation for Figures 2 through 5 for installation of
Pressfit products.

11/2
11/4
1
3
/4

30
20
10

.5

As a result of thermal expansion and contraction of pipes, the


Pressfit connections may be subjected to torsional or rotational
movement. Rotational angles must not exceed 5 degrees.

1.0

1.5

Displacement

I in Inches

2.0

=L
2
L

Style 155

Style 150

I
2

FIGURE 1

FIGURE 2

FIGURE 3

The Victaulic grooved system.

Z shaped expansion compensator.

U shaped expansion compensator pipe with fittings.

Victaulic Company of America P.O. Box 31, Easton, PA 18044-0031 4901 Kesslersville Rd., Easton, PA 18040 610/559-3300 FAX: 610/250-8817 www.victaulic.com
1769 Rev.A

10/96

Registered Trademark Victaulic Company of America

Copyright 1996 Victaulic Company of America

Printed in U.S.A.

Carbon and Stainless Steel


Piping joined with Pressfit System products, like all other piping
systems, requires support to carry the weight of pipes and equipment.
As for other methods of joining pipes, the support or hanging method
must be such as to eliminate undue stresses on joints, piping and other
components. Additionally, the method of support must be such as to
allow movement of the pipes where required and to provide drainage,
etc., as may be specified by the designer.
The Maximum Hanger Spacing corresponds to ANSI B31.1 or B31.9 as
noted and should be used only in conjunction with Victaulic Pressfit
System products on Approved Schedule 5 stainless steel pipe.

Maximum Hanger Spacing Chart


Nominal
Pipe
Size
In./mm

18.01-13A

Suggested Max. Span


Between Supports - Feet/meters
Water Service
Gas/Air Service
B31.1
B31.9
B31.1
B31.9
7
8
9
8

20

2.1

2.4

2.7

25

2.1

2.7

2.7

2.7

1
32

1
40

11

11

2.1

3.4

2.7

3.4

12

13

2.1

3.7

2.7

4.0

10

13

13

15

50

3.1

4.0

4.0

4.6

This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic Company. All products shall be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.

12.04 - 2

2.4

Victaulic Grooved Couplings


Performance Data for Stainless Steel Pipe
Victaulic ductile iron couplings can be used with stainless
steel piping systems, providing zero corrosion between
stainless steel pipe and the coupling. Victaulic couplings are
designed with pressure responsive gaskets to seal media,
thus eliminating the potential for galvanic corrosion. If
stainless steel pipe is being used for external environmental
conditions, consideration should be given to using Victaulic
stainless steel couplings or protective coatings.

17.09
WARNING

Victaulic RX roll sets must be used when


grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe
for use with Victaulic Couplings.
Failure to use Victaulic RX roll sets when grooving
light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe may cause
joint failure, resulting in serious personal injury and/
or property damage.

See Section 1 of this document (page 2 through 10)


for pressure ratings and end loads based on ANSI wall
thicknesses (Schedule 5S through 80S), and see Section 2
(page 11 through 22) for pressure ratings and end loads for
ISO wall thicknesses (1.6 12.5mm). All pressure ratings
are for Type 304 and Type 316 stainless steel. For use on
other types of stainless steel, including duplex and super
duplex, please contact Victaulic.

NOTICE

In order to achieve Victaulic specified product


performance, the proper Victaulic roll grooving tool and
corresponding Victaulic roll set must be selected. The
enclosed data includes grooving methods. For more
details, review publication 17.01.

Victaulic RX grooving rolls must be ordered


separately. They are identified by a silver
color and the designation RX on the front of
the roll sets.

The products listed below are included in this document.


For size ranges and dimensions, please see the
corresponding submittal.

Product

Product Type

Size Range

Submittal

Product

Product Type

Size Range

Submittal

Style 89

Rigid Coupling

2 12"/50 300mm

17.24

Style 791

Boltless Coupling

2 8"/50 200mm

06.11

Style 07

Rigid Coupling

1 12"/25 300mm

06.02

Style 741

Flange Adapter

2 12"/50 300mm

06.06

Style 107N

Rigid Coupling

2 12"/50 300mm

06.23

Style 743

Flange Adapter

2 12"/50 300mm

06.06

Style 77

Flexible Coupling

12"/20 300mm

06.04

Style W89

Rigid Coupling

14 24"/350 600mm

20.15

Style 75

Flexible Coupling

1 8"/40 200mm

06.05

Style W07

Rigid Coupling

14 24"/350 600mm

20.02

Style 177N

Flexible Coupling

2 8"/50 200mm

06.24

Style W77

Flexible Coupling

14 24"/350 600mm

20.03

Style 78

Snap-Joint Coupling

2 8"/50 200mm

06.09

Job/Owner

Engineer

System No.

Spec Section

Location

Paragraph

Contractor

Approved

Submitted By

Date

Date

victaulic.com | Performance on Stainless Steel Pipe | Publication 17.09


17.09 1545 Rev I Updated 10/2015

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Performance on Stainless Steel Pipe | Publication 17.09


Section 1:
Performance on
ANSI Wall Thicknesses

Style 89
Rigid Coupling

Style 07
Zero-Flex Rigid Coupling

Pipe Diameter
Nominal
Pipe
Size

Actual
Outside
Diameter

inches
DN

inches
mm

1
DN25

1
DN32

1
DN40

2
DN50

1.315
33.7

1.660
42.4

1.900
48.3

2.375
60.3

2.875
73.0

Style 89

Style 07

Maximum
Pipe Wall
Thickness
inches
mm
0.179
4.6
0.133
3.4
0.109
2.8
0.065
1.7
0.191
4.9
0.140
3.6
0.109
2.8
0.065
1.7
0.200
5.1
0.145
3.7
0.109
2.8
0.065
1.7
0.218
5.5
0.154
3.9
0.109
2.8
0.065
1.7
0.276
7.0
0.203
5.2
0.120
3.1
0.083
2.1

Groove Type

Style 107N
QuickVic Rigid Coupling
Style 107N

Maximum

Maximum

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

PSI
kPa

Lbs.
N

PSI
kPa
750
5171
750
5171
500
3447
400
2758
750
5171

Lbs.
N
1019
4531
1019
4531
680
3023
543
2416
1623
7220

PSI
kPa

Lbs.
N

750
5171
500
3447
400
2758
750
5171
750
5171
500
3447
400
2758
750
5171
750
5171
500
3447
325
2241
750
5171
750
5171
500
3447
325
2241

1623
7220
1082
4813
866
3851
2126
9459
2126
9459
1418
6306
1134
5045
3323
14780
3323
14780
2215
9853
1440
6405
4869
21658
4869
21658
3246
14438
2110
9386

600
4137
600
4137
300
2068
200
1379
600
4137
600
4137
300
2068
200
1379

2658
11823
2658
11823
1329
5912
886
3941
3895
17325
3895
17325
1948
8663
1298
5775

ANSI
Schedule
Number
80S

40S

Std/C

10S

RX

5S

RX

80S

40S

Std/C

10S

RX

5S

RX

80S

40S

Std/C

10S

RX

5S

RX

80S

40S

Std/C

10S

RX

5S

RX

3323
14780
3323
14780
2215
9853
1440

80S

40S

Std/C

10S

RX

5S

RX

750
5171
750
5171
500
3447
325
2241
750
5171
750
5171
500
3447
325
2241

4869
21658
4869
21658
3246
14438
2110
9386

TABLE CONTINUED ON PAGE 3


RX= Roll Set for light wall stainless steel pipe marked with the prefix "RX"
Std= Standard roll set marked with the prefix "R"
C= Cut groove

= Sizes not available


NR = Not rated. Contact Victaulic for more information.

17.09 1545 Rev I Updated 10/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Performance on Stainless Steel Pipe | Publication 17.09


Section 1:
Performance on
ANSI Wall Thicknesses

Style 89
Rigid Coupling

Style 07
Zero-Flex Rigid Coupling

Pipe Diameter
Nominal
Pipe
Size

Actual
Outside
Diameter

inches
DN

inches
mm

Pipe Wall
Thickness
inches
mm

Groove Type

Style 107N
QuickVic Rigid Coupling

Style 89

Style 07

Maximum

Maximum

Style 107N
Maximum

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

PSI
kPa

Lbs.
N

PSI
kPa

Lbs.
N

PSI
kPa

Lbs.
N

750
5171
750
5171
500
3447
325
2241
750
5171
750
5171
400
2758
250
1725
750
5171
500
3447

7216
32089
7216
32089
4811
21398
3127
13910
11928
53059
11928
53059
6362
28298
3979
17700
18229
81087
12162
54099

700
4825
450
3100

24123
107306
15499
68943

600
4136
400
2758

35065
155935
23371
103957

600
4137
600
4137
300
2068
200
1379
600
4137
600
4137
300
2068
200
1379
600
4137
600
4137
300
2068
200
1379
600
4137
600
4137
300
2068
200
1379
400
2758
400
2758
150
1034
125
862

5773
25677
5773
25677
2886
12838
1924
8559
9543
42445
9543
42445
4771
21223
3181
14148
14583
64867
14583
64867
7292
32432
4861
21622
20683
91998
20683
91998
10321
46000
6894
30666
23371
103952
23371
103952
8764
38982
7303
32485

ANSI
Schedule
Number

TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 3

3
DN80

4
DN100

6
DN150

8
DN200

3.500
88.9

4.500
114.3

5.563
141.3

6.625
168.3

8.625
219.1

0.300
7.6
0.216
5.5
0.120
3.1
0.083
2.1
0.337
8.6
0.237
6.0
0.120
3.1
0.083
2.1
0.375
9.5
0.258
6.6
0.134
3.4
0.109
2.8
0.432
11.0
0.280
7.1
0.134
3.4
0.110
2.8
0.322
8.2
0.322
8.2
0.150
3.8
0.110
2.8

80S

40S

Std/C

10S

RX

5S

RX

80S

40S

Std/C

10S

RX

5S

RX

80S

40S

Std/C

10S

RX

5S

RX

80S

40S

Std/C

10S

RX

5S

RX

40S

40S

Std

10S

RX

5S

RX

750
5171
750
5171
500
3447
325
2241
750
5171
750
5171
400
2758
250
1725
750
5171
750
5171
300
2065
275
1896
750
5171
750
5171
300
2065
250
1724
600
4136
600
4136
300
2065
200
1379

7216
32098
7216
32098
4814
21415
3127
13910
11928
53059
11928
53059
6362
28298
3979
17100
18229
81087
18229
81087
7280
32381
6684
29732
25854
115003
25854
115003
10324
45925
8618
38334
35049
155903
35049
155903
17499
77838
11686
51980

TABLE CONTINUED ON PAGE 4


For pressure ratings on wall thicknesses not mentioned please
contact Victaulic.

RX= Roll Set for light wall stainless steel pipe marked with the prefix "RX"
Std= Standard roll set marked with the prefix "R"
C= Cut groove

= Sizes not available

17.09 1545 Rev I Updated 10/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Performance on Stainless Steel Pipe | Publication 17.09


Section 1:
Performance on
ANSI Wall Thicknesses

Style 89
Rigid Coupling

Style 07
Zero-Flex Rigid Coupling

Pipe Diameter
Nominal
Pipe
Size

Actual
Outside
Diameter

inches
DN

inches
mm

Pipe Wall
Thickness
inches
mm

Groove Type

Style 107N
QuickVic Rigid Coupling

Style 89

Style 07

Maximum

Maximum

Style 107N
Maximum

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

PSI
kPa

Lbs.
N

PSI
kPa

Lbs.
N

PSI
kPa

Lbs.
N

500
3447
325
2241
75
517
50
345
400
2758
250
1724
125
862
75
517

45416
202019
29501
131224
6806
30274
4542
20202
51071
227172
31943
142090
15962
71004
9574
42586

300
2068
300
2068
100
689
75
517
300
2068
300
2068
100
689
75
517

27229
121114
27229
121114
9076
40371
6807
30278
38303
170371
38303
170371
12768
56790
9576
42593

ANSI
Schedule
Number

TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 3

10
DN250

12
DN300

10.750
273.0

12.750
323.9

0.365
9.3
0.365
9.3
0.165
4.2
0.134
3.4
0.375
9.5
0.375
9.5
0.180
4.6
0.156
4.0

40S

40S

Std

10S

RX

5S

RX

40S

40S

Std

10S

RX

5S

RX

600
4136
600
4136
300
2065
250
1724
600
4136
600
4136
300
2065
200
1379

= Sizes not available

RX= Roll Set for light wall stainless steel pipe marked with the prefix "RX"
Std= Standard roll set marked with the prefix "R"
C= Cut groove

NR = Not rated. Contact Victaulic for more information.

17.09 1545 Rev I Updated 10/2015

victaulic.com

54446
242188
54446
242188
27184
120918
22691
100933
76590
340687
76590
340687
38239
170097
25536
113590

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Performance on Stainless Steel Pipe | Publication 17.09


Section 1:
Performance on
ANSI Wall Thicknesses

Style 77
Flexible Coupling
Pipe Diameter
Nominal
Pipe
Size

Actual
Outside
Diameter

inches
DN

inches
mm

DN20

1
DN25

1
DN32

1
DN40

2
DN50

1.050
26.7

1.315
33.4

1.660
42.2

1.900
48.3

2.375
60.3

Style75
Flexible Coupling
Style 77

Style 75

Maximum
Pipe Wall
Thickness
inches
mm
0.154
3.9
0.113
2.9
0.083
2.1
0.065
1.6
0.179
4.9
0.133
3.6
0.109
2.8
0.065
1.7
0.191
4.9
0.140
3.6
0.109
2.8
0.065
1.7
0.200
5.1
0.145
3.7
0.109
2.8
0.065
1.7
0.218
5.5
0.154
3.9
0.109
2.8
0.065
1.7

Groove Type

40S

Std/C

10S

RX

5S

RX

80S

40S

Std/C

10S

RX

5S

RX

80S

40S

Std/C

10S

RX

5S

RX

80S

40S

Std/C

10S

RX

5S

RX

80S

40S

Std/C

10S

RX

5S

RX

Style 177N

Maximum

Maximum

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

PSI
kPa
750
5171
750
5171
500
3447

Lbs.
N
649
2889
649
2889
433
1927

PSI
kPa

Lbs.
N

PSI
kPa

Lbs.
N

500
3447
750
5171
750
5171
500
3447
400
2758
750
5171
750
5171
500
3447
400
2758
750
5171
750
5171
500
3447
400
2758
750
5171
750
5171
500
3447
325
2241

433
1927
1019
4531
1019
4531
680
3023
543
2416
1623
7220
1623
7220
1083
4817
866
3851
2126
9459
2126
9459
1419
6311
1134
5045
3323
14780
3323
14780
2217
9861
1440
6405

500
3447
500
3447
500
3447
400
2758
500
3447
500
3447
400
2758
250
1724

1419
6311
1419
6311
1419
6311
1134
5045
2217
9861
2217
9861
1772
7882
1108
4930

750
5171
750
5171
500
3447
325
2241

3323
14779
3323
14779
2215
9853
1440
6404

ANSI
Schedule
Number
80S

Style 177N
QuickVic Flexible Coupling

TABLE CONTINUED ON PAGE 6


RX= Roll Set for light wall stainless steel pipe marked with the prefix "RX"
Std= Standard roll set marked with the prefix "R"
C= Cut groove

= Sizes not available


NR = Not rated. Contact Victaulic for more information.

17.09 1545 Rev I Updated 10/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Performance on Stainless Steel Pipe | Publication 17.09


Section 1:
Performance on
ANSI Wall Thicknesses

Style 77
Flexible Coupling

Style75
Flexible Coupling

Pipe Diameter
Nominal
Pipe
Size

Actual
Outside
Diameter

inches
DN

inches
mm

Style 77

Style 75

Maximum
Pipe Wall
Thickness
inches
mm

Groove Type

Style 177N
QuickVic Flexible Coupling
Style 177N

Maximum

Maximum

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

PSI
kPa

Lbs.
N

PSI
kPa

Lbs.
N

PSI
kPa

Lbs.
N

ANSI
Schedule
Number

TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 5

3
DN80

3
DN90

4
DN100

2.875
73.0

3.500
88.9

4.000
101.6

4.500
114.3

5.563
141.3

0.276
7.0
0.203
5.2
0.120
3.1
0.083
2.1
0.300
7.6
0.216
5.5
0.120
3.1
0.083
2.1
0.318
8.1
0.226
5.7
0.120
3.1
0.083
2.1
0.337
8.6
0.237
6.0
0.120
3.1
0.083
2.1
0.375
9.5
0.258
6.6

80S

40S

Std/C

10S

RX

5S

RX

80S

40S

Std/C

10S

RX

5S

RX

80S

40S

Std/C

10S

RX

5S

RX

80S

40S

Std/C

10S

RX

5S

RX

80S

40S

Std/C

750
5171
750
5171
500
3447

4869
21658
4869
21658
3248
14449

500
3447
500
3447
400
2758

3248
14449
3248
14449
2597
11551

700
4826
700
4826
400
2758

4544
20213
4544
20213
2597
11550

325
2241
750
5171
750
5171
500
3447
325
2241
750
5171
750
5171
450
3100
300
2065
750
5171
750
5171
450
3100
250
1724

2110
9386
7216
32098
7216
32098
4814
21415
3127
13910
9425
41923
9425
41923
5650
25133
3764
16742
11928
53059
11928
53059
6362
28298
3979
17700

250
1724
500
3447
500
3447
400
2758
250
1724
500
3447
500
3447
350
2410
225
1551
500
3447
500
3447
300
2065
200
1379

1624
7225
4814
21415
4814
21415
3848
17119
2407
10707
6288
27970
6288
27970
4392
19539
2827
12574
7958
35400
7958
35400
4763
21189
3181
14149

300
2068
700
4826
700
4826
400
2758
300
2068

1948
8663
6735
29956
6735
29956
3848
17118
2886
12838

600
4137
600
4137
300
2068
250
1724

9543
42445
9543
42445
4771
21223
3976
17686

750
5171
500
3447

18229
81087
12162
54099

450
3100
300
2065

10928
48611
7280
32381

N/R

TABLE CONTINUED ON PAGE 7


RX= Roll Set for light wall stainless steel pipe marked with the prefix "RX"
Std= Standard roll set marked with the prefix "R"
C= Cut groove

= Sizes not available


NR = Not rated. Contact Victaulic for more information.

17.09 1545 Rev I Updated 10/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Performance on Stainless Steel Pipe | Publication 17.09


Section 1:
Performance on
ANSI Wall Thicknesses

Style 77
Flexible Coupling

Style75
Flexible Coupling

Pipe Diameter
Nominal
Pipe
Size

Actual
Outside
Diameter

inches
DN

inches
mm

Style 77

Style 75

Maximum
Pipe Wall
Thickness
inches
mm

Groove Type

Style 177N
QuickVic Flexible Coupling
Style 177N

Maximum

Maximum

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

PSI
kPa

Lbs.
N

PSI
kPa

Lbs.
N

PSI
kPa

Lbs.
N

500
3447
500
3447
150
1034
100
689
400
2758
400
2758
125
862
75
517

17236
76665
17236
76665
5171
22999
3447
15333
23371
103952
23371
103952
7303
32485
4382
19491

ANSI
Schedule
Number

TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 6

6
DN150

8
DN200

10
DN250

12
DN300

6.625
168.3

8.625
219.1

10.750
273.0

12.750
323.9

0.280
7.1
0.280
7.1
0.134
3.4
0.110
2.8
0.323
8.2
0.323
8.2
0.150
3.8
0.110
2.8
0.366
9.3
0.366
9.3
0.165
4.2
0.134
3.4
0.375
9.5
0.375
9.5
0.181
4.6
0.156
4.0

750
5171
500
3447

25854
115003
17249
76727

450
3100
300
2065

15499
68943
10324
45925

RX

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

5S

RX

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

40S

40S

Std

600
4137
400
2758

35056
155935
23371
103957

450
3100
300
2065

26269
116852
17499
77838

10S

RX

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

5S

RX

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

40S

Std

10S

RX

5S

RX

40S

40S

Std

10S

RX

5S

RX

54458
242238
36305
161492
11347
50475
6806
30274
76606
340758
51071
227172
15962
71004
9574
42586

40S

600
4137
400
2758
125
862
75
517
600
4137
400
2758
125
862
75
517

40S

40S

Std

10S

RX= Roll Set for light wall stainless steel pipe marked with the prefix "RX"
Std= Standard roll set marked with the prefix "R"
C= Cut groove

= Sizes not available


NR = Not rated. Contact Victaulic for more information.

17.09 1545 Rev I Updated 10/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Performance on Stainless Steel Pipe | Publication 17.09


Section 1:
Performance on
ANSI Wall
Thicknesses

Style 78
Snap-Joint Coupling

Style 791
Vic-Boltless Coupling

Pipe Diameter
Nominal Actual
Pipe
Outside
Size
Diameter
inches
DN

2
DN50

3
DN80

4
DN100

inches
mm

2375
60.3

2.875
73.0

3.500
88.9

4.500
114.3

5.563
141.3

Pipe Wall
Thickness
inches
mm
0.218
5.6
0.154
3.9
0.109
2.8
0.065
1.7
0.276
7.0
0.203
5.2
0.120
3.1
0.083
2.1
0.300
7.6
0.216
5.5
0.120
3.1
0.083
2.1
0.337
8.6
0.237
6.0
0.120
3.1
0.083
2.1
0.375
9.5
0.260
6.6
0.134
3.4
0.110
2.8

Groove Type

ANSI
Schedule
Number
80S

40S

Std/C

10S

RX

5S

RX

80S

40S

Std/C

10S

RX

5S

RX

80S

40S

Std/C

10S

RX

5S

RX

80S

40S

Std/C

10S

RX

5S

RX

80S

40S

Std/C

Style741
Vic-Flange Adapter

Style 743
Vic-Flange Adapter

Style 78

Style 791

Style 741

Style 743

Maximum

Maximum

Maximum

Maximum

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

PSI
kPa
300
2065
300
2065
300
2065
200
1375
300
2065
300
2065
300
2065
200
1375
300
2065
300
2065
300
2065
200
1375
300
2065
300
2065
175
1206
100
690

Lbs.
N
1330
5920
1330
5920
1330
5920
885
3940
1950
8680
1950
8680
1950
8680
1300
5785
2885
12840
2885
12840
2885
12840
1925
8565
4770
21225
4770
21225
2785
12395
1590
7075

PSI
kPa
300
2065
300
2065
300
2065
200
1375
300
2065
300
2065
300
2065
200
1375
300
2065
300
2065
300
2065
200
1375
300
2065
300
2065
175
1206
100
690

Lbs.
N
1330
5920
1330
5920
1330
5920
885
3940
1950
8680
1950
8680
1950
8680
1300
5785
2885
12840
2885
12840
2885
12840
1925
8565
4770
21225
4770
21225
2785
12395
1590
7075

PSI
kPa
275
1896
275
1896
275
1896
175
1207
275
1896
275
1896
275
1896
175
1207
275
1896
275
1896
275
1896
175
1207
275
1896
275
1896
275
1896
175
1207
250
1724
250
1724
200
1379
125
862

Lbs.
N
1218
5419
1218
5419
1218
5419
775
3449
1785
7941
1785
7941
1785
7941
1136
5053
2646
11769
2646
11769
2646
11769
1684
7489
4374
19454
4374
19454
4374
19454
2783
12380
6076
27029
6076
27029
4861
21623
3039
13517

PSI
kPa
400
2750
400
2750
400
2750
250
1725
400
2750
400
2750
400
2750
250
1725
400
2750
400
2750
400
2750
250
1725
300
2065
300
2065
275
1896
175
1206
300
2065
250
1725
300
1375
125
862

Lbs.
N
1775
7900
1775
7900
1775
7900
250
1725
2600
11670
2600
11670
2600
11670
1620
7210
3850
17135
3850
17135
3850
17135
2400
10680
4770
21225
4770
21225
4375
19470
2785
12395
7290
32440
6075
27035
4860
21625
3040
13530

N/R
10S

RX

5S

RX

TABLE CONTINUED ON PAGE 9


RX= Roll Set for light wall stainless steel pipe marked with the prefix "RX"
Std= Standard roll set marked with the prefix "R"
C= Cut groove

= Sizes not available


NR = Not rated. Contact Victaulic for more information.

17.09 1545 Rev I Updated 10/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Performance on Stainless Steel Pipe | Publication 17.09


Section 1:
Performance on
ANSI Wall
Thicknesses

Style 791
Vic-Boltless Coupling

Style 78
Snap-Joint Coupling
Pipe Diameter
Nominal Actual
Pipe
Outside
Size
Diameter
inches
DN

inches
mm

Pipe Wall
Thickness
inches
mm

Groove Type

ANSI
Schedule
Number

Style741
Vic-Flange Adapter

Style 743
Vic-Flange Adapter

Style 78

Style 791

Style 741

Style 743

Maximum

Maximum

Maximum

Maximum

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

PSI
kPa

Lbs.
N

PSI
kPa

Lbs.
N

PSI
kPa

Lbs.
N

PSI
kPa

Lbs.
N

8618
38334
5170
22996
4310
19171
2585
11500
11685
51978
7305
32492

300
2065
200
1375
125
862
75
517
250
1725
150
1034

10350
46055
6895
30685
4310
19180
2585
11505
14600
64970
8765
39005

TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 8

6
DN150

8
DN200

6.625
168.3

8.625
219.1

10
DN250

10.750
273.0

12
DN300

12.750
323.9

0.280
7.11
0.280
7.11
0.134
3.40
0.109
2.77
0.322
8.18
0.322
8.18
0.148
3.76
0.109
2.77
0.365
9.3
0.365
9.3
0.375
9.5
0.375
9.5

300
2065
200
1375
100
690
65
448
300
2065
200
1375
50
345
30
207

10350
46055
6895
30685
3450
15355
2240
9970
17525
77985
11685
52000
2920
12995
1755
7810

300
2065
200
1375
100
690
65
448
300
2065
200
1375
50
345
30
207

10350
46055
6895
30685
3450
15355
2240
9970
17525
77985
11685
52000
2920
12995
1755
7810

250
1724
150
1034
125
862
75
517
200
1379
125
862

40S

Std

40S

40S

Std

200
1379
125
862
200
1379
125
862

40S

40S

Std

10S

RX

5S

RX

40S

40S

Std

10S

RX

5S

RX

40S

For pressure ratings on wall thicknesses not mentioned please


contact Victaulic.

NR = Not rated. Contact Victaulic for more information.


See publication 17.27 for recommended flange solutions for use
on stainless steel pipe.

victaulic.com

N/R
18153
80746
11347
50475
25535
113586
15962
71004

250
1725
150
1034
250
1725
150
1034

22700
101015
13615
60585
31900
141955
19150
85220

RX= Roll Set for light wall stainless steel pipe marked with the prefix "RX"
Std= Standard roll set marked with the prefix "R"
C= Cut groove

= Sizes not available

17.09 1545 Rev I Updated 10/2015

N/R

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Performance on Stainless Steel Pipe | Publication 17.09


Section 1:
Performance on
ANSI Wall Thicknesses

Style W89
AGS Rigid Coupling
Pipe Diameter
Nominal
Pipe
Size

Actual
Outside
Diameter

inches
DN
14
DN350
16
DN400
18
DN450
20
DN500
22
DN550
24
DN600

inches
mm
14.000
355.6
16.000
406.4
18.000
457.0
20.000
508.0
22.000
559.0
24.000
610.0

StyleW07
AGS Rigid Coupling

Style W89
Maximum
Pipe Wall
Thickness
inches
mm
0.188
4.8
0.188
4.8
0.188
4.8
0.218
5.5
0.218
5.5
0.250
6.4

Groove Type

ANSI
Schedule
Number
10S

RX

10S

RX

10S

RX

10S

RX

10S

RX

10S

RX

Style W07
Maximum

Style W77
AGS Flexible Coupling
Style W77
Maximum

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

PSI
kPa
300
2065
300
2065
300
2065
300
2065
300
2065
300
2065

Lbs.
N
46200
205590
60320
268424
76350
339758
94250
419413
114000
507080
135700
603865

PSI
kPa
150
1034
150
1034
150
1034
150
1034
150
1034
150
1034

Lbs.
N
23091
102713
30159
134155
38170
169790
47124
209618
57020
253637
67858
301849

PSI
kPa
150
1034
150
1034
150
1034
150
1034
150
1034
150
1034

Lbs.
N
23091
102713
30159
134155
38170
169790
47124
209618
57020
253637
67858
301849

RX= Roll Set for light wall stainless steel pipe marked with the prefix "RX"
Std= Standard roll set marked with the prefix "R"
C= Cut groove

17.09 1545 Rev I Updated 10/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

10

victaulic.com | Performance on Stainless Steel Pipe | Publication 17.09


Section 2:
Performance on ISO Wall Thicknesses
Within this section you'll find performance data for ductile iron ISO sized couplings ranging from 20 300mm/ 12", for
use on ISO Types 304/304L and 316/316L stainless steel pipe with wall thicknesses from 1.6 12.5mm/0.063 0.492",
depending on the pipe OD in question.

Style 89
Rigid Coupling

Style 07
Zero-Flex Rigid Coupling

Pipe Diameter
Nominal
Pipe
Size
DN
inches

DN25
1

DN32
1

DN40
1

Style 89

Actual
Pipe
Outside
Wall
Diameter Thickness
mm
inches

33.7
1.315

42.4
1.660

48.3
1.900

mm
inches
4.5
0.177
3.2
0.126
2.6
0.102
2.3
0.091
2.0
0.079
1.6
0.063
5.0
0.197
3.6
0.142
3.2
0.126
2.6
0.102
2.0
0.079
1.6
0.063
5.0
0.197
3.6
0.142
3.2
0.126
2.6
0.102
2.0
0.079
1.6
0.063

Style107N
QuickVic Rigid Coupling
Style 07

Maximum

Maximum

Style 741
Vic-Flange Adapter

Style 107N
Maximum

Style 741
Maximum

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

Std

RX

RX

RX

RX

N
Lbs.
4531
1019
3779
849
2870
645
2719
611
2568
577
2416
543

kPa
PSI

kPa
PSI
5171
750
4313
625
3275
475
3100
450
2930
425
2758
400

Std

7220
1623
7220
1623
6017
1353

Std/C

5171
750
5171
750
4313
625

RX

RX

Std/C

Std

RX

RX

RX

4573
1028
4091
920
3851
866
9459
2126
9459
2126
7567
1701
5991
1347
5360
1205
5045
1134

RX

3275
475
2930
425
2758
400
5171
750
5171
750
4137
600
3275
475
2930
425
2758
400

Groove Type

TABLE CONTINUED ON PAGE 12


RX= Roll Set for light wall stainless steel pipe marked with the prefix "RX"
Std= Standard roll set marked with the prefix "R"
C= Cut groove

= Sizes not available


NR = Not rated. Contact Victaulic for more information.

17.09 1545 Rev I Updated 10/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

11

victaulic.com | Performance on Stainless Steel Pipe | Publication 17.09


Section 2:
Performance
on ISO Wall
Thicknesses

Style 07
Zero-Flex Rigid Coupling

Style 89
Rigid Coupling
Pipe Diameter
Nominal
Pipe
Size
DN
inches

Style 89

Actual
Pipe
Outside
Wall
Diameter Thickness
mm
inches

Style 07

Maximum
Groove Type

mm
inches

Style107N
QuickVic Rigid Coupling

Maximum

Style 741
Vic-Flange Adapter

Style 107N
Maximum

Style 741
Maximum

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

14780
3323
14780
3323
13302
2990
11824
2658
10346
2326
9360
2104
8375
1883
7390
1661
6405
1440
23582
5301
23582
5301
20438
4595
18079
4064
17293
3888
15733
3537
14935
3358
12577
2827
11005
2474
10220
2297
10220
2297

4137
600
4137
600
3620
525
2758
400
2241
325
1896
275
1793
260
1600
232
1379
200
4137
600
4137
600
3964
575
2930
425
2586
375
2068
300
1896
275
1724
250
1551
225
1379
200
1379
200

11823
2658
11823
2658
10345
2326
7882
1772
6404
1440
5419
1218
5123
1152
4572
1028
3941
886
18865
4241
18865
4241
18079
4064
13362
3004
11790
2651
9432
2121
8646
1944
7860
1767
7074
1590
6288
1414
6288
1414

1896
275
1896
275
1896
275
1896
275
1896
275
1724
250
1600
232
1379
200
1207
175
1896
275
1896
275
1896
275
1896
275
1896
275
1896
275
1724
250
1600
232
1379
200
1207
175
1207
175

5419
1218
5419
1218
5419
1218
5419
1218
5419
1218
4927
1108
4572
1028
3941
886
3449
775
8646
1944
8646
1944
8646
1944
8646
1944
8646
1944
8646
1944
7861
1767
7295
1640
6288
1414
5502
1237
5502
1237

TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 11

DN50
2

DN65

60.3
2.375

76.1
3.000

5.6
0.220
4.0
0.157
3.6
0.142
3.2
0.126
2.9
0.114
2.6
0.102
2.3
0.091
2.0
0.079
1.6
0.063
7.1
0.280
6.4
0.252
5.0
0.197
4.0
0.157
3.6
0.142
3.1
0.122
2.9
0.114
2.6
0.102
2.3
0.091
2.1
0.083
2.0
0.079

C
Std/C
Std
Std
Std
RX
RX
RX
RX
C
C
Std/C
Std
Std
Std
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX

5171
750
5171
750
4654
675
4137
600
3620
525
3275
475
3275
475
2586
375
2241
325
5171
750
5171
750
4482
650
3964
575
3792
550
3450
500
3275
475
2758
400
2413
350
2241
325
2241
325

14780
3323
14780
3323
13302
2990
11824
2658
10346
2326
9360
2104
8375
1883
7390
1661
6405
1440
23582
5301
23582
5301
20438
4595
18079
4064
17293
3888
15733
3537
14935
3358
12577
2827
11005
2474
10220
2297
10220
2297

5171
750
5171
750
4654
675
4137
600
3620
525
3275
475
3275
475
2586
375
2241
325
5171
750
5171
750
4482
650
3964
575
3792
550
3450
500
3275
475
2758
400
2413
350
2241
325
2241
325

TABLE CONTINUED ON PAGE 13


RX= Roll Set for light wall stainless steel pipe marked with the prefix "RX"
Std= Standard roll set marked with the prefix "R"
C= Cut groove

= Sizes not available


NR = Not rated. Contact Victaulic for more information.

17.09 1545 Rev I Updated 10/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

12

victaulic.com | Performance on Stainless Steel Pipe | Publication 17.09


Section 2:
Performance
on ISO Wall
Thicknesses

Style 07
Zero-Flex Rigid Coupling

Style 89
Rigid Coupling
Pipe Diameter
Nominal
Pipe
Size
DN
inches

Style 89

Actual
Pipe
Outside
Wall
Diameter Thickness
mm
inches

Style 07

Maximum
Groove Type

mm
inches

Style107N
QuickVic Rigid Coupling

Maximum

Style 741
Vic-Flange Adapter

Style 107N
Maximum

Style 741
Maximum

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

32098
7216
32098
7216
25678
5773
23538
5292
21398
4811
21415
4814
20328
4570
14979
3367
13910
3127
53059
11928
53059
11928
40679
9145
45985
10338
26530
5964
22958
5161
16417
3691

4137
600
4137
600
2930
425
2586
375
2241
325
2068
300
1724
250
1551
225
1379
200
4137
600
4137
600
2930
425
2068
300
1724
250
1551
225
1379
200

25677
5773
25677
5773
18188
4089
16048
3608
13908
3127
12838
2886
10699
2405
9629
2165
8559
2405
42445
9543
42445
9543
30066
6759
21223
4771
17686
3976
15917
3578
14148
3181

1896
275
1896
275
1896
275
1896
275
1896
275
1724
250
1600
232
1379
200
1207
175
1896
275
1896
275
1896
275
1896
275
1724
250
1600
232
1207
175

11769
2646
11769
2646
11769
2646
11769
2646
11769
2646
10699
2405
9929
2232
8559
1924
7489
1684
19454
4374
19454
4374
19454
4374
19454
4374
17686
3976
16413
3690
12380
2783

TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 12

DN80
3

DN100
4

88.9
3.500

114.3
4.500

8.0
0.315
5.6
0.220
4.0
0.157
3.6
0.142
3.2
0.126
2.9
0.114
2.6
0.102
2.3
0.091
2.0
0.079
8.8
0.346
6.3
0.248
4.5
0.177
3.6
0.142
2.9
0.114
2.6
0.102
2.0
0.079

C
Std/C
Std
Std
Std
RX
RX
RX
RX
C
C
Std
Std
RX
RX
RX

5171
750
5171
750
4137
600
3792
550
3450
500
3275
475
2758
400
2413
350
2241
325
5171
750
5171
750
3964
575
3100
450
2586
375
2241
325
1600
232

32098
7216
32098
7216
25678
5773
23538
5292
21398
4811
21415
4814
20328
4570
14979
3367
13910
3127
53059
11928
53059
11928
40679
9145
45985
10338
26530
5964
22958
5161
16417
3691

5171
750
5171
750
4137
600
3792
550
3450
500
3275
475
2758
400
2413
350
2241
325
5171
750
5171
750
3964
575
3100
450
2586
375
2241
325
1600
232

TABLE CONTINUED ON PAGE 14


RX= Roll Set for light wall stainless steel pipe marked with the prefix "RX"
Std= Standard roll set marked with the prefix "R"
C= Cut groove

= Sizes not available


NR = Not rated. Contact Victaulic for more information.

17.09 1545 Rev I Updated 10/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

13

victaulic.com | Performance on Stainless Steel Pipe | Publication 17.09


Section 2:
Performance
on ISO Wall
Thicknesses

Style 07
Zero-Flex Rigid Coupling

Style 89
Rigid Coupling
Pipe Diameter
Nominal
Pipe
Size
DN
inches

Style 89

Actual
Pipe
Outside
Wall
Diameter Thickness
mm
inches

Style 07

Maximum
Groove Type

mm
inches

Style107N
QuickVic Rigid Coupling

Maximum

Style 741
Vic-Flange Adapter

Style 107N
Maximum

Style 741
Maximum

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 13


10.0
0.394
7.1
0.280

DN125

139.7
5.500

6.6
0.260
6.6
0.260
6.3
0.248
5.6
0.220
5.0
0.197
4.0
0.157
3.4
0.134
3.2
0.126
3.0
0.118
2.8
0.110
2.6
0.102

C
C
C
Std
Std/C
Std/C
Std
Std
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX

5171
750
5171
750

79261
17819
79261
17819

5171
750
5171
750

79261
17819
79261
17819

4137
600
4137
600

63406
14255
63406
14255

1724
250
1724
250

26420
5940
26420
5940

517
750
5171
750
4826
700
4137
600
3620
525
2586
375
2068
300
2068
300
1896
275
1896
275
1724
250

79261
17819
79261
17819
73977
16631
63409
14255
55487
12474
39631
8909
31652
7116
31704
7127
29062
6534
29062
6534
26420
5940

5171
750
3450
500
3275
475
3100
450
2758
400
2413
350
2068
300
1896
275
1896
275
1724
250
1600
232

79261
17819
52881
11888
50199
11285
47557
10691
42266
9502
36989
8315
31652
7116
29062
6534
29062
6534
26420
5940
24518
5512

4137
600
4137
600
3275
475
3103
450
2758
400
2068
300
2068
300
1551
225
1551
225
1379
200

63406
14255
63406
14255
50197
11285
47555
10691
42271
9503
31703
7127
31703
7127
23777
5346
23777
5346
21135
4752

1724
250
1724
250
1600
232
1551
225
1379
200
1379
200
1034
150
1034
150

26420
5940
26420
5940
24518
5512
23778
5346
21136
4752
21136
4752
15852
3564
15852
3564

N/A

N/R
862
125

13213
2970
N/R

TABLE CONTINUED ON PAGE 15


For pressure ratings on wall thicknesses not mentioned please contact Victaulic.

RX= Roll Set for light wall stainless steel pipe marked with the prefix "RX"
Std= Standard roll set marked with the prefix "R"
C= Cut groove

= Sizes not available


NR = Not rated. Contact Victaulic for more information.

17.09 1545 Rev I Updated 10/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

14

victaulic.com | Performance on Stainless Steel Pipe | Publication 17.09


Section 2:
Performance
on ISO Wall
Thicknesses

Style 07
Zero-Flex Rigid Coupling

Style 89
Rigid Coupling
Pipe Diameter
Nominal
Pipe
Size
DN
inches

Actual
Pipe
Outside
Wall
Diameter Thickness
mm
inches

Groove Type

mm
inches

Style107N
QuickVic Rigid Coupling

Style 741
Vic-Flange Adapter

Style 89

Style 07

Style 107N

Style 741

Maximum

Maximum

Maximum

Maximum

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

107306
24123
107306
24123
68943
15499
46001
10341
42168
9480
35583
7999
26776
6020
23001
5171

4137
600
4137
600
4137
600
2068
300
2068
300
2068
300
1207
175
1034
150

91998
20683
91998
20683
91998
20683
45999
10341
45999
10341
45999
10341
26833
6033
22999
5171

1724
250
1724
250
1034
150
862
125
862
125
862
125
689
100

38334
8618
38334
8618
22996
5170
19167
4309
19167
4309
19167
4309
15334
3447

TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 14

DN150
6

DN200
8

168.3
6.625

219.1
8.625

11.0
0.433
7.1
0.280
7.1
0.280
5.0
0.197
4.5
0.177
4.0
0.157
3.2
0.126
3.0
0.118
2.6
0.102
2.0
0.079
12.5
0.492
8.0
0.315
6.5
0.256
6.3
0.248
5.0
0.197
4.0
0.157
3.6
0.142
3.2
0.126
3.0
0.118
2.6
0.102
2.0
0.079

C
Std
C
Std
Std
Std
RX
RX
RX
RX
C
Std/C
Std/C
Std/C
Std
Std
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX

5171
750
5171
750
5171
750
3450
500
3100
450
2586
375
1896
275
1896
275
1600
232
1600
232
4137
600
3964
575
3275
475
3100
450
2586
375
2241
325
1896
275
1724
250
1551
225
1207
175
1034
150

115003
25854
115003
25854
115003
25854
76668
17236
69002
15512
57501
12927
42168
9480
42168
9480
35583
7999
35574
7997
155903
35049
149438
33595
123449
27752
116951
26292
97459
21910
84465
18989
71470
16067
64973
14607
58476
13146
45481
10225
38984
8746

5171
700
5171
700
3100
450
2068
300
1896
275
1600
232
1204
175
1034
150

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

4137
600
2758
400
2068
300
1896
275
1379
200
1034
150
793
115
689
100
517
75

155935
35065
103957
23371
77968
17528
71470
16067
51901
11668
38984
8764
29891
6720
25989
5843
19492
4382

2758
400
2758
400
2068
300
1896
275
1379
200
1034
150
862
125
689
100
517
75

103952
23371
103952
23371
77964
17528
71467
16067
51976
11685
38982
8764
32485
7303
25988
5843
19491
4382

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

1379
200

51978
11685

N/R

TABLE CONTINUED ON PAGE 16


= Sizes not available

RX= Roll Set for light wall stainless steel pipe marked with the prefix "RX"
Std= Standard roll set marked with the prefix "R"
C= Cut groove

NR = Not rated. Contact Victaulic for more information.


See publication 17.27 for recommended flange solutions for use on stainless steel pipe.

17.09 1545 Rev I Updated 10/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

15

victaulic.com | Performance on Stainless Steel Pipe | Publication 17.09


Section 2:
Performance
on ISO Wall
Thicknesses

Style 07
Zero-Flex Rigid Coupling

Style 89
Rigid Coupling
Pipe Diameter
Nominal
Pipe
Size
DN
inches

Style 89

Actual
Pipe
Outside
Wall
Diameter Thickness
mm
inches

Style 07

Maximum
Groove Type

mm
inches

Style107N
QuickVic Rigid Coupling

Maximum

Style 741
Vic-Flange Adapter

Style 107N
Maximum

Style 741
Maximum

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

202019
45416
202019
45416
202019
45416
70653
15883
30280
6807
20187
4538

2068
300
2068
300
2068
300
1207
175
517
75
345
50

121114
27229
121114
27229
121114
27229
70650
15883
30278
6807
20186
4538

1379
200
1379
200
1379
200

80746
18153
80746
18153
80746
18153

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

2068
300
2068
300
2068
300
862
125
689
100
517
75

170371
38303
170371
38303
170371
38303
70988
15960
56790
12768
42593
9576

TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 15

DN250
10

DN300
12

273.0
10.750

323.9
12.750

14.2
0.559
12.5
0.492
10.0
0.394
6.3
0.248
4.0
0.157
3.6
0.142
3.2
0.126
3.0
0.118
2.6
0.102
2.0
0.079
12.5
0.492
10.0
0.394
7.1
0.280
5.0
0.197
4.5
0.177
4.0
0.157

C
C
C
Std/C
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
C
C
Std/C
RX
RX
RX

4137
600
4137
600
4137
600
2930
425
2068
300
1724
250
1600
232
1379
200
1034
150
689
100
4137
600
4137
600
3100
450
2241
325
2068
300
1379
200

242188
54446
242188
54446
242188
54446
171585
38574
121119
27229
10093
22691
93690
21062
80746
18153
60560
13614
40373
9076
340687
76590
340687
76590
255568
57454
184577
41495
170379
38303
113590
25536

= Sizes not available

3450
500
3450
500
3450
500
1204
175
517
75
345
50

2758
400
400
2758
1379
200
1034
150
862
125
517
75

See publication 17.27 for recommended flange solutions for use on stainless steel pipe.

victaulic.com

1379
200
1379
200

113586
25535
113586
25535

RX= Roll Set for light wall stainless steel pipe marked with the prefix "RX"
Std= Standard roll set marked with the prefix "R"
C= Cut groove

NR = Not rated. Contact Victaulic for more information.

17.09 1545 Rev I Updated 10/2015

227172
51071
227172
51071
113586
25535
85189
19151
70991
15960
42586
9574

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

16

victaulic.com | Performance on Stainless Steel Pipe | Publication 17.09


Section 2:
Performance on
ISO Wall Thicknesses

Style 77
Flexible Coupling
Pipe Diameter

Style 77

Nominal
Pipe
Size

Actual
Outside
Diameter

Pipe
Wall
Thickness

DN
inches

mm
inches

mm
inches
4.0
0.157
3.2
0.126
2.6
0.102
2.0
0.079
1.6
0.063
4.5
0.177
3.2
0.126
2.6
0.102
2.3
0.091
2.0
0.079
1.6
0.063
5.0
0.197
3.6
0.142
3.2
0.126
2.6
0.102
2.0
0.079
1.6
0.063

DN20

DN25
1

DN32
1

26.9
1.050

33.7
1.315

42.4
1.660

Style75
Flexible Coupling
Style 75

Maximum
Groove Type

C
C
Std/C
RX
RX
C
Std
RX
RX
RX
RX
C
Std/C
Std
RX
RX
RX

Style 177N
QuickVic Flexible Coupling
Style 177N

Maximum

Maximum

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

kPa
PSI
5171
750
5171
750
4482
650
3450
500
3450
500
5171
750
4313
625
3275
475
3100
450
2930
425
2758
400
5171
750
5171
750
4313
625
3275
475
2930
425
2758
400

N
Lbs.
2889
649
2889
649
2504
563
1927
433
1927
433
4531
1019
3779
849
2870
645
2719
611
2568
577
2416
543
7220
1623
7220
1623
6021
1354
4573
1028
4091
920
3851
866

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

TABLE CONTINUED ON PAGE 18


= Sizes not available

RX= Roll Set for light wall stainless steel pipe marked with the prefix "RX"
Std= Standard roll set marked with the prefix "R"
C= Cut groove

NR = Not rated. Contact Victaulic for more information.

17.09 1545 Rev I Updated 10/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

17

victaulic.com | Performance on Stainless Steel Pipe | Publication 17.09


Section 2:
Performance on
ISO Wall Thicknesses

Style 77
Flexible Coupling

Style75
Flexible Coupling

Pipe Diameter

Style 77

Nominal
Pipe
Size

Actual
Outside
Diameter

Pipe
Wall
Thickness

DN
inches

mm
inches

mm
inches

Style 75

Maximum
Groove Type

Style 177N
QuickVic Flexible Coupling
Style 177N

Maximum

Maximum

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

6311
500
3450
500
3450
500
3275
475
2930
425
2758
400
3450
500
3450
500
3275
475
2930
425
2758
400
2586
375
2241
325
2068
300
1724
250

6311
1419
6311
1419
6311
1419
5991
1347
5360
1205
5045
1134
9861
2217
9861
2217
9360
2104
8375
1883
7882
1772
7390
1661
6404
1440
5912
1329
4930
1108

5171
750
5171
750
4654
675
4137
600
3620
525
3275
475
2930
425
2586
375
2241
325

14779
3323
14779
3323
13301
2990
11823
2658
10345
2326
9360
2104
8375
1883
7389
1661
6404
1440

TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 17

DN40
1

DN50
2

48.3
1900

60.3
2.375

5.0
0.197
3.6
0.142
3.2
0.126
2.6
0.102
2.0
0.079
1.6
0.063
5.6
0.220
4.0
0.157
3.6
0.142
3.2
0.126
2.9
0.114
2.6
0.102
2.3
0.091
2.0
0.079
1.6
0.063

C
Std/C
Std
RX
RX
RX
C
Std/C
Std
Std
Std
RX
RX
RX
RX

5171
750
5171
750
4137
600
3275
475
2930
425
2758
400
5171
750
5171
750
4654
675
4137
600
3620
525
3275
475
2930
425
2586
375
2241
325

9459
2126
9459
2126
7567
1701
5991
1347
5360
1205
5045
1134
14780
3323
14780
3323
13302
2990
11824
2658
10346
2326
9360
2104
8375
1883
7390
1661
6405
1440

TABLE CONTINUED ON PAGE 19


= Sizes not available

RX= Roll Set for light wall stainless steel pipe marked with the prefix "RX"
Std= Standard roll set marked with the prefix "R"
C= Cut groove

NR = Not rated. Contact Victaulic for more information.

17.09 1545 Rev I Updated 10/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

18

victaulic.com | Performance on Stainless Steel Pipe | Publication 17.09


Section 2:
Performance on
ISO Wall Thicknesses

Style 77
Flexible Coupling

Style75
Flexible Coupling

Pipe Diameter

Style 77

Nominal
Pipe
Size

Actual
Outside
Diameter

Pipe
Wall
Thickness

DN
inches

mm
inches

mm
inches

Style 75

Maximum
Groove Type

Style 177N
QuickVic Flexible Coupling
Style 177N

Maximum

Maximum

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

3450
500
3450
500
3100
450
2930
425
2930
425
2758
400
2586
375
2241
325
1896
275
1724
250
1724
250
3450
500
3450
500
3100
450
2930
425
2758
400
2586
375
2241
325
1896
275
1724
250

15733
3537
15733
3537
14149
3181
13363
3004
13363
3004
12577
2827
11791
2651
10204
2294
8647
1944
7867
1768
7867
1768
21415
4824
21415
4824
19259
4330
18189
4089
17119
3848
16049
3608
13888
3122
11769
2646
10707
2407

4826
700
4826
700
4482
650
3620
525
3275
475
2758
400
2586
375
2413
350
2068
300
2068
300
1724
250
4826
700
4826
700
3447
500
3103
450
2758
400
2413
350
2241
325
2068
300
1724
250

22009
4948
22009
4948
20437
4595
16507
3711
14935
3358
12576
2827
11790
2651
11004
2474
9432
2121
9432
2121
7860
1767
29956
6735
29956
6735
21397
4811
19258
4330
17118
3848
14978
3367
13908
3127
12838
2886
10699
2405

TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 18

DN65

DN80
3

76.1
3.000

88.9
3.500

7.1
0.280
6.4
0.252
5.0
0.197
4.0
0.157
3.6
0.142
3.1
0.122
2.9
0.114
2.6
0.102
2.3
0.091
2.1
0.083
2.0
0.079
8.0
0.315
5.6
0.220
4.0
0.157
3.6
0.142
3.2
0.126
2.9
0.114
2.6
0.102
2.3
0.091
2.0
0.079

C
C
Std/C
Std
Std
Std
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
C
Std/C
Std
Std
Std
RX
RX
RX
RX

5171
750
5171
750
4482
650
3964
575
3792
550
3450
500
3275
475
2930
425
2413
350
2241
325
2241
325
5171
750
5171
750
4137
600
3792
550
3450
500
3275
475
2930
425
2413
350
2241
325

23582
5301
23582
5301
20438
4595
18079
4064
17293
9888
15733
3537
14935
3358
13363
3004
11005
2474
10220
2297
10220
2297
32098
7216
32098
7216
25678
5773
23538
5292
21398
4811
20328
4570
18189
4089
14979
3367
13910
3127

TABLE CONTINUED ON PAGE 20


RX= Roll Set for light wall stainless steel pipe marked with the prefix "RX"
Std= Standard roll set marked with the prefix "R"
C= Cut groove

= Sizes not available


NR = Not rated. Contact Victaulic for more information.

17.09 1545 Rev I Updated 10/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

19

victaulic.com | Performance on Stainless Steel Pipe | Publication 17.09


Section 2:
Performance on
ISO Wall Thicknesses

Style 77
Flexible Coupling

Style75
Flexible Coupling

Pipe Diameter

Style 77

Nominal
Pipe
Size

Actual
Outside
Diameter

Pipe
Wall
Thickness

DN
inches

mm
inches

mm
inches

Style 75

Maximum
Groove Type

Style 177N
QuickVic Flexible Coupling
Style 177N

Maximum

Maximum

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

3450
500
3450
500
2758
400
2241
325
1896
275
1724
250
1379
200
3100
450
3100
450
3100
450
2068
300
2068
300
1896
275
1724
250
1551
225
1379
200
1204
175
1034
150
862
125

35400
7958
35400
7958
28298
6362
22992
5169
19455
4374
17686
3976
14149
3181
47516
10682
47516
10682
47516
10682
31652
7116
31704
7127
29062
6534
26420
5940
23778
5346
21136
4752
18455
4149
15852
3564
13213
2970

4137
600
4137
600
3103
450
2413
350
1724
250
1724
250
1379
200
3447
500
3447
500
3447
500
3447
500
3275
475
3103
450
2413
350
1724
250
1379
200
1207
175
1034
150
1034
150

42445
9543
42445
9543
31834
7157
24760
5567
17686
3976
17686
3976
14148
3181
52838
11879
52838
11879
52838
11879
52838
11879
50197
11285
47555
10691
36987
8315
26419
5940
21135
4752
18493
4158
15852
3564
15852
3564

TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 19

DN100
4

DN125

114.3
4.500

139.7
5.500

8.8
0.346
6.3
0.248
4.5
0.177
3.6
0.142
2.9
0.114
2.6
0.102
2.0
0.079
10.0
0.394
7.1
0.280
6.6
0.260
6.6
0.260
6.3
0.248
5.6
0.220
5.0
0.197
4.0
0.157
3.4
0.134
3.2
0.126
3.0
0.118
2.8
0.110
2.6
0.102

C
C
Std
Std
RX
RX
RX
C
C
Std
C
Std/C
Std/C
Std
Std
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX

5171
750
5171
750
3964
575
3100
450
2586
375
2241
325
1724
250
5171
750
5171
750
5171
750
3450
500
3275
475
3100
450
2758
400
2241
325
2068
300
1896
275
1896
275
1724
250
1600
232

53059
11928
53059
11928
40679
9145
31836
7157
26530
5964
22958
5161
17700
3979
79261
17819
79261
17819
79261
17819
52881
11888
50199
11285
47557
10691
42266
9502
34347
7721
31652
7116
29062
6534
29062
6534
26420
5940
24525
5513

N/R

N/R

TABLE CONTINUED ON PAGE 21


RX= Roll Set for light wall stainless steel pipe marked with the prefix "RX"
Std= Standard roll set marked with the prefix "R"
C= Cut groove

= Sizes not available


NR = Not rated. Contact Victaulic for more information.

17.09 1545 Rev I Updated 10/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

20

victaulic.com | Performance on Stainless Steel Pipe | Publication 17.09


Section 2:
Performance on
ISO Wall Thicknesses

Style 77
Flexible Coupling

Style75
Flexible Coupling

Pipe Diameter

Style 77

Nominal
Pipe
Size

Actual
Outside
Diameter

Pipe
Wall
Thickness

DN
inches

mm
inches

mm
inches

Style 75

Maximum
Groove Type

Style 177N
QuickVic Flexible Coupling
Style 177N

Maximum

Maximum

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

3100
450
3100
450
2068
300
1379
200
1204
175
1204
150
689
100
517
75
3100
450
2068
300
1551
225
1379
200
862
125
517
75
517
75
345
50
345
50

68943
15499
68943
15499
45925
10324
30740
6911
26834
6033
23001
5171
15334
3447
11500
2585
116852
26269
77968
17528
58476
13146
51978
11685
32486
7303
19492
4382
19492
4382
12995
2921
12995
2921

3447
500
3447
500
3447
500
2068
300
1724
250
1379
200
827
120
689
100
2758
400
2758
400
2068
300
1896
275
1379
200
862
125
689
100
689
100
517
75

76665
17236
76665
17236
76665
17236
45999
10341
38332
8618
30666
6894
18400
4137
15333
3447
103952
23371
103952
23371
77964
17528
71467
16067
51976
11685
32485
7303
25988
5843
25988
5843
19491
4382

TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 20

DN150
6

DN200
8

168.3
6.625

219.1
8.625

11.0
0.433
7.1
0.280
7.1
0.280
5.0
0.197
4.5
0.177
4.0
0.157
3.2
0.126
3.0
0.118
12.5
0.492
8.0
0.315
6.5
0.256
6.3
0.248
5.0
0.197
4.0
0.157
3.6
0.142
3.2
0.126
3.0
0.118

C
Std/C
C
Std
Std
Std
RX
RX
C
Std/C
Std/C
Std/C
Std
Std
RX
RX
RX

5171
750
5171
750
3450
500
2241
325
1896
275
1600
232
1375
199
1034
150
4137
600
2586
375
2068
300
1896
275
1379
200
862
125
689
100
689
100
517
75

115003
25854
115003
25854
76727
17249
49834
11203
42219
9491
35583
7999
26776
6020
23001
5171
155935
35056
97459
21910
77968
17528
71470
16067
51901
11668
32486
7303
25989
5843
25989
5843
19492
4382

TABLE CONTINUED ON PAGE 22


= Sizes not available

RX= Roll Set for light wall stainless steel pipe marked with the prefix "RX"
Std= Standard roll set marked with the prefix "R"
C= Cut groove

NR = Not rated. Contact Victaulic for more information.

17.09 1545 Rev I Updated 10/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

21

victaulic.com | Performance on Stainless Steel Pipe | Publication 17.09


Section 2:
Performance on
ISO Wall Thicknesses

Style 77
Flexible Coupling

Style75
Flexible Coupling

Pipe Diameter

Style 77

Nominal
Pipe
Size

Actual
Outside
Diameter

Pipe
Wall
Thickness

DN
inches

mm
inches

mm
inches

Style 75

Maximum
Groove Type

Style 177N
QuickVic Flexible Coupling
Style 177N

Maximum

Maximum

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

Working
Pressure

End
Load

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

kPa
PSI

N
Lbs.

TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 21

DN250
10

DN300
12

273.0
10.750

323.9
12.750

14.2
0.559
12.5
0.492
10.0
0.394
6.3
0.248
4.0
0.157
3.6
0.142
12.5
0.492
10.0
0.394
7.1
0.280
5.0
0.197
4.5
0.177
4.0
0.157

C
C
C
Std/C
RX
RX
C
C
Std/C
RX
RX
RX

4137
600
4137
600
4137
600
1600
232
689
100
517
75
4137
600
4137
600
1724
250
1034
150
862
125
517
75

= Sizes not available

242238
54458
242238
54458
242238
54458
93665
21057
40373
9076
30280
6807
340758
76606
340758
76606
141982
31919
85189
19151
70991
15960
42586
9574

RX= Roll Set for light wall stainless steel pipe marked with the prefix "RX"
Std= Standard roll set marked with the prefix "R"
C= Cut groove

NR = Not rated. Contact Victaulic for more information.

Installation
Reference should always be made to the I-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for
the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic
products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on
our website at www.victaulic.com.

Note
This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products
to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.

Warranty
Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.

Trademarks
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company.

17.09 1545 Rev I Updated 10/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

22

Victaulic Standard Product


for Copper Tubing (CTS)

22.01

Rev C

Compatible copper fittings in 90, 45 elbow, tee and


reducing configurations are supplied grooved ready for
installation.
Victaulic Vic-Easy roll grooving tools VE272SFS,
VE270FSD, VE268, VE416FSD, and VE414MC can be
used to roll groove Types K, L, M and DWV copper tubing
from 2 8"/54.0 206.4 mm. The Vic-Easy VE226C
can be used for 2 6"/50 150 mm copper tubing. The
VE26C allows in-place manual grooving of 2 6"/
50 150 mm copper tubing. Tools must be equipped
only with Victaulic rolls designed specifically for grooving
copper tube (color coded copper).
Testing
The normally thin wall and high ductility of copper piping
make a grooved mechanical connection the simplest
means for joining tubing. Recognizing that this roll
groove would alter the flow pattern, Victaulic Company of
America contracted with the LaQue Center for Corrosion
Technology, Inc. (LaQue Center) to conduct a series of
tests to evaluate what effect, if any, this protrusion might
have on the flow stream pattern and, consequently, the
historically low corrosion rate of copper piping in potable
water systems.

Approvals/Listings
SBCC

NYBSA

See Victaulic publication 10.01 for more details.


See Victaulic submittal publication 02.06 for potable water approvals if
applicable.

Product Description

Conclusions

The Victaulic copper connection system was developed


for joining sizes 2 8"/50 200mm copper tubing. The
system uses a proven pressure-responsive synthetic
rubber gasket to seal on the outside diameter of the
tubing. This means no heat is required and no lead
is used. The coupling housing surrounds the gasket
gripping into grooves rolled into the tubing. The housing
is isolated from the fluid, but provides the gripping
strength for pressure ratings up to 300 psi/2065 kPa,
depending on the wall thickness and diameter of copper
tubing.

In review of these tests, the aggressive 60-day exposure


in natural seawater revealed that effects of the increased
turbulence caused by the introduction of roll grooves for
the Victaulic piping method were no more than those
caused by the tees and elbows in the system, which are
the same as for sweated piping systems. Results of the
six-month potable water test, while not being anywhere
near the expected life of an actual copper piping system,
demonstrated that the roll grooves had no adverse
effects on the formation and retention of a protective
corrosion product film. Based upon these test results,
the Victaulic piping system should perform equally with
a sweated piping system under the same conditions. See
publication 22.07.

A Vic-Flange adapter works in a similar manner with


a pressure-responsive gasket and flange design which
mates to ANSI Class 125 or 150 flanged products. This
permits easy adapting of flanged components.

Job/Owner

Engineer

System No.

Spec Section

Location

Paragraph

Contractor

Approved

Submitted By

Date

Date

victaulic.com | Copper | Publication 22.01


22.01 1551 Rev D Updated 03/2015

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Copper | Publication 22.01

Exaggeratedforforclarity
clarity
Exaggerated

Provides rigidity

Easily roll grooved

Patented angle-pad design adjusts to standard tubing


tolerances. Provides positive clamping on the tubing to
resist flexural and torsional loads. Assures rigidity for
ease of hanging.

Victaulic tools permit easy grooving of hard drawn copper


tubing in Types K, L, M and DWV, using specifically
designated copper roll sets on various Victaulic Vic-Easy
roll grooving tools. Fits standard power drives and tools.

Proven joint reliability

Accepted and approved

Full circumferential engagement of housing into groove


provides end load strength. Tested in field installations
and by independent services.

The Victaulic grooved system is accepted under national,


state and local plumbing codes. Accepted by BOCA,
IAPMO, SBCCI, UL and others. Tested to industry
standards and beyond.
See Victaulic submittal publication 02.06 for potable water approvals if
applicable.

22.01 1551 Rev D Updated 03/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Copper | Publication 22.01


Performance
The Victaulic copper connection system has been thoroughly tested on Types K, L, M and DWV drawn copper tubing.
Victaulic products are routinely tested to failure in unrestrained hydrostatic and flexure tests. Using a nominal 3 to 1
safety factor, these tests provide regular verification of the product working pressures. The ratings below apply with
Victaulic couplings Style 607, Vic-Flange adapter Style 641, Series 608N butterfly valve, Victaulic Installation-Ready
fittings for copper and roll grooved copper fittings on the indicated Types of tubing.
Nominal
Size

Tubing
inches
mm
2
54.0
21/2
66.7
3
79.4
4
104.8
5
130.2
6
155.6
8
206.4

Type K ASTM B-88


Max.
Max.
Joint.
Permis.
Wall
Work.
End
Thickness
Press.
Load
inches
psi
Lbs.
mm
kPa
N
0.083
300
1065
2.1
2065
4737
0.095
300
1625
2.4
2065
7228
0.109
300
2300
2.8
2065
10231
0.134
300
4005
3.4
2065
17815
0.160
300
6190
4.1
2065
27534
0.192
300
8840
4.9
2065
39322
0.271
300
15550
6.9
2065
69170

Type L ASTM B-88


Max.
Max.
Joint.
Permis.
Wall
Work.
End
Thickness
Press.
Load
inches
psi
Lbs.
mm
kPa
N
0.070
300
1065
1.8
2065
4737
0.080
300
1625
2.0
2065
7228
0.090
300
2300
2.3
2065
10231
0.110
300
4005
2.8
2065
17815
0.125
300
6190
3.2
2065
27534
0.140
300
8840
3.6
2065
39322
0.200
300
15550
5.1
2065
69170

Type M ASTM B-88


Max.
Max.
Joint.
Permis.
Wall
Work.
End
Thickness
Press.
Load
inches
psi
Lbs.
mm
kPa
N
0.058
250
890
1.5
1725
3959
0.065
250
1350
1.7
1725
6005
0.072
250
1415
1.8
1725
6294
0.095
250
3340
2.4
1725
14857
0.109
200
4125
2.8
1375
18349
0.122
200
5890
3.1
1375
26200
0.170
200
10370
4.3
1375
46128

DWV ASTM B-306


Max.
Max.
Joint.
Permis.
Wall
Work.
End
Thickness
Press.
Load
inches
psi
Lbs.
mm
kPa
N
0.042
100
354
1.1
690
1575

0.045
1.1
0.058
1.5
0.072
1.8
0.083
2.1
0.109
2.8

100
690
100
690
100
690
100
690
100
690

765
3403
1335
5938
2060
9163
2945
13100
5180
23042

NOTE: Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on the indicated Type of hard drawn copper tubing, standard roll
grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications.

WARNING
FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1 times the
figures shown.
Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, or adjust any Victaulic piping
products.

22.01 1551 Rev D Updated 03/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Copper | Publication 22.01


Roll Groove Specifications
The groove is achieved by the upper male roll being pressed, with manual or hydraulic force, into tubing which rotates
on a lower female roll. Use only roll sets for copper tubing. Tubing grooves must be within tolerances listed below to
assure proper coupling assembly.
B

OD

Exaggerated for Clarity


Nominal
Size
Tubing 1
inches
mm
2
54.0
21/2
66.7
3
79.4
4
104.8
5
130.2
6
155.6
8
206.4

Pipe Outside Diameter


Basic 2
inches
mm
2.125
54.0
2.625
66.7
3.125
79.4
4.125
104.8
5.125
130.2
6.125
155.6
8.125
206.4

Tolerance 2
inches
mm
0.002
0.05
0.002
0.05
0.002
0.05
0.002
0.05
0.002
0.05
0.002
0.05
0.002/-0.004
0.05/-0.10

Gasket Seat A 3
0.03
0.76
inches
mm
0.610
15.5
0.610
15.5
0.610
15.5
0.610
15.5
0.610
15.5
0.610
15.5
0.610
15.5

Groove Width B 4
+0.03/-0.00
+0.76/-0.00
inches
mm
0.300
7.6
0.300
7.6
0.300
7.6
0.300
7.6
0.300
7.6
0.300
7.6
0.300
7.6

Dimensions
Groove Dia. C 5
+0.000/-0.020 Groove Depth
+0.00/-0.50
(ref.) D 6
inches
inches
mm
mm
2.029
0.048
51.5
1.2
2.525
0.050
64.1
1.2
3.025
0.050
76.8
1.2
4.019
0.053
102.1
1.4
4.999
0.053
127.0
1.4
5.999
0.063
152.3
1.6
7.959
0.083
202.2
2.1

Min. Allow.
Wall Thick. T 7
inches
mm
DWV
0.065
1.700
DWV
DWV
DWV
DWV
DWV

Max. Allow.
Flare Diameter
F8
inches
mm
2.174
55.2
2.674
67.9
3.174
80.6
4.174
106.0
5.220
132.6
6.220
158.0
8.220
208.0

1 Nominal ASTM B-88 drawn copper tubing size.


2 Outside diameter: the outside diameter and tolerances of roll grooved tubing shall be in accordance with ASTM B-88 for drawn tubing as shown here. The
maximum allowable tolerance from square cut ends is 0.030 for 2 3/50 80 mm; 0.045 (1.14 mm) for 4 8/100 200 mm, measured from true square
line.
3 Gasket seat: the tubing surface shall be free from indentations, roll marks, and projections from the end of the tubing to the groove, to provide a leak-tight seal for
the gasket. All loose scale, dirt, chips and grease must be removed.
4 Grooving width: bottom of groove to be free of loose dirt, chips, and scale that may interfere with proper coupling assembly.
5 Groove outside diameter: the groove must be uniform depth for the entire tubing circumference. Groove must be maintained within the C diameter tolerance
listed.
6 Groove depth: for reference only. Groove must conform to the groove diameter C listed.
7 ASTM B-306 drain waste and vent (DWV) is minimum wall thickness copper tubing which may be roll grooved.
8 Maximum allowable end flare diameter. Measured at the most extreme tubing end diameter.

CAUTION
DO NOT use grooving rolls intended for steel, stainless steel, aluminum, or PVC pipe when preparing copper
tubing for use with Victaulic copper connection system products.
Failure to follow this instruction could cause joint leakage, resulting in property damage.

22.01 1551 Rev D Updated 03/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Copper | Publication 22.01

User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability


Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of
Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry
standards and project specifications, as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance,
safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal
recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter,
vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale,
installation guide, or this disclaimer.

Note
This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products
to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.
Installation
Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation hanbook or installation
instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment
of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available
in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com.

Intellectual Property Rights


No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material,
product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license
under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidaries or
affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material,
product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property
right. The terms Patented or Patent Pending refer to design or utility patents or patent
applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries.

22.01 1551 Rev D Updated 03/2015

victaulic.com

Warranty
Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.
Trademarks
Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of
Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries.

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

22.06

CTS COPPER TUBING DESIGN DATA

VICTAULIC IS AN ISO 9001 CERTIFIED COMPANY

The Copper Connection System


Expansion/Contraction Accommodation
Copper tubing, as well as all piping matrials, expands and contracts
with temperature changes. Therefore, in a copper tube system, the
pipe line can buckle or bend when it expands unless compensation
is built into the system. Harmful stresses, buckling and bending are
prevented by installing expansion loops.
The following chart provides information on calculating the
expansion/contraction of copper tubing due to thermal changes; and
the accommodation of this movement with expansion loops
constructed of Style 606 couplings and Number 610 Copper 90
Elbows.
Temperature
F/C
40

Copper
Inches/millimeters
0.421

40

10,69

20

0.210

29

5,33

18

20

0.238

6,05

32

0.366

9,30

40

0.451

11,46

60

0.684

16

17,37

80

0.896

27

22,76

100

1.134

38

28,80

120

1.366

49

34,70

140

1.590

60

40,39

160

1.804

71

45,82

180

2.051

82

52,10

200

2.296

93

58,32

212

2.428

100

61,67

220

2.516

104

63,91

230

2.636

110

66,95

Expansion Loops for Joining Copper Tubing with Victaulic


Copper Connection Products
Expansion loops or U bends are frequently used to accommodate
the expansion and/or contraction of pipe lines due to thermal
changes. Copper tube, as does all piping materials, expands and
contracts with these temperature changes. The above table shows
the actual expansion of 100' pipe lengths for copper pipe.
Calculations for the anticipated expansion/contraction can be
obtained from the example shown in 26.02.

The necessary length of the copper tube expansion loop can be


calculated from the following formula:

L =

3EDe
-------------S

(1)

L = Loop length, in inches, as shown in the figures below:


W
L

Victaulic Style 606


Coupling
(8 Required)

Victaulic No. 610


90 Elbow
(4 Required)

2H + W = L
H = 2W
5W = L

E = modulus of elasticity of copper in PSI = 15,600,000 PSI


S = allowable stress of material in flexure, in PSI = 6000 PSI
D = outside diameter of copper tubing in inches
e = amount of expansion to be absorbed, in inches
Simplifying the formula:

L = 88.32 De

(2)

Calculated Loop lengths for various expansions are shown in the


table below:
Expansion
Inches
mm

Loop Length L for Tube Sizes Shown


Inches/millimeters
2
73,0

3
88,9

4
114,3

5
141,3

6
168,3

8
219,1

1/
2

102

111

127

142

155

178

12,7

2591

2819

3226

3607

3937

4522

144

157

180

200

219

252

25,4

3658

3988

4572

5080

5563

6401

11/2

176

192

220

245

268

309

38,1

4470

4877

5588

6223

6807

7849

203

221

254

283

310

356

50,8

5156

5613

6452

7188

7874

9043

21/2

227

247

284

317

346

398

63,5

5766

6274

7214

8052

8788

10109

248

271

311

347

379

436

76,2

6299

6883

7899

8814

9627

11074

Note: Expansion Loop should be located between two anchors and the pipe should be
guided so as to direct the movement into the loop.

References:
(1)Copper/Brass/Bronze Product Handbook, Copper Development
Association, Inc.
(2)Source Book on Copper and Copper Alloys.
American Society for Metals
The data provided is intended for use as an aid to qualified designers when products
are installed in accordance with the latest available Victaulic product data.

REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COPYRIGHT 1997 VICTAULIC PRINTED IN U.S.A.

Victaulic Company of America Phone: 1-800-PICK-VIC (1-800-742-5842) Fax: 610-250-8817 e-mail:pickvic@victaulic.com


Victaulic Company of Canada Phone: 905-884-7444 Fax: 905-884-9774 e-mail: viccanada@victaulic.com
Victaulic Europe Phone:32-9-381-1500 Fax: 32-9-380-4438 e-mail: viceuro@victaulic.be
Victaulic America Latina Phone: 610-559-3300 Fax: 610-559-3608 e-mail: vical@victaulic.com
Victaulic Asia Pacific Phone: 65-6235-3035 Fax: 65-6235-0535 e-mail: vicap@victaulic.com

1678 REV B

22.06
Support
The requirements of MSS-SP-69 Pipe Hangers and Supports
Selection and Application shall, in general, govern the installation of
hangers and supports, in accordance with the following
recommendations: Copper tubing joined with grooved type
couplings requires support to carry the weight of tubing and
equipment. The support or hanging method must be such as to
eliminate undue stresses on joints, tubing and other components.
Additionally, the method must be such as to allow movement of tubes
where required and to provide for other special requirements such as
drainage, etc., as may be required by the designer. The support
system for mechanical grooved type tubing couplings must consider
some of the special requirements of these couplings.
The table shows suggested maximum span between supports for
horizontal straight runs of copper tubing carrying water or similar
liquids. These DO NOT apply where critical calculations are made or
where there are concentrated loads between supports.
SUGGESTED MAXIMUM SPAN BETWEEN
SUPPORT FOR COPPER TUBING
TUBE SIZE
Nominal Inches
Actual mm
2

Water Service
Feet/meters
8

Gas & Air Service


Feet/meters
10

60,3

2,44

3,05

21/2

10

11

73,0

3,05

3,35

10

12

88,9

3,05

3,66

12

14

114,3

3,66

4,27

13

15

141,3

3,96

4,57

15

17

168,3

4,57

5,18

15

17

219,1

4,57

5,18

Spacing corresponds to ANSI B31.9 Building Services Code.

The Copper Connection System Expansion/Contraction Accommodation

EN 1057 Standard Product for Copper Tubing


22.11

Patented

Product Description:
The Victaulic copper connection system is for joining
EN 1057 R250 (half hard) temper copper tubing in
54.0 159.0 mm sizes.
The system uses a proven pressure-responsive synthetic
rubber gasket to seal on the outside diameter of the
tubing. This means no heat is required and no lead
is used. The coupling housing surrounds the gasket
gripping into grooves rolled into the tubing. The housing
is isolated from the fluid, but provides the gripping
strength for pressure ratings up to 10 bar / 1000 kPa
when installed on EN 1057 R250 (half hard) temper
copper tubing.
Compatible wrought copper fittings in 90 and 45
elbows, tees, and reducing configurations are supplied
grooved, ready for installation.
A Vic-Flange adapter works in a similar manner with
a pressure-responsive gasket and flange design which
mates to PN10/PN16 flanged products. This permits
easy adapting of flanged components.
Standard Victaulic Vic-Easy roll grooving tools can be
used to field or shop roll groove copper tubing from
54.0 159.0 mm. Tools must be equipped only with
Victaulic rolls designed specifically for grooving EN 1057
copper tube. DO NOT use rolls intended for steel or
stainless steel pipe or U.S. copper tubing.

Job/Owner

Engineer

System No.

Spec Section

Location

Paragraph

Contractor

Approved

Submitted By

Date

Date

victaulic.com | Copper Products | Publication 22.11


22.11 4101 Rev B Updated 03/2015

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Copper Products | Publication 22.11


Material Specifications:
Coupling Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM
A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to
ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special
request.
Coupling Housing Coating: Copper colored alkyd enamel.
Coupling Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon
steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical
requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements
of ASTM A-183.
Coupling Gasket1:
Grade EW EPDM
EPDM (Green W code). Temperature -30F to +230F /
-34C to +110C. Recommended for hot water service within
the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids,
oil-free air and many chemical services. UL classified in
accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73F/+23C and hot
+180F/+82C potable water service. NOT RECOMMENDED
FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES.2

Fittings: Wrought copper fittings manufactured to


connect grooved copper tube in accordance with
EN 1057
Flange Adapter Housing: Ductile iron conforming to
ASTM A-536 grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to
ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special
request.
Flange Adapter Housing Coating: Copper colored alkyd
enamel
Flange Adapter Gasket1:
Grade EW EPDM
EPDM (Green W color code). Temperature range -30F
to +230F/-34C to +110C. Recommended for hot water
service within the specific temperature range plus a variety
of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services.
UL Classified to ANSI/NSF 61 and NSF 372 for cold
+86F/+30C and hot +180F/+82C potable water service.
NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES.2

Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should


be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not
recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic
Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations
and for a listing of services which are not recommended.

This is a general gasket material description. Always reference the


"Approvals/Listings" section of the actual product's submittal.

22.11 4101 Rev B Updated 03/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Copper Products | Publication 22.11


Dimensions:
Rigid Coupling

Style 606-EN
X

Tubing
Actual
Size
mm
inches
54.0
2.125
66.7
2.625
76.1
3.000
108.0
4.250
133.0
5.236
159.0
6.260
3

X
mm
inches
81
3.17
93
3.67
103
4.05
1.38
5.44
165
6.50
191
7.51

Dimensions
Y
mm
inches
118
4.63
130
5.13
152
5.97
181
7.14
229
9.01
255
10.02

Z
mm
inches
46
1.80
46
1.80
46
1.80
49
1.94
50
1.97
49
1.94

Bolt/Nut
No. size
mm

2 M10 51
2 M10 51
2 M12 70
2 M12 70
2 M16 83
2 M16 83

Approx.
Weight
Each
kg
lbs.
0.7
1.54
0.9
1.98
1.1
2.42
1.7
3.75
2.5
5.51
2.9
6.39

Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments.

Performance:
Rigid Coupling
Style 606-EN
Tubing
Actual
Size
mm
inches
54.0
2.125
54.0
2.125
66.7
2.625
66.7
2.625
76.1
3.000
76.1
3.000
108.0
4.250
133.0
5.236
133.0
5.236
159.0
6.260
159.0
6.260

Wall
Thickness
mm
inches
1.2
0.05
2.0
0.08
1.2
0.05
2.0
0.08
1.5
0.06
2.0
0.08
1.5
0.06
1.5
0.06
3.0
0.12
2.0
0.08
3.0
0.12

Allowable
Pipe End
Separartion4
mm
inches
0.76
0.03
0.76
0.03
0.76
0.03
0.76
0.03
0.76
0.03
0.76
0.03
4.30
0.17
4.60
0.18
4.60
0.18
4.60
0.18
4.60
0.18

Max.
Joint Working
Pressure5 6
kPa
psi
1600
232
2100
305
1500
220
2100
305
1600
232
1900
275
1800
260
1500
220
1600
232
1500
220
1500
220

Max.
End Load6
N
lbs.
3664
824
4809
1081
5241
1178
7338
1650
7277
1636
8642
1943
16490
3707
20839
4685
22229
4997
29783
6695
29783
5803

For field installation only. Style 606-EN couplings are essentially rigid and do not accommodate expansion/contraction.

When combined with Victaulic wrought copper fittings the maximum joint working pressure rating for Style 606-EN couplings is reduced to 10 bar / 1,000 kPa.

Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads based on copper tubing of the wall thickness indicated, roll grooved in accordance
with Victaulic specification. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe.

NOTE: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increases to 1 times the figures shown.

22.11 4101 Rev B Updated 03/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Copper Products | Publication 22.11


Dimensions:
Elbows, Tee
No. 610-EN 90 Elbow
No. 611-EN 45 Elbow
No. 620-EN Tee

C to E
C to E

C to E

C to E

No. 610-EN
90 Elbow
Tubing
Actual
Size
mm
inches
54.0
2.125
66.7
2.625
76.1
3.000
108.0
4.250
133.0
5.236
159.0
6.260

C to E
mm
inches
74
2.91
84
3.31
101
3.98
143
5.63
168
6.61
194
7.64

No. 611-EN
45 Elbow
Approx.
Weight
Each
kg
lbs.
0.4
0.9
0.6
1.3
0.6
1.3
1.8
3.9
2.6
5.6
4.4
9.7

C to E
mm
inches
56
2.19
59
2.32
56
2.20
80
3.15
90
3.54
101
3.98

NOTE: Wrought copper fittings manufactured to connect copper pipe in accordance with EN1057.

22.11 4101 Rev B Updated 03/2015

victaulic.com

C to E

C to E

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

No. 620-EN
Tee
Approx.
Weight
Each
kg
lbs.
0.4
0.9
0.5
1.1
0.4
0.9
1.1
2.4
1.6
3.4
2.5
5.4

C to E
mm
inches
68
2.69
81
3.19
80
3.15
108
4.25
125
4.92
135
5.31

Approx.
Weight
Each
kg
lbs.
0.5
1.1
0.8
1.8
0.6
1.3
2.3
5.1
3.2
7.1
4.7
10.3

victaulic.com | Copper Products | Publication 22.11


Reducing Tee

Cap

No. 625-EN

No. 660-EN
C to E

C to E

T
C to B

Tubing
Actual
Size
mm
inches
66.7
2.625
76.1
3.000
108.0
4.250
159.0
6.260

x
x
x
x

54.0
2.125
66.7
2.625
76.1
3.000
108.0
4.250

C to E
mm
inches
70
2.76
78
3.07
85
3.35
106
4.19

C to B
mm
inches
76
2.99
82
3.23
99
3.90
130
5.13

Approx.
Weight
Each
kg
lbs.
0.8
1.7
0.9
2.0
1.8
3.9
4.0
8.9

Dimensions

Concentric Reducer
No. 650-EN
E to E

Tubing
Actual
Size
mm
inches
66.7
2.625
76.1
3.000
108.0
4.250
133.0
5.236
159.0
6.260

x
x
x
x
x
x

54.0
2.125
66.7
2.625
76.1
3.000
108.0
4.250
108.0
4.250
133.0
5.236

E to E
mm
inches
83
3.27
86
3.38
86
3.38
86
3.38
98
3.88
86
3.38

22.11 4101 Rev B Updated 03/2015

victaulic.com

Approx.
Weight
Each
kg
lbs.
0.2
0.5
0.6
1.3
0.6
1.3
0.7
1.5
1.2
2.6
1.1
2.4

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

Tubing
Actual
Size
mm
inches
54.0
2.125
66.7
2.625
76.1
3.000
108.0
4.250
133.0
5.236

Thickness
T
mm
inches
24
0.96
24
0.96
24
0.96
24
0.96
24
0.96

Approx.
Weight
Each
(Bronze casting)
kg
lbs.
0.5
1.1
0.6
1.3
0.7
1.5
1.1
2.4
1.3
2.9

159.0
6.260

24
0.96

2.5
5.5

victaulic.com | Copper Products | Publication 22.11


Dimensions:
Vic-Flange Adapter
Style 641-EN
Z
V

A
Y T W

Note: Gray area of mating face must be free from gouges,


undulations or deformities of any type for effective sealing.

Tubing
Actual
Size
mm
inches
54.0
2.125
66.7
2.625
76.18
3.000
76.18
3.000
108.0
4.250
133.0
5.236
159.0
6.260
7

Flange Dimensions

Seal Surface

W
mm
inches
175
6.89
200
7.87
208
8.19

X
mm
inches
152
6.00
178
7.00
185
7.28

Y
mm
inches
125
4.92
145
5.71
145
5.71

Z
mm
inches
20
0.78
22
0.88
20
0.78

A
Max.
mm
inches
54
2.13
67
2.64
76
2.99

215
8.48
243
9.57
274
10.78
307
12.09

200
7.87
220
8.66
249
9.84
285
11.22

160
6.30
180
7.09
210
8.27
240
9.45

22
0.88
24
0.94
25
1.00
26
1.02

76
2.99
108
4.25
133
5.24
159
6.26

B
Min.
mm
inches
78
3.07
92
3.62
101
3.98
101
3.98
133
5.24
160
6.30
186
7.32

Bolt/Nut7
No. size
mm
4 M16
4 M16
4 M16
8 M16
8 M16
8 M16
8 M16

Approx.
Weight
Each
kg
lbs.
1.7
3.75
2.1
4.63
2.5
5.51
2.5
5.51
3.1
6.84
3.9
8.60
4.5
9.92

Total bolts required to be supplied by installer. Bolt sizes for conventional flange-to-flange connection. Longer bolts are required when Vic-Flange adapter is
utilized with wafer-type valves.

NOTES:
Style 641-EN Vic-Flange adapters for copper tubing provide rigid joints when used on copper tubing roll grooved to Victaulic dimensions and consequently allow no
linear or angular movement at the joint.
Because of the outside flange dimension, Vic-Flange adapters should not be used within 90 of one another on a standard fitting. When wafer or lug-type valves are
used adjoining a Victaulic fitting, check disc dimensions to assure proper clearance.
Vic-Flange adapters should not be used as anchor points for tie-rods across non-restrained joints. Mating rubber faced flanges, valves, etc., require the use of a
Vic-Flange Washer.
Vic-Flange gaskets must always be assembled with the color coded lip on the pipe and the other lip facing the mating flange.
All flanges listed are fit for PN10/PN16.

22.11 4101 Rev B Updated 03/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Copper Products | Publication 22.11


Performance:
Vic-Flange Adapter
Style 641-EN
Tubing
Actual
Size
mm
inches
54.0
2.125
54.0
2.125
66.7
2.625
66.7
2.625
76.1
3.000
76.1
3.000
108.0
4.250
108.0
4.250
133.0
5.236
133.0
5.236
159.0
6.260
159.0
6.260

Max.
Joint Working
Pressure8 9
kPa
psi
1600
232
2100
305
1000
145
2100
305
1600
232
1725
250
1000
145
1725
250
1000
145
1600
232
1000
145
1300
189

Wall
Thickness
mm
inches
1.2
0.05
2.0
0.08
1.2
0.05
2.0
0.08
1.5
0.06
2.0
0.08
1.5
0.06
2.5
0.10
1.5
0.06
3.0
0.12
2.0
0.08
3.0
0.12

Max.
End Load9
N
lbs.
3664
824
4809
1081
3494
785
7338
1650
7277
1636
7846
1764
9161
2059
15803
3553
13893
3123
22229
4997
19856
4464
25812
5803

100 kPa = 1 bar

Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads based on copper tubing of the wall thickness indicated, roll grooved in accordance
with Victaulic specification. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe.

NOTE: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increases to 1 times the figures shown.

22.11 4101 Rev B Updated 03/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Copper Products | Publication 22.11


Flange washer notes:
Style 641-EN Vic-Flange adapters require a smooth hard
surface at the mating flange face for effective sealing.
Some applications for which the Vic-Flange adapter is
otherwise well suited do not provide an adequate mating
surface. In such cases, it is recommended that a Flange
Washer be inserted between the Vic-Flange adapter
and the mating flange to provide the necessary sealing
surface.
NOTE: Style 641-EN Vic-Flange adapters are supplied
without a Flange Washer. If you require a Flange Washer,
specify it clearly on your order. Installation procedures
vary by market; consult your Victaulic representative for
specific details.
Typical applications where a Flange Washer should be
used are:
1 When mating to a serrated flange: A flange gasket
should be used adjacent to the serrated flange and
then the Flange Washer is inserted between the
Vic-Flange adapter and the flange gasket.
2 When mating to a rubber faced flange: The Flange
Washer is placed between the Vic-Flange adapter
and the rubber faced flange.
3 When mating to components (valves, strainers, etc.)
where the component flange face has an insert:
follow the same arrangement as in Application 1.
When connecting Vic-Flange adapters to iron
body components, use of a bolt isolation kit is
recommended.
4 When mating to a wafer valve: Where typical valves
are rubber lined and partially rubber faced (smooth
or not), the Flange Washer is placed between the
valve and the Vic-Flange adapter.
5 When mating AWWA Vic-Flange adapters or IPS
Vic-Flange adapters to copper tubing Vic-Flange
adapters: The Flange Washer is placed between
the two Vic-Flange adapters. If one flange is not a
Vic-Flange adapter (e.g. flanged valve), then a flange
gasket must be placed adjacent to that flange and
the Flange Washer inserted between the flange
gasket and the Vic-Flange adapter.

22.11 4101 Rev B Updated 03/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Copper Products | Publication 22.11


Groove Specifications:
B

EN 1057 Standard Copper

OD

Exaggerated for Clarity

Exaggerated for clarity


Actual O.D.
mm
inches

Dimensions
mm
inches

Basic
54.0
2.125

Min.
53.63
2.123

Max.
54.07
2.129

Gasket
Seat
A
0.8
0.03
15.88
0.625

66.7
2.625
76.1
3.000
108.0
4.250
133.0
5.236
159.0
6.260

66.63
2.623
76.03
2.993
107.93
4.249
132.80
5.228
158.80
6.252

66.77
2.629
76.17
2.999
108.07
4.255
133.20
5.244
159.20
6.268

15.88
0.625
15.88
0.625
15.88
0.625
15.88
0.625
15.88
0.625

Groove
Width
B
+ 0.76/ 0
+ 0.03/ 0
7.62
0.300

Groove
Diameter
C
+ 0/ 0.51
+ 0/ 0.02
51.51
2.028

Groove
Depth
D
Ref. Only
1.25
0.049

Maximum
Allowable
F
Flare
Diameter
56.39
2.220

7.62
0.300
7.62
0.300
7.62
0.300
7.62
0.300
7.62
0.300

64.14
2.525
73.41
2.890
104.80
4.126
129.29
5.090
155.30
6.114

1.27
0.050
1.35
0.053
1.60
0.063
1.85
0.073
1.85
0.073

69.09
2.720
78.61
3.095
110.54
4.352
135.79
5.346
161.80
6.370

Outside diameter: The outside diameter of roll grooved tubing shall not vary more than the tolerance listed. The maximum allowable tolerance from square cut ends
is 0,76 mm (0.030") for 54,0 - 76,1 mm; 1,1 mm (0.045") for 108,0 - 159,0 mm, measured from a true square line.
Gasket seat: The tubing surface shall be free from indentations, roll marks, and projections from the end of the tubing to the groove, to provide a leak-tight seat for
the gasket. All loose scale, dirt, chips and grease must be removed.
Groove width: Bottom of groove to be free of loose dirt, chips and scale that may interfere with proper coupling assembly.
Groove outside diameter: The groove must be uniform depth for the entire tubing circumference. Groove must be maintained within the C diameter tolerence listed.
Groove depth: For reference only. Groove must conform to the groove diameter C listed.
Maximum allowable end flare diameter: Measured at the most extreme tubing end diameter.

User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability


Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of
Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry
standards and project specifications, as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance,
safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal
recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter,
vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale,
installation guide, or this disclaimer.

Note
This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products
to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.
Installation
Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation hanbook or installation
instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment
of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available
in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com.

Intellectual Property Rights


No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material,
product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license
under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidaries or
affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material,
product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property
right. The terms Patented or Patent Pending refer to design or utility patents or patent
applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries.

22.11 4101 Rev B Updated 03/2015

victaulic.com

Warranty
Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.
Trademarks
Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of
Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries.

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

AWWA DUCTILE IRON PIPE GROOVED SYSTEM

23.01
VICTAULIC IS AN ISO 9001 CERTIFIED COMPANY

AWWA Grooved Piping Method

Pipe of AWWA dimensions can be joined quickly and easily with the
Victaulic grooved piping method. Victaulic products and
recommendations conform to ANSI/AWWA C-606, Standard for
Grooved and Shouldered Type Joints and CSA 242 M1980.
The groove configuration for ductile (cast) pipe includes a large
radius, eliminating sharp corners and stress concentration. This
provides stronger beam load capability and higher working
pressures for radius grooved systems than available with
conventional flanged systems.
FlushSeal Gasket
The FlushSeal gasket is designed specifically to seal on ductile iron
pipe surfaces. It provides a triple-seal to assure leak-free service for
the life of the system.
Stretching the Victaulic gasket over pipe ends puts the angular
lips in immediate and automatic sealing tension.

Gasket center leg is compressed over pipe ends as coupling is


assembled.

Line pressure automatically strengthens the seal by acting


internally on the gasket lips the higher the pressure, the tighter the
seal.
Rigid or Flexible Grooving
Grooving can be done quickly and easily in the field or shop.
Standard Rigid radius grooving provides the ease of grooved pipe
assembly in a rigid joint. The design of the groove and Victauic
coupling draws the pipe ends into contact as the coupling is
tightened.

Where flexiblity is desirable, flexible radius groove dimensions


should be used. Flexible grooving provides the added advantages of
expansion, contraction and deflection. This is useful to accommodate
movement from thermal changes, settling, seismic effect or other
causes.

Rigid Radius Cut Groove

Cement Lined Pipe

Flexible Radius Cut Groove

Glass Lined

Exaggerated for clarity

REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COPYRIGHT 2003 VICTAULIC PRINTED IN U.S.A.

Victaulic Company of America Phone: 1-800-PICK-VIC (1-800-742-5842) Fax: 610-250-8817 e-mail:pickvic@victaulic.com


Victaulic Company of Canada Phone: 905-884-7444 Fax: 905-884-9774 e-mail: viccanada@victaulic.com
Victaulic Europe Phone:32-9-381-1500 Fax: 32-9-380-4438 e-mail: viceuro@victaulic.be
Victaulic America Latina Phone: 610-559-3300 Fax: 610-559-3608 e-mail: vical@victaulic.com
Victaulic Asia Pacific Phone: 65-6235-3035 Fax: 65-6235-0535 e-mail: vicap@victaulic.com

1679 REV B

23.01
Installed cost
savings from
10% to 30%

Proven joint
reliability
Full circumferential
engagement of housing into
groove provides end pull
strength Couplings available
for working pressures to 2,500
psi (17,235 kPa). . . vacuum
services to 29.9" Hg

Minimal equipment investment


Fast assembly in tight places
Clean system. . . no pipe dope
or welding slag to contaminate
pipes Costs are more
predictable. . . estimates more
accurate

Exaggerated for clarity

Each joint
is a union

Exaggerated for clarity

Removal of two couplings


permits removal of pipe section
for cleaning or servicing Easy
future add-on, change or
renovation of pipe to distribute
internal wear from abrasives or
slurries
WARNING: Depressurize and
drain the piping system before
attempting to install, remove,
or adjust any Victaulic piping
products.

Rigidity or flexibility

Rigid Radius Cut Groove

Rigid Radius Cut Groove


Prevents expansion/
contraction Ideal for long pipe
runs Designed for systems
with cycling pressure
Flexible Radius Cut Groove
Allows up to 0.47" of
expansion/contraction
Ideal for uneven surfaces or
where settlement is expected

Flexible Radius Cut Groove


Exaggerated for clarity

VICTAULIC SYSTEM ELIMINATES ALIGNMENT PROBLEMS


Victaulic

Flanged

Victaulic

Flanged

Rotates for Alignment

Must be two holed

54" Typical

54" Typical

Grooved piping can pass


through wall sleeves

Require special design


considerations

No two-holing required

Two-holing required

No space needed for bolts

Side space needed for bolts

Special design
considerations eliminated

Flanging must be made-on


loose or have coupling
adapter added to pass
through a wall sleeve

1/3 the weight of flanged


systems

Heavier, more costly to install

Compression type couplings


not required

Number of bolts greatly


reduced

More bolts, longer


installation time

This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic Company. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.

AWWA Grooved Piping Method

25.02

STANDARD IPS GROOVE SPECIFICATIONS

EndSeal Pipe Groove Specifications


Designed for standard or heavier wall thickness pipe or plastic-coated joinedwith HP-70ES couplings.
ES Cut Groove Specifications

OD

Exaggerated for Clarity

Pipe Size

Pipe Outside Dia.


Inches/mm
Tolerance

Gasket Seat A

Actual
Nominal
Out. Dia.
Dia.
Inches
Inches
mm
mm

4
5
Dimensions Inches/millimeters
Groove Width B
Groove Dia. C

Min.
Allow.
Wall
Thick.
T

Basic

Tol.

Basic

Tol.
+0.010
+0.25

Basic

Tol.
+0.000
+0.00

Groove
Depth
(ref.)
D

2
50

2.375
60.3

+0.024
+0.61

0.024
0.58

0.562
14.27

0.010
0.25

0.255
6.48

0.005
0.13

2.250
57.15

0.015
0.38

0.063
1.60

0.154
3.91

21/2
65

2.875
73.0

+0.029
+0.74

0.029
0.71

0.562
14.27

0.010
0.25

0.255
6.48

0.005
0.13

2.720
69.09

0.018
0.46

0.078
1.98

0.188
4.78

3
80

3.500
88.9

+0.035
+0.89

0.031
0.79

0.562
14.27

0.010
0.25

0.255
6.48

0.005
0.13

3.344
84.94

0.018
0.46

0.078
1.98

0.188
4.78

4
100

4.500
114.3

+0.045
+1.14

0.031
0.79

0.605
15.37

0.015
0.38

0.305
7.75

0.005
0.13

4.334
110.08

0.020
0.51

0.083
2.11

0.203
5.16

6
150

6.625
168.3

+0.063
+1.60

0.031
0.79

0.605
15.37

0.015
0.38

0.305
7.75

0.005
0.13

6.455
163.96

0.022
0.56

0.085
2.16

0.219
5.56

8
200

8.625
219.1

+0.063
+1.60

0.031
0.79

0.714
18.14

0.015
0.38

0.400
10.16

0.010
0.25

8.441
214.40

0.025
0.64

0.092
2.34

0.238
6.05

10
250

10.750
273.0

+0.063
+1.60

0.031
0.79

0.714
18.14

0.015
0.38

0.400
10.16

0.010
0.25

10.562
268.28

0.027
0.69

0.094
2.39

0.250
6.35

12
300

12.750
323.9

+0.063
+1.60

0.031
0.79

0.714
18.14

0.015
0.38

0.400
10.16

0.010
0.25

12.531
318.29

0.030
0.76

0.109
2.77

0.279
7.09

Coatings applied to the interior surfaces. including bolt pad mating surfaces. of our bolted grooved and
bolted plain end couplings should not exceed 0.010" (0.25mm). Also. the coating thickness applied to the
gasket seating surface and within the groove on the pipe exterior should not exceed 0.010" (0.25mm).
NOTES:
COLUMN 1 Nominal IPS pipe size. Nominal metric (ISO) pipe size.
COLUMN 2 IPS outside diameter. Metric (ISO) outside diameter. The outside diameter of roll grooved pipe
shall not vary more than the tolerance listed. For IPS pipe, the maximum allowable tolerance from square
cut ends is 0.030" for 3/4 31/2" (20 90mm); 0.045" for 4 6" (100 150mm); and 0.060" for sizes 203.2mm
and above measured from true square line. For (ISO) metric pipe, the maximum allowable tolerance from
square cut ends is 0.76mm for sizes 20mm 80mm; 1.14mm for sizes 100mm 150mm; and 1.52mm for
sizes 200mm and above. measured from the true square line.
COLUMN 3 Gasket seat: the pipe surface shall be free from indentations, roll marks, and projections from
the end of the pipe to the groove, to provide a leak-tight seal for the gasket. All loose paint, scale, dirt,
chips, grease and rust must be removed. Square cut pipe must be used with FlushSeal and End-Seal
gaskets. Gasket seat A is measured from the end of the pipe.
COLUMN 4 Groove width: bottom of groove to be free of loose dirt. chips. rust and scale that may
interfere with proper coupling assembly. Corners at bottom of roll groove must be radiused. For IPS pipe,
0.04R on 11/2 12" (40 300mm). For (ISO) metric pipe, 1.2Rmm on 20 300mm.
COLUMN 5 Groove outside diameter: the groove must be uniform depth for the entire pipe
circumference. Groove must be maintained within the C diameter tolerance listed.
COLUMN 6 Groove depth: for reference only. Groove must conform to the groove diameter C listed.
COLUMN 7 Minimum allowable wall thickness: this is the minimum wall thickness which may be grooved.
COLUMN 8 Maximum allowable end flare diameter. Measured at the most extreme pipe end diameter
square cut or beveled.

JOB/OWNER

CONTRACTOR

ENGINEER

System No.___________________________

Submitted By_________________________

Spec Sect_____________ Para___________

Location_ ____________________________

Date ________________________________

Approved_ ___________________________
Date ________________________________

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2008 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

REV_C

25.02_1

25.02

STANDARD IPS GROOVE SPECIFICATIONS

EndSeal Pipe Groove Specifications


Designed for standard or heavier wall thickness pipe or plastic-coated joinedwith HP-70ES couplings.

ES Roll Groove Specifications


1

Pipe Size

Pipe Outside Dia.


Inches/mm
Tolerance

Gasket Seat A

B
A

Nominal Actual
Out. Dia.
Dia.
Inches
Inches
mm
mm

OD

Exaggerated for Clarity

4
5
Dimensions Inches/millimeters
Groove Width B
Groove Dia. C

Groove
Depth
(ref.)
D

Min.
Allow.
Wall
Thick.
T

Max.
Allow.
Flare
Dia.

Basic

Tol.

Basic

Tol.
+0.000
+0.00

Basic

Tol.
+0.000
+0.00

2
50

2.375
60.3

+0.024
+0.61

0.024
0.61

0.572
14.53

0.020
0.51

0.250
6.35

+0.015
+0.38

2.250
57.15

0.015
0.38

0.063
1.60

0.065
1.65

2.48
63.0

21/2
65

2.875
73.0

+0.029
+0.74

0.029
0.74

0.572
14.53

0.020
0.51

0.250
6.35

+0.015
+0.38

2.720
69.09

0.018
0.46

0.078
1.98

0.083
2.11

2.98
75.7

3
80

3.500
88.9

+0.035
+0.89

0.031
0.79

0.572
14.53

0.020
0.51

0.250
6.35

+0.015
+0.38

3.344
84.94

0.018
0.46

0.083
2.11

0.083
2.11

3.60
91.4

4
100

4.500
114.3

+0.045
+1.14

0.031
0.79

0.610
15.49

0.020
0.51

0.300
7.62

+0.020
+0.51

4.334
110.08

0.020
0.51

0.083
2.11

0.083
2.11

4.60
116.8

6
150

6.625
168.3

+0.063
+1.60

0.031
0.79

0.610
15.49

0.020
0.51

0.300
7.62

+0.020
+0.51

6.455
163.96

0.022
0.56

0.085
2.16

0.109
2.77

6.73
170.9

8
200

8.625
219.1

+0.063
+1.60

0.031
0.79

0.719
18.26

0.020
0.51

0.390
9.91

+0.020
+0.51

8.441
214.40

0.025
0.64

0.092
2.34

0.109
2.77

8.80
223.5

10
250

10.750
273.0

+0.063
+1.60

0.031
0.79

0.719
18.26

0.020
0.51

0.390
9.91

+0.020
+0.51

10.562
268.28

0.027
0.69

0.094
2.39

0.134
3.40

10.92
277.4

12
300

12.750
323.9

+0.063
+1.60

0.031
0.79

0.719
18.26

0.020
0.51

0.390
9.91

+0.020
+0.51

12.531
318.29

0.030
0.76

0.109
2.77

0.156
3.96

12.92
328.2

Coatings applied to the interior surfaces. including bolt pad mating surfaces. of our bolted grooved and
bolted plain end couplings should not exceed 0.010" (0.25mm). Also. the coating thickness applied to the
gasket seating surface and within the groove on the pipe exterior should not exceed 0.010" (0.25mm).
NOTES:
COLUMN 1 Nominal IPS pipe size. Nominal metric (ISO) pipe size.
COLUMN 2 IPS outside diameter. Metric (ISO) outside diameter. The outside diameter of roll grooved pipe
shall not vary more than the tolerance listed. For IPS pipe, the maximum allowable tolerance from square
cut ends is 0.030" for 3/4 31/2" (20 90mm); 0.045" for 4 6" (100 150mm); and 0.060" for sizes 203.2mm
and above measured from true square line. For (ISO) metric pipe, the maximum allowable tolerance from
square cut ends is 0.76mm for sizes 20mm 80mm; 1.14mm for sizes 100mm 150mm; and 1.52mm for
sizes 200mm and above. measured from the true square line.
COLUMN 3 Gasket seat: the pipe surface shall be free from indentations, roll marks, and projections from
the end of the pipe to the groove, to provide a leak-tight seal for the gasket. All loose paint, scale, dirt,
chips, grease and rust must be removed. Square cut pipe must be used with FlushSeal and End-Seal
gaskets. Gasket seat A is measured from the end of the pipe.
COLUMN 4 Groove width: bottom of groove to be free of loose dirt. chips. rust and scale that may
interfere with proper coupling assembly. Corners at bottom of roll groove must be radiused. For IPS pipe,
0.04R on 11/2 12" (40 300mm). For (ISO) metric pipe, 1.2Rmm on 20 300mm.
COLUMN 5 Groove outside diameter: the groove must be uniform depth for the entire pipe
circumference. Groove must be maintained within the C diameter tolerance listed.
COLUMN 6 Groove depth: for reference only. Groove must conform to the groove diameter C listed.
COLUMN 7 Minimum allowable wall thickness: this is the minimum wall thickness which may be grooved.
COLUMN 8 Maximum allowable end flare diameter. Measured at the most extreme pipe end diameter
square cut or beveled.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2008 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

25.02_2

REV_C

25.02

STANDARD IPS GROOVE SPECIFICATIONS

EndSeal Pipe Groove Specifications


Designed for standard or heavier wall thickness pipe or plastic-coated joinedwith HP-70ES couplings.

INSTALLATION

Reference should always be made to the I-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product
you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete
installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com.

WARRANTY

Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.

NOTE

This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be


installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the
right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without
incurring obligations.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2008 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

REV_C

25.02_3

25.02

STANDARD IPS GROOVE SPECIFICATIONS

EndSeal Pipe Groove Specifications


Designed for standard or heavier wall thickness pipe or plastic-coated joinedwithHP-70ES couplings.

WCAS-7ELFLF

For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com


25.02
1964 REV C
UPDATED 5/2008
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2008 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

25.02

Original and XL Groove Dimensions for


Rubber Lining for Abrasive Services

25.03

Rubber or Urethane Lined Pipe


Rubber or urethane lined pipe, connected with Victaulic
couplings, has proven to be a most practical and
economical method of conveying abrasive fluids and
slurries, showing savings in maintenance cost over
unlined metal pipe in such services. The use of rubberlined metal pipe combines abrasive-resistant properties
of rubber or urethane with the rigidity and strength of
metal.
Provided in this publication are cut groove dimensions
for abrasion resistant rubber or urethane lined pipe.
Standard Off the Shelf Victaulic ductile iron fittings
can be directly rubber lined without special machining.
See page 2 for specifications.
Victaulic offers a line of 1D and 3D XL fittings that
provide an additional " thickness of rubber lining.
Request publication 07.07 for details.
Lined pipe and fittings are available with Victaulic
grooved ends from leading industry lining applicators
with different types of lining material for handling a
wide range of abrasive materials. The type of lining
selected for a particular application is determined by the
conditions under which the system will operate.

Job/Owner

Engineer

System No.

Spec Section

Location

Paragraph

Contractor

Approved

Submitted By

Date

Date

Groove Specifications | Original and XL | Publication 25.03


25.03 1585 Rev. D Updated 10/2013

victaulic.com

2013 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

Groove Specifications | Original and XL | Publication 25.03


Dimensions:

A
B

H
+0
-0.030"

0.030" R

For Abrasion Resistance Only


1

Nominal
Size
inches
mm
2
50
2
65
3 O.D.
3
80
3
90
4
100
5
125
6. O.D.
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
22
550
24
600

Pipe
Outside Diameter
inches
mm

Basic
2.375
60.3
2.875
73.0
3.000
76.1
3.500
88.9
4.000
101.6
4.500
114.3
5.563
141.3
6.500
165.1
6.625
168.3
8.625
219.1
10.750
273.0
12.750
323.9
14.000
355.6
16.000
406.4
18.000
457.2
20.000
508.0
22.000
559.0
24.000
610.0

Min.
Allow.
Wall
Thick.

Dimensions Inches/millimeters
Gasket Seat
A

Tolerance
+0.024
0.024
+0.61
0.61
+0.029
0.029
+0.74
0.74
+0.030
0.030
+0.76
0.76
+0.035
0.031
+0.89
0.79
+0.040
0.031
+1.02
0.79
+0.045
0.031
+1.14
0.79
+0.056
0.031
+1.42
0.79
+0.063
0.031
+1.60
0.79
+0.063
0.031
+1.60
0.79
+0.063
0.031
+1.60
0.79
+0.063
0.031
+1.60
0.79
+0.063
0.031
+1.60
0.79
+0.063
0.031
+1.60
0.79
+0.063
0.031
+1.60
0.79
+0.063
0.031
+1.60
0.79
+0.063
0.031
+1.60
0.79
+0.063
0.031
+1.60
0.79
+0.063
0.031
+1.60
0.79

Basic
0.562
14.27
0.562
14.27
0.562
14.27
0.562
14.27
0.562
14.27
0.562
14.27
0.562
14.27
0.562
14.27
0.562
14.27
0.625
15.88
0.625
15.88
0.625
15.88
0.938
23.83
0.938
23.83
1.000
25.40
1.000
25.40
1.000
25.40
1.000
25.40

Gasket Width
B

Tol.
+.000
(+0.00)
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.060
1.52
0.060
1.52

Basic
0.312
7.92
0.312
7.92
0.312
7.92
0.312
7.92
0.312
7.92
0.344
8.73
0.344
8.73
0.344
8.73
0.344
8.73
0.469
11.91
0.469
11.91
0.469
11.91
0.500
12.70
0.500
12.70
0.500
12.70
0.500
12.70
0.500
12.70
0.500
12.70

Tol.
+.000
(+0.00)
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030

0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76

Groove Dia.
C

Basic
2.250
57.15
2.720
69.09
2.845
72.26
3.344
84.94
3.834
97.38
4.334
110.08
5.395
137.03
6.330
160.78
6.455
163.96
8.441
214.40
10.562
268.28
12.531
318.29
13.781
350.04
15.781
400.84
17.781
451.64
19.781
502.44
21.656
550.06
23.656
600.86

Tol.
+.000
(+0.00)
0.015
0.38
0.018
0,46
0.018
0.46
0.018
0.46
0.020
0.51
0.020
0.51
0.022
0.56
0.022
0.56
0.022
0.56
0.025
0.64
0.027
0.69
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76
0.030
0.76

+0.000
0.030
0.437
11.10
0.437
11.10
0.437
11.10
0.437
11.10
0.437
11.10
0.437
11.10
0.437
11.10
0.437
11.10
0.437
11.10
0.500
12.70
0.500
12.70
0.500
12.70
0.813
20.65
0.813
20.65
0.875
22.23
0.875
22.23
0.875
22.23
0.875
22.23

T
0.154
3.91
0.188
4.78
0.188
4.78
0.188
4.78
0.188
4.78
0.203
5.16
0.203
5.16
0.219
5.56
0.219
5.56
0.238
6.05
0.250
6.35
0.279
7.09
0.281
7.14
0.312
7.92
0.312
7.92
0.312
7.92
0.375
9.53
0.375
9.53

For XL specs. see page 3.


NOTE: Dimensions apply to steel pipe and Victaulic fittings. *Based on nominal dimensions (without tolerances).
Column 1 Nominal IPS Pipe Size. Nominal Metric (ISO) Pipe Size.
Column 2 IPS Outside Diameter. Metric (ISO) Outside Diameter. The outside diameter of cut grooved pipe shall not vary more than the tolerance listed. For IPS
pipe, the maximum allowable tolerance from square cut ends is 0.030" for 2 - 3 "; 0.045" for 4 - 6"; and 0.060" for sizes 8" O.D. and above measured from true
square line. For (ISO) metric pipe, the maximum allowable tolerance from square cut ends is 0,76 mm for sizes 20 - 80 mm; 1,14 mm for sizes 100 - 150 mm; and
1,52 mm for sizes 200 mm and above, measured from the true square line.
Column 3 Gasket Seat. The pipe surface shall be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove, to provide a leak-tight seat for the
gasket. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed. Rubber lining must be ground flush with pipe O.D. to a smooth finish for proper gasket
seating. It continues to be Victaulics recommendation that pipe be square cut. Beveled pipe may not be used. Gasket seat A is measured from the end of the
rubber lining.
Column 4 Groove Width. Bottom of groove to be free of loose dirt, chips, rust and scale that may interfere with proper coupling assembly. Maximum permissible
radius at bottom of groove is 0.025" (0,64 mm).
Column 5 Groove Diameter. The groove must be of uniform depth for the entire pipe circumference. Groove must be maintained within the C diameter tolerance
listed.
Column 6 Lead edge of groove to end of pipe after machining to allow rubber lining.
NOTE: Where corrosion resistance is needed on rubber lined systems contact Victaulic for assistance.
25.03 1585 Rev. D Updated 10/2013

victaulic.com

2013 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

Groove Specifications | Original and XL | Publication 25.03


Dimensions:
XL fittings for rubber lined pipe
A
H

Nominal
Size
inches
mm
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300

Pipe
Outside Diameter
inches
mm

Basic
3.500
88.9
4.500
114.3
5.563
141.3
6.625
168.3
8.625
219.1
10.750
273.0
12.750
323.9

Tolerance
+0.035
+0.89
+0.045
+1.14
+0.056
+1.42
+0.063
+1.60
+0.063
+1.60
+0.063
+1.60
+0.063
+1.60

-0.031
-0.79
-0.031
-0.79
-0.031
-0.79
-0.031
-0.79
-0.031
-0.79
-0.031
-0.79
-0.031
-0.79

Fitting
Outside Diameter
inches
mm

Gasket Seat
A

Basic
4.000
101.60
5.000
127.00
6.063
154.00
7.125
180.98
9.125
231.78
11.250
285.75
13.250
336.55

Basic- Tol
+0.031
(+0.79)
0.750
19.05
0.750
19.05
0.750
19.05
0.750
19.05
0.875
22.23
0.875
22.23
0.875
22.23

+0.031
(+0.79)
0.625
15.88
0.625
15.88
0.625
15.88
0.625
15.88
0.750
1905
0.750
1905
0.750
1905

Dimensions Inches/millimeters

# Tolerances shown are for fitting-to-fitting connections. For pipe-to-fitting connections use the published values.

Installation
Reference should always be made to the I-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for
the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic
products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format
on our website at www.victaulic.com.

Note
This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products
to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.

Warranty
Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.

Trademarks
Victaulic and Zero-Flex are registered trademarks of Victaulic Company.

25.03 1585 Rev. D Updated 10/2013

victaulic.com

2013 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

Double Cut Groove Specifications


25.04

Product Description:
Double grooving procedures are essentially the same as
for standard grooving. Victaulic provides a variety of tools
for shop and field double grooving to our specifications.
Special double groove dimensions have been established
for the Style 808 Duo-Lock series to provide full
engagement of the double keys on each side. These
groove dimensions are intended for use ONLY with
Schedule 80 or heavier square cut steel pipe, suitable
for cut grooving only.
For easy field double cut grooving, Victaulic offers two
Vic-Groover tools: VDG26GD for 6"/150 mm pipe
and VG824 for 8 12"/200 300 mm pipe. For more
information on these special tools, contact the Victaulic
Tool Company. Both tools may be driven by available
power sources (power mule, universal power/vise and
others) set up to Victaulic specifications.

Job/Owner

Engineer

System No.

Spec Section

Location

Paragraph

Contractor

Approved

Submitted By

Date

Date

victaulic.com | Double Cut Groove Specifications | Publication 25.04


25.04 1579 Rev E Updated 08/2014

2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Double Cut Groove Specifications | Publication 25.04


Standard Double Cut Groove Specification
for Style 808 Couplings:
G
B

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

Groove
Diameter
C

(8)

Dimensions Inches/millimeters
Nominal
Pipe
Size
inches
mm
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
(1)

Pipe Outside Diameter


Tolerance
Basic
+

6.625
+0.063
+0.031
168.3
+1.60
+0.79
8.625
+0.063
+0.031
219.1
+1.60
+0.79
10.750
+0.063
+0.031
273.0
+1.60
+0.79
12.750
+0.063
+0.031
323.9
+1.60
+0.79

Gasket
Seat
A

Groove
Sep.
G

Groove
Width
B

+0.031
0.031
0.625
15.88
0.750
19.05
0.750
19.05
0.750
19.05

+0.005
0.005
0.785
20.0
0.855
21.7
0.855
21.7
0.855
21.7

+0.031
0.000
0.375
9.5
0.500
12.7
0.500
12.7
0.500
12.7

Basic
6.340
161.0
8.240
209.3
10.350
262.9
12.350
313.7

Tol
+0.000
0.022
0.56
0.022
0.56
0.022
0.56
0.022
0.56

(Ref.)
Trial
Groove
Depth
D
0.142
3.6
0.192
4.9
0.200
5.1
0.200
5.1

Min.
Bolt
Torque
Lb. Ft.
Nm
450
610.2
500
678.0
500
678.0
500
678.0

Nominal IPS pipe size.

(2) 1 IPS outside diameter. The outside diameter of cut grooved pipe shall not vary more than the tolerance listed. For IPS pipe, the maximum allowable tolerance
from square cut ends is 0.045" for 6", and 0.060" for sizes 8" and above measured from true square line.
(3)1 Gasket seat. The pipe surface shall be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove, to provide a leak-tight seal for the gasket.
All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed. Pipe must be square cut; beveled pipe must not be used.
(4)

Groove separation.

(5) Groove width. Bottom of groove to be free of loose dirt, chips, rust, and scale that may interfere with proper coupling assembly. Maximum permissible radius at
bottom of groove is 0.015".
1

(6)

Groove diameter. The groove must be of uniform depth for the entire pipe circumference. Groove must be maintained within the C diameter tolerance listed.

(7)

Groove depth. For reference only. Groove must conform to the C dimension.

(8)

To achieve adequate tension on the bolts this is the minimum torque which must be applied.

GROOVE MUST CONFORM TO THE GROOVE DIMENSIONS.


NOTE: PIPING SYSTEMS MUST ALWAYS BE DEPRESSURIZED AND DRAINED BEFORE ATTEMPTING DISASSEMBLY AND REMOVAL OF ANY VICTAULIC
PIPING PRODUCTS.
1
Coatings applied to the interior surfaces, including bolt pad mating surfaces, of our bolted grooved and bolted plain end couplings should not exceed 0.010"/0.25
mm. Also, the coating thickness applied to the gasket seating surface and within the groove on the pipe exterior should not exceed 0.010"/0.25 mm.

25.04 1579 Rev E Updated 08/2014

victaulic.com

2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Double Cut Groove Specifications | Publication 25.04


ES Endseal Cut Groove Specifications
for Style 808 Coupling:
G
B

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

Groove
Diameter
C

(8)

Dimensions Inches/millimeters
Nominal
Pipe
Size
inches
mm
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300

Pipe Outside Diameter


Tolerance
Basic
+

6.625
+0.063
+0.031
168.3
+1.60
+0.79
8.625
+0.063
+0.031
219.1
+1.60
+0.79
10.750
+0.063
+0.031
273.0
+1.60
+0.79
12.750
+0.063
+0.031
323.9
+1.60
+0.79

Gasket
Seat
A

Groove
Sep.
G

Groove
Width
B

+0.010
0.010
0.605
15.4
0.714
18.1
0.714
18.1
0.714
18.1

+0.005
0.005
0.785
20.0
0.855
21.7
0.855
21.7
0.855
21.7

+0.010
0.005
0.375
9.5
0.500
12.7
0.500
12.7
0.500
12.7

Basic
6.340
161.0
8.240
209.3
10.350
262.9
12.350
313.7

Tol
+0.000
0.022
0.56
0.022
0.56
0.022
0.56
0.022
0.56

(Ref.)
Trial
Groove
Depth
D
0.142
3.6
0.192
4.9
0.200
5.1
0.200
5.1

Min.
Bolt
Torque
Lb. Ft.
Nm
450
610.2
500
678.0
500
678.0
500
678.0

(1)

Nominal IPS pipe size.

(2)

IPS outside diameter. The outside diameter of cut grooved pipe shall not vary more than the tolerance listed. For IPS pipe, the maximum allowable tolerance
from square cut ends is 0.045" for 6", and 0.060" for sizes 8" and above measured from true square line.

(3)

Gasket seat. The pipe surface shall be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove, to provide a leak-tight seal for the gasket.
All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed. Pipe must be square cut; beveled pipe must not be used.

(4)

Groove separation.

(5)

Groove width. Bottom of groove to be free of loose dirt, chips, rust, and scale that may interfere with proper coupling assembly. Maximum permissible radius at
bottom of groove is 0.015".

(6)

Groove diameter. The groove must be of uniform depth for the entire pipe circumference. Groove must be maintained within the C diameter tolerance listed.

(7)

Groove depth. For reference only. Groove must conform to the C dimension.

(8)

To achieve adequate tension on the bolts this is the minimum torque which must be applied.

GROOVE MUST CONFORM TO THE GROOVE DIMENSIONS.


NOTE: PIPING SYSTEMS MUST ALWAYS BE DEPRESSURIZED AND DRAINED BEFORE ATTEMPTING DISASSEMBLY AND REMOVAL OF ANY VICTAULIC
PIPING PRODUCTS.

Installation
Reference should always be made to the I-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for
the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic
products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format
on our website at www.victaulic.com.

Note
This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products
to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.

Warranty
Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.

Trademarks
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company.

25.04 1579 Rev E Updated 08/2014

victaulic.com

2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

25.05

STANDARD AWWA GROOVE SPECIFICATIONS

Radius Cut Groove Specifications


Victaulic groove specifications for cast pipe (gray and ductile) conform to requirements of
ANSI/AWWA standard C-606.

RIGID RADIUS CUT GROOVE

For cast pipe, the groove is cut with a radius (R dimension) at the corners of the groove
base to reduce stress concentration. Grooving dimensions are the same for any one pipe O.D.
regardless of pipe class and pressure.
Standard preparation is with a rigid radius groove. Flexible radius groove dimensions may be
used to provide expansion/contraction or angular movement allowance at the joint.
The outside surface of the pipe between the groove and pipe end must be smooth and free
from deep pits or swells to provide a leak-tight seat for the Victaulic gasket. All rust, loose
scale, oil, grease and dirt shall be removed. Peened surfaces may require corrective action to
provide leak-tight gasket seal (refer to ANSI/AWWA C-606).

RIGID RADIUS CUT GROOVE


SPECIFICATIONS DUCTILE IRON PIPE
B
R

OD

Exaggerated
forAWWA
clarity Pipe Size.
COLUMN
1: Nominal
COLUMN 2 : AWWA outside diameter. The
outside diameter shall not vary more than the
tolerance listed. The maximum allowable tolerance from square cut ends is 0.030"/0.8mm for
3"/80mm; 0.045"/1.1mm for 4 6"/100 150mm
and 0.060"/1.524mm for sizes 8" O.D. and above
measured from true square line.
COLUMN 3 : Gasket seat. The pipe surface
shall be free from indentations and projections
from the end of the pipe to the groove, to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket.
COLUMN 4: Groove width.
COLUMN 5 : Groove outside diameter. The
groove must be uniform depth for the entire
circumference. Groove must be maintained
within the C diameter tolerance listed.
COLUMN 6: Groove depth. For reference only.
Groove must conform to the groove diameter
C listed.
COLUMN 7: Minimum allowable wall
thickness. This is the minimum wall thickness
which may be cut grooved.
Coatings applied to the interior surfaces,
including bolt pad mating surfaces, of our
bolted grooved and bolted plain end couplings
should not exceed 0.010"/0.25mm. Also, the
coating thickness applied to the gasket seating surface and within the groove on the pipe
exterior should not exceed 0.010"/0.25mm.

FLEXIBLE RADIUS CUT GROOVE

5
6
Dimensions Inches/mm

Pipe Outside Dia. O.D.


Inches/mm

Groove
Width
B
+0.031
0.016

Basic

Tol.
+0.000

Radius
R

Cast
Iron

Ductile
Iron

Min. Allow.
Wall Thick. T#

Groove Dia.
C **

Nominal
Size
Inches
mm

Basic

Gasket
Seat
A+
+0.000
0.020

3
80

3.96
100.6

+0.045
+1.14

0.045
1.14

0.840
21.34

0.375
9.53

3.723
94.56

0.020
0.51

0.120
3.05

0.32
8.1

0.31
7.9

4
100

4.80
121.9

+0.045
+1.14

0.045
1.14

0.840
21.34

0.375
9.53

4.563
115.90

0.020
0.51

0.120
3.05

0.35
8.9

0.32
8.1

6
150

6.90
175.3

+0.060
+1.52

0.060
1.52

0.840
21.34

0.375
9.53

6.656
169.06

0.020
0.51

0.120
3.05

0.38
9.7

0.34
8.6

8
200

9.05
229.9

+0.060
+1.52

0.060
1.52

0.950
24.13

0.500
12.70

8.781
223.04

0.025
0.64

0.145
3.68

0.41
10.4

0.36
9.1

10
250

11.10
281.9

+0.060
+1.52

0.060
1.52

1.015
25.78

0.500
12.70

10.813
274.65

0.025
0.64

0.145
3.68

0.44
11.2

0.38
9.7

12
300

13.20
335.3

+0.060
+1.52

0.060
1.52

1.015
25.78

0.500
12.70

12.906
327.81

0.030
0.76

0.145
3.68

0.48
12.2

0.40
10.2

14
350

15.30
388.6

+0.050
+1.27

0.080
2.03

1.015
25.78

0.625
15.88

14.969
380.21

0.030
0.76

0.165
4.19

0.55
14.0

0.42
10.7

16
400

17.40
442.0

+0.050
+1.27

0.080
2.03

1.340
34.04

0.625
15.88

17.063
433.40

0.030
0.76

0.165
4.19

0.58
14.7

0.43
10.9

18
450

19.50
495.3

+0.050
+1.27

0.080
2.03

1.340
34.04

0.625
15.88

19.125
485.78

0.030
0.76

0.185
4.70

0.63
16.0

0.44
11.2

20
500

21.60
548.6

+0.050
+1.27

0.080
2.03

1.340
34.04

0.625
15.88

21.219
538.96

0.030
0.76

0.185
4.70

0.67
17.0

0.45
11.4

24
600

25.80
655.3

+0.050
+1.27

0.080
2.03

1.340
34.04

0.625
15.88

25.406
645.31

0.030
0.76

0.185
4.70

0.73
18.5

0.47
11.9

30
750

32.00
812.8

+0.080
+2.03

0.060
1.52

1.625
41.28

0.750
19.05

31.550
801.37

0.035
0.89

0.215
5.46

0.92
23.4

0.51
13.0

36
900

38.30
972.8

+0.080
+2.03

0.060
1.52

1.625
41.28

0.750
19.05

37.850
961.39

0.035
0.89

0.215
5.46

1.02
25.9

0.58
14.7

Tolerance*

+ Must be smooth and free of deep pits or swells.


** Groove must be of uniform depth for entire pipe circumference. Groove must conform to C diameter
shown.
* Ovality, or out-of-roundness, must lie within specified tolerances.
# Min. standard wall thickness that should be grooved. Tolerances are to conform to Class 53 ANSI/AWWA
C151/A21.51.
For 18 36"/450 950mm ductile iron Class 53 pipe may be used. Contact Victaulic for details.

JOB/OWNER

CONTRACTOR

ENGINEER

System No._______________________________

Submitted By_____________________________

Spec Sect________________ Para____________

Location_ ________________________________

Date ____________________________________

Approved_ _______________________________
Date ____________________________________

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

REV_B

25.05_1

25.05

STANDARD AWWA GROOVE SPECIFICATIONS

Radius Cut Groove Specifications

FLEXIBLE RADIUS CUT GROOVE


SPECIFICATIONS DUCTILE IRON PIPE
B
R

OD

Exaggerated
forAWWA
clarity Pipe Size.
COLUMN
1: Nominal
COLUMN 2: AWWA outside diameter. The
outside diameter shall not vary more than the
tolerance listed. The maximum allowable tolerance from square cut ends is 0.030"/0.8mm for
3"/80mm; 0.045"/1.1mm for 4 6"/100 150mm
and 0.060"/1.524mm for sizes 8" O.D. and above
measured from true square line.
COLUMN 3: Gasket seat. The pipe surface shall
be free from indentations and projections from
the end of the pipe to the groove, to provide a
leak-tight seat for the gasket.
COLUMN 4: Groove width.
COLUMN 5: Groove outside diameter. The
groove must be uniform depth for the entire
circumference. Groove must be maintained
within the C diameter tolerance listed.
COLUMN 6: Groove depth. For reference only.
Groove must conform to the groove diameter
C listed.
COLUMN 7: Minimum allowable wall
thickness. This is the minimum wall thickness
which may be cut grooved.

Dimensions Inches/mm
Pipe Outside Dia. O.D.
Inches/mm

Min. Allow.
Wall Thick. T#

Groove Dia.
C **

Gasket
Seat
A+
+0.000
0.020

Groove
Width
B
+0.031
0.016

Basic

Tol.
+0.000

Radius
R

Cast
Iron

Ductile
Iron

+0.045
+1.14

0.045
1.14

0.750
19.05

0.375
9.53

3.723
94.56

0.020
0.51

0.120
3.05

0.32
8.1

0.31
7.9

4.80
121.9

+0.045
+1.14

0.045
1.14

0.750
19.05

0.375
9.53

4.563
115.90

0.020
0.51

0.120
3.05

0.35
8.9

0.32
8.1

6
150

6.90
175.3

+0.060
+1.52

0.060
1.52

0.750
19.05

0.375
9.53

6.656
169.06

0.020
0.51

0.120
3.05

0.38
9.7

0.34
8.6

8
200

9.05
229.9

+0.060
+1.52

0.060
1.52

0.875
22.23

0.500
12.70

8.781
223.04

0.025
0.64

0.145
3.68

0.41
10.4

0.36
9.1

10
250

11.10
281.9

+0.060
+1.52

0.060
1.52

0.938
23.83

0.500
12.70

10.813
274.65

0.025
0.64

0.145
3.68

0.44
11.2

0.38
9.7

12
300

13.20
335.3

+0.060
+1.52

0.060
1.52

0.938
23.83

0.500
12.70

12.906
327.81

0.030
0.76

0.145
3.68

0.48
12.2

0.40
10.2

14
350

15.30
388.6

+0.050
+1.27

0.080
2.03

0.938
23.83

0.625
15.88

14.969
380.21

0.030
0.76

0.165
4.19

0.55
14.0

0.42
10.7

16
400

17.40
442.0

+0.050
+1.27

0.080
2.03

1.188
30.18

0.625
15.88

17.063
433.40

0.030
0.76

0.165
4.19

0.58
14.7

0.43
10.9

18
450

19.50
495.3

+0.050
+1.27

0.080
2.03

1.188
30.18

0.625
15.88

19.125
485.78

0.030
0.76

0.185
4.70

0.63
16.0

0.44
11.2

20
500

21.60
548.6

+0.050
+1.27

0.080
2.03

1.188
30.18

0.625
15.88

21.219
538.96

0.030
0.76

0.185
4.70

0.67
17.0

0.45
11.4

24
600

25.80
655.3

+0.050
+1.27

0.080
2.03

1.188
30.18

0.625
15.88

25.406
645.31

0.030
0.76

0.185
4.70

0.73
18.5

0.47
11.9

30
750

32.00
812.8

+0.080
+2.03

0.060
1.52

1.375
34.93

0.750
19.05

31.550
801.37

0.035
0.89

0.215
5.46

0.92
23.4

0.51
13.0

36
900

38.30
972.8

+0.080
+2.03

0.060
1.52

1.375
34.93

0.750
19.05

37.850
961.39

0.035
0.89

0.215
5.46

1.02
25.9

0.58
14.7

Nominal
Size
Inches
mm

Basic

3
80

3.96
100.6

4
100

Tolerance*

+ Must be smooth and free of deep pits or swells.


** Groove must be of uniform depth for entire pipe circumference. Groove must conform to C diameter
shown.
* Ovality, or out-of-roundness, must lie within specified tolerances.
# Min. standard wall thickness that should be grooved. Tolerances are to conform to Class 53 ANSI/AWWA
C151/A21.51.
For 18 36"/450 950mm ductile iron Class 53 pipe may be used. Contact Victaulic for details.

INSTALLATION

Reference should always be made to the I-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product
you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete
installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com.

WARRANTY

Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.

NOTE

This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be


installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the
right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without
incurring obligations.

For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com


25.05
1965 REV B
UPDATED 8/2009
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

25.05

25.06

STANDARD COPPER TUBING GROOVE SPECIFICATIONS

Copper Tubing Grooving Dimensions

COPPER TUBING TO CTS US STANDARD ASTM B-88


B

A B

OD

D
Exaggerated for Clarity

Nominal
inches
(Actual
mm)
2
54.0
21/2
66.7
3
79.4
4
104.8
5
130.2
6
155.6
8
206.4

Copper Tubing
Outside Dia.
Max.
2.127
54.0
2.627
66.7
3.127
79.4
4.127
104.8
5.127
130.2
6.127
155.6
8.127
206.4

Min.
2.123
53.9
2.623
66.6
3.123
79.3
4.123
104.7
5.123
130.1
6.123
155.5
8.121
206.3

Gasket Seat
A
Basic
0.610
15.5
0.610
15.5
0.610
15.5
0.610
15.5
0.610
15.5
0.610
15.5
0.610
15.5

Max.
0.640
16.3
0.640
16.3
0.640
16.3
0.640
16.3
0.640
16.3
0.640
16.3
0.640
16.3

Dimensions inches/millimeters
Groove Width
Groove Diameter
B
C
Min.
0.580
14.7
0.580
14.7
0.580
14.7
0.580
14.7
0.580
14.7
0.580
14.7
0.580
14.7

Max.
0.330
8.4
0.330
8.4
0.330
8.4
0.330
8.4
0.330
8.4
0.330
8.4
0.330
8.4

Min.
0.300
7.6
0.300
7.6
0.300
7.6
0.300
7.6
0.300
7.6
0.300
7.6
0.300
7.6

Max.
2.029
51.5
2.525
64.1
3.025
76.8
4.019
102.1
4.999
127.0
5.999
152.3
7.959
202.2

Min.
2.009
51.0
2.505
63.6
3.005
76.3
3.999
101.6
4.979
126.5
5.979
151.9
7.939
201.7

Groove
Depth
D
(Ref.
Only)
0.048
1.2
0.050
1.2
0.050
1.2
0.053
1.4
0.063
1.6
0.063
1.6
0.083
2.1

Min.
Allow.
Wall
Thick.
T
DWV*
0.065
1.7
DWV*
DWV*
DWV*
DWV*
DWV*

Max.
Allow.
Flare
Dia.
F
2.220
56.4
2.720
69.1
3.220
81.8
4.220
107.2
5.220
132.6
6.220
158.0
8.220
208.8

The outside diameter of roll grooved copper tubing cannot vary from the tolerance listed. The maximum allowable tolerance from square cut ends is
0.030"/0.8 mm for 2 3"/54.0 79.4 mm sizes and 0.045"/1.1 mm for 4 6"/104.8 155.6 mm sizes; this is measured from the true square line.
* ASTM B-306 drain-waste and vent (DWV) is the minimum wall thickness of copper tubing that can be roll grooved.
See Notes on page 2.

COPPER TUBING TO EUROPEAN STANDARD EN 1057


B

A B

OD

Actual
Size
mm
54
64

D
Exaggerated for Clarity

66.7
76.1
88.9
108
133
159

Dimensions millimeters/inches
Gasket Seat A
Groove Width B

Actual OD *
Max.
54.07
2.129
64.07
2.522
66.77
2.629
76.17
2.999
88.97
3.496
108.07
4.255
133.20
5.244
159.20
6.280

Min.
53.93
2.123
63.93
2.517
66.63
2.623
76.03
2.993
88.83
3.497
107.93
4.249
132.80
5.228
158.80
6.252

Basic
15.87
0.625
15.87
0.625
15.87
0.625
15.87
0.625
15.87
0.625
15.87
0.625
15.87
0.625
15.87
0.625

Max.
16.64
0.655
16.64
0.655
16.64
0.655
16.64
0.655
16.64
0.655
16.64
0.655
16.64
0.655
16.64
0.655

Min.
15.11
0.595
15.11
0.595
15.11
0.595
15.11
0.595
15.11
0.595
15.11
0.595
15.11
0.595
15.11
0.595

Max.
8.38
0.330
8.38
0.330
8.38
0.330
8.38
0.330
8.38
0.330
8.38
0.330
8.38
0.330
8.38
0.330

Min.
7.62
0.300
7.62
0.300
7.62
0.300
7.62
0.300
7.62
0.300
7.62
0.300
7.62
0.300
7.62
0.300

Groove Dia. C
Max.
51.51
2.028
61.47
2.420
64.14
2.525
73.41
2.890
85.70
3.374
104.80
4.126
129.29
5.090
155.30
6.114

Min.
51.00
2.008
60.96
2.400
63.63
2.505
72.90
2.870
85.19
3.354
104.29
4.106
128.78
5.070
154.79
6.094

Groove
Depth
D
(Ref.
Only)
1.25
0.049
1.27
0.050
1.27
0.050
1.35
0.053
1.60
0.063
1.60
0.063
1.85
0.073
1.85
0.073

Max.
Allow.
Flare
Dia.
F
56.39
2.220
66.41
2.615
69.09
2.720
78.61
3.095
91.63
3.607
110.54
4.352
135.79
5.346
161.80
6.370

European Standard Copper Tubing: EN 1057 drawn copper tubing size


* The outside diameter of roll grooved copper tubing cannot vary from the tolerance listed. The maximum allowable tolerance from square cut ends is 0.8
mm/0.030" for 54 88.9 mm sizes and 1.1 mm/0.045" for 108 159 mm sizes; this is measured from the true square line.
See Notes on page 2.

JOB/OWNER

CONTRACTOR

ENGINEER

System No._______________________________

Submitted By_____________________________

Spec Sect________________ Para____________

Location_ ________________________________

Date ____________________________________

Approved_ _______________________________
Date ____________________________________

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

REV_C

25.06_1

25.06

STANDARD COPPER TUBING GROOVE SPECIFICATIONS

Copper Tubing Grooving Dimensions

COPPER TUBING TO AUSTRALIAN STANDARD AS 1432


B

A B

OD

Nominal
Size
mm
DN 50
DN 65

D
Exaggerated for Clarity

DN 80
DN 100
DN 125
DN 150

Dimensions millimeters/inches
Gasket Seat A
Groove Width B

Actual OD *
Max.
50.80
2.000
63.50
2.500
76.20
3.000
101.60
4.000
127.00
5.000
152.40
6.000

Min.
50.67
1.995
63.35
2.494
76.02
2.993
101.35
3.990
126.75
4.990
152.10
5.988

Basic
15.87
0.625
15.87
0.625
15.87
0.625
15.87
0.625
15.87
0.625
15.87
0.625

Max.
16.64
0.655
16.64
0.655
16.64
0.655
16.64
0.655
16.64
0.655
16.64
0.655

Min.
15.11
0.595
15.11
0.595
15.11
0.595
15.11
0.595
15.11
0.595
15.11
0.595

Max.
8.38
0.330
8.38
0.330
8.38
0.330
8.38
0.330
8.38
0.330
8.38
0.330

Min.
7.62
0.300
7.62
0.300
7.62
0.300
7.62
0.300
7.62
0.300
7.62
0.300

Groove Dia. C
Max.
48.21
1.898
60.88
2.397
73.56
2.896
98.78
3.889
123.67
4.869
149.05
5.868

Min.
47.70
1.878
60.38
2.377
73.05
2.876
98.27
3.869
123.16
4.849
148.54
5.848

Groove
Depth
D
(Ref.
Only)
1.25
0.049
1.27
0.050
1.27
0.050
1.35
0.053
1.60
0.063
1.60
0.063

Max.
Allow.
Flare
Dia.
F
53.06
2.089
65.83
2.592
78.51
3.091
103.88
4.090
128.77
5.070
154.66
6.089

Nominal AS 1432 drawn copper tubing size


* The outside diameter of roll grooved copper tubing cannot vary from the tolerance listed. The maximum allowable tolerance from square cut ends is 0.8
mm/0.030" for DN 50 80 mm sizes and 1.1 mm/0.045" for DN 100 150 mm sizes; this is measured from the true square line.
See notes below.

NOTES
Gasket Seat A: The tubing surface shall be free from indentations, roll marks, and projections from the end of the tubing to the groove, to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket.
All loose scales, dirt, chips and grease must be removed.
Groove Width B: Bottom of groove to be free of loose dirt, chips and scale that may interfere with proper coupling assembly.
Groove Diameter C: The groove must be uniform depth for the entire tubing circumference. Groove must be maintained within the C diameter tolerance listed.
Groove Depth D: For reference only. Groove must conform to the groove diameter C listed.
Maximum Allowable Flare Diameter F: measured at the most extreme tubing end diameter.
This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products shall be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.

WCAS-7JHQF6
For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com
25.06
1747 REV C
UPDATED 1/2009
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

25.06

25.07

STANDARD IPS HOLE CUTTING SPECIFICATIONS

Hole Cutting Specifications


58"/16 mm

To prepare the pipe for Mechanical-T, Outlet-T, Vic-Let or Vic-O-Well outlets, a hole must
be cut into the pipe wall. Proper preparation of the hole is essential for effective sealing and
performance. Make certain the hole is correct in size. Victaulic Hole Cutting Tools are available
and recommended for hole preparation of holes up to 3.5"/90 mm for Styles 920, 920N, 922,
923, and 924. NOTE: Holes must be cut on centerline of pipe.
With hole properly cut, check pipe surface within 58"/16 mm of hole to be certain it is clean,
smooth and free from indentations or projections which would affect gasket sealing. The pipe
around the entire circumference within the A dimension must be free of any dirt, scale or
projection which might prevent Mechanical-T from seating fully on the pipe surface. Remove
any burrs, sharp or rough edges from the hole which might affect assembly, proper seating of
the locating collar, flow from the outlet or gasket seating.

Exaggerated for clarity

HOLE DIMENSIONS
Outlet Size
Nominal
Inches
mm

Hole Dimensions Inches/mm


Min. Hole Dia. /
Hole Saw Size

Surface Prep.

Max. Perm. Dia.

A Dimension
Inches
mm

Styles 920 and 920N Mechanical-T Outlets


All "/15 mm outlets

1.50
38.1

1.63
41.4

3.50
88.9

All "/20 mm outlets

1.50
38.1

1.63
41.4

3.50
88.9

All 1"/25 mm outlets

1.50
38.1

1.63
41.4

3.50
88.9

All 1 "/32 mm outlets*

1.75
44.5

1.88
47.8

4.00
101.6

All 1 "/40 mm outlets

2.00
50.8

2.13
54.1

4.00
101.6

All 2"/50 mm outlets

2.50
63.5

2.63
66.8

4.50
114.3

All 21/2"/65 mm outlets

2.75
69.9

2.88
73.2

4.75
120.7

All 3"/80 mm outlets

3.50
88.9

3.63
92.2

5.50
139.7

All 4"/100 mm outlets

4.50
114.3

4.63
117.6

6.50
165.1

* 6 x 1 "/150 x 32 mm Style 920 threaded outlet requires a 2.00"/50.8 mm hole size.


8 x 2"/200 x 50 mm Style 920 requires a 2.75"/69.9 mm size hole.
2 x 1 "/50 x 40 Style 920N requires a 1.75"/44.5 mm size hole.
NOTE: Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be mated to achieve cross connections.
Style 922 Outlet-T
1 76.1
32 76.1

, , 1
15, 20, 25

1.19
30.2

1.25
31.8

NA

Style 923 Vic-Let and Style 924 Vic-O-Well Outlets


48
100 200
10 & up
250 & up

,
15, 20

1.50
38.1

1.56
39.6

NA

,
15, 20

1.50
38.1

1.56
39.6

NA

JOB/OWNER

CONTRACTOR

ENGINEER

System No. __________________________

Submitted By ________________________

Spec Sect ____________ Para __________

Location ____________________________

Date ________________________________

Approved ___________________________
Date ________________________________

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2007 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA.

REV_B

25.07_1

25.07

STANDARD IPS HOLE CUTTING SPECIFICATIONS

Hole Cutting Specifications

CAUTION

CAUTION
NEW HOLE SIZE: Some Style 920N products require a different hole size (than the Style
920 it replaces) for proper installation. Use caution to assure the proper size hole is
prepared for the specific size and style used.
Failure to use the proper hole size could result in joint leakage and property damage.

INSTALLATION

Reference should always be made to the I-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product
you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete
installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com.

WARRANTY

Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.

NOTE

This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be


installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the
right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without
incurring obligations.

WCAS-6T4JN9

For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com


25.07
1966 REV B
UPDATED 4/2007
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2007 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA.

25.07

JIS STEEL PIPE


GROOVE SPECIFICATIONS

25.08

Japanese Industrial
Standard Pipe
Groove Dimensions
ROLL GROOVING
Roll grooving removes no metal from pipe
Vic-Easy tools permit roll grooving of standard wall
thickness Japanese Industrial Standard pipe
Shop production, fabrication and portable job-site tools
available
Roll grooving is fast and easy no chips or oil

A B

Upper Roll

Pipe

Victaulic Vic-Easy roll grooving tools are all designed to


rotate the pipe as an upper roll is pressed into the pipe. The
lower roll, in addition to driving the pipe, is the female die
inside the pipe. Victaulic roll groovers use mechanical or
hydraulic pressure to force the upper roll into the pipe to
form the groove. Groove depth is controlled by an adjustable stop. The configuration of the rolls provides the proper
A (pipe end to edge of groove) and B (groove width)
dimensions.

Lower
(Drive)
Roll

A B
Hydraulic
Force

Roll grooving removes no metal, displacing metal to form


the groove. Since the groove is cold formed, the groove profile has rounded edges which somewhat reduce the available pipe movement within the coupling. Standard roll
grooved pipe will provide one-half the expansion/contraction or deflection of the same size standard cut groove
pipe. Roll grooving is applicable for steel, stainless steel,
aluminum (Type 6061-T4) and similar metallic pipe. Schedule 40 and 80 PVC plastic pipe can be roll grooved.

Pipe

CUT GROOVING
Grooves concentric with pipe O.D.
Built-in end stops and depth stop assure proper groove
dimensions
Spring loaded tool bit speeds and eases grooving
Operates with most available drive sources
Portable for fab-shop or job-site use
Victaulic provides a variety of tools for cut grooving nominal 200A, 250A and 300A Japanese Industrial Standard
pipe including steel, stainless steel, aluminum, PVC plastic
pipe and bare or lined pipe to receive Style 707-IJ coupling.
Victaulic cut groovers are driven around a stationary pipe
to machine away material, providing a groove. The design
of the tools assures a groove which is concentric with the
pipe O.D., and of uniform depth. An integral pipe stop is
adjustable to provide proper groove depth. Stops in the tool
provide the proper dimension from the pipe end to the
groove (A dimension). The tool bit provides proper groove
width (B dimension).

Illustrations exaggerated for clarity

VICTAULIC IS AN ISO 9001 CERTIFIED COMPANY


Victaulic Company of America
Phone: 1-800-PICK-VIC (1-800-742-5842)
Fax: 610-250-8817
e-mail:pickvic@victaulic.com
1967 Rev.A

7/98

Victaulic Company of Canada


Phone: 416-675-5575
Fax: 416-675-5565
e-mail: viccanada@victaulic.com

Registered Trademark Victaulic

Victaulic Europe
Phone:32-9-381-1500
Fax: 32-9-380-4438
e-mail: viceuro@victaulic.be

Victaulic America Latina


Phone: 610-559-3300
Fax: 610-559-3608
e-mail: vical@victaulic.com

Copyright 1998 Victaulic

Victaulic Asia Pacific


Phone: 65-235-3035
Fax: 65-235-0535
e-mail: vicap@victaulic.com
Printed in U.S.A.

STANDARD ROLL GROOVE SPECIFICATIONS


Japanese Industrial
Standard Pipe

B
T

A B

Nom.
Size
JIS
mm
inches

200A
OD

Exaggerated for Clarity

2
Pipe Outside Diameter
O.D. mm/inches

Basic
216,3

Tolerance
+1,60
0,79

Gasket
Seat
A
0.76

Groove
Width
B
0.76

0.03

0.03

19,05

0,469

Groove Dia. C
Tol.
+0.00
Basic
+0.000
211,6
0,64

Groove
Depth
(ref.)
2,34

Min.
Allow.
Wall
Thick.
T
5,10

Max.
Allow.
Flare
Dia.
220,7

8.516

+0.063

0.031

0.750

11.91

8.331

0.025

0.092

0.201

8.69

250A

267,4

+1,60

0,79

19,05

0,469

262,6

0,69

2,39

5,80

271,8

10

10.528

+0.063

0.031

0.750

11.91

10.340

0.027

0.094

0.228

10.70

300A

318,5

+1,60

0,79

19,05

0,469

312,9

0,76

2,77

6,00

322,8

12

12.539

+0.063

0.031

0.750

11.91

12.321

0.030

0.109

0.236

12.71

On roll grooved pipe, Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection from Centerline will be one-half values listed for cut grooved pipe.

COLUMN 1 Nominal JIS pipe size.


COLUMN 2 Metric (JIS) outside diameter. The outside diameter of roll grooved pipe shall not vary more than the tolerance listed. For
(JIS) metric pipe, the maximum allowable tolerance from square cut ends is 1.52 mm for sizes 200 mm and above, measured from the true square line.
COLUMN 3 Gasket seat: the pipe surface shall be free from indentations, roll marks, and projections from the end of the pipe to the
groove, to provide a leak-tight seal for the gasket. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease and rust must be removed. It
continues to be Victaulics first recommendation that pipe be square cut. When using beveled pipe contact Victaulic for
details. Gasket seat A is measured from the end of the pipe. IMPORTANT: roll grooving of beveled end pipe may result
in unacceptable pipe end flare. See column 8.
COLUMN 4 Groove width: bottom of groove to be free of loose dirt, chips, rust and scale that may interfere with proper coupling assembly. Corners at bottom of groove must be radiused. For (JIS) metric pipe, 1.3R mm for 200 mm and up.
COLUMN 5 Groove outside diameter: the groove must be uniform depth for the entire pipe circumference. Groove must be maintained within the C" diameter tolerance listed.
COLUMN 6 Groove depth: for reference only. Groove must conform to the groove diameter C listed.
COLUMN 7 Minimum allowable wall thickness: this is the minimum wall thickness which may be roll or cut grooved.
COLUMN 8 (Roll groove only) Maximum allowable pipe end flare diameter. Measured at the most extreme pipe end diameter square
cut or beveled.
NOTE: Only the above sizes are provided as shown. Other JIS sizes are similar to ANSI, DIN, etc.

STANDARD CUT GROOVE SPECIFICATIONS


Japanese Industrial
Standard Pipe

B
A B

Nom.
Size
JIS
mm
inches

200A
OD

Exaggerated for Clarity

2
Pipe Outside Diameter
O.D. mm/inches

Basic
216,3

Tolerance
+1,60
0,79

Gasket
Seat
A
0.76

Groove
Width
B
0.76

0.03

0.03

19,05

11,13

5
Groove Dia. C
Tol.
+0.00
+0.000
Basic
211,61
0,64

Groove
Depth
(ref.)
2,34

Min.
Allow.
Wall
Thick.
T
6,05
0.238

8.516

+0.063

0.031

0.750

0.438

8.331

0.025

0.092

250A

267,4

+1,60

0,79

19,05

12,70

262,64

0,69

2,39

6,35

10

10.528

+0.063

0.031

0.750

0.500

10.340

0.027

0.094

0.250

300A

318,5

+1,60

0,79

19,05

12,70

312,90

0,76

2,77

7,09

12

12.539

+0.063

0.031

0.750

0.500

12.321

0.030

0.109

0.279

COLUMN 1 Nominal JIS pipe size.


COLUMN 2 Metric (JIS) outside diameter. The outside diameter of roll grooved pipe shall not vary more than the tolerance listed. For
(JIS) metric pipe, the maximum allowable tolerance from square cut ends is 1.52 mm for sizes 200 mm and above, measured from the true square line.
COLUMN 3 Gasket seat: the pipe surface shall be free from indentations, roll marks, and projections from the end of the pipe to the
groove, to provide a leak-tight seal for the gasket. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease and rust must be removed. It
continues to be Victaulics first recommendation that pipe be square cut. When using beveled pipe contact Victaulic for
details. Gasket seat A is measured from the end of the pipe. IMPORTANT: roll grooving of beveled end pipe may result
in unacceptable pipe end flare. See column 8.
COLUMN 4 Groove width: bottom of groove to be free of loose dirt, chips, rust and scale that may interfere with proper coupling assembly. Corners at bottom of groove must be radiused. For (JIS) metric pipe, 1.3R mm for 200 mm and up.
COLUMN 5 Groove outside diameter: the groove must be uniform depth for the entire pipe circumference. Groove must be maintained within the C" diameter tolerance listed.
COLUMN 6 Groove depth: for reference only. Groove must conform to the groove diameter C listed.
COLUMN 7 Minimum allowable wall thickness: this is the minimum wall thickness which may be roll or cut grooved.
COLUMN 8 (Roll groove only) Maximum allowable pipe end flare diameter. Measured at the most extreme pipe end diameter square
cut or beveled.
NOTE: Only the above sizes are provided as shown. Other JIS sizes are similar to ANSI, DIN, etc.

This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic Company. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.

25.08 - 2

25.09

AGS Roll Groove Specifications

Advanced Groove System (AGS)


Roll Groove Specifications
Roll grooving removes no metal, cold forming a groove by the action of an upper male roll being
forced into pipe as it is rotated by a lower female drive roll.
IMPORTANT Depending on pipe material strength and hardness, AGS grooves produce pipe
growth that typically is 1/8"/3.2mm per AGS groove. This typical growth may vary and should be
estimated based on your specific material conditions. For a pipe length with an AGS roll groove
at each end, the pipe length will grow approximately 1/4"/6.4mm total. Therefore, the cut length
should be adjusted to accommodate this growth. EXAMPLE: If you need a 24"/600mm length of
pipe that will contain an AGS roll groove at each end, cut the pipe to a length of a pproximately
233/4"/605mm to allow for this growth.

B
A

OD

NOTES: Coatings applied to the interior surfaces, including bolt pad mating surfaces, of our
grooved end couplings should not exceed 0.01"/0.25 mm. Also, the coating thickness applied
to the gasket seating surface and within the groove on the pipe exterior should not exceed
0.01"/0.25 mm.

Exaggerated for Clarity

AGS roll sets for use on both lightwall and standard wall carbon steel pipe, as well as s tandard
wall stainless steel pipe, are distinguished by a black appearance with a yellow band. AGS roll
sets for standard wall only are distinguished by a black appearance with an orange band. AGS
roll sets for light wall stainless steel are distinguished by a silver appearance with a black band.
AGS products require pipe ends that are square cut to within 1/8"/3.2 mm. Additionally the front
edge of the pipe end must be uniform with no concave or convex surface features (see AGS pipe
end illustration for unacceptable ends).

WARNINGS

Unacceptable AGS Pipe Ends

WARNING
V
 ictaulic AGS products use a patent-pending groove profile that requires the use of special
AGS rolls. AGS products must not be used on pipe that has been grooved using standard
grooving rolls.
Failure to use AGS products on AGS grooved pipe could result in serious personal injury,
property damage, joint leakage or joint separation.

WARNING
Do not use non-AGS couplings on pipe grooved to the dimensions shown on this page.

JOB/OWNER

CONTRACTOR

ENGINEER

System No.___________________________

Submitted By_________________________

Spec Sect_____________ Para___________

Location_____________________________

Date ________________________________

Approved____________________________
Date ________________________________

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2013 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

REV_H

25.09_1

25.09

AGS Roll Groove Specifications

Advanced Groove System (AGS)


Roll Groove Specifications
Steel pipe specification requirements
for AGS roll grooved pipe
Steel pipe suitable for AGS roll grooving shall be Seamless, Electric-Welded (ERW), Longitudinal
Seam Submerged-Arc Welded (SAW), Double Seam Submerged-Arc Welded (DSAW), or Helical
Seam Submerged-Arc Welded (HSAW) construction.
Physical properties shall be in accordance with API specification 5L, Grades B,X42, X46, X52,
X56, or X60.
Pipe wall thickness shall be from 0.250" 0.750"/6.35 mm 19.05 mm for 14" 24"/350 mm
600 mm diameters, .312" .750"/7.92 mm 19.05 mm for 26" 62"/1550 mm 1500 mm
diameters, and .500 .750"/12.7 19.05 mm for 72"/1800 mm. Wall thicknesses larger than
.750"/19.05 mm will require cut grooving.
Manufactured pipe ends must meet the dimensional requirements of API 5L Table 10 welded
pipe. Pipes subsequently cut to a shorter length must also have pipe ends that meet the
dimensional requirements of API 5L Table 10 welded pipe. Diameters greater than 56"/1400mm,
where the tolerances are shown as as agreed, must comply with Victaulic published AGS
grooving specifications.
Prior to AGS roll grooving, Submerged-Arc Welded Seams at the pipe ends, on the outside
pipe surface and inside pipe surface, must be ground flush with the OD or ID of the pipe in
accordance with the applicable Victaulic roll grooving tool operating manual. Pipe ends shall
be square to within 1/16"/1.6mm and may be plain end, square cut, or beveled with an angle of
30-35 degrees.
Pipe must meet the above requirements and be in compliance with either ASTM A-53, API 5L,
AWWA C200, EN/BS10216-1, EN/BS10217-1, GB/T 3091, GB/T 8163 or other internationally
recognized standards. Please contact Victaulic for consideration of pipe outside of the above
physical and dimensional parameters.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2013 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

25.09_2

REV_H

25.09

AGS Roll Groove Specifications

Advanced Groove System (AGS)


Roll Groove Specifications
ADVANCED GROOVE SYSTEM (AGS)
ROLL GROOVE SPECIFICATIONS
CARBON STEEL AND STAINLESS STEEL
1

Dimensions Inches/millimeters

Nominal
Pipe Size
Inches
mm
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
22
550
24
600
26
650
28
700
30
750
32
800
34
850
36
900
38
950
40
1000
42
1050
44
1100
46
1150
48
1200
50
1250
54
1300
56
1400
60
1500
62
1550
72
1800

Pipe Outside
Diameter O.D.
Carbon Steel and
Stainless Steel
Maximum
14.093
358.0
16.093
408.8
18.093
459.6
20.093
510.4
22.093
561.2
24.093
612.0
26.063
662.0
28.063
712.8
30.063
763.6
32.063
814.4
34.063
865.2
36.063
916
38.063
966.8
40.063
1017.6
42.063
1068.4
44.063
1119.2
46.063
1170
48.063
1220.8
50.063
1271.6
54.063
1373.2
56.063
1424.0
60.063
1525.6
62.063
1576.4
72.063
1830.4

Minimum
13.969
354.8
15.969
405.6
17.969
456.4
19.969
507.2
21.969
558.0
23.969
608.8
25.937
658.8
27.937
709.6
29.937
760.4
31.937
811.2
33.937
862.0
35.937
912.8
37.937
963.6
39.937
1014.4
41.937
1065.2
43.937
1116
45.937
1166.8
47.937
1217.6
49.937
1268.4
53.937
1370.0
55.937
1420.8
59.937
1522.4
61.937
1573.2
71.937
1827.2

Nominal Wall Thickness


Gasket
for Grooving - T
Seat - A
Light Wall
Carbon
Stainless Steel +0.031/0.063
Steel *#
Sch. 10S
+0,79/1.60
0.220 - 0.750
0.188
1.500
5.6 - 19.1
4.8
38.1
0.250 - 0.750
0.188
1.500
6.4 - 19.1
4.8
38.1
0.250 - 0.750
0.188
1.500
6.4 - 19.1
4.8
38.1
0.250 - 0.750
0.218
1.500
6.4 - 19.1
5.5
38.1
0.250 - 0.750
0.218
1.500
6.4 - 19.1
5.5
38.1
0.250 - 0.750
0.218
1.500
6.4 - 19.1
5.5
38.1
0.313 - 0.750
1.750

8.0 - 19.1
44.5
0.313 - 0.750

1.750
8.0 - 19.1

44.5
0.313 - 0.750

1.750
8.0 - 19.1

44.5
0.313 - 0.750

1.750
8.0 - 19.1

44.5
0.313 - 0.750

1.750
8.0 - 19.1

44.5
0.313 - 0.750

1.750
8.0 - 19.1

44.5
0.313 - 0.750

1.750
8.0 - 19.1

44.5
0.313 - 0.750

2.000
8.0 - 19.1

50.8
0.313 - 0.750

2.000
8.0 - 19.1

50.8
0.313 - 0.750

2.000
8.0 - 19.1

50.8
0.313 - 0.750

2.000
8.0 - 19.1

50.8
0.313 - 0.750

2.000
50.8
8.0 - 19.1

0.313 - 0.750

2.000
8.0 - 19.1

50.8
0.313 - 0.750

2.500
8.0 - 19.1

63.5
0.313 - 0.750

2.500
8.0 - 19.1

63.5
0.313 - 0.750

2.500
8.0 - 19.1

63.5
0.313 - 0.750

2.500
8.0 - 19.1

63.5
0.500 - 0.750

2.500
12.7 - 19.1

63.5

Grv.
Width - B
(Ref.)
0.455
11.6
0.455
11.6
0.455
11.6
0.455
11.6
0.455
11.6
0.455
11.6
0.535
13.6
0.535
13.6
0.535
13.6
0.535
13.6
0.535
13.6
0.535
13.6
0.535
13.6
0.562
14.3
0.562
14.3
0.562
14.3
0.562
14.3
0.562
14.3
0.562
14.3
0.562
14.3
0.562
14.3
0.562
14.3
0.562
14.3
0.562
14.3

Groove Dia. C
Maximum
13.500
342.9
15.500
393.7
17.500
444.5
19.500
495.3
21.500
546.1
23.500
596.9
25.430
645.9
27.430
696.7
29.430
747.5
31.430
798.3
33.430
849.1
35.430
899.9
37.430
950.7
39.375
1000.1
41.375
1050.9
43.375
1101.7
45.375
1152.5
47.375
1203.3
49.375
1254.1
53.430
1357.1
55.430
1407.9
59.430
1509.5
61.430
1560
71.430
1814.3

Minimum
13.455
341.8
15.455
392.6
17.455
443.4
19.455
494.2
21.455
545.0
23.455
595.8
25.370
644.4
27.370
695.2
29.370
746.0
31.370
796.8
33.370
847.6
35.370
898.4
37.370
949.2
39.315
998.6
41.315
1049.4
43.315
1100.2
45.315
1151.0
47.315
1201.8
49.315
1252.6
53.370
1355.6
55.370
1406.4
59.370
1508.0
61.370
1558
71.370
1812.8

Max. Allow.
Flare
Dia.
14.23
361.4
16.23
412.2
18.23
463.0
20.23
513.8
22.23
564.6
24.23
615.4
26.30
668.0
28.30
718.8
30.30
769.6
32.30
820.4
34.30
871.2
36.30
922.0
38.30
972.8
40.30
1023.6
42.30
1074.4
44.30
1125.2
46.30
1176.0
48.30
1226.8
50.30
1277.6
54.30
1379.2
56.30
1430.0
60.30
1531.6
62.30
1582.4
72.30
1836.4

For 14 - 24"/350 - 600mm and larger 0.220 - 0.500"/5.6 - 12.7 mm wall, yellow RW striped AGS grooving rolls must be used.
* For 26"/650 mm and larger 0.375 - 0.500"/9.5 - 12.7 mm wall, orange RW or yellow RW striped AGS grooving rolls must be used.
Must use silver RWX rolls with black identifying band.
# For wall thicknesses outside this range please contact Victaulic.
Notes continue on next page

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2013 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED..

REV_H

25.09_3

25.09

AGS Roll Groove Specifications

Advanced Groove System (AGS)


Roll Groove Specifications
COLUMN 1: Nominal NPS Pipe size (ANSI B36.10); Basic Metric pipe size (ISO 4200)
COLUMN 2: Outside Diameter. The average outside diameter of roll grooved pipe shall not vary more than the limits listed (API 5L end tolerance for welded
pipe from 26 72"/650 1800 mm). Maximum allowable pipe ovality should not vary by more than 1%. The maximum allowable tolerance from square cut ends
is 0.063 /1.6mm measured from a true square line.
COLUMN 3: Nominal wall thickness. This is the maximum nominal wall thickness which may be roll grooved. Pipe must be roll grooved using a VE460 or
VE872 Victaulic roll grooving tool with orange RW or yellow RW striped AGS grooving rolls. Carbon steel pipe must meet ASTM A53 or equivalent for wall
thicknesses ranging from 0.313 to 0.500"/8.0 12.7 mm and have a Brinnell hardness of 150 or less when using the VE-460 grooving tool. For pipe with a
Brinnell hardness greater than 150 Victaulic recommends the use of a VE872 for grooving. For pipe wall thicknesses greater than .500"/12.7 mm contact
Victaulic for details.
COLUMN 4: Gasket Seat. The pipe surface shall be free from indentations, roll marks, and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove, to provide a
leaktight seat for the gasket. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed. Beveled steel pipe may be used and needs to meet ASTM
A53 and/or API 5L (30 +5/0). Gasket seat A is measured from the end of the pipe.
COLUMN 5: Groove width. Bottom of groove must be free of loose dirt, chips, rust and scale that may interfere with proper coupling assembly. Corners at
bottom of groove must be radiused R .09 (R 2.3). Only Victaulic roll grooving tools may be used to groove pipe. Groove width and corner radii will be attained
with properly maintained Victaulic tools.
COLUMN 6: Groove Diameter. The groove must be of uniform depth for the entire pipe circumference. Average groove diameter must be maintained within
the C diameter limits listed. All standard weight carbon steel and standard weight stainless steel pipe shall be prepared with Victaulic RW rolls, with either
an orange or yellow identifying band. Light wall carbon steel pipe shall be prepared with RW rolls with a yellow identifying band. Schedules 10S, 10 and
thin wall stainless steel pipe shall be prepared with Victaulic RWX rolls, which are silver with an black identifying band.
COLUMN 7: Maximum allowable pipe end flare diameter. Dimension measured at the most extreme pipe end diameter, square cut or beveled.

WARRANTY

Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.

NOTE

This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be


installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the
right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without
incurring obligations.

For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com


25.09
4050 REV H UPDATED 08/2013
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2013 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

25.09

Groove Dimensions for Rubber Lining


for corrosive services

25.10

RUBBER OR URETHANE LINED PIPE


Rubber or urethane lined pipe, connected with Victaulic
couplings, has proven to be a most practical and
economical method of conveying corrosive fluids and
slurries, showing savings in maintenance cost over
unlined metal pipe in such services. The use of rubberlined metal pipe combines the high-corrosive and
abrasive-resistant properties of rubber or urethane with
the rigidity and strength of metal.
Urethane or rubber-lined pipe is available with Victaulic
grooved ends from leading companies in different
types of linings for corrosive services. The type of lining
selected for a particular operation is determined by the
conditions under which the system will operate. Request
publication 25.03 for use of rubber lined fittings on
abrasive services.

Job/Owner

Engineer

System No.

Spec Section

Location

Paragraph

Contractor

Approved

Submitted By

Date

Date

Linings | Rubber or Urethane | Publication 25.10


victaulic.com

Linings | Rubber or Urethane | Publication 25.10


A

B
F

O.D.
C

10

Dimensions - inches/millimeters

T
O.D.

Nominal
Size

Pipe
Outside Diameter
inches
mm

0.030" R

FOR CORROSION AND/OR


ABRASION RESISTANCE
NOTE: Dimensions apply to steel pipe
and Victaulic fittings. *Based on nominal
dimensions
(without tolerances).
Column 1 Nominal IPS Pipe Size.
Nominal Metric (ISO) Pipe Size.
Column 2 IPS Outside Diameter. Metric
(ISO) Outside Diameter. The outside
diameter of cut grooved pipe shall not
vary more than the tolerance listed.
For IPS pipe, the maximum allowable
tolerance from square cut ends is 0.030"
for 2 - 3 "; 0.045" for 4 - 6"; and 0.060"
for sizes 8" O.D. and above measured
from true square line. For (ISO) metric
pipe, the maximum allowable tolerance
from square cut ends is 0,76 mm for
sizes 20 - 80 mm; 1,14 mm for sizes
100 - 150 mm; and 1,52 mm for sizes
200 mm and above, measured from the
true square line.
Column 3 Gasket Seat. The pipe
surface shall be free from indentations
and projections from the end of the pipe
to the groove, to provide a leak-tight seat
for the gasket. All loose paint, scale,
dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be
removed. Rubber lining must be ground
flush with pipe O.D. to a smooth finish
for proper gasket seating. It continues to
be Victaulics recommendation that pipe
be square cut. Beveled pipe may not be
used. Gasket seat A is measured from
the end of the rubber lining.
Column 4 Groove Width. Bottom of
groove to be free of loose dirt, chips,
rust and scale that may interfere with
proper coupling assembly. Maximum
permissible radius at bottom of groove is
0.025" (0,64 mm).
Column 5 Groove Diameter. The groove
must be of uniform depth for the entire
pipe circumference. Groove must be
maintained within the C diameter
tolerance listed.
Column 6 Lead edge of groove to end
of pipe after machining to allow rubber
lining.
Column 7 Diameter of undercut at the
pipe end provided for lining overlap.
(Corrosion and/ or abrasion only).
Column 8 Metal thickness between
groove and lining undercut. (This
dimension must be maintained for proper
joint strength.)
Column 9 Length of undercut provided
for lining overlap. (Corrosion and/
or abrasion only). For reference only.
Dimension F must be maintained.

inches
mm

Basic

Gasket
Seat
A

Gasket
Width
B

Groove Dia.
C

Min.
Allow.
Tol.
Tol.
Tol.
Wall
+.000
+.000
+.000 +0.000 (Mean +0.030
Basic (+0.00) Basic (+0.00) Basic (+0.00) 0.030 Dia.) 0.000 (Ref.) Thick.

Tolerance

1
25

1.315 +0.013 0.013 0.562 0.015 0.312 0.015 1.190 0.015 0.437 1.190 0.188 0.250 0.133
33.4 +0.33 0.33 14.27 0.76 7.92 0.76 30.23 0.38 11.10 30.23 4.78 6.35 3.38

1
32

1.660 +0.016 0.013 0.562 0.030 0.312 0.030 1.535 0.015 0.437 1.535 0.188 0.250 0.140
42.2 +0.41 0.33 14.27 0.76 7.92 0.76 38.99 0.38 11.10 38.99 4.78 6.35 3.56

1
40

1.900 +0.019 0.019 0.562 0.030 0.312 0.030 1.775 0.015 0.437 1.775 0.188 0.250 0.145
48.3 +0.48 0.48 14.27 0.76 7.92 0.76 45.09 0.38 11.10 45.09 4.78 6.35 3.68

2
50

2.375 +0.024 0.024 0.562 0.030 0.312 0.030 2.250 0.015 0.437 2.250 0.188 0.250 0.154
60.3 +0.61 0.61 14.27 0.76 7.92 0.76 57.15 0.38 11.10 57.15 4.78 6.35 3.91

2
65

2.875 +0.029 0.029 0.562 0.030 0.312 0.030 2.720 0.018 0.437 2.720 0.188 0.250 0.188
73.0 +0.74 0.74 14.27 0.76 7.92 0.76 69.09 0.46 11.10 69.09 4.78 6.35 4.78

3 O.D.

3.000 +0.030 0.030 0.562 0.030 0.312 0.030 2.845 0.018 0.437 2.845 0.188 0.250 0.188
76.1 +0.76 0.76 14.27 0.76 7.92 0.76 72.26 0.46 11.10 72.26 4.78 6.35 4.78

3
80

3.500 +0.035 0.031 0.562 0.030 0.312 0.030 3.344 0.018 0.437 3.344 0.188 0.250 0.188
88.9 +0.89 0.79 14.27 0.76 7.92 0.76 84.94 0.46 11.10 84.94 4.78 6.35 4.78

3
90

4.000 +0.040 0.031 0.562 0.030 0.312 0.030 3.834 0.020 0.437 3.834 0.188 0.250 0.188
101.6 +1.02 0.79 14.27 0.76 7.92 0.76 97.38 0.51 11.10 97.38 4.78 6.35 4.78

4
100

4.500 +0.045 0.031 0.562 0.030 0.344 0.030 4.334 0.020 0.437 4.334 0.188 0.250 0.203
114.3 +1.14 0.79 14.27 0.76 8.73 0.76 110.08 0.51 11.10 110.08 4.78 6.35 5.16

5
125

5.563 +0.056 0.031 0.562 0.030 0.344 0.030 5.395 0.022 0.437 5.395 0.188 0.250 0.203
141.3 +1.42 0.79 14.27 0.76 8.73 0.76 137.03 0.56 11.10 137.03 4.78 6.35 5.16

6 O.D.

6.500 +0.063 0.031 0.562 0.030 0.344 0.030 6.330 0.022 0.437 6.330 0.188 0.250 0.219
165.1 +1.60 0.79 14.27 0.76 8.73 0.76 160.78 0.56 11.10 160.78 4.78 6.35 5.56

6
150

6.625 +0.063 0.031 0.562 0.030 0.344 0.030 6.455 0.022 0.437 6.455 0.188 0.250 0.219
168.3 +1.60 0.79 14.27 0.76 8.73 0.76 163.96 0.56 11.10 163.96 4.78 6.35 5.56

8
200

8.625 +0.063 0.031 0.625 0.030 0.469 0.030 8.441 0.025 0.500 8.441 0.219 0.281 0.238
219.1 +1.60 0.79 15.88 0.76 11.91 0.76 214.40 0.64 12.70 214.40 5.56 7.14 6.05

10
250

10.750 +0.063 0.031 0.625 0.030 0.469 0.030 10.562 0.027 0.500 10.562 0.219 0.281 0.250
273.0 +1.60 0.79 15.88 0.76 11.91 0.76 268.28 0.69 12.70 268.28 5.56 7.14 6.35

12
300

12.750 +0.063 0.031 0.625 0.030 0.469 0.030 12.531 0.030 0.500 12.531 0.219 0.281 0.279
323.9 +1.60 0,79 15.88 0.76 11.91 0.76 318.29 0.76 12.70 318.29 5.56 7.14 7.09

14
350

14.000 +0.063 0.031 0.938 0.030 0.500 0.030 13.781 0.030 0.813 13.781 0.344 0.469 0.281
355.6 +1.60 0.79 23.83 0.76 12.70 0.76 350.04 0.76 20.65 350.04 8.74 11.91 7.14

16
400

16.000 +0.063 0.031 0.938 0.030 0.500 0.030 15.781 0.030 0.813 15.781 0.344 0.469 0.312
406.4 +1.60 0.79 23.83 0.76 12.70 0.76 400.84 0.76 20.65 400.84 8.74 11.91 7.92

18
450

18.000 +0.063 0.031 1.000 0.030 0.500 0.030 17.781 0.030 0.875 17.781 0.344 0.531 0.312
457.2 +1.60 0.79 25.40 0.76 12.70 0.76 451.64 0.76 22.23 451.64 8.74 13.49 7.92

20
500

20.000 +0.063 0.031 1.000 0.030 0.500 0.030 19.781 0.030 0.875 19.781 0.344 0.531 0.312
508.0 +1.60 0.79 25.40 0.76 12.70 0.76 502.44 0.76 22.23 502.44 8.74 13.49 7.92

22
550

22.000 +0.063 0.031 1.000 0.060 0.500 0.030 21.656 0.030 0.875 21.656 0.344 0.531 0.375
559.0 +1.60 0.79 25.40 1.52 12.70 0.76 550.06 0.76 22.23 550.06 8.74 13.49 9.53

24
600

24.000 +0.063 0.031 1.000 0.060 0.500 0.030 23.656 0.030 0.875 23.656 0.344 0.531 0.375
610.0 +1.60 0.79 25.40 1.52 12.70 0.76 600.86 0.76 22.23 600.86 8.74 13.49 9.53

Installation
Reference should always be made to the I-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for
the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic
products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format
on our website at www.victaulic.com.

Note
This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products
to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.

Warranty
Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.

Trademarks
Victaulic and Zero-Flex are registered trademarks of Victaulic Company.

25.10 6920 Rev. B Updated 11/2014

victaulic.com

2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

25.11

STANDARD IPS GROOVE SPECIFICATIONS

PVC Pipe Groove Specifications


Standard Radius Cut Grooving Specifications
For Schedule 80 or
Schedule 40 PVC plastic pipe*
(ASTM D-1785-70)
A B
B

0.078"
Radius

OD

Exaggerated for Clarity

Pipe Size

Pipe Outside Dia.


Inches/mm
Tolerance

Groove
Width
B
+0.031
0.031

Basic

Tol.
+0.000

Trial
Groove
Depth
D

Dimensions Inches/millimeters
Groove Dia. C

Nominal
Dia.
Inches
mm

Actual
Out. Dia.
Inches
mm

Gasket
Seat
A
+0.031
0.031

20

1.050
26.7

+0.012
+0.30

0.012
0.30

0.625
15.9

0.312
7.9

0.938
23.8

0.015
0.38

0.056
1.4

1
25

1.315
33.7

+0.012
+0.30

0.012
0.30

0.625
15.9

0.312
7.9

1.190
30.2

0.015
0.38

0.062
1.6

11/4
32

1.660
42.4

+0.012
+0.30

0.012
0.30

0.625
15.9

0.312
7.9

1.535
39.0

0.015
0.38

0.062
1.6

11/2
40

1.900
48.3

+0.012
+0.30

0.012
0.30

0.625
15.9

0.312
7.9

1.775
45.1

0.015
0.38

0.062
1.6

2
50

2.375
60.3

+0.012
+0.30

0.012
0.30

0.625
15.9

0.312
7.9

2.250
57.2

0.015
0.38

0.062
1.6

21/2
65

2.875
73.0

+0.012
+0.30

0.012
0.30

0.625
15.9

0.312
7.9

2.720
69.1

0.018
0.46

0.078
2.0

3
80

3.500
88.9

+0.015
+0.38

0.015
0.38

0.625
15.9

0.312
7.9

3.344
84.9

0.018
0.46

0.078
2.0

4
100

4.500
114.3

+0.020
+0.51

0.020
0.51

0.625
15.9

0.375
9.5

4.334
110.1

0.020
0.51

0.083
2.1

5
125

5.563
141.3

+0.035
+0.89

0.031
0.79

0.625
15.9

0.375
9.5

5.395
137.03

0.022
0.56

0.083
2.1

6
150

6.625
168.3

+0.035
+0.89

0.035
0.89

0.625
15.9

0.375
9.5

6.455
164.0

0.022
0.56

0.085
2.2

8
200

8.625
219.1

+0.062
+1.57

0.031
0.79

0.750
19.1

0.437
11.1

8.441
214.4

0.025
0.64

0.092
2.3

10
250

10.750
273.0

+0.062
+1.57

0.031
0.79

0.750
19.1

0.500
12.7

10.562
268.2

0.027
0.69

0.094
2.4

12
300

12.750
323.9

+0.062
+1.57

0.031
0.79

0.750
19.1

0.500
12.7

12.531
318.2

0.030
0.76

0.109
2.8

14
350

14.000
355.6

+0.062
+1.57

0.031
0.79

0.938
23.8

0.500
12.7

13.781
350.0

0.030
0.76

0.109
2.8

16
400

16.000
406.4

+0.062
+1.57

0.031
0.79

0.938
23.8

0.500
12.7

15.781
400.8

0.030
0.76

0.109
2.8

NOTES:
COLUMN 1 Nominal pipe size.
COLUMN 2 IPS outside diameter. The nominal outside diameter of grooved pipe shall not vary more than
the tolerance listed. Maximum allowable tolerance from square cut ends is 0.030" (0.8mm) for sizes 3/4
31/2"(20 90mm). 0.045" (1.1mm) for sizes 4 6" (100 150mm) and 0.060" (1.5mm) for sizes 8" (200mm)
and above. Measured from true square line.
COLUMN 3 Gasket seat: The pipe shall be free from indentations. projections. or roll marks from the end
of the pipe to the groove. to provide a leaktight seat for the gasket.
COLUMN 4 Groove width.
COLUMN 5 Groove Outside Diameter. The groove must be uniform depth for the entire pipe
circumference. The C diameter must be maintained.
COLUMN 6 Groove depth: Trial use only GROOVE MUST CONFORM TO C DIAMETER SHOWN.
*PVC Plastic Pipe based on modified PVC plastic pipe conforming to ASTMD-1785-70. Type I. Grade I-PVC
1120 or Grade II-PVC 1220 at operating temperatures of +75F maximum. For other types of PVC pipe and
other operating temperatures. contact Victaulic.

JOB/OWNER

CONTRACTOR

ENGINEER

System No.___________________________

Submitted By_________________________

Spec Sect_____________ Para___________

Location_ ____________________________

Date ________________________________

Approved_ ___________________________
Date ________________________________

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

REV_B

25.11_1

25.11

STANDARD IPS GROOVE SPECIFICATIONS

PVC Pipe Groove Specifications


Standard Radius Cut Grooving Specifications

INSTALLATION

Reference should always be made to the I-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product
you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete
installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com.

WARRANTY

Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.

NOTE

This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be


installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the
right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without
incurring obligations.

For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com


25.11
4838 REV B
UPDATED 2/2011
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

25.11

26.01

Grooved Piping System Design Data

Design Data
DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
The Victaulic piping method may be used for joining a variety of piping
systems for a wide variety of services. It may be utilized for varied pipe
sizes, pipe materials and wall thickness. Products are available to provide rigid or flexible systems. For specific product information relating
to use on varied pipe materials refer to the appropriate sections of this
catalog.
As with any piping method, the nature of the method should be considered in designing the piping systems. This design data applies primarily
to grooved end pipe, however, much of the information applies to other
Victaulic mechanical piping products used in conjunction with grooved
components.
The material presented is intended solely for piping design reference in
utilization of Victaulic products for their intended application. It is not
intended as a replacement for competent, professional assistance which
is an obvious requisite to any specific application. Good piping practice
should always prevail. Specific pressures, temperatures, external or
internal loads, performance standards and tolerances must never be
exceeded.
While every effort has been made to ensure its accuracy,
Victaulic Company, its subsidiaries and affiliated companies,
make no express or implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose respecting the information
contained in this catalog or the materials referred to therein.
Illustrations shown within this catalog are not drawn to scale and
may have been exaggerated for clarity. Anyone making use of the
information or material contained herein does so at his own risk
and assumes any and all liability resulting from such use.

remains in strict alignment and is not subject to deflections during operation. For this reason, these products require support techniques similar
to those used in traditional flanged or welded systems.
Systems incorporating rigid couplings require the calculated thermal
growth/contraction of the piping system to be fully compensated for
in the design of the piping system. This requires adequate use of flexible components, (i.e. flexible couplings, expansion joints, expansion
loops using flexible couplings at the elbows, etc.) such that no bending
moments can be developed and imparted at the pipe joints. Please
refer to Victaulic publication 26.02 for further details.
FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
The following factors must be considered when designing or installing flexible grooved end piping systems (including Styles 75, 77, W77
[Advanced Groove System] and others).
PRESSURE THRUST
When a flexible grooved type mechanical coupling is sustaining forces
trying to separate the pipe ends, the shoulder of the groove is pulled
hard against the inside face of the coupling key. This is what prevents
the pipes from separating.
The allowable force which a joint can sustain varies for different types of
couplings, pipe wall thickness, types of pipes and grooving. The p
roduct
data under the column Maximum Permissible End Load shows the
maximum allowable end force due to internal pressure and external
loading that different couplings will sustain.

RIGID COUPLINGS
Rigid grooved end piping systems (including Styles 07, W07 (Advanced
Groove System), 307, HP-70, 005, and others) provide a mechanical
and frictional interlock onto the pipe ends sufficient to result in a rigid
joint.
HP-70 rigid couplings grip the base of the groove providing a rigid joint.
Style 07 Zero-Flex couplings have a unique, patented angle pad
design which constricts the housing keys into the groove around the full
circumference to grip the pipe rigidly. The housings slide on the angled
pads rather than mating squarely.
Patented

Angled Pad Style Couplings

Exaggerated for clarity

HP-70 Coupling

This sliding adjustment also forces the key sections into opposed
contact on the inside and outside groove edges, pushing the joint to its
maximum pipe end separation during assembly.
These products can be considered to have system behavior characteristics similar to those of welded or flanged systems, in that all piping

PT

PT

When this end force is due to a closed end or change in direction, the
pressure thrust transmitted by the joint can be computed from the
formula:
2
PT =
4 D P
Where:
PT = Pressure thrust or end load (lbs.)
D = Outside diameter of pipe (inches)
p = Internal pressure (psi)
Pipe will be moved to the full extent of the available pipe end gaps
when allowed to float. Ensure resulting movement of randomly installed
systems is not harmful to joints at changes in directions or branch connections or to parts of structure or other equipment. Note also that
thermal expansion of pipes will add to total movement in these cases.

job owner

contractor

engineer

System No.___________________________

Submitted By_________________________

Spec Sect_____________ Para___________

Location_____________________________

Date ________________________________

Approved____________________________
Date ________________________________

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2005 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

REV_C

26.01_1

26.01

Grooved Piping System Design Data

Design Data
Joints Deflected
No Expansion/contraction available

Pressure Zero

Line Pressurized

For
Deflection

For
Expansion
Plan View
(Zero Pressure)

Plan View
(Pressurized)
Hanger

Lateral
Force

Gross effect of
inadequate lateral
restraint on suspended system.
(illustration exaggerated for clarity)

For anchored systems, where pressure thrusts do not act to hold the
joints in tension, or in systems where the joints have been intentionally
deflected (e.g., curves), provide lateral restraint to prevent movement
of the pipes due to pressure thrusts acting at deflections. Lightweight
hangers are not adequate in preventing sideways movement of pipes. It
should be anticipated that small deflections will occur in all straight lines
and side thrusts will be exerted on the joints.

Angular deflection at butted or fully spaced joints is not possible unless


the ends of the pipes are free to move as required.
Unrestrained deflected joints will straighten up under the action of axial
pressure thrusts or other forces acting to pull pipes apart. If joints are to
be maintained deflected, then lines must be anchored to restrain pressure thrusts and end pull forces, otherwise sufficient lateral force must
be exerted to keep joint deflected.

The grooved piping method will not allow both maximum linear movement and maximum angular movement simultaneously at the same
joint. If both are expected simultaneously, systems should be designed
with sufficient joints to accommodate both, including allowance for
recommended tolerances.
Flexible couplings do not automatically provide for expansion or
contraction of piping. Always consider best setting for pipe end gaps. In
anchored systems, gaps must be set to handle combinations of expansion and contraction. In free floating systems offsets of sufficient length
must be used to accommodate movement without overdeflecting joints.
G
FULLY APART
Expansion Only

FULLY BUTTED
Contraction Only

PARTIALLY GAPPED
Expansion and Contraction

Linear movement available at flexible grooved pipe joints is published


under performance data for each Victaulic coupling style. These values
are MAXIMUMS. For design and installation purposes, these figures
should be reduced by the following factors to allow for pipe groove
tolerances.

Lateral forces (F) will always act on deflected joints due to internal
pressure. A fully deflected joint will no longer be capable of providing
the full linear movement normally available at the joint.

Lateral Misalignment

Linear Movement Tolerance

3/4 31/2"/20 90mm Reduce published figures by 50%


4"/100mm and larger Reduce published figures by 25%
Standard cut grooved pipe will provide double the expansion/contraction
or deflection capabilities of the same size standard roll groove pipe.

At least two flexible couplings are required to provide for lateral misalignment of pipes. Angular deflection of each joint must not exceed
Maximum Deflection From Centerline published for each Victaulic
coupling style.

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2005 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

26.01_2

REV_C

26.01

Grooved Piping System Design Data

Design Data
OFFSETS AND BRANCH CONNECTIONS
L

Movement Due
to Pressure Thrusts

Offset Must be of
Sufficient Length

Ensure that branch connections and offsets are sufficiently long so that
the maximum angular deflection of coupling (shown in Performance
Data for each coupling style) is never exceeded and can accommodate
anticipated total movement of pipes.
Otherwise, anchor system to direct movement away from these. Also
ensure that adjacent pipes can move freely to provide anticipated
movements. (Refer to page 6 for more details.)
angular deflections
Angular deflection available at flexible grooved pipe joints is published
under Performance Data for each Victaulic coupling style. These values
are MAXIMUMS. For design and installation purposes these figures
should be reduced by the following factors to allow for pipe grooving
tolerances.
= Maximum angular deflection between center lines as shown under
Performance Data.

= Maximum Deflection (Degrees) from Center Line as shown


under Performance Data (Published value to be reduced by Design
Tolerance.)
D = Pipe Outside Diameter (Inches)
L = Pipe Length (Inches)
misalignment
Pipe misalignment can be accommodated with a Victaulic flexible
grooved piping system. Note that at least two flexible couplings must be
used for the combined lateral displacement and angular deflection (Y).
(Refer to 26.03 for details.)
Y

The movement available can be calculated from the flexible coupling


Performance Data.
curve layout
Curves may be installed with straight pipe lengths utilizing the angular
deflection (under performance data) available at each flexible coupling.
Note that if the maximum angle of deflection at the couplings is used to
lay the curve, no allowance is left for expansion/contraction.
NOTE: Pressure thrusts will tend to straighten the curve. Consideration
must be given to proper anchoring.

=N

The angular deflection available at a Victaulic flexible grooved pipe joint


is useful in simplifying and speeding installation.
NOTE: Joints which are fully deflected can no longer provide linear
movement. Partially deflected joints will provide some portion of linear
movement. NOTE: Pressure thrusts will tend to straighten deflected
pipe.
Y

L
Y = L SIN
G
D
Y= GxL
D

= SIN -1

Where:
Y = Misalignment (Inches)
G = Maximum Allowable Pipe End Movement (Inches) as shown
under Performance Data (Published value to be reduced by Design
Tolerance.)

3/4 31/2"/20 90mm Reduce published figures by 50%


4"/100mm and larger Reduce published figures by 25%
Standard cut grooved pipe will provide double the expansion/contraction
or deflection capabilities of the same size standard roll groove pipe.

Angular Movement Tolerance

R =

L
2 Sin
2

L = 2 R Sin

N =

Where:
N = Number of Couplings
R = Radius of Curve (Feet)
L = Pipe Length (Feet)
= Deflection from Centerline () of each Coupling (See Data Sheets
Published value to be reduced by Design Tolerance)
= Combined Angular Deflection of all couplings
For curves of less than 90 total deflection, the data shown on the
previous page can be used to determine:
1. The radius of curvature that can be made using pipes of a given
length and utilizing either the full or partial angle of deflection available
from the couplings used. Alternatively, the maximum length of pipe that
can be used to negotiate a curve of a certain radius using either the
maximum or partial angle of deflection available from the couplings.
2. The total number of flexible couplings required to negotiate a curve
having a given deflection angle.

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2005 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

REV_C

26.01_3

26.01

Grooved Piping System Design Data

Design Data
PIPE SUPPORT anchorage and guidance

Movement Due
to Pressure Thrust

FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS RIGID COUPLINGS


When designing anchorage, support and guidance systems for piping
joined with flexible or rigid mechanical grooved type couplings, it is necessary to give consideration to certain characteristics of these couplings.
These characteristics distinguish flexible grooved type couplings from
other types and methods of pipe joining. When this is understood, the
designer can utilize the many advantages that these coupling provide.
Coupling Key:
= Rigid Coupling
= Flexible Coupling
use of hangers and supports
The use of hangers and supports offering freedom of movement in one
or more directions has to be considered to allow pipes to move freely.
Spring hangers are good practice at change of direction to allow freedom of pipe movement.

Offset

In the system illustrated, if the joints had all been installed butted or
only partially open when pressurized, the pipe ends would all move to
the maximum extent allowed by the coupling and this movement would
all accumulate at the end of the system. The offset would have to be
capable of deflecting sufficiently, otherwise harmful bending moments
would be induced in the joints of the offset. Note, if the pipes were to
expand due to thermal changes, then further growth of the pipes would
also take place at the ends.
anchorage and support

= Anchor

Ensure anchorage and support is adequate. Use anchors to direct


movement away from or to protect critical changes in direction, branch
connections and structure. Spacing and types of supports should
consider anticipated pipe movements.
If rigid couplings are used, consideration must be given to use of expansion joints if thermal movement is expected.

PUMP OCILLATION

accommodating coupling flexibility


Flexible grooved type couplings allow angular flexibility and rotational
movement to take place at joints. These features provide advantages in
installing and engineering piping systems, but must be considered when
determining hanger and support spacing.

Sag Due to
Flexibility

Front
Elevation

= Lateral Resistance

Side
View

rules applicable to long runs of pipe


For long pipe runs incorporating flexible couplings, it is normal practice
to anchor or block all changes in direction of piping to prevent pressure thrusts from creating linear growth at the flexible joints. It may be
necessary to guide the pipe to prevent lateral movement of the pipe
between the anchors.
Intermediate anchors can be installed to control pipe movement in
selected areas and to reduce pipe end forces on joints.
When changes in direction are located in a structure (i.e. pump room)
a main anchor can be used at the change in direction to handle loads
created by pressure thrusts. The anchor would also prevent unwanted
movement of the piping at equipment connections.

As illustrated, it is obvious that this system would require further hangers to eliminate the drooping of the pipes that would occur. Hanger
positions must therefore be considered in relation to the angular and
rotational movement that will occur at joints.
Good use can be made of rigid Zero-Flex Style 07 couplings in boiler
and machinery rooms. These will increase rigidity where needed.

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2005 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

26.01_4

REV_C

26.01

Grooved Piping System Design Data

Design Data
pipe support

Flexible systems

flexible couplings rigid couplings

For coupling Styles including 75, 77, W77, 770, and others. Standard
grooved-type couplings allow angular, linear and rotational movement
at each joint, to accommodate expansion, contraction, settling, vibration, noise and other piping system movement. These features provide
advantages in designing piping systems but must be considered when
determining hanger and support bracing and location.
Maximum Hanger Spacing
For straight runs without concentrated loads and where full linear movement is required.

Piping joined with grooved type couplings, like all other piping systems,
requires support to carry the weight of pipes, equipment and fluid.
Like all other methods of joining pipes, the support or hanging method
must be such as to eliminate undue stresses on joints, piping and other
components. Additionally, the method of support must be such as to
allow movement of the pipes where required and to provide for other
special requirements such as drainage, etc. as may be required by the
designer. The support system for flexible mechanical grooved type pipe
couplings must consider some of the special requirements of these
couplings.
The tables show suggested maximum span between pipe supports for
horizontal straight runs of standard weight steel pipe carrying water or
similarly dense liquids. They are not intended to be used as specifications for all installations. These DO NOT apply where critical calculations
are made or where there are concentrated loads between supports.
Do not attach supports directly to the couplings. Support adjoining pipe
and equipment only.
rigid systems
For Victaulic rigid coupling Styles 07, W07, 307, HP-70, 005, 009, and
others, the Maximum Hanger Spacing below may be used.
Suggested Maximum Span Between Supports
Feet/meters

Size
Nominal
Size
In./mm

Actual
Outside
Dia.
In./mm

1
25

1.315
33.7

7
2.1

9
2.7

12
3.7

9
2.7

9
2.7

12
3.7

11/4
32

1.660
42.4

7
2.1

11
3.4

12
3.7

9
2.7

11
3.4

12
3.7

11/2
40

1.900
48.3

7
2.1

12
3.7

15
4.6

9
2.7

13
4.0

15
4.6

2
50

2.375
60.3

10
3.1

13
4.0

15
4.6

13
4.0

15
4.6

15
4.6

3
80

3.500
88.9

12
3.7

15
4.6

15
4.6

15
4.6

17
5.2

15
4.6

4
100

4.500
114.3

14
4.3

17
5.2

15
4.6

17
5.2

21
6.4

15
4.6

6
150

6.625
168.3

17
5.2

20
6.1

15
4.6

21
6.4

25
7.6

15
4.6

8
200

8.625
219.1

19
5.8

21
6.4

15
4.6

24
7.3

28
8.5

15
4.6

10
250

10.750
273.0

19
5.8

21
6.4

15
4.6

24
7.3

31
9.5

15
4.6

12
300

12.750
323.9

23
7.0

21
6.4

15
4.6

30
9.1

33
10.1

15
4.6

14
350

14.000
355.6

23
7.0

21
6.4

15
4.6

30
9.1

33
10.1

15
4.6

16
400

16.000
406.4

27
8.2

21
6.4

15
4.6

35
10.7

33
10.1

15
4.6

18
450

18.000
457.0

27
8.2

21
6.4

15
4.6

35
10.7

33
10.1

15
4.6

20
500

20.000
508.0

30
9.1

21
6.4

15
4.6

39
11.9

33
10.1

15
4.6

24
600

24.000
610.0

32
9.8

21
6.4

15
4.6

42
12.8

33
10.1

15
4.6

Water Service

Gas or Air Service

* Spacing corresponds to ASME B31.1 Power Piping Code.


Spacing corresponds to ASME B31.9 Building Services Piping Code.
Spacing corresponds to NFPA 13 Fire Sprinkler Systems.

PIPE
SIZE
Nominal
Inches/
mm

Pipe Length in Feet/meters


7
2.1

10
3.0

12
3.7

15
4.6

20
6.1

22
6.7

25
7.6

30
9.1

35
10.7

40
12.2

*Average Hangers per Pipe Length Evenly Spaced

3/4 1
20 25

11/4 2
32 50

21/2 4
65 100

58
125 200

10 12
250 300

14 16
350 400

18 24
450 600

28 42
700 1050

*No pipe length should be left unsupported between any two couplings.
NOTE: 14 16" maximum hanger spacing values apply to 377mm and
426mm Style 77 couplings
Maximum Hanger Spacing
For straight runs without concentrated loads and where full linear movement is not required.
PIPE SIZE RANGE

Suggested Maximum Span


Between Supports

Nominal
Inches/mm

Feet/meters

3/4 - 1
20 - 25

8
2.4

11/4 - 2
32 - 50

10
3.0

21/2 - 4
65 - 100

12
3.7

5-8
125 - 200

14
4.3

10 - 12
250 - 300

16
4.9

14 - 16
350 - 400

18
5.5

18 - 24
450 - 600
28 - 42
700 - 1050

20
6.1
21
6.4

NOTE: 14 16" maximum hanger spacing values apply to 377mm and


426mm Style 77 couplings

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2005 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

REV_C

26.01_5

26.01

Grooved Piping System Design Data

Design Data
Light-Wall, Stainless Steel Rigid System Hanger Spacing
Light-wall, stainless steel piping requires hangers to meet the following
spacing requirements. For flexible systems, refer to the preceding tables
under the Flexible Sysems section. For rigid systems, refer to the table
below for maximum hanger spacing.
P IPE SIZE

Suggested Maximum Span Between Supports


Feet/meters

Nominal Size
Inches (mm)

Schedule 10S

Schedule 5S

2
50

10
3.1

9
2.7

3
80

12
3.7

10
3.1

4
100

12
3.7

11
3.4

6
150

14
4.3

13
4.0

8
200

15
4.6

13
4.0

10
250

16
4.9

15
4.6

12
300

17
5.2

16
4.9

14*
350

21
6.4

16*
400

22
6.7

18*
450

22
6.7

20*
500

24
7.3

24*
600

25
7.6

ANCHORS
FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS RIGID COUPLINGS
Anchors can be used to prevent movement due to pressure thrust.
There are two types of anchors which are commonly used:
A. Main anchors
B. Intermediate anchors
A

B
PT

PT

A. Main Anchors
Main anchors are installed at or near terminations and changes of
direction of a pipe line. The forces acting on a main anchor will result
from internal pressure thrust. These forces can generate substantial
loads which may require structural analysis.

PT = Pressure Thrust (Pounds)


D = Outside Diameter of Pipe (Inches)
p = Internal Pressure (psi)
PT = D2p
4
PTr
PT
PT

PT

PTr = 2 PT sin

*Hanger spacing for these sizes applies to Style W89 and Style W489 AGS
Rigid Couplings

PT

B
PTr = Pressure Thrust Resultant

PTr

PT
PT

PT
PTr = 2 PT sin

B. Intermediate Anchors
Intermediate anchors divide a long pipe run, with main anchors at each
end, into individual expanding sections. The pressure thrust on the
intermediate anchors cancel each other out.
B
PT

PT

Where there is a change in pipe diameter, there will be a differential


pressure thrust acting on an intermediate anchor.
B
D1

D2

PTD
D1 > D2

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2005 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

26.01_6

REV_C

26.01

Grooved Piping System Design Data

Design Data
The differential pressure thrust PTD is calculated by:

L1

D12
D22
PTD = p

4
4
To keep pipe in alignment, guidance to prevent lateral movement or
deflection at flexible coupling joints may be required. An alternative
would be to use rigid couplings to keep joints from deflecting where not
desired.

THERMAL EXPANSION AND/OR CONTRACTION


Movement in piping systems due to thermal changes can be accommodated with the grooved piping method. Sufficient flexible joints must be
available to accommodate anticipated movement, including Movement
Tolerance. If anticipated movement will be greater than provided by the
total number of joints in the system, additional expansion in the form
of a Victaulic Style 150 or 155 expansion joint (see separate literature)
must be provided. Rigid systems will necessitate use of expansion joints
or flexible couplings at offsets where system movement is required.

Example 1

Example 1:
400foot/122m long, straight piping system; 6"/150mm; 20foot/6.1m
random lengths; installed at 60F/15.5C (also lowest operating temperature); maximum operating temperature of 180F/82.2C. Standard
expansion tables show this system will give 3.7"/94mm total anticipated
movement.

3.75"/96mm

C2
L3

The following are shown to call attention to the mechanical advantages


of the grooved piping method; how they can be utilized to the piping
systems designers benefit. These are presented to stimulate thought
and should not be considered as recommendations for a specific
system.
The Victaulic grooved piping method, when used in a piping system,
should always be utilized in designs consistent with good piping practice. The design considerations for engineering and installing grooved
piping systems covered elsewhere in this manual should always be
referred to.

5"/128mm
25%

D
L2

applications

20
x 1/4"/6.4mm

C1

Joints between anchor points


Movement per cplg. (Style 77 on cut grooved pipe)
Available movement
Movement tolerance (see Section 27.02)
Adjusted available movement

Example 2

Example 2:
Same as above. Installed at 20F/6.7C and operating at 200F/93C.
Anticipated movement = 5.5"/139mm.
A standard 6"/150mm Victaulic Style 150 expansion joint will supply an
additional 3"/80mm of movement required. Refer to separate product
literature for details.
In the above example, Style 07 rigid couplings could have been used
and the expansion and/or contraction requirement be made up with
additional flexible couplings and/or Style 150, 155 expansion joints as
needed.
See page 5 for pipe support suggestions.

Example 3

Example 3:
To properly restrain this system, it would be necessary to provide a
pressure thrust anchor at A to prevent the piping outside being forced
inside by the pressure thrust acting at the elbow B. Inside, it would be
necessary to provide a hanger at point C1, or a base support at point
C2. Providing any expected pipe movements, no anchoring would be
required and the self-restraining feature of the joints would hold the
piping securely together. Outside, it would be necessary to ensure that
the maximum end load of the joints was not exceeded due to thermal
movement of the pipes. Intermediate anchors may be required. Pipe
must be properly supported (D) and guided. Where flexible couplings
are not required, rigid couplings can reduce supports and offsets
(except where thermal movement is anticipated).
A
B

Example 4

Example 4:
Anchor at A to prevent pressure thrust from moving expansion unit.
Provide guides at points B to direct movement into expansion joint.
See page 5 for pipe support suggestions.
B

A
L

Example 5

Example 5:
Anchor A at one end of the long run. A sufficiently long pipe between
two flexible couplings, prior to a fixed location B, may be used to
accommodate the growth/contraction of the entire long run. Use rigid
couplings on the long run to eliminate movement due to pressure thrust.

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2005 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

REV_C

26.01_7

26.01

Grooved Piping System Design Data

Design Data
anchorage and support of vertical pipes

A number of methods of installing vertical piping systems may be


considered:
L

victaulic flexible system

L
A

B
Example 6

Example 6:
Anchor A in the center of the long run. 1/2 of the movement will
be directed towards each elbow. A sufficiently long pipe between
two flexible couplings, prior to a fixed location B, may be used
to accommodate the growth/contraction of the long run. Use rigid
couplings on the long run to eliminate movement due to pressure thrust.

Risers are commonly installed with anchors at the base and riser
top with the piping in between guided at every other floor to prevent
snaking of the line. Pre-gapping of the pipe ends will allow for thermal
expansion up to the maximum published in our literature. Risers with
branch connections should have intermediate anchors or offsets to
prevent system movement at these locations which could cause shearing of components or branches.
victaulic rigid system
Risers consisting entirely of rigid couplings can get treated similar to
welded systems and, where thermal movement is required, expansion
joints or offsets will be necessary to prevent system movement and
damage to components. These systems are obviously most advantageous where rigidity is desired as in mechanical equipment rooms, at
pump connections, etc.
victaulic combination system
By designing risers with the combination system, you can make use of
the rigidity of the Style 07 couplings to reduce guiding requirements,
and the flexibility of the Style 77 couplings with short nipples or the
Style 150 Mover expansion joint, to accommodate thermal movement
as required.
1. Risers With Supplementary Thermal Compensators When
greater pipe movement is required, the movement at the joints can
be supplemented by the use of Victaulic expansion units consisting of a series of short nipples and couplings or Style 155 or Style
150 Mover expansion joints. Refer to Victaulic publication 09.06
for installation details.
B

A typical system is illustrated. Adequate guidance must be provided. This system will require pressure thrust anchors at A and B
and also, dependent upon the length of the stack, intermediate
anchors such as at C to break up the pipe movement and carry
some of the total weight if necessary.
When using this method, it is necessary to consider that if pipes
are stacked (i.e., end butted) then couplings joining pipes cannot
accommodate expansion so that it may be necessary to consider
hanging pipes from points C and B. Also, consider movement
so that shear forces are not added at any branches.

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2005 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

26.01_8

REV_C

26.01

Grooved Piping System Design Data

Design Data
2. Treatment of Risers With Branch Connections Free moving risers can cause shear forces at branch connections due to
pressure thrusts and/or thermal movement. The pipe should be
anchored at or near the base with a major pressure thrust anchor
A capable of supporting the full pressure thrust and local weight
of pipe and fluids. Any movement of horizontal pipe at the bottom
of the riser must be considered independently with adequate provision for movement.
When flexible couplings are used, the system can be anchored at
the top B with an anchor capable of withstanding full pressure
thrust at the top of the riser plus local weight of pipe. The use of
this upper anchor prevents any possibility of closed joints opening
under pressure and causing movement at the riser top.

An alternative would be to use rigid couplings which would not


allow closed joints to open. The system can be anchored at A
also, and intermediate anchors at C can be used to support local
pipe weight. Allowance for thermal movement should be considered depending on application.
3. Treatment of Risers Without Branch Connections for Flexible
Couplings With this method, a major thrust anchor is again created at the bottom of the stack A supports the total weight of
pipe and fluids.
Guidance is necessary at suitable intervals to prevent buckling of
the riser.
S

This method is often used for fire standpipe or similar systems


where movement would cause shearing of intermediate components or branches.
Piping between upper B and lower A anchors should be supported by intermediate anchor (C) capable of supporting local
pipe weight and preventing lateral movement. Intermediate clamps
should be placed a minimum of every other pipe length.
Proper gapping of pipe to allow adequate thermal movement
should be considered depending on nature of movement expected.
(Refer to Design Considerations.)

It is necessary that the pipe length S at the top of the stack


be long enough to accommodate the total vertical movement.
This movement is the result of the combined effect of pipe being
moved to full extent of the available pipe end gaps due to pressure
thrusts and thermal growth.

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2005 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

REV_C

26.01_9

26.01

Grooved Piping System Design Data

Design Data
seismic applications

Rigid couplings also could be used to prevent opening of closed


joints. For offset S at the top of the stack to accommodate thermal growth, it would be necessary to use the required number of
flexible couplings depending on the angular deflection.
4. Treatment of Risers To Eliminate Concentrated Anchor Loads

h3

Anchor

h2

h1

Please refer to Victaulic publication 26.12 for detailed information on


seismic design issues.
The Victaulic system provides many mechanical design features useful
in systems subject to earthquake conditions. The inherent flexibility of
flexible couplings such as the Style 75 and 77, act to reduce the transmission of stresses throughout the pipe system and the resilient gasket
aids to further reduce the transmission of vibration. Where flexibility is
not desired, rigid couplings such as the Styles HP-70 and 07 Zero-Flex
can be used.
As a general practice, seismic bracing and piping supports are utilized
in piping systems to prevent excessive movement during a seismic
occurrence which would result in stressing the piping system by controlling and directing system movement. In a similar manner, piping supports for a Victaulic grooved piping system must limit pipe movements
such that they do not exceed the recommended allowable deflections
and end loads.
An excellent reference source, which covers these piping systems, is
NFPA 13 (Installation of Sprinkler Systems). The standard requires
sprinkler systems to be protected to minimize or prevent pipe breakage
where subject to earthquakes.
This is accomplished by using two techniques:
a) Making the piping flexible where necessary (Flexible Couplings)
b) Affixing the piping to the building structure for minimum relative
movement (Sway Bracing)
Flexibility is provided by using flexible couplings (e.g., 75, 77) joining grooved end pipe, and swing joints. Rigid-Type (e.g., HP-70, 07)
mechanical couplings, which do not permit movement at the grooved
connection, are not considered flexible couplings. Rigid couplings are
used in horizontal piping for purposes other than the requirements of
earthquake protection.
Branch lines also braced where movement could damage other
equipment.
Where large pipe movements are anticipated, seismic swing joints are
made up using flexible grooved couplings, pipe nipples and grooved
elbows, as shown on page 10.

Anchor

When structural requirements dictate that base anchor load or


upper anchor loads must be minimized, then the use of a looped
system (as shown) should be considered. In the system illustrated,
each anchor carries the local weight of pipe.
This method is often considered in tall buildings where high
anchor loads would be generated.
The offsets must be long enough to accommodate movement in
the pipes due to flexible couplings opening up under pressure plus
any thermal or other movements of pipes or supports.
The use of rigid couplings could be considered to prevent joints
from opening up and where thermal movement is anticipated, it
should be accommodated with the use of flexible couplings or
expansion joints.

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2005 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

26.01_10

REV_C

26.01

Grooved Piping System Design Data

Design Data

Victaulic No. 10 90 Elbow


(6 Required)

Victaulic Flexible
Coupling
(10 Required)

10" Long Nipple


(2 Required)
Nipple Length
as Required

CL

8"

CL

CL

8"

Normal Position

Front Elevation

Pipe Line

Pipe Line

2 Ells

10" Long Nipple


D

10" Long Nipple


C

Coupling
B

A
CL

CL
8"
2 Ells

Fire
Sprinkler
Main

8"
Normal
Position

4"

4"

4"

4"
8"

8"
Normal
Position

2 Ells
& Nipple E

Longitudinal Movement
Vertical
Movement

Coupling

Fire Sprinkler
Main

Ell

B
Ell

Normal
Position

4"

8"

4"
Ell

Ell
D

Nipple E
2 Ell Lengths
8" for 3" Pipe
7" for 2"
Pipe
Lateral Movement

The above illustration represents a typical configuration. Consult Victaulic publication 26.12 for specific design options.

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2005 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

REV_C

26.01_11

Grooved Piping System Design Data

26.01

Design Data

WCAS-67UH2J

For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com

26.01
1506 rev C
Updated 4/2005
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2005 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

26.01

26.02

GROOVED PIPING SYSTEM DESIGN DATA

VICTAULIC IS AN ISO 9001 CERTIFIED COMPANY

Calculating and Accommodating Pipe Line Thermal Growth


All materials, including pipe, machinery, structures and buildings
experience dimension changes as a result of changes in
temperatures. This report covers considerations for
accommodating thermal expansion and contraction. Movement
due to other causes (e.g.: seismic, etc.) must be added to pipe line
thermal growth. Pipe subjected to temperature changes will be
placed in a condition of stress, exerting potentially damaging
reactive forces and moments on components or equipment.
Three common methods of accommodating this pipe movement
are to 1) provide an expansion joint; 2) allow the system to freefloat whereby the pipe would be allowed to move in a desired
direction through the use of anchoring and/or guidance, if
necessary, taking into account the capability of branch connection
or changes in direction which may have resultant harmful bending
moments; or 3) utilize the linear movement/deflection capabilities of
flexible grooved couplings.
The selection of either of these methods is dependent on the type
of piping system and the designer's preference. Since it is
impossible to predict all system designs, it is the intent here to call
attention to the mechanical advantages of the grooved piping
method and how it can be used to the piping system designer's
benefit. These examples are presented to stimulate thought and
should not be considered as recommendations for a specific
system.
The first step in accommodating thermal movement is to compute
the exact change in the linear length of the piping system over the
distance of interest, along with a suitable safety factor. The actual
expansion of 100-foot pipe lengths has been computed at different
temperatures for the most common piping materials (carbon steel,
stainless steel and copper tubing) and are shown in Table 1. These
values should not be applied to pipe of alternate materials as they
will vary. Expansion coefficients may vary 5% or more when
obtained from different sources and should be taken into account.
An example illustrating the use of Table 1 follows:
Given: 240-foot long carbon steel pipe
Maximum operating temperature = 220F (104C)
Minimum operating temperature = 40F (4C)
Temperature at time of installation = 80F (26C)
Note: To assure the maximum life for the service
intended, proper gasket selection is essential.
Reference should always be made to the latest
Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for
recommendations.

Installation to cold condition (80F to 40F)


80F (26C)
40F (4C)

0.580" per 100 ft.


0.300" per 100 ft.

Difference:

0.280" per 100 ft. or 0.672" per 240 ft.

Installation to hot condition (80F to 220F)


220F(104C)
80F(26C)

1.680" per 100 ft.


0.580" per 100 ft.

Difference:

1.100" per 100 ft. or 2.640" per 240 ft.

Therefore, the expansion joint is to be set up with at least the


capability to allow 0.672" of pipe contraction and at least 2.640" of
pipe expansion when installed at 80F (26C).

TABLE 1

Temp.
F/C
40

Thermal Expansion
of Pipe
Inches per 100 ft.
mm per 100 meters
Carbon
Stain.
Steel
Copper
Steel
0.288
0.421
0.461

Temp.
F/C
180

Thermal Expansion
of Pipe
Inches per 100 ft.
mm per 100 meters
Carbon
Stain.
Steel
Copper
Steel
1.360
2.051
2.074

40

24,0

35,1

38,4

82

113,2

170,9

172,9

20

0.145

0.210

0.230

200

1.520

2.296

2.304

28

12,1

17,4

19,0

93

126,6

191,3

191,9

212

1.610

2.428

2.442

17

100

134,2

202,4

203,4

20

0.148

0.238

0.230

220

1.680

2.516

2.534

12,5

19,7

19,0

104

140,1

209,7

211,3

32

0.230

0.366

0.369

230

1.760

2.636

2.650

19,0

30,5

30,8

110

146,7

219,8

220,8

40

0.300

0.451

0.461

260

2.020

24,9

37,7

38,4

126

168,3

60

0.448

0.684

0.691

280

2.180

15

37,4

57,1

57,7

137

181,8

80

0.580

0.896

0.922

300

2.350

26

48,2

74,8

76,8

148

195,9

100

0.753

1.134

1.152

320

2.530

37

62,7

94,5

96,1

160

211,0

120

0.910

1.366

1.382

340

2.700

48

75,8

113,9

115,2

171

225,1

140

1.064

1.590

1.613

350

2.790

176

232,6

60

88,6

132,6

134,5

160

1.200

1.804

1.843

71

100,1

150,3

153,6

Calculation: From Table 1, carbon steel pipe expansion


220F (104C)
40F (4C)

1.680" per 100 ft. of carbon steel pipe


0.300" per 100 ft. of carbon steel pipe

Difference:

1.380" per 100 ft. of carbon steel pipe for


temperatures 40F to 220F

Therefore, 240-feet of pipe = 240 (1.380) = 3.312"


100
This 3.312" of movement should have a suitable safety factor
applied, which varies as determined by the system designer, to
account for any errors in predicting operating extremes, etc. These
examples were calculated without a safety factor applied.
To determine the positioning of the expansion joint at the time of
installation:
REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COPYRIGHT 1998 VICTAULIC PRINTED IN U.S.A.

Victaulic Company of America Phone: 1-800-PICK-VIC (1-800-742-5842) Fax: 610-250-8817 e-mail:pickvic@victaulic.com


Victaulic Company of Canada Phone: 905-884-7444 Fax: 905-884-9774 e-mail: viccanada@victaulic.com
Victaulic Europe Phone:32-9-381-1500 Fax: 32-9-380-4438 e-mail: viceuro@victaulic.be
Victaulic America Latina Phone: 610-559-3300 Fax: 610-559-3608 e-mail: vical@victaulic.com
Victaulic Asia Pacific Phone: 65-6235-3035 Fax: 65-6235-0535 e-mail: vicap@victaulic.com

1554 REV C

26.02
ACCOMMODATING PIPE THERMAL GROWTH
Victaulic offers the designer basic methods for accommodating
pipe movement due to contraction and/or expansion.
1. Victaulic Style 150 Mover Expansion Joint

THE DATA PROVIDED IS INTENDED FOR USE AS AN


AID TO QUALIFIED DESIGNERS WHEN PRODUCTS
ARE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
LATEST AVAILABLE VICTAULIC PRODUCT DATA.

2. Free-Floating System
3. Victaulic flexible grooved couplings utilizing their linear
movement and deflection capabilities.
4. Expansion loops utilizing Victaulic flexible couplings and
fittings.
These devices offer economical and attractive solutions to
problems of thermal movements. The following sections provide
product information and suggestions which show the mechanical
advantages of the grooved piping method. Since it is impossible
to predict all system designs, it should be noted that these
suggestions are not considered as recommendations for a
specific system.
1. Victaulic Style 150 Mover Expansion Joint

RECOMMENDED PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDE SPACING


Pipe Size
Approximate
Maximum
Actual
Distance
Distance
Nominal
Outside
Between
to 1st Guide
Diameter
Diameter
1st to 2nd Guide
or Anchor
Inches/mm
Inches/mm
Inches/mm
Inches/mm
1
1.315
4"
1' - 4"
25

33,7

101,6

406,4

11/4

1.660

5"

1' - 5"

32

42,4

127,0

431,8

11/2

1.900

6"

1' - 9"

40

48,3

152,4

533,4

2.375

8"

2' - 4"

50

60,3

203,2

711,2

The Victaulic Style 150 Mover Expansion Joint is a slip-type


expansion joint which can provide up to 3" (76 mm) axial
movement, accommodating pipe expansion and/or contraction.
(See 09.04)

21/2

2.875

10"

2' - 11"

80

31/2

As with all types of expansion joints, the designer should guard


against damaging conditions for which these devices cannot
accommodate, such as temperatures or pressures outside the
product recommended range or motions which exceed the
products capability.

90

For proper operation of the expansion joint, the piping system


should be divided into separate expansion/contraction sections
with suitable supports, guides and anchors to direct axial pipe
movement.
Anchors can be classified as main or intermediate for the
purpose of force analysis. Main anchors are installed at terminal
points, major branch connections, or changes of piping
direction. The forces acting on a main anchor will be due to
pressure thrust, velocity flow and friction of alignment guides
and weight support devices.
Intermediate anchors are installed in long runs to divide them
into smaller expanding sections to facilitate using less complex
expansion joints. The force acting on the intermediate anchor is
due to friction at guides, weight of supports or hangers, and the
activation force required to compress or expand an expansion
joint.
Pipe alignment guides are essential to ensure axial movement
of the expansion joint. Whenever possible, the expansion joint
should be located adjacent to an anchor within four (4) pipe
diameters. The first and second alignment guides on the
opposite side of the expansion joint should be located a
maximum distance of four (4) and fourteen (14) pipe diameters,
respectively. Additional intermediate guides may be required
throughout the system for pipe alignment. If the expansion joint
cannot be located adjacent to an anchor, install guides on both
sides of the unit, as mentioned.

TABLE 2

65

73,0

254,0

889,0

3.500

1' - 0"

3' - 6"

88,9

304,8

1066,8

4.000

1' - 2"

4' - 1"

101,6

355,6

1244,6

4.500

1' - 4"

4' - 8"

100

114,3

406,4

1422,4

5.563

1' - 8"

5' - 8"

125

141,3

508,0

1727,2

6.625

2' - 0"

7' - 0"

150

168,3

609,6

2133,6

8.625

2' - 8"

9' - 4"

200

219,1

812,8

2844,8

11' - 8"

10

10.750

3' - 4"

250

273,0

1016,0

3556,0

12

12.750

4' - 0"

14' - 0"

300

323,9

1219,2

4267,2

14

14.000

4' - 8"

16' - 4"

350

355,6

1422,4

4978,4

16

16.000

5' - 4"

18' - 8"

400

406,4

1625,6

5689,6

18

18.000

6' - 0"

21' - 0"

450

457,0

1828,8

6400,8

20

20.000

6' - 8"

23' - 4"

500

508,0

2032,0

7112,0

24

24.000

8' - 0"

28' - 0"

600

610,0

2438,4

8534,4

Intermediate 2nd
1st
Guide
Guide Guide

14D

4D

"The Mover"

2nd Intermediate
1st
Guide Guide
Guide

Support

Calculating and Accommodating Pipe Line Thermal Growth

26.02
In addition, where long length, low pressure applications may
require few intermediate alignment guides, the pipe weight,
including any liquid contents, must be adequately supported.
Recommended spacings are shown in the Victaulic I-100
Pocket Handbook and in the Design Data Section 26.01 of the
General Catalog.
Figure 1 illustrates a typical application of expansion joints,
anchors, and guides.
Main Anchor
Expansion
Joint
Guide

Intermediate
Anchor

Point A

Figure 1
When installed, the Mover can provide compensation for 3"
(76 mm) of axial pipe movement. This movement may be set to
compensate for pipe expansion, contraction, or some
combination as directed by the system requirements.
Additionally, the movement caused by installation at a
temperature other than the minimum or maximum operating
temperature should be accounted for by adjusting the
expansion joints installed length.
The activation forces required to fully compress Victaulic
expansion joints are equivalent to the forces required to
overcome approximately 15 psi (103 kPa) internal pressure. The
forces required will be similar for both the Style 150 Mover
Expansion Joint and Style 155 Expansion Joint and are
tabulated in Table 3 according to size.
In pipe sizes where the Mover is not available, Victaulic offers
our Style 155 Expansion Joints. Style 155 Expansion Joints are
a combination of couplings and short nipples, joined in tandem
to provide increased expansion. The nipples are precisely
grooved to provide full linear allowance at each joint.
The standard units are prepared with Style 77 or Style 75
couplings and are assembled with nipples in the full open
position for full expansion. Also standard units provide up to
1.88" (47.752 mm) (3/4 - 3"/20 - 80 mm sizes) or 1.75" (44.45 mm)
(4 - 24"/100 - 600 mm sizes) of axial movement. Style 155
Expansion Joints with more or less axial movement capability
are available simply by adding or removing coupling and nipple
units. For contraction services, units are fully compressed.
Where expansion and contraction allowances are needed, the
spacing will be set proportionally to the installation temperature
and the temperature extremes (according to customer
specifications).
Victaulic Style 155 Expansion Joints may be used as flexible
connectors; however, they will not simultaneously provide full
expansion and full deflection. Expansion Joints installed
horizontally require independent support to prevent deflection
which will reduce the available expansion.

Calculating and Accommodating Pipe Line Thermal Growth

TABLE 3
Pipe Size
Actual
Outside
Diameter
Inches/mm
1.315

Nominal
Diameter
Inches/mm
1

Activation Force
Lbs.
N
20

25

33,7

89

11/2

1.900

45

40

48,3

200

2.375

70

50

60,3

312

145

3.500

80

88,9

645

4.500

240

100

114,3

1068

6.625

520

150

168,3

2314

8.625

880

200

219,1

3916

1365

10

10.750

250

273,0

6074

12

12.750

1915

300

323,9

8522

14

14.000

2310

350

355,6

10280

16

16.000

3015

400

406,4

13417

18

18.000

3820

450

457,0

16999

20

20.000

4715

500

508,0

20982

24

24.000

6785

600

610,0

30193

2. Free-Floating System
Free-floating systems are piping systems which are allowed to
thermally expand/contract without the use of expansion joints,
provided that this movement does not cause bending moment
stresses at branch connections, or is not harmful to joints and
changes in direction, or to parts of structures or other
equipment. This can be accomplished by randomly installing
joints or, if desired, by installing guides to control the direction
of movement. The effects of pressure thrusts must be taken into
account when utilizing flexible grooved couplings as the pipe
will be moved to the full extent of the available pipe end gaps
when allowed to float.

Pressure Zero

Line Pressurized
Ensure that branch connections and offsets are sufficiently long
so that the maximum angular deflection of the coupling (shown
in Performance Data for each coupling style) is never exceeded
and that it can accommodate the anticipated total movement of
the pipes. Otherwise, anchor the system and direct movements.
Also ensure that adjacent pipes can move freely to provide
anticipated movements.

26.02
L Movement Due
to Pressure Thrusts

G
Y

Offset Must be of
Sufficient Length

Y = L SIN

3. Victaulic Flexible Grooved Couplings Utilizing Their Linear


Movement and Deflection Capabilities.
When designing piping joined with flexible mechanical grooved
type couplings, it is necessary to give consideration to certain
characteristics of these couplings. These characteristics
distinguish flexible groove type couplings from other types and
methods of pipe joining. When this is understood, the designer
can utilize the many advantages that these couplings provide.
Linear movement available at flexible grooved pipe joints is
published under performance data for each Victaulic coupling
style. These values are MAXIMUMS. For design and illustration
purposes, these figures should be reduced by the following
factors to allow for pipe groove tolerances.

= SIN -1 G
D
Y= GL
D

Y = Misalignment (Inches)
G = Maximum Allowable Pipe End Movement (Inches) as
shown under performance data (published value to be
reduced by Design Tolerance).
= Maximum Deflection (Degrees) from Center Line as
shown under performance data (published value to be
reduced by Design Tolerance).
D = Pipe Outside Diameter (Inches)
L = Pipe Length (Inches)
NOTE: Joints which are fully deflected can no longer provide
linear movement. Partially deflected joints will provide some
portion of linear movement.
Flexible grooved type couplings allow angular flexibility and
rotational movement to take place at joints. These features
provide advantages in installing and engineering piping
systems, but must be considered when determining hanger and
support spacing.

LINEAR MOVEMENT TOLERANCE


- 3" (20 - 90 mm) Reduce published figures by 50%
4" (100 mm) and larger Reduce published figures by 25%
Standard roll grooved pipe will provide one-half the
expansion/contraction or deflection capabilities of the same
size standard cut groove pipe.

Sag Due to
Flexibility

Where full linear movement is required, the Victaulic Style 155


Expansion Joint can be used with special, precisely grooved
nipples. Refer to Section 09.05 for additional information.
Angular deflection available at flexible grooved pipe joints is
published under Performance Data for each Victaulic coupling
style. These values are MAXIMUMS. For design and illustration
purposes, these figures should be reduced by the following
factors to allow for pipe grooving tolerances.
= Maximum angular deflection between center lines as shown
under Performance Data.

Front
Elevation

Side
View

As illustrated above, it is obvious that this system would require


further hangers (or use of Zero-Flex rigid couplings) to
eliminate the drooping of the pipes that would occur. Hanger
positions must be considered in relation to the angular and
rotational movement that will occur at joints.
Flexible couplings allow linear movement, therefore,
consideration must be given to pressure thrusts which would
allow the pipe ends to move to the maximum extent allowed by
the coupling, which would accumulate at the end of the system,
if the joints had been installed butted or only partially opened
when pressurized.

ANGULAR MOVEMENT TOLERANCE


- 3" (20 - 90 mm) Reduce published figures by 50%
4" (100 mm) and larger Reduce published figures by 25%
Standard cut grooved pipe will provide double the
expansion/contraction or deflection capabilities of the same
size standard roll groove pipe.

The angular deflection available at a Victaulic flexible grooved


pipe joint is useful in simplifying and speeding installation.

Calculating and Accommodating Pipe Line Thermal Growth

26.02
Movement Due
to Pressure Thrust

Offset

Plan View
(Zero Pressure)

Plan View
(Pressurized)

Offsets have to be capable of deflecting sufficiently to prevent


harmful bending moments which would be induced at the joints
of the offset. Note, if the pipes were to expand due to thermal
changes, then further growth of the pipes would also take place
at the ends.
Angular deflection at butted or fully spaced joints is not possible
unless the ends of the pipes can shorten and grow as required.

Unrestrained deflected joints will straighten up under the action


of axial pressure thrusts or other forces acting to pull pipes
apart. If joints are to be maintained deflected, then lines must be
anchored to restrain pressure thrusts and end pull forces,
otherwise sufficient lateral force must be exerted to keep joint
deflected.

Hanger

Lateral
Force

Flexible couplings do not automatically provide for expansion or


contraction of piping. Always consider best setting for pipe end
gaps. In anchored systems, gaps must be set to handle
combinations of expansion and contraction. In free floating
systems, offsets of sufficient length must be used to
accommodate movement without over-deflecting joints.
G

FULLY APART
Expansion Only

Lateral forces (F) will always act on deflected joints due to


internal pressure. A fully deflected joint will no longer be
capable of providing the full linear movement normally available
at the joint.
Joints Deflected
No Expansion/Contraction
Available

For
Deflection

Gross effect of
inadequate lateral
restraint on suspended system.
(illustration exaggerated for clarity)

FULLY BUTTED
Contraction Only

PARTIALLY GAPPED
Expansion and Contraction

Ensure anchorage and support is adequate. Use anchors to


direct movement away from or to protect critical changes in
direction, branch connections and structure. Spacing and types
of supports should be considered in accommodating
anticipated pipe movements. (Refer to the Victaulic I-100
Pocket Handbook or Section 26.01 of the General Catalog for
suggested hanger spacing.)

For
Expansion

The grooved piping method will not allow both maximum linear
movement and maximum angular movement simultaneously at
the same joint. If both are expected simultaneously, systems
should be designed with sufficient joints to accommodate both,
including allowance for recommended tolerances.
For anchored systems, where pressure thrusts do not act to
hold the joints in tension, or in systems where the joints have
been intentionally deflected (e.g., curves), provide lateral
restraint to prevent movement of the pipes due to pressure
thrusts acting at deflections. Lightweight hangers are not
adequate in preventing sideways movement of pipes. It should
be anticipated that small deflections will occur in all straight
lines and side thrusts will be exerted on the joints.

Calculating and Accommodating Pipe Line Thermal Growth

= Anchor

= Lateral Resistance

Movement in piping systems due to thermal changes can be


accommodated with the grooved piping method. Sufficient
flexible joints must be available to accommodate anticipated
movement, including Movement Tolerance. If anticipated
movement will be greater than provided by the total number of
joints in the system, additional expansion in the form of a
Victaulic Style 150 Mover or Style 155 Expansion Joint should
be used (Refer to Section 09.04 or 09.05).

26.02

Example 1

EXAMPLE: 400-foot (122 m) long, straight piping system; 6"


(150 mm); 20-foot (6 m) random lengths; installed at 60 F
(+16C) (also lowest operating temperature); maximum
operating temperature of 180 F (+82C). Standard expansion
tables show this system will give 3.7" (94 mm) total anticipated
movement. (Refer to Section 26.02).
20
X 1/4"

Joints between anchor points


Movement per coupling
(cut grooved Style 77 Performance Data)

5"
25%

Available Movement
Movement Tolerance

3.75"
In the above example, Style 07 Zero-Flex Rigid Couplings could
have been used and the expansion and/or contraction
requirement be made up with additional flexible couplings and/
or Style 150, 155 Expansion Joints as needed.
4. Expansion Loops Utilizing Victaulic Flexible Couplings and
Fittings
Victaulic offers the designer the advantage of using Victaulic
flexible couplings and fittings in expansion loops without
inducing stresses in the pipes, elbows or joints. The deflection
capability of flexible couplings allows for thermal growth/
contraction to be absorbed within the couplings at the elbows
as the thermal forces induce deflection. Also, it is important that
rigid couplings (Victaulic Style 07, HP-70) are not used on
expansion loops as these couplings are not designed to
accommodate angular deflection.
A total of eight (8) Victaulic flexible couplings, four (4) Victaulic
grooved 90 elbows and three (3) pipe spools are required to
complete each expansion loop. Their orientation is as shown in
Figure A. As system temperatures lower and the pipe run
contracts (see Figure B), the loop expands and the deflection
capability of the couplings accommodate this movement. As
system temperatures increase (see Figure C), the opposite
effect occurs as the pipe run expands and the loop contracts
with the couplings accommodating the deflection in the
opposite direction.
Victaulic Style 75,
77, or 791 Coupling
(8 Required)

Victaulic 90 Elbow
(4 Required)

X/2

XE
REF.
X

X/2

FIGURE C
Thermal Expansion
Pipeline Grows into Loop Loop Contracts

The amount of thermal expansion/contraction, X, should be


determined by the system designer based on the length of pipe
run between anchors and the anticipated temperatures change
from the installation temperature (see Table 1 for details). The
angular deflection available at each coupling is a design
characteristic inherent to the coupling size and style and the
type of groove (cut or roll grooved). The length of the
perpendicular branches of the loop (Dimension A) is
determined by the amount of expected pipeline expansion/
contraction (X) and the deflection available per joint.
Dimension A should be the same on both sides of the loop. The
length of the parallel branch of the expansion loop (Dimension
B) is determined by X, and it must be sufficiently long enough
to prevent the elbows at the pipe run from butting during thermal
expansion. It is recommended that Dimension B be at least 2"
(50,8 mm) larger than X.
The designer can use Figures D and E titled Expansion Loop
Design Utilizing Victaulic Flexible Couplings and Fittings to aid
in the design of expansion. These loops incorporate all of the
design information for each size Victaulic Flexible Coupling
including the angular movement tolerance as shown in Section
3. The nominal pipe size and either the design thermal
expansion (X) or the length of perpendicular branches (A)
must be known and the other can be determined. It is essential
for a properly functioning expansion loop that it be installed
without any coupling deflection and that the pipeline be
properly anchored and guided. Whenever possible, the
expansion loop should be located adjacent to an anchor within
four (4) pipe diameters. The first and second alignment guides
on the opposite side of the expansion loop should be located a
maximum distance of four (4) and fourteen (14) pipe diameters,
respectively. Additional intermediate guides may be required
throughout the system for pipe alignment. If the expansion loop
cannot be located adjacent to an anchor, install guides on both
sides of the unit, as mentioned.
Example: Using the parameters established in the previous
sections example problem, 6" (150 mm) nominal pipe size and
3.75" (95,2 mm) of total anticipated movement, refer to Figures
D and E to determine the length of perpendicular loop branches
for both cut and roll groove pipe.
X = 3.75" (95,2 mm)
Nominal Pipe Size = 6" (150 mm)

REF.

FIGURE A
Expansion Loop

For Cut Groove Pipe (Figure D)


A = 2.7 Ft. (0,82 m) Minimum
For Roll Groove Pipe (Figure E)
A = 5.4 Ft. (1,65 m) Minimum

X/2

X REF.
XC

X/2

FIGURE B
Thermal Contraction
Pipeline Shrinks Loop Expands

Calculating and Accommodating Pipe Line Thermal Growth

26.02
FIGURE D
EXPANSION LOOP DESIGN UTILIZING VICTAULIC FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS AND FITTINGS*
VICTAULIC CUT GROOVED PIPE
Nominal Pipe Size
(Inches)

6.5
6
5.5

5
4.5

1
1

3.5
3
2.5

1.5
1
.5
0

Length of Perpendicular Branches of Expansion Loop (feet) (A)

Length of Perpendicular Branches of Expansion Loop (feet) (A)

Nominal Pipe Size


(Inches)

14

24

13

20 &
22
18

12
11

14
12
10

8
7
6

5
4

3
2
1
0

16

10

Design Thermal Expansion (Inches)


( X)

Design Thermal Expansion (Inches)


( X)

FIGURE E
EXPANSION LOOP DESIGN UTILIZING VICTAULIC FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS AND FITTINGS*
VICTAULIC ROLL GROOVED PIPE
Nominal Pipe Size
(Inches)

14

13

12
11

10
9

8
7

3
2
1
0

28

24
26

20 &
22
18

24
22
20

16

18

14
12
10

16
14
12
10

5
4

4
2
0

Design Thermal Expansion (Inches)


( X)

Design Thermal Expansion (Inches)


( X)
* Based on pipe grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications.

Length of Perpendicular Branches of Expansion Loop (feet) (A)

Length of Perpendicular Branches of Expansion Loop (feet) (A)

Nominal Pipe Size


(Inches)

Valves include design tolerances: 50% reduction for sizes below 4"/25% reduction for sizes 4" and larger.

Calculating and Accommodating Pipe Line Thermal Growth

26.02
To provide an expansion loop for the described system, the two
branches must be a minimum of 2.7 (0,82 m) feet and 5.4 (1,65
m) feet long for cut and roll groove pipe, respectively. The
parallel branch of the expansion loop must be at least 2" (50,8
mm) larger than X.
B = X + 2
B = 3.75" + 2" = 5.75" Minimum (95 mm + 54 = 4845 mm)
In this case, a standard Victaulic No. 43 grooved x grooved
adapter nipple with a 6" (152,4 mm) end-to-end dimension can
be utilized as the parallel branch for either cut or roll groove
pipe.
5. Expansion Loops for Joining Copper Tubing with Victaulic
Copper Connection Products
Expansion loops or U bends are frequently used to
accommodate the expansion and/or contraction of pipe lines
due to thermal changes. Copper tube, as does all piping
material, expands and contracts with these temperature
changes. Table 1 in Section 26.02 shows the actual expansion
of 100-foot (30,5 m) pipe lengths for copper tubing. Calculations
for the anticipated expansion/contraction can be obtained from
the example shown in 26.02.
The necessary length of copper tube expansion loop can be
calculated from the following formulas (1) (2):
L=

Calculated Loop lengths for various expansions are shown in the


table below:

TABLE 4
Loop Length L, Inches/mm for Tube Sizes Shown
21/2

Expansion
Inches/mm
1/
2

63,5
102

3
76,2
111

4
101,6
127

5
127,0
142

6
152,4
155

12,7

2590,8

2819,4

3225,8

3606,8

3937,0

144

157

180

200

219

25,4

3657,6

3987,8

4572,0

5080,0

5562,6

11/2

176

192

220

245

268

38,1

4470,4

4876,8

5588,0

6223,0

6807,2

203

221

254

283

310

50,8

5156,2

5613,4

6451,6

7188,2

7874,0

21/2

227

247

284

317

346

63,5

5765,8

6273,8

7213,6

8051,8

8788,4

248

271

311

347

379

76,2

6299,2

6883,4

7899,4

8813,8

9626,6

NOTE: Expansion Loop should be located between two anchors and the pipe should
be guided so as to direct the movement into the loop.

References:
(1) Copper/Brass/Bronze Product Handbook, Copper
Development Association, Inc.
(2) Source book on Copper and Copper Alloys, American
Society for Metals.

3EDe
-------------S

L = Loop length, in inches, as shown in the figure below:


Victaulic No. 610
90 Elbow
(4 Required)

W
L

Victaulic Style 606


Coupling
(8 Required)

2H + W = L
H = 2W
5W = L

E = modulus of elasticity of copper in psi = 15,600,000 psi


(107 546 400 kPa)
S = allowable stress of material in flexure, in psi = 6000 psi
(41 364 kPa)
D = outside diameter of copper tubing in inches
e = amount of expansion to be absorbed, in inches
Simplifying the formula:
L = 88.32

De

Este producto deber ser fabricado por Victaulic Company. Todos los productos debern instalarse de acuerdo con las instrucciones de instalacin/montaje actuales de Victaulic.
Victaulic se reserva el derecho de modificar las especificaciones y el diseo de los productos, as como los equipos estndar, sin aviso ni obligacin alguna.

Calculating and Accommodating Pipe Line Thermal Growth

26.03

DESIGN DATA GROOVED PIPING SYSTEM

The Victaulic Piping Method for


Accommodating Pipe Offsets
Pipe Offsets
Victaulic flexible couplings offer the designer a method to accommodate
offsets of pipe runs due to misalignment or building settlement. The
offset transition can be achieved only with flexible couplings as they
allow for angular deflection at each joint.

The following is a technical explanation of the formulas derived to


calculate the number of couplings, spool length, and X and Y Dis
placements. For convenience, examples are shown in this report and the
use of the Tables at the end of this section provide an easy selection.
The geometric derivation to accommodate offsets starts with the
deflection on one pipe spool from the pipe run at the angle (see
Figure 2).

Exaggerated for clarity

Offsets are determined by the amount of lateral misalignment on the


particular pipe run and the length along the pipe run that is required
for the parallel shift of the run. On Figure 1, these two parameters
are shown as the Y-Displacement (lateral misalignment) and the XDisplacement (offset length), respectively. Also, shown on Figure 1,
is how flexible couplings deflect from the straight line to allow for the
misalignment/settlement.

Figure 2

The Y-Displacement from the pipe run centerline after the first deflected
spool is shown as Y1 = (L+a) SIN , where L is the length of the pipe
spool and a is one-half the maximum pipe end separation for the
particular coupling to be used. As the second spool is connected and
deflected, also at the angle , the total angle of deflection from the pipe
run is + , or 2 (see Figure 3).

Y DISPLACEMENT
(LATERAL MISALIGNMENT)

Y1
YTOTAL

X DISPLACEMENT
(OFFSET LENGTH)

Y2

Figure 1

The pipe spools are first deflected in the direction of the misalignment
until the mid-point of a particular pipe spool is more than half of the
required Y-Displacement. This spool then becomes a transition spool
as an equal number of couplings and pipe spools are required on
eitherside of the transition spool to deflect the pipeline back to its
original direction.
A major objective in designing for a misalignment is to achieve the
required Y-Displacement using the minimum number of couplings. To
this end, because of symmetry around a transition point, as explained
earlier, the point of inflection is a pipe spool and not a coupling.
Therefore, for all calculations and results published in this section, an
even number of couplings and an odd number of pipe spools have
been used. Also, to maximize the deflection at each joint, cut-grooved
pipe should be considered. Should roll-grooved joints be used, then the
deflection available will be one-half that of a cut-grooved joint.
The number of couplings and the length of the pipe spools are the two
variables that can be altered to obtain the desired misalignment. Other
factors, such as the maximum angle of deflection at each coupling and
the maximum pipe end separation, are a function of the size and style
coupling being used (refer to coupling Performance Data).

Figure 3

The Y-Displacement due to the second coupling and pipe spool is Y2 =


(L+a) SIN 2.
Since the length of each pipe spool is equal, then the total YDisplacement to the end of the second pipe spool from the pipe run is
the sum of each spool or:
Y TOTAL = Y1 + Y2 = (L+a) (SIN + SIN 2).
When the value of Y TOTAL is at least half of the required Y-Displacement,
then the last calculated pipe length up to that point becomes the point
of transition. Geometrical symmetry about this point allows that the
actual Y-Displacement of the completed misalignment will be equal
to two times the Y TOTAL up to the transition spool piece plus the YDisplacement of the spool piece itself, or:
Y-Displacement = (L + a) [2(SIN ) + 2(SIN 2) + . . .
2(SIN(l1))+ (L + a) [SIN l]
Where l is the number of spool pieces to achieve the transition
and is equal to one-half of the number of couplings involved in the
misalignment.

JOB/OWNER

CONTRACTOR

ENGINEER

System No.___________________________

Submitted By_________________________

Spec Sect_____________ Para___________

Location_____________________________

Date ________________________________

Approved____________________________
Date ________________________________

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

REV_C

26.03_1

26.03

DESIGN DATA GROOVED PIPING SYSTEM

The Victaulic Piping Method for


Accommodating Pipe Offsets
This expression is mathematically simplified to:

l1
Y-Displacement =

(L + a) [SIN l + 2

SIN n ]

n=1
Where n = the total number of couplings in the misalignment, and l =
n/2.
By using the same geometric and trigonomic relations, the distance in
the X direction required for the misalignment is as follows:

l1
Y-Displacement =

(L + a) [COS l + 2

COS n ]

n=1
For convenience, Tables 1 through 6 provide the number of Victaulic
flexible couplings (i.e. S/75, 77, 791, 78) and cut-grooved pipe spool
lengths to obtain required offset lengths (X-Displacements) and
misalignments (Y-Displacements) for nominal pipe sizes of 4 12"/100
300mm. For other Victaulic couplings, pipe sizes or pipe preparation,
use the previous formulas or contact Victaulic for details.
Example 1
A designer wants to connect a 6"/150mm feed main from an existing
building to a new structure. There is 66"/1676mm of pipe run
between the connection points, and it is expected that a settlement of
3"/76.2mm will occur. To utilize the maximum deflection available, cutgrooved pipe nipples will be used.
Requirements
Y-Displacement = 3"/76.2mm
X-Displacement = less than 66"/1676mm
Using Styles 75, 77, 791 or 78 Victaulic Flexible Couplings:
Maximum Pipe End Separation = .25"/6.4mm (from performance data
for coupling)
Design Pipe End Separation* = .188"/4.8mm
Pipe End Separation, a = 0.094"/2.4mm
Maximum Angle of Deflection = 2 10= 2.167
Design Angle of Deflection*, = 1 38= 1.625
*Reduced by 25% for design and installation purposes. The published
maximum pipe end separation and angular deflection figures should be
reduced by 50% for " 3"/20 90mm sizes, and 25% for 4" and
larger sizes.
Try: 4 Couplings (n = 4) l = n/2 = 2
Spool Lengths, L = 12"
a = .094"
= 1.625

l1
Y-Displacement =

(L + a) [SIN l + 2

n=1

SIN n ]

Not enough; Y-Displacement of 3"/76.2mm is required, so try six


couplings:
n=6
l = n/2 = 3
L = 12"
a = .094"
= 1.625
Y-Displacement = (12 + .094) {SIN (3 x 1.625) + 2
[SIN (1 x 1.625) + SIN (2 x 1.625)]}
= 12.094 {.085 + 2 [.028 + .057]} = 3.08"
Y-Displacement is sufficient (exceeds 3" requirement).
Check: X-Displacement

l1
X-Displacement =

(L + a) [COS l + 2

COS n ]

n=1
n=6
l = n/2 = 3
L = 12"
a = .094"
= 1.625
= 12.094 {COS (3 x 1.625) + 2[COS (1 x 1.625)
+ COS (2 x 1.625)]}
X-Displacement=60.38"/1533.7mm
X-Displacement is sufficient (less than 66"/1676mm requirement)
With six (6) 6"/150mm flexible couplings and five (5) 12"/300mm cutgrooved pipe spools, the misalignment can be accommodated, attaining
the required Y-Displacement in the limited X-Displacement. This
information can be found in the Tables for Offset Results for 6"/150mm
(Nominal) Pipe. See Example 2 for a demonstration of how to use the
Tables to solve offset problems.
Example 2
A designer wants to connect two 10"/250mm parallel pipelines whose
centers are misaligned by 4"/101.6mm. The pipe ends are separated by
120"/3048mm.
Using the Table for 10"/250mm (Nominal) Pipe, search for a coupling
quantity and spool length combination that allows for a maximum
Y-displacement of 4"/101.6mm in a minimum X-Displacement of
120". From this Table, eight (8) 10"/250mm flexible couplings with
16"/406.4mm long cut-grooved spool pieces will accommodate the
Displacement = 4.493"/114.1mm. The excess distance between the
120"/3048mm required and the 112.548"/2859mm shown in the Table
can be attained either through adjustment of the pipe lengths along the
entire pipe run, or the addition of one extra pipe spool approximately
7.5"/190.5mm.
From the Table, it is evident that there are several other combinations
to accommodate the offset, all perfectly acceptable. However, the best
selection is one which minimizes the number of couplings, thereby
reducing overall costs and improving efficiency.

= (12 + .094) {SIN (2 x 1.625) + 2


[SIN(1 x 1.625]}
= 12.094 {.057 + 2 (.028)} = 1.37"

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

26.03_2

REV_C

26.03

DESIGN DATA GROOVED PIPING SYSTEM

The Victaulic Piping Method for


Accommodating Pipe Offsets
OFFSET RESULTS FOR 4"/100MM (NOMINAL) PIPE

OFFSET RESULTS FOR 5"/125MM (NOMINAL) PIPE

Spool Length

Dimensions
Inches/millimeters
X-Displacement

6
152

18.250
464

1.015
26

6
152

18.260
464

0.824
21

9
229

27.234
692

1.515
38

9
229

27.250
692

1.230
31

12
305

36.218
920

2.015
51

12
305

36.240
920

1.636
42

15
381

45.203
1148

2.515
64

15
381

45.229
1149

2.041
52

18
457

54.187
1376

3.015
77

18
457

54.219
1377

2.447
62

21
533

63.171
1605

3.514
89

21
533

63.209
1606

2.853
72

24
610

72.156
1833

4.014
102

24
610

72.199
1834

3.258
83

6
152

30.368
771

2.283
58

6
152

30.403
772

1.853
47

9
229

45.319
1151

3.406
87

9
229

45.370
1152

2.766
70

12
305

60.269
1531

4.530
115

12
305

60.337
1533

3.678
93

15
381

75.220
1911

5.654
144

15
381

75.305
1913

4.591
117

18
457

90.170
2290

6.778
172

18
457

90.272
2293

5.503
140

21
533

105.121
2670

7.902
201

21
533

105.240
2673

6.415
163

24
610

120.071
3050

9.025
229

24
610

120.207
3053

7.328
186

6
152

42.424
1078

4.054
103

6
152

42.503
1080

3.293
84

9
229

63.309
1608

6.050
154

9
229

63.428
1611

4.914
125

12
305

84.195
2139

8.046
204

12
305

84.352
2143

6.535
166

15
381

105.080
2669

10.041
255

10

6
152

54.395
1382

6.326
161

15
381
18
457

105.277
2674
126.201
3206

8.156
207
9.776
248

10

9
229

81.174
2062

9.441
240

21
533

147.126
3737

11.397
289

12

6
152

66.261
1683

9.095
231

10

6
152

54.548
1386

5.140
131

10

9
229

81.402
2068

7.671
195

10

12
305

108.257
2750

10.201
259

12

6
152

66.523
1690

7.394
188

12

9
229

99.273
2522

11.034
280

14

6
152

78.416
1992

10.052
255

Number
of Couplings

Spool Length

Dimensions
Inches/millimeters
X-Displacement

Y-Displacement

Number
of Couplings

Y-Displacement

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

REV_C

26.03_3

26.03

DESIGN DATA GROOVED PIPING SYSTEM

The Victaulic Piping Method for


Accommodating Pipe Offsets
OFFSET RESULTS FOR 6"/150MM (NOMINAL) PIPE

OFFSET RESULTS FOR 8"/200MM (NOMINAL) PIPE

Spool Length

Dimensions
Inches/millimeters
X-Displacement

6
152

18.267
464

0.691
18

9
229

27.259
692

12
305

Number
of Couplings

Y-Displacement

Number
of Couplings

Spool Length

Dimensions
Inches/millimeters
X-Displacement

Y-Displacement

6
152

18.273
464

0.532
14

1.032
26

9
229

27.268
693

0.794
20

36.252
921

1.372
35

12
305

36.264
921

1.056
27

15
381

45.245
1149

1.713
44

15
381

45.260
1150

1.318
33

18
457

54.238
1378

2.053
52

18
457

54.255
1378

1.580
40

21
533

63.230
1606

2.394
61

21
533

63.251
1607

1.842
47

24
610

72.223
1834

2.734
70

24
610

72.247
1835

2.103
53

6
152

30.422
773

1.555
39

6
152

30.441
773

1.197
30

9
229

45.399
1153

2.321
59

9
229

45.428
1154

1.786
45

12
305

60.376
1534

3.087
78

12
305

60.414
1535

2.375
60

15
381

75.353
1914

3.852
98

15
381

75.400
1915

2.964
75

18
457

90.330
2294

4.618
117

18
457

90.387
2296

3.553
90

21
533

105.307
2675

5.384
137

21
533

105.373
2676

4.143
105

24
610

120.285
3055

6.149
156

24
610

120.360
3057

4.732
120

6
152

42.548
1081

2.764
70

6
152

42.592
1082

2.127
54

9
229

63.495
1613

4.124
105

9
229

63.561
1614

3.174
81

12
305

84.442
2145

5.485
139

12
305

84.530
2147

4.221
107

15
381

105.389
2677

6.845
174

15
381

105.498
2680

5.268
134

18
457

126.336
3209

8.206
208

18
457

126.467
3212

6.315
160

21
533

147.283
3741

9.566
243

21
533

147.435
3745

7.363
187

24
610

168.230
4273

10.927
278

24
610

168.404
4277

8.410
214

10

6
152

54.635
1388

4.316
110

10

6
152

54.720
1390

3.322
84

10

9
229

81.533
2071

6.440
164

10

9
229

81.660
2074

4.958
126

10

12
305

108.430
2754

8.565
218

10

12
305

108.599
2758

6.593
167

10

15
381

135.328
3437

10.689
272

10

15
381

135.538
3443

8.229
209

12

6
152

66.674
1694

6.210
158

10

18
457

162.478
4127

9.864
251

12

9
229

99.497
2527

9.267
235

10

21
533

189.417
4811

11.500
292

14

6
152

78.653
1998

8.445
215

12

6
152

66.819
1697

4.782
121

16

6
152

90.564
2300

11.019
280

12

9
229

99.715
2533

7.136
181

12

12
305

132.611
3368

9.490
241

12

15
381

165.507
4204

11.844
301

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

26.03_4

REV_C

26.03

DESIGN DATA GROOVED PIPING SYSTEM

The Victaulic Piping Method for


Accommodating Pipe Offsets
OFFSET RESULTS FOR 8"/200MM (NOMINAL) PIPE
Number
of Couplings

Spool Length

OFFSET RESULTS FOR 12"/300MM (NOMINAL) PIPE

Dimensions
Inches/millimeters
X-Displacement

Y-Displacement

Number
of Couplings

Spool Length

Dimensions
Inches/millimeters
X-Displacement

Y-Displacement

24.276
617

0.474
12

14

6
152

78.884
2004

6.505
165

8
203

14

9
229

117.719
2990

9.708
247

12
305

36.273
921

0.708
18

16

6
152

90.908
2309

8.492
216

16
406

48.271
1226

0.942
24

20
508

60.268
1531

1.176
30

24
610

72.266
1836

1.410
36

8
203

40.452
1027

1.065
27

12
305

60.444
1535

1.592
40

16
406

80.436
2043

2.118
54

20
508

100.428
2551

2.645
67

24
610

120.420
3059

3.171
81

8
203

56.618
1438

1.894
48

12
305

84.599
2148

2.830
72

16
406

112.581
2860

3.765
96

20
508

140.562
3570

4.701
119

24
610

168.543
4281

5.637
143

10

8
203

72.770
1848

2.958
75

10

12
305

108.734
2762

4.420
112

10

16
406

144.697
3675

5.883
149

10

20
508

180.661
4589

7.345
187

10

24
610

216.625
5502

8.807
224

12

8
203

88.905
2258

4.259
108

12

12
305

132.842
3374

6.364
162

12

16
406

176.780
4490

8.469
215

12

20
508

220.718
5606

10.574
269

14

8
203

105.019
2667

5.796
147

14

12
305

156.920
3986

8.660
220

14

16
406

208.821
5304

11.525
293

16

8
203

121.109
3076

7.568
192

16

12
305

180.962
4596

11.308
287

OFFSET RESULTS FOR 10"/250MM (NOMINAL) PIPE

Spool Length

Dimensions
Inches/millimeters
X-Displacement

Y-Displacement

8
203

24.274
617

0.565
14

12
305

36.270
921

0.844
21

16
406

48.267
1226

1.124
29

20
508

60.263
1530

1.403
36

24
610

72.259
1835

1.682
43

8
203

40.445
1027

1.271
32

12
305

60.434
1535

1.899
48

16
406

80.422
2043

2.528
64

20
508

100.411
2550

3.156
80

24
610

120.399
3058

3.784
96

8
203

56.602
1438

2.260
57

12
305

84.575
2148

3.376
86

16
406

112.548
2859

4.493
114

20
508

140.522
3569

5.610
142

24
610

168.495
4280

6.726
171

10

8
203

72.739
1848

3.530
90

10

12
305

108.687
2761

5.274
134

10

16
406

144.635
3674

7.019
180

10

20
508

180.584
4587

8.763
223

10

24
610

216.532
5500

10.508
267

12

8
203

88.851
2257

5.081
129

12

12
305

132.762
3372

7.593
193

12

16
406

176.673
4487

10.104
257

14

8
203

104.934
2665

6.914
176

14

12
305

156.793
3983

10.331
262

16

8
203

120.982
3073

9.027
229

Number
of Couplings

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

REV_C

26.03_5

26.03

DESIGN DATA GROOVED PIPING SYSTEM

The Victaulic Piping Method for


Accommodating Pipe Offsets
WARRANTY

Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.

NOTE

This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be


installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the
right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without
incurring obligations.

For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com


26.03
1555 REV C
UPDATED 11/2012
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

26.03

Victaulic Couplings
Vibration Attenuation Characteristics

Style 77

26.04
illustrated that three Victaulic flexible couplings placed in
close proximity to mechanical equipment will attenuate
vibration exceeds that of the tested double sphere rubber
connectors and stainless steel braided pump connectors.
The piping assemblies were pressurized up to 300 psi/20
bar and subjected to a frequency range of 10 Hz 2000
Hz.

Style W77

IMPORTANCE OF VIBRATION ATTENUATION IN


PIPING SYSTEMS

Style 177

Vibration and noise in connected piping can be


generated by equipment (e.g., pumps, chillers,
etc.). As stated on page 48.42 in the 2011 ASHRAE
Handbook HVAC Applications SI Edition, Any vibrating,
reciprocating, or rotating equipment should be mounted
such that it does not transmit significant levels of
vibration into the surrounding or supporting structure.
Vibrations transmitted via machine mounts or attached
piping, ductwork, or electrical connections can result
in vibrating walls, floors, and/or ceilings, which in turn
radiate sound and/or vibration. Hence, it is important
to provide vibration isolation for all attachments to a
vibrating machine, including structural mounts and
the connections to piping, ductwork, and the electrical
system.

Style 177N

BACKGROUND
In 2013, Victaulic successfully completed a test program
at NASA's Vibration and Acoustic Test Facility (VATF).
The test program was developed to determine the
damping effect and vibration reduction capabilities of
Victaulic flexible couplings and to compare the results
to double sphere rubber connectors and stainless steel
braided pump connectors.
The VATF at the NASA Johnson Space Center, is a
versatile, dynamic structural test facility. The facility
provides the capability to perform testing of both
aerospace and non-aerospace hardware. Capabilities
include testing of components as small as a few ounces
to as large as complete structures or systems.

As stated on page 48.49 in the 2011 ASHRAE Handbook


HVAC Applications SI Edition, The piping system must
be flexible enough to (1) reduce vibration transmission
along the connected piping, (2) allow equipment
movement without reducing the performance of vibration
isolators, and (3) accommodate equipment movement
or thermal movement of the piping at connections
without imposing undue strain on the connections and
equipment.
For pumps, every time the vane passes a given point, the
fluid receives an impulse at that point. The repetition rate
or vane passage frequency contributes to the vibration,
and is typically associated with the pump speed and the
number of vanes on the impeller. Doubling the number
of vanes, or doubling the rate at which it rotates, doubles
the vane passage frequency. For most pumps, speeds
are usually 1200 to 3600 rpm, which can yield shaft
rotation frequencies of 20 60 Hz, and vane passage
frequencies of 100 360 Hz.
Engineer

TEST SUMMARY
Vibration attenuation testing was performed on
4" 12"/100 mm 300 mm, 18"/450 mm, and
24"/600 mm Victaulic flexible couplings installed
on standard wall carbon steel pipe. The test results
Job/Owner
System No.

Spec Section

Location

Paragraph

Contractor

Approved

Submitted By

Date

Date

victaulic.com | Design Data | Vibration Attenuation Characteristics | Publication 26.04


26.04 1458 Rev D Updated 10/2014

2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Design Data | Vibration Attenuation Characteristics | Publication 26.04


HOW VICTAULIC COUPLINGS ATTENUATE VIBRATION
Victaulic flexible couplings, such as the Styles 75, 77, 177, 177N and W77, for IPS pipe, and Style 31 couplings
assembled with flexible radius cut grooved AWWA ductile iron pipe, permit controlled pipe movement within the
couplings while maintaining a positive seal and a self-restrained joint. The design allows for expansion, contraction
and deflection generated by thermal changes, building or ground settlement, and seismic activity.
Since Victaulic flexible couplings are not rigidly affixed to the pipe, unlike welded, flanged or threaded joints, the
couplings minimize noise and vibration transmission generated by pumps or other equipment to the piping system.
In addition, the elastomer gasket within each coupling and the pipe end gap attenuate system vibration. The use of
additional Victaulic couplings throughout the piping system, whether flexible or rigid types, will further reduce the
transmission of vibration.
Elastomeric flexible connectors and stainless steel braided pump connectors have traditionally been incorporated by
engineers and contractors in piping systems by typically relying upon the traditional acceptance of these products for
attenuating vibration.
Cross section of Style 177N coupling 2/50 mm 6/150 mm

Pipe End Gap


Following the installation of
the coupling, a pipe end gap
is formed. A pipe end gap
helps in reducing the vibration
transmission across the pipe joint.

Gasket
A resilient elastomeric gasket
conforms to the internal cavity
of the coupling housing and
seals against the pipe. It
is pressure responsive and
creates a permanent leak-tight
seal. The gasket having full
circumferential contact with
the coupling housing and both
pipe ends dampens the vibration
and dissipates the mechanical energy

Groove
The flexible coupling key
engages the groove but
does not clamp the pipe,
which allows for linear and
angular movement within
the pipe joint. This feature
also assists in attenuating
vibration across the pipe joint

Cross section of Style W77 coupling 14/350 mm and above

26.04 1458 Rev D Updated 10/2014

victaulic.com

2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Design Data | Vibration Attenuation Characteristics | Publication 26.04


VIBRATION ATTENUATION TEST

Products Tested
Victaulic Flexible Couplings

Double Sphere Rubber Connector

Stainless Steel Braided Pump Connector

A series of test-article configurations were assembled using combinations of one, two, and three Victaulic flexible
couplings, Styles 77, 177, 177N, and W77, for pipe diameters of 4" - 12"/100 mm - 300 mm, 18"/450 mm, and
24"/600 mm. Test configurations were also assembled for each of these pipe sizes using double sphere rubber
connectors and stainless steel braided pump connectors.
All pipe assemblies were filled with water and pressurized up to 300 psi/20 bar, which exceeds typical operating
pressures of HVAC systems. Tri-axial accelerometers were used to measure the level of vibration at the source and
after the device being tested.
The vibration tests were performed at a numerically-controlled sinusoidal sweep over the frequency range from
10 Hz 2000 Hz. A sinusoidal vibration simulates the mechanical and hydraulic induced vibrations of various pumps
and rotating equipment over a given frequency. The magnitude of the sinusoidal sweep was an acceleration of 1 g
(approximately 386 in/sec2). A sweep rate of one octave per minute was used for each test. This sweep rate allowed
sufficient data to be collected to determine the vibration response of each test configuration.

26.04 1458 Rev D Updated 10/2014

victaulic.com

2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Design Data | Vibration Attenuation Characteristics | Publication 26.04


VIBRATION ATTENUATION TEST RESULTS
The results of the described tests performed apply only to Victaulic flexible couplings and cannot be applied to other
coupling manufacturers. Victaulic couplings have a unique proprietary design and use gaskets constructed from
synthetic engineered polymers, whose chemical formulation and processing techniques are unique and optimized for
long life.
The following charts, show the relative vibration attenuation characteristics of three (3) Victaulic flexible couplings
compared to double sphere rubber connectors and stainless steel braided pump connectors, respectively, for
typical HVAC pump speeds. The test results show that in all sizes, the vibration attenuation provided by three (3)
Victaulic flexible couplings installed in close proximity to the source of vibration, exceed the vibration attenuation
characteristics of the other products tested. Additional flexible coupling features include linear movement and angular
deflection capabilities and their ability to accommodate piping misalignment which will reduce stresses at pump or
equipment connections. For any given pipe diameter; vibration isolation increases as the number of Victaulic flexible
couplings increases (i.e. less vibration is transmitted with each additional coupling). The use of cut grooved or roll
grooved pipe has the same vibration attenuation characteristics.
The vibration attenuation provided by three (3) Victaulic flexible couplings installed in close proximity to the source
vibration is superior when compared to double sphere rubber connectors and stainless steel braided pump
connectors. This vibration attenuation solution is cost effective and provides additional system benefits such as
reducing loads at equipment connections and accommodating piping movement.

Three Victaulic Flexible Couplings


Relative Vibration Attenuation
Performance Over Stainless Steel
Braided Pump Connector

>100%

100

PERCENTAGE DECIBEL REDUCTION


OVERSTAINLESS STEEL BRAIDED
PUMP CONNECTOR

PERCENTAGE DECIBEL REDUCTION


OVERDOUBLE SPHERE
RUBBER CONNECTOR

Three Victaulic Flexible Couplings


Relative Vibration Attenuation
Performance Over Double Sphere
Rubber Connector
93%
85%
80
59%

60
40

25%
20

27%

5%
4
100

6
150

8
200

10
250

12
300

18
450

24
600

victaulic.com

>100%
90%

80
60
40
20%

20

4
100

NOMINAL PIPE SIZES


inches
mm

26.04 1458 Rev D Updated 10/2014

100

6
150

26%

8
200

25%
17%

14%

10
250

12
300

NOMINAL PIPE SIZES


inches
mm

2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

18
450

24
600

victaulic.com | Design Data | Vibration Attenuation Characteristics | Publication 26.04


TYPICAL ASSEMBLIES UTILIZING THREE VICTAULIC FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
The following are examples of typical assemblies utilizing the three (3) Victaulic flexible coupling arrangement. An
indirect yet valuable advantage of our products is that the same couplings used for vibration attenuation are also used
for system assembly.

Vic-300 MasterSeal
Bufferfly Valve
Victaulic Flexible Couplings

No. 10 Elbow

Victaulic Flexible Couplings

Vic-Check Valves

No. 50 Concentric Reducer

Suction Diffuser Series 731-D

Victaulic Flexible Couplings

The piping models shown are for illustrative purposes only, and do not depict properly supported systems

Installation
Reference should always be made to the I-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for
the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic
products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format
on our website at www.victaulic.com.

Note
This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products
to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.

Warranty
Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.

Trademarks
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company.

26.04 1458 Rev D Updated 10/2014

victaulic.com

2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

26.08

GROOVED PIPING SYSTEM DESIGN DATA

Roll Grooved Pipe Technical Data


performance and longevity. Victaulic is continuously working to expand
the range of our roll grooving tools to handle wall thickness above the
current capability of 0.375"/9.5 mm and large diameter pipe above the
current capability of 48"/1200 mm. In addition, the Victaulic Company
works with our customers to develop tools with special capabilities for
unique requirements such as different piping materials, heavier walls,
larger diameters and other applications.

VE414MC

Exaggerated for clarity


Victaulic has been recognized as the industry leader in grooved
product development and enhancement since 1925. One of the most
innovative developments in the grooved piping industry has been the
introduction of the roll grooving process. The roll grooving technique
was developed and introduced by Victaulic in the mid-1950s. Since
its inception, roll grooving has been recognized as an efficient way to
groove pipe. Roll grooving also helped to promote the use of light wall
steel and aluminum pipe. Later developments allowed for the expansion of the grooving method into other materials such as copper tubing,
which had previously been unsuitable for cut grooving due to its thinner
wall. Today, roll grooving is applicable to many pipe materials, including steel, copper, aluminum, stainless steel, PVC and copper nickel.
The benefits of roll grooved pipe are verified by independent approval
agencies such as Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), Factory Mutual
Research Corporation (FM), Loss Prevention Council (LPC), Verband
der Schadenverhtung GmBH (VdS), and many others (request publication 02.02 for a complete listing) who have supported the integrity and
reliability of roll grooved pipe since the 1970s through their Listing/
Approval of it for use in fire protection systems. The acceptance of roll
grooving has grown to where the percentage of standard wall pipe that
gets roll grooved versus cut grooved currently exceeds 90%, based on
Victaulic field observations.

VE12

VE272SFS

Recent advances in roll grooving technology include Victaulic


Companys exclusive introduction of patented Enhanced Tracking Roll
(ETR) sets, and the Advanced Groove System (AGS). The patented
features of ETR technology allow the pipe to be roll grooved without
requiring the operator to track the pipe to prevent the pipe from
walking out of the tool. With our patented ETR roll sets, the grooving
process becomes a hands-free operation to allow for safer and less
strenuous effort than competitive roll grooving tools. The Advanced
Groove System, for 14 24"/350 600 mm pipe, is a deeper, wider
wedge-shaped groove increasing coupling-to-pipe engagement. There is
a single groove profile for all sizes, 14 24"/350 600 mm, created by
AGS roll sets (request publication 25.09). Another exclusive innovation
from Victaulic is the RX roll set series for light wall stainless steel pipe.
RX roll sets are designed to increase the performance capabilities of
grooved couplings on light wall stainless steel by enhancing the groove
profile.
The basic principle behind the roll grooving process is that pipe can
be cold formed quickly to generate a grooved end. Roll grooving is well
suited to materials such as carbon steel, stainless steel, aluminum, PVC,
copper and copper nickel, all of which have excellent formability characteristics. It also allows light wall pipe to be used with grooved mechanical couplings. In the roll grooving process, an internal cylindrical roll
supports the pipe from the inside as an external roll applies force to the
pipe O.D.

ROLL GROOVING TOOLS


Victaulic designs, manufactures and sells its own roll grooving equipment, which helps to maintain strict quality standards and ample
product inventory. Victaulic supplies its first grooving tools in 1945.
Continued research and development has resulted in roll grooving
equipment designed to optimize pipe joint performance. Victaulic
Vic-Easy roll grooving tools produce grooves to Victaulic standard
dimensions, which have subsequently become industry standard
dimensions, providing the optimum groove profile for superior pipe joint

JOB OWNER

CONTRACTOR

ENGINEER

System No. __________________________

Submitted By ________________________

Spec Sect ____________ Para __________

Location ____________________________

Date ________________________________

Approved ___________________________
Date ________________________________

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA.

REV_B

26.08_1

26.08

GROOVED PIPING SYSTEM DESIGN DATA

Roll Grooved Pipe Technical Data

A B

A B
Hydraulic
Force
Upper Roll

Pipe

Pipe
Lower
(Drive)
Roll

Exaggerated for clarity

Exaggerated for clarity


No metal is removed during the roll grooving process. Instead, the
pipe material at the groove is displaced inward by the cold forming
operation. As a result, the roll groove operation is performed much
faster than the machining operation required for cut grooving or threading. The use of messy cutting fluids and the generation of metal shavings are also eliminated. In fact, one of roll groovings most recognized
benefits is time savings. Less time to prepare the pipe for installation
translates to shorter production schedules and fewer chances for construction delays. The following table shows typical times required to roll
groove versus cut groove or weld a schedule 40 carbon steel pipe end.
Pipe Size

Roll Groove

Cut Groove

Our in-house flow tests were conducted on grooved and plain end pipe
using 4"/104.8 mm Type K copper tubing and 2 8"/50 200 mm
Schedules 10 and 40 carbon steel pipe. Pressure drops were measured
over flow velocities of 4, 8, 12 and 16/1.2, 2.4, 3.7 and 4.9 ft./meters
per second at ambient water temperature. For all tests, pressure taps
were located 10'/3 m apart on a straight section of pipe/tube to establish
a baseline measurement. A 4"/100 mm Controlotron ultrasonic digital
readout flow meter with calibration certified traceable to NIST (National
Institute of Standards and Technology) was used to determine flow rate
through the pipe/tube. Pressure readings were measured with standard
U-tube mercury-over-water manometers. After pressure losses were
recorded, the pipe/tube was removed and cut into four segments to
allow for three roll grooved pipe joints between the pressure taps.
FLOW LOSS TEST SETUP
(CARBON STEEL)

Weld
Style 99
Plain End
Coupling

Nominal
Size
Inches/mm

Actual Outside
Dia.
Inches/mm

Time

Time

Time *

4
100

4.500
114.3

0.5 min.

2 min.

135 min.

8
200

8.625
219.1

2 min.

5 min.

200 min.

12
300

12.750
323.9

3 min.

10 min.

240 min.

16
400

16.000
406.4

4 min.

16 min.

600 min.

Figure 1: Baseline Setup


Pressure
Tap

Pressure
Tap

Style 99
Plain End
Coupling
Flow In

10 ft./3.1 m
12 ft./3.7 m

Style 99
Plain End
Coupling

Figure 2: Roll Grooved Pipe Setup


Pressure
Tap

*Welding times are based on values found in Mechanical Contractors


Association of America Labor Estimating Manual (Rev. 2/98); grooving times
are based on typical field observations.
The rapid grooving time, inherent cleanliness and ease of grooved coupling assembly help to make Victaulic Companys roll grooved pipe joining method the ideal choice for many piping applications.
FLOW CHARACTERISTICS
System designers typically incorporate no additional losses in the flow
calculations for pipe joints in traditional joining methods. However,
the slight indentation on the interior of roll grooved pipe is frequently
perceived to generate flow losses. Recent flow testing conducted on
pipe joints grooved with Vic-Easy roll grooving tools confirmed that roll
grooved joints have excellent flow characteristics. The flow tests clearly
showed that roll grooved pipe contributes insignificantly to system pressure loss. The losses are so small that they are typically negligible when
compared to other pressure losses, such as those from pipe friction,
valves, bends and branches.

Style 07
Rigid
Coupling

Style 07
Rigid
Coupling

Style 07
Rigid
Coupling

Pressure
Tap

Style 99
Plain End
Coupling
Flow In

2 ft./
0.6 m

3 ft./
0.9 m

3 ft./
0.9 m

2 ft./
0.6 m

Flow velocities and the 10'/3 m pressure tap spacing were maintained
for both carbon steel and copper. After the pressure losses were recorded, the baseline loss across plain end pipe/tubing was subtracted out.
The remainder was divided by three (the number of roll grooved pipe
joints). The following table provides the average loss of each grooved
coupling joint in equivalent feet of pipe for each size tested.
Pipe Size

Friction Loss in Equivalent Feet/m of Pipe

Nominal
Size
Inches/mm

Actual Outside
Dia.
Inches/mm

Schedule 10
Carbon Steel

Schedule 40
Carbon Steel

Type K
Copper

2
50

2.375
60.3

0.55
0.17

0.48
0.15

4
100

4.500
114.3

0.51
0.16

0.49
0.15

0.32
0.10

6
150

6.625
168.3

0.35
0.11

0.31
0.09

8
200

8.625
219.1

0.31
0.09

0.50
0.15

In addition to Victaulic Companys own flow tests, other outside agencies have verified the negligible flow losses attributed to roll grooved
pipe joints. Factory Mutual Research Corporation, an independent
approval agency that has Approved roll grooved pipe for fire protection

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA.

26.08_2

REV_B

26.08

GROOVED PIPING SYSTEM DESIGN DATA

Roll Grooved Pipe Technical Data


systems since 1976, has established values to be used in hydraulic calculations which reflect the excellent flow characteristics of roll
grooved pipe. Section 6-4.3.1 of Factory Mutuals Loss Prevention Data
Technical Advisory Bulletin 2-8N (Rev. 2/97) stipulates one equivalent
foot of pipe to be added for each roll grooved joint on any pipe size.
This is conservatively higher than our actual test values, yet still relatively low compared to the values established for components such as
valves and fittings. These values further attest to the low loss characteristics of roll grooved joints.
STRENGTH OF ROLL GROOVED PIPE
With regard to pipe end preparation, roll grooving does not compromise
the integrity of the pipe joint. The inward radial displacement which
occurs at the groove during the roll grooving process causes pipe material property changes comparable to similar cold forming manufacturing
operations. Any potential increase in pipe hardness, reduction in tensile
strength or reduction in elongation due to the roll grooving process has
no effect on the pressure capability of the joint. Most importantly, the
published maximum rated pressures for Victaulic couplings on roll
grooved pipe are based on actual test data and extensive field experience. Any effect that roll grooving has on the pipe material has been
accounted for in our pressure ratings.
Component performance requirements for many piping applications are
dictated by standard codes relevant to the service. In order to comply
with the code requirements, the piping materials must be able to maintain their published performance capabilities while in service. Victaulic
couplings on roll grooved pipe have consistently met the requirements
of various industry codes based on their proven performance capabilities. Such codes include ASME B31.1, Power Piping Code, ASME
B31.3, Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping Code, ASME
B31.9, Building Services Code, NFPA 13, ASME A17.1, Safety Code for
Elevators and Escalators, MIL standards and other industry codes.
The suitability of grooved pipe for use in piping systems is recognized in
such standards as ASTM F 1476, Performance of Gasketed Mechanical
Couplings for Use in Piping Applications, and ANSI/AWWA C606,
Grooved and Shouldered Joints. These pipe standards have been established in recognition of the widespread use of grooved piping in air and
water conveying systems, and the subsequent need for sufficient clarity
in the performance and dimensional requirements of grooved joints.
ANSI/AWWA C606-97 provides a definition of roll grooving in Section
4.3.3.2 and roll grooving dimensions in Table 5. ASTM F-1476 requires
that grooves be provided in accordance with the grooved mechanical
coupling manufacturers published specifications.
PRESSURE PERFORMANCE CAPABILITIES
The use of roll grooved standard wall pipe maintains the couplings full
pressure handling capability. Pressure ratings are identical for both roll
and cut grooved standard wall pipe joints. In-house testing to ASTM
F-1476, independent laboratory tests (UL, FM, VdS, LPC, etc.) and
extensive field use have verified the pressure capabilities of our grooved
couplings on roll and cut grooved pipe. The independent agency Listed/
Approved pressure ratings are established after extensive performance
barometers which include ultimate pressure, bending moment and
cyclic loading tests. The ratings have been verified by more than 40
years of successful use on roll grooved pipe.
ROLL GROOVED

As the leader in the grooved piping product industry, Victaulic recognizes its responsibility to continuously ensure that the performance
capabilities of our product line exceed their requirements. Every new
coupling design and modification is performance tested to confirm
the design integrity. We have performed thousands of hydrostatic and
bending moment tests on our couplings installed on both cut and roll
grooved pipe, with results that substantiate the performance capabilities of our products with either of the two grooving methods. While the
actual test results are proprietary, ultimate hydrostatic pressures for any
given size coupling on roll or cut grooved standard wall pipe typically
differ by less than 5%. The similar performance of our products on
cut or roll grooved standard wall pipe can most easily be explained as
a balance between removing pipe material but maintaining a square
groove (cut grooving) and maintaining the full pipe material but producing a groove with radiused corners and slight tapers on the side walls
(roll grooving). Consequently, Victaulic publishes identical pressure ratings for any given coupling on standard wall grooved pipe, regardless of
whether the pipe is roll grooved or cut grooved.
The only performance difference between roll and cut grooved pipe is
the amount of angular deflection and linear movement available when
joining with a Victaulic flexible coupling. Flexible couplings installed on
roll grooved pipe provide half the angular deflection and linear movement of identical couplings installed on cut grooved pipe. This is due
to the roll groove profile which incorporates radii at the base of the
groove to minimize stresses imparted during the cold forming operation.
When more flexibility is required in a roll grooved pipe system beyond
what can be provided by a flexible coupling on roll grooved pipe, then
alternate means to provide the flexibility should be considered (request
26.02).
CONCLUSION
The Victaulic roll grooving method offers a clean, fast method for grooving standard wall and light wall carbon steel, stainless steel, aluminum,
PVC, copper and copper nickel tubing and pipe. This has helped roll
grooving to become the standard method for pipe end preparation in
grooved pipe systems, with more than 90% of standard wall pipe being
roll grooved instead of cut grooved. The construction scheduling timesaving benefits and inherent cleanliness are complemented by excellent
pressure handling performance once installed. Moreover, decades of
field-proven success on millions of roll grooved pipe joints around the
world fully demonstrate its integrity for use in grooved piping systems.
All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product
specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without
incurring obligations.

CUT GROOVED

Exaggerated for clarity

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA.

REV_B

26.08_3

26.08

GROOVED PIPING SYSTEM DESIGN DATA

Roll Grooved Pipe Technical Data

US & WORLD HEADQUARTERS

CANADA

CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA

P.O. Box 31
Easton, PA 18044-0031 USA

905-884-7444
905-884-9774 (fax)
viccanada@victaulic.com

1-610-559-3300
1-610-559-3608 (fax)
vical@victaulic.com

EUROPE

ASIA PACIFIC

32-9-381-15-00
32-9-380-44-38 (fax)
viceuro@victaulic.be

86-21-54253300
86-21-54253671 (fax)
vicap@victaulic.com

UNITED KINGDOM

MIDDLE EAST

44 (0) 1438741100
44 (0) 1438313883 (fax)
viceuro@victaulic.be

971-4-883-88-70
971-4-883-88-60 (fax)

4901 Kesslersville Road


Easton, PA 18040 USA
1-800-PICK-VIC (1-800-742-5842)
1-610-559-3300
1-610-250-8817 (fax)
pickvic@victaulic.com
www.victaulic.com

UPDATED 8/2006
26.08
2509 REV B
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA.

26.08

WCAS-6B7HME

26.09

Grooved Piping System Design Data

Victaulic Grooved Piping System for Vacuum Services


VACUUM SERVICES

COUPLING TYPE

The grooved piping system is the most versatile, economical and


reliable piping system available. It is up to three times faster to install
than welding, and easier and more reliable than threading or flanging,
resulting in lower total installed cost.
The system is designed for roll grooved or cut grooved standard pipe or
roll grooved light wall pipe. Pipe end preparation is fast and easy either
in the shop or on the job site with the variety of Victaulic grooving tools
available.
The unique, C-shaped, pressure responsive gasket design has been the
heart of the grooved system since its inception. Relying on compound
compression set (resiliency) and the initially flared design, the gasket
seals on the A dimension of the pipe O.D. This design accommodates
pipe movement under both pressure and vacuum.
During assembly, the gasket is slightly stretched over the pipe ends,
applying the natural compression of the angled lips as well as the
resiliency of the entire gasket body. Assembly of the coupling housing
over the gasket mates it closely to the gasket back, fully encasing the
gasket with a backbone of ductile iron. With the bolt pad fully tightened
this adds additional compressive force without full compression, leaving
the natural resiliency as an active sealing force within the joint.

The Victaulic piping method may be used for joining a variety of piping
systems for vacuum services. It may be utilized for varied pipe sizes,
pipe materials and wall thickness. Products are available to provide
rigid or flexible joints. As with any piping method, the nature of the joining method should be considered in designing the piping system. This
design data applies primarily to grooved end pipe, however much of
the information applies to other Victaulic mechanical piping products,
such as fittings, valves, hole cut products and plain end systems unless
noted under the specific product information.
GASKET TYPE
For vacuum services under 10"/254mm of mercury, a standard g asket
or FlushSeal is satisfactory.
Due to the pulling action on the center of the gasket under continuous vacuum service in greater than 10"/254mm of mercury up to full
vacuum (29.9" Hg/760mm Hg), use of molded FlushSeal gaskets or
QuickVic couplings is required. FlushSeal gaskets provide added stiffness which will not c ollapse under continuous vacuum service greater
than 10"/254mm of mercury. Victaulic also has available metal liners
which may be inserted in the standard gasket cavity for vacuum service,
when FlushSeal gaskets are unavailable.

flush seal gasket

The Victaulic gasket design seals equally well under a vacuum as with
pressure. Vacuum creates a pressure differential between the inside
and outside of the piping system. The resulting increased force from
the external pressure has the same seal enhancement effect as internal
pressure.
Victaulic is the only grooved coupling manufacture that offers an installation ready grooved coupling option. Victaulics QuickVic couplings
(Style 009H, Style 107H, Style 177, and Style 607) are equipped with
gaskets with an integral pipe stop. Once installed, the center pipe stop
provides the same characteristics as the FlushSeal gasket. The integral
pipe stop prevents over insertion of the pipe ends into the coupling and
reinforces the gasket during vacuum service. Additionally, the unique
gasket design provides a triple seal effect for the joint. The gaskets are
molded to fit over the pipe ends and seal between the grooves. They
are slightly compressed as the coupling housings are tightened and are
energized by internal pressure applying pressure downward on the sealing lips. The net effect is a pressure responsive gasket that seals equally
well at full vacuum (29.9" Hg/760 mm Hg) pressures and at the maximum rated coupling pressures.
The Victaulic gasket design seals equally well under a vacuum as with
pressure. Vacuum creates a pressure differential between the inside
and outside of the piping system. The resulting increased force from
the external pressure has the same seal enhancement effect as internal
pressure.

metal liner

QUICKVIC GASKET

VACUUM TEST RESULTS


Testing was performed on both rigid and flexible Victaulic couplings on
various pipe materials including galvanized steel, stainless steel and
copper tubing.
The test procedure was done in accordance with National Fire
Protection Association (NFPA) 2005 Edition Standard for Health Care
Facilities, Chapter 5 - Gas and Vacuum Systems, paragraph 5.1.12.2.7.
The vacuum gauges used for the testing were manufactured by Helicoid
Instruments, a division of Bristol Babcock from Watertown, CT. The
temperature was 69F/21C and the relative humidity was at 19%.
The test program involved imparting a vacuum into the test specimen
and isolating the specimen and gauge from the vacuum pump source.
Following are the results of that testing:

job owner

contractor

engineer

System No.___________________________

Submitted By_________________________

Spec Sect_____________ Para___________

Location_____________________________

Date ________________________________

Approved____________________________
Date ________________________________

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2011 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

REV_B

26.09_1

26.09

Grooved Piping System Design Data

Victaulic Grooved Piping System for Vacuum Services


Vacuum at
Vacuum
Start
After 1 Hour
Piping

Coupling
Style

(In./mm of
Hg)

(In./mm of
Hg)

2" Galv. Steel


50 mm Galv. Steel

S/07 & 75 with


FlushSeal Gasket

29.2
742

29.2
742

4" Galv. Steel


100 mm Galv. Steel

S/07 & 75 with


FlushSeal Gasket

29.1
739

29.1
739

2" Galv. Steel


50 mm Galv. Steel

S/107H

27.0
686

27.0
686

4" Galv. Steel


100 mm Galv. Steel

S/107H

28.8
732

28.8
732

2" Galv. Steel


50 mm Galv. Steel

Style 177

27.0
686

27.0
686

4" Galv. Steel


100 mm Galv. Steel

Style 177

28.7
729

28.7
729

2" Type 316 S.S.


50 mm Type 316 S.S

S/07 & 75 with


FlushSeal Gasket

29.3
744

29.3
744

4" Type 316 S.S.


100 mm Type 316 S.S.

S/07 & 75 with


FlushSeal Gasket

29.0
737

29.0
737

2" Type 316 S.S.


50 mm Type 316 S.S

Style 107H

28.3
719

28.3
719

4" Type 316 S.S.


100 mm Type 316 S.S.

Style 107H

28.6
726

28.6
726

2" Type 316 S.S.


50 mm Type 316 S.S

Style 177

28.7
729

28.7
729

4" Type 316 S.S.


100 mm Type 316 S.S.

Style 177

28.4
721

28.4
721

2" Copper
50 mm Copper

S/607

28.4
721

28.4
721

4" Copper
100 mm Copper

S/607

28.4
721

28.4
721

The results of this testing substantiate the use of Victaulic couplings for
vacuum services. The design and subsequent performance capabilities of Victaulic couplings allows them to be utilized on vacuum piping
systems which provides the designer with the options to use rigid or
flexible couplings.
Victaulic is the originator of the grooved mechanical pipe joining system,
with more than 85 years of experience in mechanical piping components. This experience has resulted in the technology incorporated
into the proprietary design of Victaulic products. The results of the
described tests performed apply only to Victaulic couplings and cannot
be applied to other coupling manufacturers.
The material presented is intended solely for piping design reference in
utilization of Victaulic products for their intended application. It is not
intended as a replacement for competent, professional assistance which
is an obvious requisite to any specific application. Good piping practice
should always prevail. Specific vacuums, pressures, temperatures,
external or internal loads, performance standards and tolerances must
never be exceeded.

Updated 05/2011
26.09
2510 rev B
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2011 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

26.09

26.12

SEISMIC APPLICATIONS DESIGN DATA

Design Data for Seismic Applications of


Victaulic Grooved System
The following information is a general reference for using Victaulic products in regions that are prone to seismic forces. Because each system
is different, this information is not to be used as a specification for all
installations. Professional assistance is a requirement for any application. Published pressures, temperatures, external and/or internal loads,
performance standards, and tolerances must never be exceeded.
THE BENEFITS OF VICTAULIC PRODUCTS IN SEISMIC AREAS
Piping systems in earthquake-prone areas can be exposed to forces and
deflections beyond normal static conditions. These seismic forces can
cause extensive damage when piping systems cannot accommodate
these changes. Victaulic components can be used to accommodate
seismic forces in the following piping system conditions:
Code-regulated systems with adequate earthquake bracing
Unregulated systems with little or no earthquake bracing
Seismic joint connections between independently-moving
sections
Buried systems
When dealing with any of these applications, each must be considered
individually.
The following information, when used in conjunction with established
seismic design practices and requirements, provides an excellent guideline for piping system design.

a compression seal is created as the coupling housings press the gasket


onto the pipe. Finally, the sealing lips of the gasket are forced down onto
the pipe end when the system is energized. All of these features result
in a leak-tight, self-restrained joint.
Victaulic grooved products have provided many successful years of
reliable service in seismic applications, including fire protection, HVAC,
municipal, and industrial systems. Our couplings are durable and are
designed to last the life of the piping system when installed in accordance with our published installation instructions. Our couplings can be
quickly and easily assembled and disassembled. This, in combination
with a union at every joint, reduces labor costs and permits easy system
access for maintenance, repair, component replacement, and retrofits.
Also, fittings can be loosely assembled and rotated to line up with mating components before the couplings are tightened. This eases work in
tight places and around existing pipe, structures, or equipment.

Exaggerated for clarity

Exaggerated for clarity

BUILT-IN STRESS RELIEF


STANDARD ROLL
GROOVED

CUT GROOVED

The Victaulic system provides many mechanical design features that


are useful in systems exposed to earthquake conditions. The flexibility
of Victaulic flexible grooved-pipe couplings reduces the transmission
of stresses through a piping system, while the gasket damps vibration
(refer to Victaulic Submittal 26.04, Vibration Attenuation Characteristics
of Victaulic Couplings).
When flexibility is not desired, rigid couplings, such as the Style HP70
and the Style 07 Zero-Flex, can be used. Both flexible and rigid couplings provide discontinuity at each joint, which helps minimize pipeline
stresses generated during seismic movement.
Where design considerations permit, flexible couplings can be used at
changes in direction to provide stress relief through deflection for small
differential movements.
Movement Due
to Seismic Thrust

The Victaulic grooved pipe joining method is simple and reliable. The
four basic components are the grooved pipe, the housing, the bolts/
nuts, and the gasket. The grooved pipe can be prepared with either a
roll groove for standard wall and lighter pipe, or a cut groove for standard wall and heavier pipe. Both roll and cut grooved pipe will provide
the same pressure rating for standard wall pipe. The coupling housing
performs several functions as an integral part of the pipe joint. It fully
encloses the elastomer gasket and secures it in position for a proper
seal. It also engages the pipe around the full pipe circumference to
create a unified joint, along with the advantages of mechanical joining.
The bolts and nuts hold the housings together around the pipe. The
synthetic elastomer gasket creates a triple seal effect on the pipe ends.
A tension seal is created as the gasket is stretched around the pipe, and

Offset

When large differential movements between piping sections are anticipated, seismic swing joints that are comprised of flexible couplings,
pipe nipples, and elbows may be required. Seismic swing joints provide
simultaneous movement in all directions. By adding flexibility to the piping system, they help reduce pipe stress and potential system damage.

job owner

contractor

engineer

System No.___________________________

Submitted By_________________________

Spec Sect_____________ Para___________

Location_ ____________________________

Date ________________________________

Approved_ ___________________________
Date ________________________________

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2000 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

REV_A

26.12_1

26.12

SEISMIC APPLICATIONS DESIGN DATA

Design Data for Seismic Applications of


Victaulic Grooved System
Seismic Swing Joint Assembly

Generally, buried systems do not experience damaging movements,


except where they cross or are parallel to a fault line; or where they are
located in unconsolidated ground prone to slumps, lurches, or landslides.
To prevent damage by major earth movements, consideration should be
given to install pipelines above ground in unstable areas. Providing additional Victaulic flexible couplings will allow greater deflections to occur.

2 Ells
Nipple D

Nipple D

Coupling B

Fire
Sprinkler
Main

2 Ells and
Nipple E

2 Ells

Normal
Position

Longitudinal Movement

Normal Position
Vertical
Movement

Fire Sprinkler Coupling


Main
A
Ell

FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS

Ell

Normal
B Position

D
Ell

Nipple E
D

Lateral Movement

Ell

When an in-line device is required, a Victaulic Style 155 Expansion Joint


can be used, which incorporates special, precisely grooved nipples
(refer to Victaulic Submittal 09.05 for additional information).

Flexible couplings for grooved-end pipe allow linear, angular, and rotational movement to occur at pipe joints, while they maintain a positive
seal and self-restrained joint. Such performance is achieved through
the combination of our elastomeric gasket (which seals the joint) with
the housing (which engages the groove without clamping rigidly onto
the pipe). These features provide design and installation advantages
for piping systems that allow for expansion, contraction, and deflection
generated by thermal changes, building/ground settlement, and seismic activity in the pipe. However, these features must be considered
when determining hanger/support spacing. Refer to Table 4 in the Pipe
System Bracing Support Guidelines section in this brochure for additional support information.
Expansion

Rotation

Deflection

Style 155 Expansion Joint


End Adapter
Nipple

Contraction

Coupling

Exaggerated for Clarity

Victaulic grooved products are also suitable for buried applications


in seismic areas. The deflection capabilities of flexible couplings will
permit a pipeline to continue to function after minor earth movements.
TABLE 1 FLEXIBLE COUPLING PERFORMANCE
SIZE

Allow. Pipe End


Sep.

Deflect. Fr. CL

SIZE

Allow. Pipe End


Sep.

Deflect. Fr. CL

SIZE

Allow. Pipe End


Sep.

In./mm

Degrees
per Cplg.

Pipe
In./ft./mm/m

0 40

0.14
12

In./mm

Degrees
per Cplg.

Pipe
In./ft./mm/m

Nominal
Inches
Actual mm

1 26

0.25
21

10
273.0

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

Deflect. Fr. CL

Degrees
per Cplg.

Pipe
In./ft./mm/m

Nominal
Inches
Actual mm

0 - 0.06
0 - 1.6

3 24

0.72
60

41/2
127.0

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

1
33.7

0 - 0.06
0 - 1.6

2 43

0.57
48

5
141.3

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

1 18

0.27
22

304.8 mm

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

0 36

0.13
11

11/4
42.4

0 - 0.06
0 - 1.6

2 10

0.45
38

133.0 mm

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

1 21

0.28
23

12
323.9

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

0 34

0.12
10

11/2
48.3

0 - 0.06
0 - 1.6

1 56

0.40
33

139.7 mm

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

1 18

0.28
23

14
355.6

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

0 31

0.11
9

2
60.3

0 - 0.06
0 - 1.6

1 31

0.32
27

152.4 mm

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

1 12

0.21
17

15
381.0

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

0 29

0.10
8

21/2
73.0

0 - 0.06
0 - 1.6

1 15

0.26
22

6
168.3

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

1 5

0.23
19

16
406.4

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

0 27

0.10
8

76.1 mm

0 - 0.06
0 - 1.6

1 12

0.26
22

159.0 mm

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

1 9

0.24
20

18
457.0

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

0 24

0.08
7

3
88.9

0 - 0.06
0 - 1.6

1 2

0.22
18

165.1 mm

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

1 6

0.23
19

20
508.0

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

0 22

0.08
7

31/2
101.6

0 - 0.06
0 - 1.6

0 54

0.19
16

203.2 mm

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

0 54

0.16
13

22
559.0

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

0 19

0.07
6

4
114.3

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

1 36

0.34
28

8
219.1

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

0 50

0.18
15

24
610.0

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

0 18

0.07
6

108.0 mm

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

1 41

0.35
29

254.0 mm

0 - 0.13
0 - 3.2

0 43

0.15
13

Nominal
Inches
Actual mm

In./mm

3/4
26.9

NOTE: These values are based on standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. Request 06.01.

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2000 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

26.12_2

REV_A

26.12

SEISMIC APPLICATIONS DESIGN DATA

Design Data for Seismic Applications of


Victaulic Grooved System
Linear movement and angular deflection values for flexible, grooved
pipe joints are published for each Victaulic style coupling. NOTE: these
values are MAXIMUMS for roll-grooved pipe. Double the values if you
are using cut-grooved pipe. For design and illustration purposes, reduce
these values, according to the following factors, to allow for pipe groove
tolerances:

50% for 31/2-inch size and smaller

25% for 4-inch size and larger
Piping system design for seismic applications requires a careful review
of manufacturers published performance data for piping components,
including linear and angular movement tolerances. Couplings for
grooved-end pipe do not provide maximum linear and angular movement simultaneously. However, the movement can be accommodated if
the system is designed with a sufficient number of joints, in accordance
with published design recommendations.

For
Expansion

Pressure Zero

Line Pressurized
Movement Due
to Pressure Thrust

Offset

RIGID COUPLINGS
Victaulic rigid couplings provide a rigid joint through mechanical and
frictional interlock on the pipe ends. The Style 07 Zero-Flex, Style 005
FireLock, and the Style HP-70 couplings positively clamp the pipe to
resist flexural and torsion loads. This keeps the pipe aligned without
deflection during operation.

For
Deflection

Flexible couplings must be used properly to obtain the desired flexibility, since they do not provide pipe expansion or contraction automatically. Therefore, always consider the best setting for pipe-end gaps. In
anchored systems, set the gaps to handle combinations of axial movement and deflection. This can be achieved by assembling the couplings
at the mid-point of the maximum available gap (half-way between
fully-butted and fully-gapped). In free-floating systems, use directional
changes or offsets of sufficient length to accommodate movement without exceeding the deflection values shown in Table 1.

HP-70 Coupling

G
Pipe Movement

FULLY APART
Expansion Only

Offset

FULLY BUTTED
Contraction Only

Exaggerated for clarity


Style 07 Zero-Flex Coupling

PARTIALLY GAPPED
Expansion and Contraction

Max. Gap

Zero Gap

Since flexible couplings permit linear movement, internal pressure can


cause pipe growth to accumulate at the end of the run in unanchored
systems. The amount of growth is dictated by the position of the pipe
ends following installation. Butted pipe ends will allow full growth, while
fully gapped pipe ends will allow no growth. Thermal expansion adds to
this accumulation. Thus, offsets must be of sufficient length to prevent
excess deflection and harmful bending moments at these joints.

In seismic applications, rigid couplings may be used in any areas


where flexibility is not desired, including long, straight runs and 2inch
or smaller-sized branch lines (often where codes do not require flexible couplings). Rigid couplings eliminate the movement that occurs
with flexible, grooved joints, and therefore have support and hanging
requirements similar to welded systems (corresponding to NFPA 13,
ANSI B31.1, and ANSI B31.9). Refer to Submittal 26.01 for additional
information on piping support for flexible and rigid couplings. Grooved
piping with rigid couplings typically incorporates sway bracing similar to
other types of rigid piping systems to minimize the relative movement
with respect to the building structure.

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2000 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

REV_A

26.12_3

26.12

SEISMIC APPLICATIONS DESIGN DATA

Design Data for Seismic Applications of


Victaulic Grooved System
SEISMIC MOVEMENT COMPENSATION DEVICES
Devices or piping configurations that accommodate seismic movement
are typically required to isolate independently moving structures, where
piping on either side must move separately from the other side. They
are designed so that the piping on each side is fixed to the adjacent,
respective structure. Various compensation methods are available and
include seismic swing joints, loops, offsets, and Style 155 Expansion
Joints.
Seismic swing joints are widely accepted for accommodating large pipe
movements. Section 6-4.3 of NFPA 13 (1999) states that seismic swing
joints are required for all pipe sizes of mains and branches that cross a
seismic separation joint above ground. Seismic swing joints are made of
flexible couplings, pipe nipples, and grooved elbows similar to the following diagram.
Victaulic No. 10 90 Elbow
(6 Required)
Victaulic Flexible
Coupling
(10 Required)

Nipple D
(2 Required)

CL

Normal Position
Nipple Length
as Required

CL

CL
Front Elevation

Pipe Line

Pipe Line

Seismic Swing Joint Assembly


2 Ells
Nipple D

Nipple D

Coupling B

Fire
Sprinkler
Main

2 Ells and
Nipple E

2 Ells

Longitudinal Movement

Normal Position
Vertical
Movement

Fire Sprinkler Coupling


Main
A
Ell

Normal
Position

Ell

Normal
B Position

D
Ell

Nipple E
D

Ell

Lateral Movement

SEISMIC SWING JOINT SIZING CHARTS TO DETERMINE D


LENGTH FOR IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE
TABLE 2A ROLL GROOVED PIPE*
SIZE

Dimensions
Minimum D Length Inches/millimeters

Nom.
In.
Actual
mm

Elbow
C to E

E
Length

1"/
25 mm
Mvmt.

2"/
51 mm
Mvmt.

3"/
76 mm
Mvmt.

2
60.3

3.25
83

6.50
165

4
102

14
356

25
635

36
915

47
1194

57
1448

21/2
73.0

3.75
95

7.50
191

4
102

18
458

31
788

45
1143

58
1474

71
1804

3
88.9

4.25
108

8.50
216

4
102

22
559

37
940

53
1347

69
1753

84
2134

4
114.3

5.00
127

10.00
254

4
102

7
178

11
280

16
407

23
585

30
762

5
141.3

5.50
140

11.00
279

6
153

7
178

14
356

22
559

31
788

39
991

6
168.3

6.50
165

13.00
330

6
153

7
178

16
407

26
661

36
915

46
1169

8
219.1

7.75
197

15.50
394

6
153

9
229

22
559

35
889

49
1245

62
1575

10
273.0

9.00
229

18.00
457

8
204

14
356

31
788

48
1220

66
1677

83
2109

12
323.9

10.00
254

20.00
508

8
204

16
407

35
889

54
1372

73
1855

92
2337

6"/
5"/
4"/
102 mm 127 mm 152 mm
Mvmt.
Mvmt.
Mvmt.

*Values were calculated using standard #10 IPS cast grooved elbows. If other
elbows are used, E length will change accordingly.

TABLE 2B CUT GROOVED PIPE*


SIZE

Dimensions
Minimum D Length Inches/millimeters

Nom.
In.
Actual
mm

Elbow
C to E

E
Length

1"/
25 mm
Mvmt.

2"/
51 mm
Mvmt.

3"/
76 mm
Mvmt.

2
60.3

3.25
83

6.50
165

4
102

7
178

11
280

14
356

20
508

25
635

21/2
73.0

3.75
95

7.50
191

4
102

7
178

12
305

18
458

25
635

31
788

3
88.9

4.25
108

8.50
216

4
102

7
178

14
356

22
559

30
762

38
966

4
114.3

5.00
127

10.00
254

4
102

7
178

11
280

14
356

18
458

21
534

5
141.3

5.50
140

11.00
279

6
153

7
178

11
280

14
356

18
458

21
534

6
168.3

6.50
165

13.00
330

6
153

7
178

11
280

14
356

18
458

21
534

8
219.1

7.75
197

15.50
394

6
153

7
178

11
280

14
356

18
458

22
559

10
273.0

9.00
229

18.00
457

8
204

8
204

11
280

14
356

23
585

31
788

12
323.9

10.00
254

20.00
508

8
204

8
204

11
280

16
407

25
635

35
889

6"/
5"/
4"/
102 mm 127 mm 152 mm
Mvmt.
Mvmt.
Mvmt.

*Values were calculated using standard #10 IPS cast grooved elbows. If other
elbows are used, E length will change accordingly.

Dimensions for various sizes, depending on movement requirements,


are provided in the following table. The amount of available pipe movement must be enough to accommodate the calculated differential earthquake motions. Support recommendations can be found in the next
section.

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2000 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

26.12_4

REV_A

26.12

SEISMIC APPLICATIONS DESIGN DATA

Design Data for Seismic Applications of


Victaulic Grooved System
Victaulic Style 155 Expansion Joints are a combination of couplings and
specially machined short pipe nipples that provide pipeline expansion
and contraction and are ideal for lateral pipe movement. The nipples are
precisely grooved to provide full linear allowance at each joint.

EXAMPLE FOR L TYPE LAYOUT


A = (2) x (required movement) / (coupling capability)
TABLE 3A ROLL GROOVED PIPE

End Adapter
Nipple

Exaggerated for Clarity

Y DISPLACEMENT
(LATERAL MISALIGNMENT)

X DISPLACEMENT
(OFFSET LENGTH)

The movement characteristics of flexible couplings provide linear movement and angular deflection for offsets. This can be beneficial for
applications where small amounts of pipe movement compensation
are required from an in-line configuration. In accordance with Victaulic
specifications and code requirements, the configuration must be supported properly. Special techniques may be required to achieve this
support while providing the desired movement.
Victaulic flexible couplings, grooved elbows, and grooved pipe ends
can be assembled in L-type or Z-type offset configurations to achieve
movement through deflection at each flexible coupling. The minimum
required pipe lengths adjacent to the elbows can be calculated by using
published information for deflection values of flexible couplings (see
Table 1), as shown in the following examples. The equations provide the
minimum nipple lengths (A) required to achieve the required movement in all three directions. In applications where only two directions
of movement are required, the layouts can be optimized with shorter
lengths. Please contact Victaulic for details. Note that the specified
length must be able to move freely in order to ensure proper operation.
Local code requirements and feasibility must be evaluated to verify
whether the layout is practical.
A

L-Type

A
A

Z-Type

SIZE

Cplg.
Deflect.
Cap.

Cplg.
Design
Deflect.

Nom.
In.
Actual
mm

in/ft
mm/m

in/ft
mm/m

1"/
25 mm
Mvmt.

2"/
51 mm
Mvmt.

3"/
76 mm
Mvmt.

4"/
102 mm
Mvmt.

2
60.3

0.32
27

0.16
13

8.9
2.7

17.7
5.4

26.6
8.1

35.4
10.8

21/2
73.0

0.26
22

0.13
11

10.9
3.3

21.8
6.6

32.7
10.1

43.6
13.3

3
88.9

0.22
18

0.11
9

12.9
3.9

25.8
7.9

38.6
11.8

51.5
15.7

4
114.3

0.34
28

0.25
21

5.7
1.7

11.4
3.5

17.0
5.2

22.7
6.9

5
141.3

0.27
23

0.20
17

7.1
2.2

14.2
4.3

21.3
6.5

28.3
8.6

6
168.3

0.23
19

0.17
14

8.4
2.6

16.7
5.1

25.0
7.6

33.3
10.1

8
219.1

0.18
15

0.15
11

9.5
2.9

18.9
5.8

28.3
8.6

37.8
11.5

10
273.0

0.14
12

0.10
9

14.2
4.3

28.3
8.6

42.5
13.0

56.6
17.3

12
323.9

0.12
10

0.09
8

15.8
4.8

31.5
9.6

47.2
14.4

62.9
19.2

Coupling

Z-Type

Minimum A Length (feet/m) for L Type Offset

TABLE 3B CUT GROOVED PIPE


SIZE

Cplg.
Deflect.
Cap.

Cplg.
Design
Deflect.

Nom.
In.
Actual
mm

in/ft
mm/m

in/ft
mm/m

1"/
25 mm
Mvmt.

2"/
51 mm
Mvmt.

3"/
76 mm
Mvmt.

4"/
102 mm
Mvmt.

2
60.3

0.63
27

0.32
13

4.4
1.3

8.8
2.7

13.3
4.1

17.7
5.4

21/2
73.0

0.52
22

0.26
11

5.4
1.6

10.9
3.3

16.3
5.0

21.8
6.6

3
88.9

0.43
18

0.22
9

6.4
2.0

12.9
3.9

19.3
5.9

25.7
7.8

4
114.3

0.67
28

0.50
21

2.8
0.9

5.7
1.7

8.5
2.6

11.3
3.4

5
141.3

0.54
23

0.40
17

3.5
1.1

7.1
2.2

10.6
3.2

14.1
4.3

6
168.3

0.45
19

0.33
14

4.3
1.3

8.6
2.6

12.9
3.9

17.1
5.2

8
219.1

0.35
15

0.26
11

5.4
1.6

10.9
3.3

16.3
5.0

21.8
6.6

10
273.0

0.28
12

0.21
9

6.7
2.1

13.5
4.1

20.2
6.2

26.9
8.2

12
323.9

0.23
10

0.17
8

8.3
2.5

16.6
5.1

25.0
7.6

33.3
10.2

Minimum A Length (feet/m) for L Type Offset

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2000 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

REV_A

26.12_5

26.12

SEISMIC APPLICATIONS DESIGN DATA

Design Data for Seismic Applications of


Victaulic Grooved System
EXAMPLE FOR Z TYPE LAYOUT
A = (required movement) / (coupling capability)
TABLE 3C ROLL GROOVED PIPE
SIZE

Cplg.
Deflect.
Cap.

Cplg.
Design
Deflect.

Nom.
In.
Actual
mm

in/ft
mm/m

in/ft
mm/m

1"/
25 mm
Mvmt.

2"/
51 mm
Mvmt.

3"/
76 mm
Mvmt.

2
60.3

0.32
27

0.16
13

6.3
1.9

12.5
3.8

18.8
5.7

25.0
7.6

31.3
9.5

37.5
11.4

21/2
73.0

0.26
22

0.13
11

7.7
2.3

15.4
4.7

23.1
7.0

30.8
9.4

38.5
11.7

46.2
14.1

3
88.9

0.22
18

0.11
9

9.1
2.8

18.2
5.5

27.3
8.3

36.4
11.1

45.5
13.9

54.6
16.6

4
114.3

0.34
28

0.25
21

4.0
1.2

8.0
2.4

12.0
3.7

16.0
4.9

20.0
6.1

24.0
7.3

5
141.3

0.27
23

0.20
17

5.0
1.5

10.0
3.0

15.0
4.6

20.0
6.1

25.0
7.6

30.0
9.1

6
168.3

0.23
19

0.17
14

5.9
1.8

11.8
3.6

17.7
5.4

23.6
7.2

29.5
9.0

35.3
10.8

8
219.1

0.18
15

0.13
11

7.7
2.3

15.4
4.7

23.1
7.0

30.8
9.4

38.5
11.7

46.2
14.1

10
273.0

0.14
12

0.10
9

10.0
3.0

20.0
6.1

30.0
9.1

40.0
12.2

50.0
15.2

60.0
18.3

12
323.9

0.12
10

0.09
8

11.2
3.4

22.3
6.8

33.4
10.2

44.5
13.6

55.6
16.9

66.7
20.3

Minimum A Length (feet/m) for Z Type Offset


6"/
5"/
4"/
102 mm 127 mm 152 mm
Mvmt.
Mvmt.
Mvmt.

TABLE 3D CUT GROOVED PIPE


SIZE

Cplg.
Deflect.
Cap.

Cplg.
Design
Deflect.

Nom.
In.
Actual
mm

in/ft
mm/m

in/ft
mm/m

1"/
25 mm
Mvmt.

2"/
51 mm
Mvmt.

3"/
76 mm
Mvmt.

2
60.3

0.63
53

0.32
27

3.2
1.0

6.3
1.9

9.4
2.9

12.5
3.8

15.7
4.8

18.8
5.7

21/2
73.0

0.52
43

0.26
22

3.9
1.2

7.7
2.3

11.6
3.5

15.4
4.7

14.5
4.4

23.1
7.0

3
88.9

0.43
36

0.22
18

4.6
1.4

9.1
2.8

13.7
4.2

18.2
5.5

22.8
6.9

27.3
8.3

4
114.3

0.67
56

0.50
42

2.0
0.6

4.0
1.2

6.0
1.8

8.0
2.4

10.0
3.0

12.0
3.7

5
141.3

0.54
45

0.40
33

2.5
0.8

5.0
1.5

7.5
2.3

10.0
3.0

12.5
3.8

15.0
4.6

6
168.3

0.45
38

0.33
28

3.1
0.9

6.1
1.9

9.1
2.8

12.2
3.7

15.2
4.6

18.2
5.5

8
219.1

0.35
29

0.26
22

3.9
1.2

7.7
2.3

11.6
3.5

15.4
4.7

19.3
5.9

23.1
7.0

10
273.0

0.28
23

0.21
18

4.8
1.5

9.6
2.9

14.3
4.4

19.1
5.8

23.9
7.3

28.6
8.7

12
323.9

0.23
19

0.17
14

5.9
1.8

11.8
3.6

17.7
5.4

23.6
7.2

29.5
9.0

35.3
10.8

Minimum A Length (feet/m) for Z Type Offset


6"/
5"/
4"/
102 mm 127 mm 152 mm
Mvmt.
Mvmt.
Mvmt.

SYSTEM BRACING/SUPPORT GUIDELINES


Government reports indicate that the differential motions that exist in an
un-braced system during an earthquake tend to cause failure of rigid
fittings and junctions, especially threads. Victaulic flexible grooved systems can allow differential motions to occur without excessive stress to
the pipe or coupling. Victaulic publishes the amount of deflections and
allowable pipe movements of flexible couplings in all applicable literature
(see Table 1).
Various codes require that the systems be adequately braced
against earthquake forces. In addition, pipes cannot be fastened to

independently moving structures, such as a wall and a ceiling, or a ceiling and a floor, without installing a movement compensation device.
Nor can pipe on one side of the device be fastened to the opposing
structure. A system that is braced properly will move with the structure
with controlled or limited additional stress to the pipe or Victaulic components.
Local codes should be consulted to determine whether un-braced
systems are permitted within the given seismic zone. During an earthquake, un-braced systems may sway unpredictably in response to
ground motions. The amount of sway (amplitude) and acceleration will
depend upon the severity of the disturbance, the natural frequency of
the piping system, and the amount of vibration damping in the system.
Connections between system components and equipment in independently moving sections of a structure may also require bracing. The
independently moving sections may include walls, ceilings, fixed equipment, piping, separate buildings, etc. Ground motions (up to 10 inches)
are possible at the epicenter of earthquakes. Government reports confirm the failure of components that cannot accommodate these movements.
Seismic bracing and piping supports are utilized in piping systems to
prevent excessive movement during a seismic occurrence, which could
result in excessive stresses to the piping system if not properly braced.
Piping supports for a Victaulic grooved piping system must limit pipe
movements so they do not exceed the recommended allowable deflections, pipe end movements, and end loads. NFPA 13 covers these
systems and requires sprinkler systems to be protected to minimize or
prevent pipe breakage in areas subject to earthquakes. This is accomplished through two techniques:
1) Make the piping flexible, where necessary (flexible couplings)
2) Attach the piping directly to the building structure for minimum
relative movement (sway bracing)
Sway bracing is intended to brace main sprinkler piping so that it will
withstand a horizontal force equal to 50% of the weight of the waterfilled piping. A piping system designed to withstand this force without
breakage or permanent deformation is considered reasonably safe from
the effects of seismic forces.
The use of a multiplier has also been incorporated into calculations to
adjust this value for specific geographical areas where higher or lower
seismic accelerations are expected. This multiplier may be as low as
0.4 or as high as 2.4. The use of this multiplier is subject to the requirements of the local building code.
Two-way bracing prevents piping from oscillating in one direction
(lateral or longitudinal), while four-way bracing provides simultaneous
lateral and longitudinal bracing action. Lateral movement refers to sideto-side pipe movement (perpendicular to run), while longitudinal movement refers to in-line movement (parallel to run). Vertical loads are not
frequently considered in bracing calculations, since the upward component is typically assumed to be incorporated into design safety factors.
In all cases, sway bracing must be connected directly to the building
structure. Four-way sway bracing is typically used at the top of a riser.
Generally, branch lines are not laterally braced, except for where movement could damage other equipment. Additionally, branch movement
is limited by bracing the mains. Typically, design guides do not require
seismic bracing for 2-inch and smaller lines because the piping is considered durable enough to withstand seismic forces without damage.
Instead, the branches incorporate restraints (smaller bracing) for lateral
and vertical control. Restraints are also used at the ends to minimize the
whipping action of the branch lines at these locations. Sway bracing is
typically required for 21/2-inch and larger branch lines. Consult the local
code for specific requirements.

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2000 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

26.12_6

REV_A

26.12

SEISMIC APPLICATIONS DESIGN DATA

Design Data for Seismic Applications of


Victaulic Grooved System
Seismic separation assemblies using flexible couplings (i.e. seismic
swing joints) are typically required for all pipe sizes when the aboveground piping crosses between independently moving building segments.
Our experience has shown that the first adjacent length of pipe on each
side of the grooved seismic swing joint should be rigidly attached to the
corresponding structure with adequate bracing. The swing joint must
be supported in a manner that will not prohibit proper operation during
an earthquake. Non-restraining hangers should be incorporated to support the grooved elbows and pipe nipples of the assembly. NOTE: Code
requirements take precedence over these recommendations.
Section 6-4.4.1 of NFPA 13 (1999) stipulates that the diameter of holes,
where pipe passes through walls or other obstructions, must be as follows:
2 inches larger than pipe 31/2 inches and smaller
4 inches larger than pipe 4 inches and larger.
This standard also stipulates that the piping must have at least two
inches of clearance around other structural members that are not penetrated or used to support the piping. Exceptions to this include piping
that passes through gypsum or other non-fire-related material and when
flexible couplings are within 1 foot of each side of the wall or obstruction. When the applicable building code requires that the annular space
around the piping be filled, a flexible sealant, such as mastic, must be
used.
This criteria defines the method by which sprinkler systems are protected from seismic movements under NFPA 13. Other piping systems
will have varying installation requirements to provide for earthquake
conditions, depending on the specific system; its proximity to seismic
zones; the level of seismic zone; and conformance to local, state, and/
or national codes. Therefore, each system must be reviewed on an
individual basis to determine the support mechanism and the proper
incorporation of flexible and rigid couplings.
Factory Mutual provides design steps for sway bracing in Data Sheet
2-8, Earthquake Protection for Water-based Fire Protection Systems,
which states the following:
Step 1: Lay out sway bracing locations with respect to the sprinkler piping and to the structural members to which the bracing will be attached.
Step 2: Calculate the seismic design load requirements for each sway
bracing location.
Step 3: Select the proper sway bracing shape, angle of attachment, size,
and maximum length based on the horizontal design load requirement.
Step 4: Select the proper attachment method for the sway bracing to the
structure and to the piping.1
Systems installed with Victaulic rigid couplings can be supported and
braced for seismic occurrences in a similar way to threaded and welded
systems. The hanger spacing requirements for Victaulic rigid couplings
are in accordance with standard industry codes for threaded and
welded systems. These nationally recognized codes are ANSI B31.1
Power Piping Code, ANSI B31.9 Building Services Code and NFPA 13
Sprinkler Systems.
Victaulic Companys pipe support recommendations for both flexible
and rigid systems can be found in the following Tables 4A through 4C.
The tables show the suggested maximum span between pipe supports
for horizontal straight runs of standard-weight steel pipe that carry water
or similar liquids.

RIGID SYSTEMS
For Victaulic rigid coupling Styles 07, 307, HP-70, 005, and others,
the Maximum Hanger Spacing below may be used.
TABLE 4A
Suggested Maximum Span Between Supports
Feet/meters

PIPE SIZE
Nominal
Inches
Actual mm

1
33.7
11/4
42.4
11/2
48.3
2
60.3
3
88.9
4
114.3
6
168.3
8
219.1
10
273.0
12
323.9
14
355.6
16
406.4
18
457.0
20
508.0
24
610.0

7
2.1
7
2.1
7
2.1
10
3.1
12
3.7
14
4.3
17
5.2
19
5.8
19
5.8
23
7.0
23
7.0
27
8.2
27
8.2
30
9.1
32
9.8

9
2.7
11
3.4
12
3.7
13
4.0
15
4.6
17
5.2
20
6.1
21
6.4
21
6.4
21
6.4
21
6.4
21
6.4
21
6.4
21
6.4
21
6.4

12
3.7
12
3.7
15
4.6
15
4.6
15
4.6
15
4.6
15
4.6
15
4.6
15
4.6
15
4.6
15
4.6
15
4.6
15
4.6
15
4.6
15
4.6

9
2.7
9
2.7
9
2.7
13
4.0
15
4.6
17
5.2
21
6.4
24
7.3
24
7.3
30
9.1
30
9.1
35
10.7
35
10.7
39
11.9
42
12.8

9
2.7
11
3.4
13
4.0
15
4.6
17
5.2
21
6.4
25
7.6
28
8.5
31
9.5
33
10.1
33
10.1
33
10.1
33
10.1
33
10.1
33
10.1

12
3.7
12
3.7
15
4.6
15
4.6
15
4.6
15
4.6
15
4.6
15
4.6
15
4.6
15
4.6
15
4.6
15
4.6
15
4.6
15
4.6
15
4.6

Water Service

Gas or Air Service

* Spacing corresponds to ANSI B31.1 Power Piping Code.


Spacing corresponds to ANSI B31.9 Building Services Piping Code.
Spacing corresponds to NFPA 13 Sprinkler Systems.
FLEXIBLE SYSTEMS
For coupling Styles including 75, 77, and others.
Standard, grooved-type couplings allow angular, linear, and rotational
movement at each joint to accommodate expansion, contraction, settling, vibration, noise, and other piping system movement. These features provide advantages in designing piping systems but must be considered when determining hanger and support bracing and location.

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2000 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

REV_A

26.12_7

26.12

SEISMIC APPLICATIONS DESIGN DATA

Design Data for Seismic Applications of


Victaulic Grooved System
Maximum Hanger Spacing
For straight runs without concentrated loads and where full linear
movement is required.
TABLE 4B
PIPE SIZE

ENERGIZED, UNANCHORED

Pipe Length in Feet/meters


7
2.1

Nominal
Inches
Actual mm

10
3.0

12
3.7

15
4.6

20
6.1

22
6.7

25
7.6

30
9.1

35
10.7

40
12.2

*Average Hangers per Pipe Length Evenly Spaced

3/4 1
26.9 33.7
11/4 2
42.4 60.3
21/2 4
73.0 114.3
58
141.3 219.1
10 12
273.0 323.9
14 16
355.6 406.4
18 24
457.0 610.0
28 42
711.0 1067.0

No anchor on horizontal pipe movement


will be towards path of least resistance.

ANCHORED BOTH ENDS

Maximum Hanger Spacing


For straight runs without concentrated loads and where full linear
movement is not required.

B
PT

TABLE 4C
Suggested Maximum Span
Between Supports
Feet/meters

3/4 1
26.9 33.7

8
2.4

11/4 2
42.4 60.3

10
3.0

21/2 4
73.0 114.3

12
3.7

58
141.3 219.1

14
4.3

10 12
273.0 323.9

16
4.9

14 16
355.6 406.4

18
5.5

18 30
457.0 762.0

20
6.1

32 42
813.0 1067.0

21
6.4

- Victaulic flexible coupling


- Anchor
- Assumed or proposed anchor

*No pipe length should be left unsupported between any two couplings.

PIPE SIZE RANGE


Nominal Inches
Actual mm

ANCHOR ONE SIDE

PT

Unrestrained, deflected joints will straighten under axial pressure thrusts


and other forces that act to pull pipes apart. If deflection is desired,
anchors or lateral resistance must be applied to the lines to help maintain joint deflection. Lateral forces will always act upon deflected joints
due to internal pressure. A fully-deflected joint will not provide linear
movement that is normally available at the joint. Conversely, angular
deflection at fully-butted or fully-gapped joints is not possible, unless
the pipe ends can shorten and grow, as required. Partially deflected
joints will provide some portion of linear movement.

Plan View
(Zero Pressure)

Plan View
(Pressurized)

The system designer should note that flexible couplings installed with
partial gaps or fully-butted pipe ends will allow the pipe to expand fully
when the system is energized. Strategically placed anchors will contain the energized system between the anchors. Also, pipe guides and
proper pipe support will help to prevent angular deflection at the joints
that would otherwise reduce the amount of linear movement capable at
each joint.

Hanger

Lateral
Force

Gross effect of
inadequate lateral
restraint on suspended system.
(illustration exaggerated for clarity)

ANCHORED BOTH ENDS

INITIAL

Flexible couplings can provide deflection at branch connections and


offsets to accommodate anticipated pipe movement. Offsets must be

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2000 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

26.12_8

REV_A

26.12

SEISMIC APPLICATIONS DESIGN DATA

Design Data for Seismic Applications of


Victaulic Grooved System
long enough to provide sufficient deflection to prevent harmful bending
moments, which would be induced at the joints of the offset. NOTE:
If the pipes were to expand due to thermal changes, additional pipe
growth would also take place at the ends.
SEISMIC CALCULATIONS
Victaulic grooved products have consistently demonstrated the ability
to withstand considerable forces during earthquakes. When exposed
to bending forces, they have remained intact. A bending moment will
occur when the joint deflects beyond its maximum allowable angular
deflection. Where these deflections are anticipated, additional flexible
couplings should be installed to accommodate this movement. Several
agencies, such as ASTM and Underwriters Laboratories (UL), have
established methods for qualification of bending loads. However, the following is a list of the minimum bending moments that Victaulic products
must withstand to obtain a UL Listing. UL established the minimum
bending moment requirements through the following method from UL
Standard 213, Rubber Gasketed Fittings for Fire Protection:
The bending moments are calculated based on twice the weight of the
water filled pipe over twice the maximum distance between supports
specified in the Standard for Installation of Sprinkler Systems, NFPA 13.2
This UL standard is one of several publications for bending moment
requirements. ASTM F-1476 is another standard that provides bending
loads based on hanger spacing, etc. The couplings are tested only to
the respective bending moment shown, and factor of safety is built into
these values. All bending moments were applied at their maximum UL
pressure rating. These values are provided as information only and must
not be used for design purposes. However, they can be compared to
minimum theoretical values required by various building codes to demonstrate the actual capabilities versus design requirements.
MINIMUM REQUIRED BENDING MOMENT AT COUPLING ON
STANDARD WALL PIPE

California Building Code. Section 1630B.2 states that piping, ducting,


conduit systems, and connections that are constructed of ductile materials may use the values of Cp from Table 16B-0. Victaulic grooved coupling housings are constructed of durable ductile iron that is dual certified to ASTM A395, Grade 65-45-15 and ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12.
ASTM A395 is the formulation commonly referenced in ASTM B31
codes for ductile iron pressure-containing components, while ASTM
A536 is a widely accepted formulation used in modern castings.
INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (2000)
Seismic forces calculated in accordance with IBC are determined as follows:
lp
F p = (0.4apSDSWp ) R
p

z
1+2 h

which can be simplified to the following equation based on the maximum value of Fp:
F p = 1.6DS1 pWp
where
Fp is the design lateral force for non-structural components.
SDS is design spectral response acceleration (0.33, based on SDS =
2FaSs/3, where Fa = 2.5 for worst case soft soil and Ss = 0.2s for worst
case spectral acceleration).
Ip is importance factor (1.5 for critical facility).
Wp is component operating weight.
When required, the vertical component of the force is calculated by:
F p v = 0.25DSWp
The following chart provides results using the first simplified equation as
a general case.
STANDARD WALL CARBON STEEL PIPE SINGLE SPAN, SIMPLE SUPPORT
TABLE 6

TABLE 5
COUPLING SIZE
Nominal In.
Actual mm

Bending Moment
ft-lb
Nm

COUPLING SIZE
Nominal In.
Actual mm

Bending Moment
ft-lb
Nm

1
33.7

300
407

6
168.3

7085
9600

11/4
42.4

420
569

8
219.1

11304
15317

11/2
48.3

810
1098

10
273.0

16785
22744

2
60.3

1150
1558

12
323.9

22950
31098

21/2
73.0

1770
2398

14
355.6

27450
37195

3
88.9

2426
3287

16
4006.4

35843
48568

31/2
101.6

3013
4083

18
457.0

45360
61463

4
114.3

3645
4939

20
508.0

54742
74176

5
141.3

5238
7098

24
610.0

77670
105244

The following static analysis equations and resulting values demonstrate


the capabilities of Victaulic products in seismic conditions. The results
provided in the following tables show that properly assembled Victaulic
grooved couplings exceed the performance requirements to which
threaded and welded piping systems currently conform for use in preapproved seismic systems. In addition, Victaulic has a 75-year history of
successful use of these products in commercial building applications,
mining, municipal, industrial, oilfield, and fire protection. These results
are in accordance with the requirements of the latest revision of the

SIZE
Nominal In.
Actual mm

Wp
lb/ft
kg/m

Fp
lb/ft
kg/m

M
ft-lb
Nm

2
60.3

5.1
7.6

4.0
6.0

800
1084

1.44

21/2
73.0

7.9
11.8

6.3
9.4

1260
1707

1.41

3
88.9

10.8
16.1

8.6
12.8

1720
2331

1.41

4
114.3

16.3
24.3

12.9
19.2

2580
3496

1.41

6
168.3

31.5
46.9

25.0
37.2

5000
6775

1.42

8
219.1

50.2
74.7

39.8
59.2

7960
10786

1.42

10
273.0

74.6
111.0

59.1
87.9

11820
16016

1.42

12
323.9

98.6
146.7

78.1
116.2

15620
21165

1.47

14
355.6

114.3
170.1

90.5
134.7

18100
24526

1.52

16
406.4

141.7
210.8

112.2
167.0

22440
30407

1.60

18
457.0

171.8
255.6

136.1
202.5

27220
36884

1.67

20
508.0

204.6
304.4

162.0
241.1

32400
43902

1.69

24
610.0

278.4
414.3

220.5
328.1

44100
59756

1.76

Safety
Factor*

*Safety factor is based on comparison of calculated bending moment (M) to


UL minimum required bending moment which all Listed Victaulic couplings
must withstand.

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2000 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

REV_A

26.12_9

26.12

SEISMIC APPLICATIONS DESIGN DATA

Design Data for Seismic Applications of


Victaulic Grooved System
CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (BASED ON 1997 UNIFORM
BUILDING CODE)

I is importance factor (1.5 based on essential facility).

F p = 0.4 Ca 1p Wp
or, to consider the higher accelerations which occur on upper elevations
of a structure,
F p = (ap Ca 1p / Rp ) (1 + 3h x / hr ) Wp
where
Fp is the design lateral force for nonstructural components.
ap is component amplification factor (1.0 for piping).
Ca is the seismic coefficient (between 0.06 and 0.44, depending on
seismic acceleration zone and soil profile).
Ip is the importance factor (1.5 for essential facility).
Rp is the response modification factor (3.0 for piping).
hx is component elevation (components on upper elevations receive
more accelerations than lower floors).
hr is roof elevation.
Wp is distributed load of the pipe (weight per foot of pipe and water).
The following chart provides results using the first equation as a general
case, with Ca of 0.44 (worst case) and Ip of 1.5.
STANDARD WALL CARBON STEEL PIPE
SINGLE SPAN, SIMPLE SUPPORT
TABLE 7
SIZE
Nominal In.
Actual mm

Wp
lb/ft
kg/m

Fp
lb/ft
kg/m

M
ft-lb
Nm

2
60.3
21/2
73.0
3
88.9
4
114.3
6
168.3
8
219.1
10
273.0
12
323.9
14
355.6
16
406.4
18
457.0
20
508.0
24
610.0

5.1
7.6
7.9
11.8
10.8
16.1
16.3
24.3
31.5
46.9
50.2
74.7
74.6
111.0
98.6
146.7
114.3
170.1
141.7
210.8
171.8
255.6
204.6
304.4
278.4
414.3

1.4
2.1
2.1
3.1
2.9
4.3
4.3
6.4
8.3
12.4
13.3
19.8
19.7
29.3
26.0
38.7
30.2
44.9
37.4
55.7
45.4
67.6
54.0
80.4
73.5
109.4

270
366
418
566
570
772
860
1165
1664
2255
2650
3591
3938
5336
5206
7054
6036
8179
7482
10138
9072
12293
10802
14637
14700
19919

Safety
Factor*

4.26
4.23
4.26
3.50
4.26

Cp is horizontal force factor (0.75 for rigidly mounted pipe). (NOTE: resiliently mounted equipment, such as spring-mounted hangers, uses a Cp
of 2.0).
W is distributed load (weight per foot of pipe and water).
STANDARD WALL CARBON STEEL PIPE SINGLE SPAN, SIMPLE
SUPPORT
TABLE 8
SIZE
Nominal In.
Actual mm

Wp
lb/ft
kg/m

Fp
lb/ft
kg/m

M
ft-lb
Nm

2
60.3
21/2
73.0
3
88.9
4
114.3
6
168.3
8
219.1
10
273.0
12
323.9
14
355.6
16
406.4
18
457.0
20
508.0
24
610.0

5.1
7.6
7.9
11.8
10.8
16.1
16.3
24.3
31.5
46.9
50.2
74.7
74.6
111.0
98.6
146.7
114.3
170.1
141.7
210.8
171.8
255.6
204.6
304.4
278.4
414.3

2.3
3.4
3.5
5.2
4.9
7.3
7.3
10.9
14.2
21.1
22.6
33.6
33.6
50.0
44.4
66.1
51.4
76.5
63.8
94.9
77.31
115.0
92.07
137.0
125.29
186.4

460
623
708
959
970
1314
1467
1988
2833
3839
4522
6127
6712
9095
8871
12020
10285
13936
12752
17279
15461
20950
18414
24951
25058
33954

Safety
Factor*

2.50
2.50
2.50
2.48
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.58
2.66
2.81
2.93
2.97
3.10

*Safety factor is based on comparison of calculated bending moment (M) to


UL minimum required bending moment which all Listed Victaulic couplings
must withstand.

4.27
4.26
4.41
4.55
4.79
5.00
5.07

SEISMIC TESTING OF VICTAULIC PRODUCTS


The performance of the Victaulic grooved-end piping system under seismic conditions was evaluated in a series of tests conducted by ANCO
Engineers, Inc., an independent laboratory that specializes in seismic
evaluations of products. The tests were conducted to assess the structural and functional integrity of Victaulic products during seismic loading
for a major electric utility that was considering the use of grooved piping
at one of its nuclear plant sites. The tests included flexible and rigid
couplings, tees, elbows, reducers, and caps, as well as roll-grooved and
cut-grooved pipe in 1 6inch nominal sizes.

5.28

*Safety factor is based on comparison of calculated bending moment (M) to


UL minimum required bending moment which all Listed Victaulic couplings
must withstand.
Y

1999 ASHRAE (BASED ON 1994 UNIFORM BUILDING CODE)


F p = Z I Cp W
where
Fp is total design lateral seismic force (actually recalculates distributed
load for piping system).

IN
MA "
ED 1'0
FE EV.
EL

TEST SYSTEM A
Figure 1

Z is seismic zone factor (0.4 based upon worse case seismic zone4).

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2000 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

26.12_10

REV_A

26.12

SEISMIC APPLICATIONS DESIGN DATA

Design Data for Seismic Applications of


Victaulic Grooved System
TABLE 9
Operating-Basis
Earthquake (OBE) Tests

IN
MA
ED '0"
FE EV. 2
EL

1.9

3.1

1.4

2.6

4.7

2.4

3.1

5.0

3.3

1.5

6.9

3.5

2.3

8.9

5.0

2.9

14.1

5.4

2.4

0.9

2.6

3.9

1.4

5.0

4.0

1.4

4.0

A
X

TEST SYSTEM B
Figure 2

The 6.9g Y-direction result for System B during OBE testing reflected
the use of a hard stop on the piping to simulate lack of rattle space
near that location. Additionally, the highest-level test produced displacements in System B of +/-5.0 in the X direction and +1.6/-6.0 in the
Y direction. The previously mentioned hard stop limited the +Y direction displacement. The same test displaced System C +/-0.35 in the X
direction and +/-3.5 in the Y direction.
100.00

TABLE INPUT X

G's

Figure 3

The laboratory used computerized data monitoring control and acquisition systems, plus servo-hydraulic actuators and feedback controls to
conduct the tests. Three test segments (A, B, and C shown in figures
1, 2, and 3) were constructed on a shake table that measured 45-feet
long by 14-feet wide and 14-feet high. Four linked actuators two longitudinal and two transverse units generated the pitch, roll, and yaw
motions of earthquake activity.
Each simulated disturbance lasted 30 seconds, including a 5-second
rise, 20 seconds of strong motion, and 5 seconds of delay time.
The tests simulated 13 different scenarios:
Three less-than-operating-basis earthquakes (OBE) to establish
the relationship between shake table drive signal gains and computed test response spectra (TRS)
Six OBEs
Two safe-shutdown earthquakes (SSE)
An earthquake scaled to 1.2 times SSE levels
One scaled to 1.4 times SSE levels
The test system main feed line resonant frequencies ranged from 1.92
Hz (Y direction) to 40.6 Hz (Z direction). Shake-table input acceleration
averaged 1.5g in each principal direction during the OBE tests, 2.25g
during the SSE tests, and 2.9g under the highest-level (H-L) conditions
(upward ground accelerations of up to 1.8g were recorded during the
Northridge earthquake). The following table shows response accelerations in Gs for the main feed lines of systems A, B, and C in directions
X, Y, and Z during OBE, SSE, and H-L testing. These results apply only
to Victaulic products and do not represent the performance capabilities
of competitors grooved products.

10.000
RESPONSE

TEST SYSTEM C

1.0000

Figure 4
.10000
1.0000

100.00

10.000
FREQUENCY IN HERTZ
TABLE INPUT X

100.00

G's

10.000
RESPONSE

PSEUDO ACCELER G

PSEUDO ACCELER G

IN
MA
ED . 3'0"
E
F EV
EL

Highest Level
(H-L)
Tests

Safe-Shutdown
Earthquake (SSE) Tests

1.0000

Figure 5
.10000
1.0000

10.000
FREQUENCY IN HERTZ

100.00

www.victaulic.com
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2000 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

REV_A

26.12_11

26.12

Grooved Piping System Design Data

Design Data for Seismic Applications of


Victaulic Grooved System
TABLE INPUT X

SEISMIC COMPATIBLE CONFIGURATION CAN BE EASILY


INSULATED.

G's

10.000
RESPONSE

PSEUDO ACCELER G

100.00

1.0000

Figure 6
.10000
1.0000

10.000
FREQUENCY IN HERTZ

100.00

The severity of input motion is best described in terms of Test Response


Spectra (TRS), which was calculated from measured test input motions.
Figures 4, 5, and 6 are the TRS for the highest level event, which
is impressively high. In the opinion of ANCO Engineers, Inc., few, if
any, nuclear power plant sites would have higher Required Response
Spectra (RRS) as design criteria above 1.5 Hz.
Post-test inspection by the laboratory of the Victaulic fittings and couplings revealed no abrasion, cracks, deformation, or damage of any
kind, indicating it could continue to perform its intended function.
Hydro-tests after the first OBE test demonstrated that these Victaulic
components maintained functionality during and after the simulation,
thereby substantiating their reliability under seismic conditions.

LOOP IS Z SHAPED TO ABSORB SEISMIC MOVEMENT.

SUMMARY
Victaulic grooved products have consistently demonstrated the ability
to withstand earthquakes when used on fire protection, HVAC, municipal, and industrial applications in seismic-active areas. Recognition of
their inherent seismic accommodation characteristics by national and
international organizations further attests to the superior design features
of Victaulic grooved products. When properly used and installed in
accordance with published requirements, Victaulic grooved products will
provide durable pipe joints in seismic areas.

DHEN-5XCTGQ

For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com

26.12
2972 rev A
Updated 10/2000
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 2000 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. printed in the USA.

26.12

26.13

DESIGN DATA GROOVED PIPING SYSTEM

Seismic Testing Program


Test Summary

Victaulic in Seismic Conditions

Seismic Testing was completed on 4/DN100, 8/DN200, and 16/


DN400 Victaulic grooved mechanical pipe couplings and fittings
installed on standard wall carbon steel pipe. The testing proved
that Victaulic couplings are most suitable for use on piping systems
subjected to earthquakes. The test program was developed in
accordance with an internationally recognized current shake table
standard for testing nonstructural building components. The piping
assemblies were subjected to input amplitudes of 3/76mm in both
x and y horizontal directions, input accelerations of up to 1.3g and
a frequency range of 1.3 to 33Hz. Braced rigid and flexible sections
performed flawlessly under the test conditions which saw peak
accelerations of the piping to be recorded at over 7gs. The water filled
assemblies were pressurized to 200 psi/1375 kPa for the duration of all
tests and no pressure loss or leakage was noted during or after any of
the tests.

The use of Victaulic flexible grooved couplings in areas subject to


seismic events has been traced back to the early 1940s where they
were used to provide stress relief at equipment connections. Since that
time grooved products have become a standard joining method due
to their unique design benefits in being able to provide both rigid and
flexible pipe joints based upon a specific systems design requirements.
Victaulic products have had many years of successful performance in
areas that have experienced seismic events such that they have become
the standard method for joining pipe on many projects in seismic
areas. There have also been a number of in-house and third party tests
performed in order to qualify the performance capabilities of Victaulic
products when subjected to adverse conditions such as seismic events,
shipboard piping systems and high pressure cycling. The results of
these various tests have proven the reliability and integrity of Victaulic
products under these adverse conditions.

Victaulic Company

Purpose of Testing
Victaulic realized the need for state of the art testing on our products
in order to demonstrate conformance to new code requirements and
prove they provide a sustainable system that will withstand the forces
generated during a seismic event and maintain system integrity when
subjected to real time seismic events. Testing was designed to provide
analytical data in support of the successful real-world performance
during past earthquakes.
Piping or building damage occurs due to differential movement between
the pipe and the building; and at locations where the piping crosses
a building seismic joint, where piping crosses between two separate
structures, or piping is supported or fixed to independent support
structures within a building, (IE: supported from the roof truss then
drops into racks). The former is addressed, within a given structural
area, by fixing the pipe (seismically bracing) to the building structure
so it moves in concert with the building. Bracing and clearances must
be designed for the specified seismic accelerations and amplitudes
of movement. The latter is addressed, where piping crosses from one
structural area to another. Piping should be installed with a flexible
component (seismic isolation assembly) sufficient to accommodate
the differential movement that will occur between pipes that are joined
but supported from or anchored to different seismic structures. The
flexible element permits these structures and the piping attached to
each structure to move independently within the building, without
damaging each other, or other equipment, during the seismic event.

Victaulic, founded in 1925, is the world leader in mechanical pipe


joining systems. Victaulic introduced a radical concept in joining
pipea mechanical bolted coupling that would engage into grooves and
uses an elastomer gasket to seal the joint.
The grooved piping method, which dramatically reduces the amount of
installation time as compared to welding, threading or flanging is used
extensively in HVAC, plumbing, fire protection, mining, industrial utilities,
oilfield piping, plus water and wastewater systems.
Victaulic products are found in major landmarks and buildings the world
over. With the ability to provide both rigid and flexible joints the Victaulic
system provides design versatility not found on other types of pipe
joining systems

The goal of this testing was to demonstrate the suitability of Victaulic


Grooved Mechanical Couplings and Fittings to be used to install and
maintain operational integrity of piping systems during seismic events.
The test program was designed to show seismic performance in two
conditions sited above. First, testing was conducted to prove that
rigid or flexible Victaulic couplings installed on code compliant braced
piping will maintain full performance when subjected to seismic events.
Second, testing was conducted to confirm the ability of our flexible
couplings in seismic swing joints or in offset pipe configurations, to
provide sufficient freedom of movement in order to accommodate the
differential movement of pipe between structures or at building seismic
separation joints.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2008 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

REV_A

26.13_1

26.13

DESIGN DATA GROOVED PIPING SYSTEM

Seismic Tests

ATLSS Testing Facility

The minimum response spectra specified in AC156 were based upon


the seismic design loads specified in the current building codes. The
2006 International Building Code (IBC) was used for this test program.
The IBC 2006 references seismic loads as specified in ASCE 7-05
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures by the
American Society of Civil Engineers. The design of the piping and other
nonstructural components was based on the equivalent static load
method, similar to that used for building design.
Test Configuration

Lehigh Universitys ATLSS Lab, Advanced Technology for Large


Structural Systems a national engineering research center, was chosen
to perform the required testing. The ATLSS Center is a member of the
Network for Earthquake Engineering Simulation (NEES), established
by the US National Science Foundation as a national networked
collaboration of geographically-distributed, shared-use experimental
research equipment sites. The Lehigh NEES Equipment Site was
developed with the capabilities to perform real-time testing using
effective force method, pseudo-dynamic testing method, or the pseudodynamic hybrid testing method for the testing of large-scale structural
components, structural subassemblages, and superassemblages
under earthquake excitations. Thus it is well suited to perform and
analyze simulated real-time multi-direction earthquake effects on
piping systems. Victaulic and Lehigh consulted with an internationally
recognized designer and supplier of seismic bracing systems, who
provided the design support for the hanging and bracing of the pipe test
assemblies.
Test Requirements

A test configuration was developed that could accommodate a large


pipeline and impose the required motions. The tests required the
capability of imposing large accelerations, displacements and velocities
on the piping and couplings. A horizontal truss was designed to serve
as a rigid diaphragm or building ceiling from which the piping would
be supported. The seismic motion was imposed on this ceiling which
in turn was transferred to the piping. Three NEES actuators were used
to impose the seismic motion required in both the longitudinal and
transverse directions. To record all pertinent test data accelerometers,
displacement sensors, and strain gauges were strategically placed in
pre-determined locations to provide an accurate record of the testing
program.
The piping layout consisted of a 40/ 12m run (consisting of two 20/6m
pipe lengths) with a 90 elbow and then a 10/3m run on either end,
all joined with Victaulic Style 07 or W07 rigid couplings. This section
of piping was seismically braced in accordance with standard industry
code requirements and was referred to as the braced rigid zone.
On each end of the braced rigid zone there was a flexible zone
comprised of a Victaulic seismic isolation assembly. These displacement
assemblies were then connected to the ATLSS reaction wall that allowed
no movement. Therefore, movement of the piping in the rigid zone
generated relative displacements in the seismic isolation assemblies.
Rigid Zone Piping

Flexible

Braced Rigid

The test program was developed in accordance with current shake table
testing standards. Artificial ground motions were developed for this test
program. These randomly generated ground motions were generated to
satisfy a specified minimum response spectra.
The ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. report AC156 Acceptance Criteria
for Seismic Qualification by Shake-table Testing of Nonstructural
Components and Systems was used to develop the testing protocol.
This document establishes the minimum requirements for shaketable tests of non-structural components which includes piping. This
document specifies a minimum response spectra that is derived from
the code specified nonstructural component design seismic load. The
response spectrum of the input motion to the shake testing was greater
than the minimum spectrum specified in AC156.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2008 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. .

26.13_2

REV_A

26.13

DESIGN DATA GROOVED PIPING SYSTEM

Seismic Tests

Seismic Swing Joint

4/DN100 Test Assembly

Seismic Loop

8/DN200 Test Assembly

Seismic Loop- Rigid/Flexible Zones


NORTH
FIXED CONNECTION
@ REACTION WALL

20

16/DN400 Test Assembly

SWING JOINT
(W/FLEXIBLE
COUPLINGS)

Z-TYPE OFFSET
(W/FLEXIBLE
COUPLINGS)

RIGID ZONE

10

10

VERTICAL RISER

RIGID COUPLINGS

40

Two different seismic isolation assemblies were utilized, one on each


end of the rigid zone. One assembly was a Z-Type offset configuration
and the other was a seismic swing joint. Both of these configurations
used the deflection and rotational characteristics of Victaulic Styles
77 and W77 flexible couplings to accommodate the differential piping
movement between the rigid zone and the reaction wall.

www.victaulic.com
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2008 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

REV_A

26.13_3

26.13

DESIGN DATA GROOVED PIPING SYSTEM

Seismic Tests

Three pipe sizes were selected for testing: 4/DN100, 8/DN200


and 16/DN400. Each size was tested individually as a complete
layout. A number of tests were performed on each piping assembly
to demonstrate the ability of Victaulic couplings to handle a variety of
seismic demands. The same couplings and pipe were used for all three
tests. These tests included a static displacement test, sinusoidal sweep
test and shake tests. The piping was water filled and pressurized to 200
psi/1375 kPa throughout the duration of all tests.
The static displacement test subjected each assembly to 4/102mm
of movement in both x and y horizontal directions. The sinusoidal sweep
test subjected each assembly to a sinusoidal acceleration record with a
frequency range from 1.3Hz to 33Hz. The shake tests subjected each
assembly to three levels of seismic motion. The maximum inputs during
the shake tests were 3/76 mm of horizontal movement and 1.3g
acceleration.
Two additional tests were performed. The first involved the 8/DN200
piping assembly. Following the shake tests, the rigid couplings were
replaced with flexible couplings and all tests performed again. The
second involved the 16/DN400 piping assembly. Following the standard
program tests, a real-time multi-directional hybrid simulation of the
Northridge Earthquake was performed. This testing was performed in
order to study the response of the piping system installed in a three story
building subjected to a real earthquake. Two tests were performed during
Pipe
Accelerations- was
g
thisSize-In./mm
testing. First the assembly
subjected to of the calculated
4"/100mm
6.51
amplitude of the Northridge Earthquake.7.70
Second, the assembly was
8"/200mm
16"/400mm
6.71
subjected
to
1.07
times
the
calculated
amplitude.
16"/400mm - Northridge Simulati
4.17
Test Results
Performance of the Victaulic couplings was excellent. There was no
evidence of any pipe joint leakage throughout all of the tests. The 200
psi/1375 kPa internal pressure was always maintained. The piping and
couplings exhibited a very robust behavior even after the failure of a large
number of seismic bracing elements.
The peak accelerations recorded per assembly were as follows:
Accelerations- g
9.00
8.00
7.00
6.00
5.00
4.00
3.00
2.00
1.00
0.00
4"/DN100

8"/DN200

16"/DN400

Richter scale Values


While many of us associate the Richter Scale with earthquakes,
the Richter Scale is a measurement of the energy released during
the seismic event and not a building or piping system design tool. It
is a useful tool for comparing relative strengths of different seismic
events, but cannot be used to directly predict the motion or forces that
a particular building or piping system will experience during seismic
movements.
Structural engineers design buildings and piping systems to withstand
displacements and accelerations caused by seismic ground motion
which is not solely based on the energy released, but also on factors
such as site soil properties, building type/construction, and proximity
to the earthquake epicenter and others. The movements of the
buildings themselves and the infrastructure within the buildings may
vary considerably from a given ground motion due to the building size
and shape, construction method (e.g., steel, concrete, wood-frame),
natural frequencies and specific locations within the building. Piping
systems are designed and implemented per the displacements and
forces specified by the structural engineer. These design parameters
are a function of the natural frequencies of the building, site seismicity,
and the proposed location of the piping system within the structure. It is
for this reason that our testing parameters were based on a frequency
range encompassing historical recordings and accelerations that were
above the typical values recorded, and not based on any Richter
Scale value, nor can the test parameters be correlated to any specific
Richter Scale value.
The magnitude of accelerations/displacements expected to be caused
by a given earthquake at a given site is not only a function of the
amount of energy released (the Richter magnitude), it is also a function
of the following:
1. Distance to the epicenter (smaller distance means larger forces/
displacements)
2. Soil condition (softer soil often means larger forces/displacements)
3. Building type (the construction type and height/width of the
building affects the natural frequency which changes how the building/
piping will respond to the earthquake)

16"/DN400
Northridge Simulation

4"/DN100 Assembly 6.51g


8"/DN200 Assembly 7.70g
16"/DN400 Assembly 6.71g
16"/DN400 Northridge Earthquake Simulation 4.17g
The performance of the seismic isolation assemblies was also excellent.
All differential motions were accommodated. It should be noted that the
loads measured in the actuators were very low which indicates that the
stiffness of the isolation assemblies was minimal. This is desirable in
minimizing the loads and stresses induced to seismic braces or anchor
points.

WCAS-7E6M77
For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com
26.13
5273 REV A
UPDATED 5/2008
VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2008 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

26.13

FireLock Expansion Plates


For Recessed or Concealed Sprinklers

Recessed

40.84

Concealed

1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION


FireLock Expansion Plate for V27, V34, and V36 recessed sprinklers
Minimum 1" lateral clearance
Does not affect takeout dimensions or alter Listings and Approvals of the V27, V34, and V36 sprinklers
FireLock Expansion Plate for V26, V27, V36 and V38 concealed sprinklers
Minimum 1" lateral clearance
Does not affect takeout dimensions or alter Listings and Approvals of the V26, V27, V36 and V38 sprinklers

2.0CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS
Listing and Approvals of corresponding Victaulic sprinklers are not altered.
NOTE
The expansion plate meets most clearance requirements for seismic applications. Refer to local building codes and the Authority Having Jurisdiction for
specific seismic requirements.

3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL


Material: Cold Rolled Steel
Finishes:
Chrome
White
Custom
NOTES
Weather resistant escutcheons available upon request.
For escutcheon submittal information, please see appropriate sprinkler model literature.

ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT.

System No.

Location

Spec Section

Paragraph

Submitted By

Date

Approved

Date

victaulic.com
40.84 3907 Rev C Updated 08/2015

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com

4.0DIMENSIONS
Recessed Sprinkler Plate
4"/114 mm
Max. Hole
378"/99 mm
Min. Hole
1"/25 mm Clearance
See Note

See Note

Typical Ceiling Tile


Finished Surface

See Note

Expansion Plate
21516"/
75 mm
5"/
127 mm

Recessed Escutcheon

NOTE

Refer to submittal of specific Victaulic sprinkler to be used for other recessed dimensions.

Concealed Sprinkler Plate


478"/124 mm
Max. Hole
4"/108 mm
Min. Hole
1"/25 mm Clearance

18"/3 mm1

Finished Ceiling

See Note
51132"/136 mm

Expansion Plate
Typical Concealed
Cover Assembly
1  The

sprinkler drop length must be lengthened to accommodate the thickness of the concealed expansion plate.

NOTE

Refer to submittal of specific Victaulic sprinkler to be used for other concealed dimensions.

40.84 3907 Rev C Updated 08/2015

victaulic.com

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com

5.0PERFORMANCE
Not applicable. Contact Victaulic for details.

6.0NOTIFICATIONS
Not applicable. Contact Victaulic for details.

7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS


Ordering Information
Finish
Quantity
Recessed or Concealed

User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability


Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of
Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry
standards and project specifications, as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance,
safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal
recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to
alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions
of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer.

Note
This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products
to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.
Installation
Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation
instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment
of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available
in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com.

Intellectual Property Rights


No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material,
product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license
under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries
or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such
material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual
property right. The terms Patented or Patent Pending refer to design or utility patents
or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other
countries.

40.84 3907 Rev C Updated 08/2015

victaulic.com

Warranty
Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.
Trademarks
Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of
Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries.

2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

50.02

AQUAMINE PRODUCTS ENGINEERING DATA

Aquamine Products Engineering Data

50.02

Primary Specifications and Performance Characteristics:

For example, Izod impact test values for Aquamine pipe


have been regularly demonstrated to exceed 1.15 ft-lbs
per inch of notch.

Aquamine pipe and couplings are made from a


special formulation of poly(vinyl chloride) or PVC. The
PVC material used is designated as Class 12454 in
accordance with ASTM D 1784. It has a hydrostatic
design stress of 2000 psi (14 MPa). The Aquamine PVC
formulation includes impact modifiers, heat stabilizers
and ultraviolet inhibitors to give it a higher impact
strength over a longer period of time. It is formulated for
tough, extreme duty applications where normal PVC pipe
would not survive very long.

Aquamine pipe is extruded to meet or exceed all


requirements of ASTM D 2241 Standard Specification
for Poly(Vinly Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR
Series). Also, Aquamine pipe meets ASTM F 1057
Standard Practice for Estimating the Quality of
Extruded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe by the Heat
Reversion Technique.
All Aquamine joints and couplings conform to
ASTM D 3139 Specification for Joints for Plastic
Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals.

Aquamine products meet or exceed the following


minimum requirements for Class 12454 as listed on
Table 1 of ASTM D 1784.

All O-rings used in Aquamine products meet


ASTM F 477 Specification for Elastomeric Seals
(Gaskets) for Joining PVC Pipe. The standard o-ring
material used in all Aquamine products is
polyisoprene (IR).

Please note that the values listed on the above table


are minimum values. Aquamine pipe includes special
additives which improve performance properties above
these minimums.

Property

Value

ASTM Test
Spec. No.

Tensile Strength, min

7,000 PSI (48.3 MPa)

D638

Modulus of Elasticity, min.

400,000 PSI (2758 MPa)

D638

Impact Strength (Izod) min.

0.65 ft-lbs./in. (34.7 J/m) of notch

D256

Deflection Temp., min.

158F (70C)

D648

Flammability

Self-extinguishing

D635

Chemical Resistance

D543

NSF Listing:

Canadian Fire Resistance and Anti-Static Compliance:

Aquamine pipe, couplings and fittings are NSF certified


under ANSI/NSF 61 and ANSI/NSF 372. Potable water
approvals are based on testing of the product's wetted
components. Reference should always be made to the
approval agency for specifics on approvals. Aquamine
products are certified to a cold temperature of +73F/
+23C.

Aquamine pipe has been tested by Energy, Mines


and Resources Canada, and has been certified to
comply with Canadian Standards Association CAN/
CSA M427-M91 "Fire Performance and Antistatic
Requirements for Ventilation Materials" for water service
applications in gaseous underground mines.
(Ref: Certificate No. 992)

Job/Owner

Engineer

System No.

Spec Section

Location

Paragraph

Contractor

Approved

Submitted By

Date

Date

victaulic.com | Aquamine Products Engineering Data | Publication 50.02


50.02 2753 Rev B Updated 04/2014

2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Aquamine Products Engineering Data | Publication 50.02


Dimensions:

20 Ft.

Nominal
Size
inches
mm
2
50

SDR

17
21

3
80

17
21

4
100

12.4
17
21
26

6
150

12.4
17
21
26

8
200

12.4
17
21
26

10
250

21
26

12
300

21
26

Pressure
Rating
psi
kPa
250
1724
200
1379
250
1724
200
1379
350
2413
250
1724
200
1379
160
1103
250
2413
250
1724
200
1379
160
1103
350
2413
250
1724
200
1379
160
1103
1601
1103
160
1103
1601
1103
160
1103

Pipe
O.D.
inches.
mm
2.375
60..3
2.375
60.3
3.500
88.9
3.500
88.9
4.500
114.3
4.500
114.3
4.500
114.3
4.500
114.3
6.625
168.3
6.625
168.3
6.625
168.3
6.625
168.3
8.625
219.1
8.625
219.1
8.625
219.1
8.625
219.1
10.750
273.1
10.750
273.1
12.750
323.9
12.750
323.9

Minimum
Wall
inches.
mm
0.140
3.56
0.113
2.88
0.206
5.21
0.167
4.24
0.363
0.265
0.265
6.73
0.214
5.44
0.173
4.39
0.534
13.56
0.390
9.91
0.316
8.03
0.255
6.48
0.696
17.68
0.508
12.9
0.410
10.41
0.332
8.43
0.511
12.98
0.413
10.49
0.606
15.39
0.490
12.45

1 Pressure rating of these items are limited by the pressure rating of the coupling.

50.02 2753 Rev B Updated 04/2014

victaulic.com

2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

Weight
Per Ft.
Lbs
Kg
0.69
0.3
0.57
0.3
1.45
0.7
1.19
0.5
2.96
1.3
2.40
1.1
1.96
0.9
1.60
0.7
6.42
2.9
5.20
2.4
4.26
1.9
3.46
1.6
11.03
5.0
8.81
4.0
7.21
3.3
5.91
2.7
11.25
5.1
9.20
4.2
15.88
7.2
12.98
5.9

Coupling
O.D.
(COD)
inches
mm
3.20
81.28
3.20
81.28
4.38
111.25
4.38
111.25
6.00
152.40
5.47
138.94
5.47
138.94
5.47
138.94
8.72
221.49
7.84
199.14
7.84
199.14
7.84
199.14
10.75
273.05
10.19
258.83
10.19
258.83
10.19
258.83
12.44
315.98
12.44
315.98
14.65
372.11
14.65
372.11

Coupling
Length
(CL)
inches
mm
5.25
133.35
5.25
133.35
7.25
184.15
7.25
184.15
8.25
209.55
8.25
209.55
8.25
209.55
8.25
209.55
8.25
209.55
8.25
209.55
8.25
209.55
8.25
209.55
9.50
241.3
9.50
241.3
9.50
241.3
9.50
241.3
12.00
304.80
12.00
304.80
12.00
304.80
12.00
304.80

Coupling
Weight
Each
Lbs
Kg
0.92
0.4
0.92
0.4
1.90
0.9
1.90
0.9
5.04
2.3
3.07
1.4
3.07
1.4
3.07
1.4
10.46
4.7
5.62
2.5
5.62
2.5
5.62
2.5
15.20
6..9
11.07
5.0
11.07
5.0
11.07
5.0
18.05
8.2
18.05
8.2
24.17
11.0
24.17
11.0

victaulic.com | Aquamine Products Engineering Data | Publication 50.02


Impact/Resistance:

Thermal Expansion and Contraction:

One of the key performance characteristics that sets


Aquamine piping systems apart from regular PVC pipe
is its high impact strength. Aquamine pipe is regularly
tested for impact resistance according to the test
procedures cited in ASTM D2444. This test uses a
falling weight, or "tup", and impact values are recorded
in foot-pounds of energy.

All materials, including pipe, machinery, structures


and buildings, experience dimensional changes as a
result of changes in temperatures. Any pipe subjected
to temperature changes should incorporate a means
to accommodate thermal expansion/contraction to
avoid excessive stresses. The following chart shows the
expected thermal expansion or contraction for Aquamine
PVC pipe with changes in temperature. It is based on
a Thermal Expansion Coefficient of 3.0 x 105 in./in./F.
This information may be used for estimating purposes
when determining expected pipe growth or shrinkage.
As a general rule, for every 10F change in temperature,
Aquamine PVC pipe will expand or contract 3/8 inches
per 100 feet of pipe length.

The following table lists the tested impact values for


Aquamine pipe:
Impact Values
ft.-lbs.
Nm
SDR 26

210
285
305
414
400
542
500
678
500
678

SDR 21
135
183
200
271
255
346
380
515
495
671
530
719
530
719

SDR 17
170
231
245
332
320
434
470
637
610
827

SDR 12.4

435
590
635
861
835
1132

Pipe Length Variation due to


Temperature Change
110
100
90

Temperature Change
(in degrees F)

Nominal
Size
inches
mm
2
50
3
80
4
100
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300

80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0.0

Flexibility/Resistance:
Aquamine PVC pipe is surprisingly flexible. It bends to
follow rough overland terrain or the smooth curvature
of an underground directional bore. In many cases, this
feature will reduce the number of fittings that will be
required. Bending the pipeline, however, can change
the shape of the pipe at the o-ring seal in the coupling.
To prevent possible leakage, please limit the amount of
bending to the values in the table below:
Min. Radius of
Curvature
feet
meters
59
18
88
27
100
30
150
46
200
61
250
76
300
91

50.02 2753 Rev B Updated 04/2014

victaulic.com

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

in Length (in. per 100ft. of pipe)

PVC experiences greater thermal expansion than most


metals and yet less than other thermoplastics, such as
high density polyethylene (HDPE). The following chart
shows, graphically, how the expansion of PVC compares
to other materials.
Thermal Expansion
Inches per 100 ft. per 10 degree F
temperature change

Nominal
Size
inches
mm
2
50
3
80
4
100
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300

0.5

Change
Reference:
Uni-Bell Handbook of PVC Pipe

Offset per
20 ft. (6.1 m) Length
inches
mm
40
1016.0
27
685.8
24
609.6
16
406.4
12
304.8
10
254.0
8
203.2

1.44
1.5

0.36

0.5

0.11

0.08

HDPE

2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

PVC

Copper

Steel

victaulic.com | Aquamine Products Engineering Data | Publication 50.02


Maximum Tensile Loads/Pulling Forces:

Pressure Rating at Elevated Temperatures:

Whether Aquamine PVC pipe is being pulled through


a horizontal directional bore or suspended vertically
down a shaft, it is important not to exceed the maximum
allowable, short-term tensile load or pulling force listed
on the table below.

The published maximum working pressures of


Aquamine PVC pipe/coupling assemblies are based
on an ambient temperature of 73.4F. The physical
properties of PVC are very temperature-sensitive.
As a result, the pressure ratings will decrease as the
temperature increases. The following chart may be
used to determine the pressure handling capability of
Aquamine PVC products at temperatures above 73.4F.
Multiply the published working pressure by the PVC
service factor for the intended operating temperature to
find the reduced pressure rating at that temperature.

In cases where the pipe is also under pressure (such as


a filled, working pipeline suspended in a vertical shaft)
the end load developed from internal pressure should
not be superimposed with the tensile pull load.
Maximum Pulling Force

inches
mm
2
50
3
80
4
100
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300

Maximum
Recommended
Pulling Force
(Straight Pull)

SDR

17 or 21
17 or 21
17 or 21
17 or 21
17 or 21
21 or 26
21 or 26

Find the pressure rating of 4" SDR17 Aquamine pipe


(250 psi at 73.4F) at 100F.
Service Factor from chart is 0.62.

lbs.
kg
2,500
1134
5,000
2268
8,000
3629
11,500
5216
27,000
12247
32,000
14515
37,000
16783

The rating of this pipe at 100F would be


0.62 250 or 155 PSI.

Pressure Rating vs. Temperature


1.20

1.00

Service Factor

Nominal
Size

Example:

0.80

0.60

0.40

0.20

0.00
70

80

90

100

110

120

130

Temperature (in degrees F)

Ref PPI-TR-9,
Recommended Design Factors for
Pressure Application of Thermoplastic Piping Materials

50.02 2753 Rev B Updated 04/2014

victaulic.com

2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

140

150

victaulic.com | Aquamine Products Engineering Data | Publication 50.02


Friction Loss:

Good piping practice suggests that flow velocities for


PVC pipe should be kept below 5 ft./sec. (1.5 m/sec.).
Special considerations must be given to surge pressures
and other conditions when velocities exceed 5 ft./sec.
(1.5 m/sec.). These higher velocities also result in higher
head losses.

The smooth inner wall of Aquamine PVC pipe provides


for exceptionally low pressure loss due to friction
compared with other common piping materials. The
following charts provide typical flow friction loss values
for Aquamine pipe versus flow rates. Flow friction losses
through Aquamine couplings will be negligible, so the
same values provided for the pipe may be used in
system flow calculations. All values are based on the
Hazen-Williams formula for friction loss using a flow
coefficient of C = 150.
2"

4"

6"

8"

10"

12"

ec
.)

(ft
./s
LO
CI
TY

0.1

0.01

3"

VE

Pressure Drop (P.S.I. per 100 ft. of pipe)

17
21

12.4

12.4

17
21
26

17
21

10

100

12.4
17
17
21
26

21
26
21
26

21
26

SDR Values

1000

Flow Rate (G.P.M.)

Pressure Surges and Air Entrapment:


Pressure surges may occur when the flow rate is
abruptly changed, such as during sudden pump
start-up/shut-down or quick valve opening/slamming.
Entrapped air pockets in piping systems may also
generate pressure surges, as air is easily compressed
and will tend to act like a spring which can store and
release significant amounts of energy.

The total system pressure, including the operating


pressure, surge pressure and appropriate surge factor
(as determined by the system designer) of up to 50 psi
for every 1 ft./sec. change in flow velocity, must not
exceed the maximum rated pressure of the pipe for the
given operating temperature. In addition, flow velocity
should ideally be kept below 3 or 4 ft./sec. and should
never exceed 5 ft./sec. during operation. At startup,
during the filling operation, the flow velocity should be
kept low, below 1 ft./sec., until all the air is purged from
the system.

COMPRESSED AIR CAN CREATE A VERY DANGEROUS


CONDITION IN A PVC PIPING SYSTEM AND MUST BE
AVOIDED AT ALL TIMES.
Pressure surges can be minimized through good piping
practices. These include:
the proper use of ventilation devices to purge the
system of any air which may become trapped in the
line,
the use of vacuum/pressure air relief valves at
changes in grade and at high points in the piping
system,
the gradual start-up and shut-down of pumps to
minimize sudden changes in flow rate.

50.02 2753 Rev B Updated 04/2014

victaulic.com

2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulic.com | Aquamine Products Engineering Data | Publication 50.02


Pipe/Coupling Support Spacing Design:
Hanger spacing for the various sizes and SDR wall
thicknesses of Aquamine PVC pipe are provided in the
table below. Pipe and water weight per foot are also
provided. Please note that these values are for evenly
distributed loads. Concentrated loads such as at valves
and other flow devices will require additional support.
Nominal
Size
inches
mm
2
50

SDR

17
21

3
80

17
21

4
100

12.4
17
21
26

6
150

12.4
17
21
26

8
200

12.4
17
21
26

10
250

21
26

12
300

21
26

50.02 2753 Rev B Updated 04/2014

victaulic.com

Minimum
Wall
Thickness
inches.
mm
0.140
3.6
0.113
2.9
0.206
5.2
0.167
4.2
0.363
9.2
0.265
6.7
0.214
5.4
0.173
4.4
0.534
13.6
0.390
9.9
0.315
8.0
0.255
6.5
0.696
17.7
0.502
12.8
0.411
10.4
0.332
8.4
0.511
13.0
0.413
10.5
0.606
15.4
0.490
12.5

Acual
O.D.
inches.
mm
2.375
60..3
2.375
60.3
3.500
88.9
3.500
88.9
4.500
114.3
4.500
114.3
4.500
114.3
4.500
114.3
6.625
168.3
6.625
168.3
6.625
168.3
6.625
168.3
8.625
219.1
8.625
219.1
8.625
219.1
8.625
219.1
10.750
273.1
10.750
273.1
12.750
323.9
12.750
323.9

2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

Hanger Spacing
at 73.4 F
(23 C)
inches
mm
5.0
1.5
4.8
1.5
6.5
2.0
6.2
1.9
8.3
2.5
7.7
2.4
7.3
2.2
6.9
2.1
10.7
3.3
10.0
3.1
9.4
2.9
8.9
2.7
12.8
3.9
11.9
3.6
11.2
3.4
10.6
3.2
13.0
4.0
12.3
3.8
14.6
4.4
13.8
4.2

Hanger Spacing
at 120 F
(49 C)
feet
meters
4.6
1.4
4.4
1.3
6.0
1.8
5.7
1.7
7.6
2.3
7.1
2.2
6.7
2.0
6.3
1.9
9.9
3.0
9.1
2.8
8.7
2.7
8.2
2.5
11.7
3.6
10.9
3.3
10.3
3.1
9.8
3.0
12.0
3.7
11.3
3.4
13.4
4.1
12.7
3.9

victaulic.com | Aquamine Products Engineering Data | Publication 50.02


SDR:

Minimum Sustained Pressure for water at 73 F/23 C

Aquamine pipe is designed to meet ASTM D 2241,


which is the standard specification for PVC pressurerated, SDR sized pipe. SDR stands for standard
dimensional ratio. It simply means the ratio of the
average outside diameter of the pipe to the minimum
wall thickness.

SDR
12.4
17
21

Pressure Stress Equation:

26

The pressure rating of PVC pipe is calculated in


accordance with standard practice defined by the
International Standards Organization (ISO) Equation
R161-1960 which can be transposed as follows to define
pressure rating:

2S2S - P P= =----------------------------------------------( SDR


( SDR
1 )1 )

Quick Burst Pressure:

Where:
Where:
P P= =pressure
pressure
rating,
rating,
PSI
PSI
S S= =design
design
stress,
stress,
PSI
PSI
SDR
standard
dimensional
ratio
SDR
= =standard
dimensional
ratio

Calculated Pressure Rating:

The following table lists the minimum quick burst


pressures that Aquamine pipe meets. In the quick
burst pressure test, pressure is applied for only 60 to
70 seconds. It is meant to be a quality control test only.
Aquamine piping system design should be based on
the pressure rating of the pipe and not the short term
quick burst test results.
Minimum Quick Burst Pressure for water at 73 F/23 C

Aquamine pipe is madeWhere:


from a special formulation of
Type 1, Grade
1
PVC,
Class
12454-B, in accordance
2S P = ASTM
P = pressure
PSI
-----------------------with
D
1784.
According
to ASTMrating,
D 2241,
( SDR 1 )
= material,
design stress,
PSI as
pipe manufactured withSthis
designated
2S
2S
2
(
2
2000
(
2000
)
)
SDR
=
standard
dimensional
ratio
PVC1120,
has
a
hydrostatic
design
stress
of
2000
psi.
P P= =-----------------------P P= =------------------------------------- P =P =200
200
PSI
PSI
------------------------ 1) this design
( SDR
( SDR
By1)using
( 21
( 21
stress
1)1) in the equation
(14Mpa).
above, the pressure rating of the pipe can be calculated
for any given SDR value. For example, the pressure
rating for any SDR 21 pipe (200 psi.) is derived as
follows:

2S

P = ------------------------( SDR 1)

(2000
)
P= 2
------------------( 21 1)

P = 200 PSI

This pressure rating represents the maximum allowable


system operating pressure including pressure surges.
Sustained Pressure:
Unlike many non-plastic pipes, which show insignificant
changes over time, the hydrostatic pressure capacity of
PVC pipe is time dependent. By using long term testing
methods as defined in ASTM D 1598 and D 2837,
results can be plotted to generate a stress vs. time line
also known as a stress regression curve. The response
of PVC pipe to the applied hoop stress after a period of
100,000 hours (11.4 years) determines the Hydrostatic
Design Basis (HDB). For Aquamine pipe this HDB is
equal to 4000 psi. (27.58Mpa). The following table
shows the minimum sustained pressures that pipe with
material designation PVC 1120 must meet according to
ASTM D 2241. Aquamine pipe exceeds these values.

50.02 2753 Rev B Updated 04/2014

victaulic.com

PSI/kpa
735
5067
530
3564
420
2895
340
2344

2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

SDR
12.4
17
21
26

PSI/kpa
1120
7721
800
5515
630
4343
500
3447

victaulic.com | Aquamine Products Engineering Data | Publication 50.02


Typical Specification For Aquamine Piping System:

4.0 FITTINGS

1.0 SCOPE

Fittings shall be manufactured by Victaulic with


spline-grooved ends for use with Aquamine pipe and
couplings.

This specification covers the requirements for a


reusable, spline-connected, high impact polyvinyl
chloride (PVC) piping system as manufactured by
Victaulic.

5.0 VALVES
Valves shall be Aquamine AQV Series butterfly valves,
rated 250 psi at 73 degrees F (1725kPa at 23
degrees C). NOTE: Operating pressure is reduced at
temperatures greater than 70 degrees F. Ductile iron
(ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12) housing, PVC 1120
body. Ductile iron disc, rubber encapsulated with Grade
"T" Nitrile compound conforming to ASTM D-2000
designation 5BG615A14B24.

The pipe and couplings used in this system shall be


listed in NSF Certified Product Listing under ANSI/
NSF61 and ANSI/NSF372, for potable water service.
NOTE: The Aquamine PVC piping system is not to be
used in compressed air and gas service.
2.0 PIPE
Pipe shall be Aquamine high impact type manufactured
from a special formulation of PVC 1120 defined as type
1, grade 1 (class 12454) according to ASTM D-1784
and shall contain impact modifiers and ultraviolet
inhibitors to enhance long-term performance.

6.0 ASSEMBLY
Assembly of Aquamine couplings and pipe shall be in
accordance with the latest revision of the Aquamine
Assembly and Installation Instructions AM-I-100.

Pipe shall be designed to meet all PVC pipe


requirements as specified in ASTM D-2241. Each pipe
end shall be grooved to be connected using a specially
designed coupling and spline.
Pipe shall be listed under ANSI/NSF61 and ANSI/
NSF372 for potable water service.
3.0 COUPLINGS
Couplings shall be Victaulic Aquamine brand made from
a special high impact formulation of PVC 1120 (type 1,
grade 1 or class 12454 according to ASTM D-1784).
Couplings shall be designed to meet ASTM D-3139
standards for joints for plastic pressure pipes using
flexible elastomeric seals.
Couplings shall provide a restrained joint by means of
a nylon spline inserted into the space created when
the groove on the pipe and the interior groove in the
coupling are aligned.
Couplings shall contain a pre-lubricated permanent
type O-ring seal on each end for a watertight hydraulic
seal. The O-rings shall meet ASTM F-477 (Standard
Specification for Elastomeric Seal for Joining PVC Pipe).
Couplings shall be listed under ANSI/NSF61 and ANSI/
NSF372, for potable water.

Installation
Reference should always be made to the I-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for
the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic
products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format
on our website at www.victaulic.com.

Note
This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products
to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.

Warranty
Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.

Trademarks
Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company.

50.02 2753 Rev B Updated 04/2014

victaulic.com

2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

1,4-Butanediol

---

---

2-Chlorophenol

---

---

Abietic Acid

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Acetaldehyde

---

---

Acetamide

---

---

Acetanilide

---

---

Acetic Acid, 30%

---

Acetic Acid, 5%

---

Acetic Acid, Glacial

---

Acetic Acid, Hot, High Pressure

---

Acetic Anhydride

---

Acetoacetic Acid

---

---

Acetone

---

Acetone Cyanohydrin

---

---

Acetonitrile

---

---

---

Acetophenetidine

---

---

---

Acetophenone

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

The data and recommendations presented are based upon the best information available resulting from a
combination of Victaulic's field experience, laboratory testing and recommendations supplied by prime
producers of basic copolymer materials. The information presented in this guide is general in scope and specific
applications should be discussed with your Victaulic sales representative. In addition, contact Victaulic for
recommendations for services, chemicals and/or temperatures not listed.
- Unless otherwise noted, ratings indicated are at an ambient room temperature of ~73F (22.8C) and
concentrations are 100%
- All gasket recommendations are based on pressure and temperature limitations published by Victaulic
- Gaskets may be affected by combinations of chemicals where the chemicals acting individually may not react
- Cautions should be exercised when working with explosive, inflammable or toxic fluids
- Materials should be subjected to simulated service conditions to determine their suitability for the service
intended.
NOTE: Grade H is standard with the Victaulic Vic-Press Schedule 10S system.

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Acetotoluidide

---

---

---

Acetyl Acetone

---

Acetyl Bromide

---

---

Acetyl Chloride

---

Acetylene

---

Acetylene Tetrabromide

---

---

Acetylene Tetrachloride

---

---

Acetylsalicylic Acid

---

---

---

Acrolein

---

---

Acrylic Acid

---

---

---

Adipic Acid

---

---

---

Aero Lubriplate

---

---

Aero Shell 17 Grease

---

---

Aero Shell 750

---

---

Aero Shell 7A Grease

---

---

Aero Shell IAC

---

---

Aerosafe 2300

---

---

Aerosafe 2300W

---

---

Aerozene 50 (50% Hydrazine 50% UDMH)

---

---

Air

Aliphatic Dicarboxylic Acid

---

---

---

Alkanes (Paraffin Hydrocarbons)

---

---

Alkanesulfonic Acid

---

---

Alkazene

---

Alkenes (Olefin Hydrocarbons)

---

---

Alkyl Acetone

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Acrylonitrile

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Alkyl Alcohol

---

---

Alkyl Amine

---

---

Alkyl Aryl Sulfonates

---

---

Alkyl Aryl Sulfonics

---

---

Alkyl Benzene

---

---

Alkyl Chloride

---

---

Alkyl Sulfide

---

---

Alkylnaphthalene Sulfonic Acid

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Allyl Alcohol

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Allyl Chloride

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Allylidene Diacetate

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Alpha Picoline

---

---

Aluminum Acetate

---

Aluminum Bromide

---

Aluminum Chlorate

---

---

Aluminum Chloride

---

Aluminum Fluoride

---

Aluminum Formate

---

---

Aluminum Hydroxide

---

---

Aluminum Linoleate

---

---

Aluminum Nitrate

---

Aluminum Phosphate

---

Aluminum Potassium Sulfate

---

---

Aluminum Salts

---

---

Aluminum Sodium Sulfate

---

---

Aluminum Sulfate

---

---

Alums-NH3 -Cr -K

---

---

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Ambrex 33 & 830

---

---

Amines

---

---

Amines-Mixed

---

---

Aminopyridine

---

---

---

Ammonia and Lithium Metal in Solution

---

---

Ammonia, Aqueous (40% Max)

---

Ammonia, Gas, Cold

---

---

Ammonia, Gas, Hot

---

---

Ammonia, Liquid (Anhydrous)

---

---

Ammonium Acetate

---

---

Ammonium Alum

---

---

---

Ammonium Arsenate

---

---

Ammonium Benzoate

---

---

Ammonium Bicarbonate

---

---

Ammonium Bifluoride

---

---

---

Ammonium Bisulfite

---

---

Ammonium Bromide

---

---

---

Ammonium Carbamate

---

---

Ammonium Carbonate

---

---

Ammonium Chloride, 2N

---

---

Ammonium Citrate

---

---

Ammonium Dichromate

---

---

Ammonium Diphosphate

---

---

Ammonium Fluoride

---

---

Ammonium Formate

---

---

Ammonium Hydroxide, 3 Molar

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Ammonia, Anhydrous (Pure Ammonia)

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Ammonium Hydroxide, Concentrated

---

Ammonium Iodide

---

---

---

Ammonium Lactate

---

---

Ammonium Metaphosphate

---

---

Ammonium Molybdate

---

---

Ammonium Molybdenate

---

---

Ammonium Nitrate, 2N

---

---

Ammonium Nitrite

---

---

Ammonium Oxalate

---

---

Ammonium Perchlorate

---

---

Ammonium Persulfate 10%

---

---

---

Ammonium Phosphate

---

Ammonium Phosphate, Dibasic

---

---

Ammonium Phosphate, Mono-Basic

---

Ammonium Phosphate, Tribasic

---

---

Ammonium Phosphite

---

---

Ammonium Picrate

---

---

Ammonium Polysulfide

---

---

Ammonium Salicylate

---

---

Ammonium Salts

---

---

Ammonium Sulfamate

---

---

Ammonium Sulfate

---

---

---

Ammonium Sulfate Nitrate

---

---

---

Ammonium Sulfide

---

---

---

Ammonium Sulfite

---

---

Ammonium Thiocyanate

---

---

Ammonium Thioglycolate

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Ammonium Thiosulfate

---

---

Ammonium Tungstate

---

---

Ammonium Valerate

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Amyl Acetate

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Amyl Alcohol

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Amyl Borate

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Amyl Butyrate

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Amyl Chloride

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Amyl Chloronaphthalene

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Amyl Cinnamic Aldehyde

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Amyl Laurate

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Amyl Mercaptan

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Amyl Naphthalene

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Amyl Nitrate

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Amyl Nitrite

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Amyl Phenol

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Amyl Propionate

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Anderol, L- 826 (di-ester)

---

---

Anderol, L- 829 (di-ester)

---

---

Anderol, L-774 (di-ester)

---

---

ANG-25 (Di-ester Base) (TG749)

---

---

ANG-25 (Glyceral Ester)

---

---

Aniline

---

Aniline Dyes

---

---

Aniline Hydrochloride

---

---

Aniline Oil

---

---

Aniline Sulfate

---

---

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Aniline Sulfite

---

---

Animal Oil (Lard Oil)

---

Anisole

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

AN-O-3 Grade M

---

---

---

AN-O-366

---

---

---

AN-O-6

---

---

---

Ansul Ether 161 or 181

---

---

Anthracene

---

---

---

Anthranilic Acid

---

---

---

Anti-freeze Solutions

---

---

Antimony Chloride

---

---

Antimony Pentachloride

---

---

Antimony Pentafluoride

---

---

---

---

---

Antimony Tribromide

---

---

Antimony Trichloride

---

---

Antimony Trifluoride

---

---

Antimony Trioxide

---

---

AN-VV-O-366b Hydr. Fluid

---

---

---

Aqua Regia

---

---

Arachidic Acid

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Argon

---

---

Aroclor, 1248

---

---

Aroclor, 1254

---

---

Aroclor, 1260

---

---

Aromatic Fuel -50%

---

---

Arsenic Acid

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Anthraquinone

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Arsenic Oxide

---

Arsenic Trichloride

---

---

---

Arsenic Trioxide

---

---

---

Arsenic Trisulfide

---

---

---

Ascorbic Acid

---

---

Askarel Transformer Oil

---

---

Aspartic Acid

---

---

Asphalt

---

---

ASTM Oil, No. 1

---

ASTM Oil, No. 2

---

---

ASTM Oil, No. 3

---

---

ASTM Oil, No. 4

---

---

ASTM Oil, No. 5

---

---

---

ASTM Reference Fuel A

---

ASTM Reference Fuel B

---

ASTM Reference Fuel C

---

ASTM Reference Fuel D

---

---

---

ATL-857

---

---

Atlantic Dominion F

---

---

Atlantic Utro Gear-e

---

---

---

Atlantic Utro Gear-EP Lube

---

---

Aure 903R (Mobil)

---

---

Automatic Transmission Fluid

---

---

Automotive Brake Fluid

---

---

AXAREL 9100

---

---

---

---

---

Bardol B

---

---

Barium Carbonate

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Barium Chlorate

---

---

Barium Chloride

---

Barium Cyanide

---

---

Barium Hydroxide

---

Barium Iodide

---

---

Barium Nitrate

---

---

Barium Oxide

---

---

Barium Peroxide

---

---

Barium Polysulfide

---

---

Barium Salts

---

---

Barium Sulfate

---

Barium Sulfide

---

Bayol 35

---

---

Bayol D

---

---

Beer

---

Beet Sugar Liquids

---

---

Benzaldehyde

---

Benzaldehyde Disulfonic Acid

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Benzamide

---

---

---

Benzanthrone

---

---

---

Benzene

---

Benzene Hexachloride

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Benzene Sulfonic Acid

---

---

Benzidine

---

---

---

Benzidine 3 Sulfonic Acid

---

---

---

Benzil

---

---

---

Benzilic Acid

---

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Benzine (Ligroin)

---

---

Benzocatechol

---

---

---

Benzochloride

---

---

---

Benzoic Acid

---

---

Benzoin

---

---

---

Benzonitrile

---

---

Benzophenone

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Benzoquinone

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Benzotrichloride

---

---

---

Benzotrifluoride

---

---

---

Benzoyl Chloride

---

---

---

Benzoyl Peroxide

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Benzoylsulfonilic Acid

---

---

---

Benzyl Acetate

---

---

Benzyl Alcohol

---

Benzyl Amine

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Benzyl Benzoate

---

---

Benzyl Bromide

---

---

Benzyl Butyl Phthalate

---

---

Benzyl Chloride

---

---

Benzyl Phenol

---

---

Benzyl Salicylate

---

---

---

Beryllium Chloride

---

---

Beryllium Fluoride

---

---

Beryllium Oxide

---

---

Beryllium Sulfate

---

---

---

Bismuth Carbonate

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Bismuth Nitrate

---

---

Bismuth Oxychloride

---

---

Bittern

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Black Liquor

---

---

---

Black Point 77

---

Black Sulfate Liquor

---

---

Blast Furnace Gas

---

---

Bleach Liquor

---

---

Bleach Solutions

---

---

Borax Solutions

---

Bordeaux Mixture

---

---

Boric Acid

---

Boric Oxide

---

Borneol

---

---

---

Bornyl Acetate

---

---

---

Bornyl Chloride

---

---

---

Bornyl Formate

---

---

---

Boron Fluids (HEF)

---

Boron Trichloride

---

---

---

Boron Trifluoride

---

---

---

Brake Fluid DOT3 (Glycol Type)

---

Bray GG-130

---

---

Brayco 719-R (VV-H-910)

---

---

Brayco 885 (MIL-L-6085A)

---

Brayco 910

---

---

Bret 710

---

---

Brine, salinity > 5%

---

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Brom - 113

---

---

---

Brom - 114

---

---

Bromic Acid

---

---

Bromine Anhydrous liquid

---

---

Bromine Gas

---

---

Bromine Pentafluoride

---

---

Bromine Trifluoride

---

Bromine Water

---

---

Bromobenzene

---

Bromobenzene Cyanide

---

---

Bromochlorotrifluoroethane (Halothane)

---

---

Bromoform

---

---

---

Bromomethane (Methyl Bromide)

---

---

---

Bromotrifluoroethylene (BFE)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Bromotrifluoromethane (F-13B1)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Brucine Sulfate

---

---

Bunker Oil

---

Bunkers C (Fuel Oil)

---

---

---

---

---

Butadiene

---

Butane

---

Butane, 2, 2-Dimethyl

---

---

Butane, 2, 3-Dimethyl

---

---

Butene 2-Ethyl (1-Butene 2-Ethyl)

---

---

Butter-Animal Fat

---

Butyl Acetate or n-Butyl Acetate

---

Butyl Acetyl Ricinoleate

---

---

---

Butyl Acrylate

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Butyl Alcohol

---

---

Butyl Alcohol (Secondary)

---

---

Butyl Alcohol (Tertiary)

---

---

Butyl Amine or N-Butyl Amine

---

---

Butyl Benzoate

---

---

Butyl Benzolate

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Butyl Benzyl Phthalate

---

---

Butyl Butyrate or n-Butyl Butyrate

---

---

---

Butyl Carbitol

---

---

Butyl Cellosolve

---

---

---

Butyl Cellosolve Acetate

---

---

Butyl Cellosolve Adipate

---

---

Butyl Chloride

---

---

Butyl Ether or n-Butyl Ether

---

---

Butyl Glycolate

---

---

Butyl Lactate

---

---

Butyl Laurate

---

---

Butyl Mercaptan (Tertiary)

---

---

Butyl Methacrylate

---

---

Butyl Oleate

---

---

---

Butyl Oxalate

---

---

Butyl Phenol

---

---

---

Butyl Phthalate

---

---

Butyl Stearate

---

---

---

Butylbenzoic Acid

---

---

---

Butylene

---

Butyraldehyde

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Butyric Acid

---

---

---

Butyric Anhydride

---

---

Butyrolacetone

---

---

Butyryl Chloride

---

---

---

Cadmium Chloride

---

---

Cadmium Cyanide

---

---

Cadmium Nitrate

---

---

Cadmium Oxide

---

---

Cadmium Sulfate

---

---

Cadmium Sulfide

---

---

Calcine Liquors

---

---

---

---

Calcium Acetate

---

---

Calcium Arsenate

---

---

Calcium Benzoate

---

---

---

Calcium Bicarbonate

---

---

Calcium Bisulfate

---

---

Calcium Bisulfide

---

---

Calcium Bisulfite

---

---

Calcium Bromide

---

---

Calcium Carbide

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Calcium Carbonate

---

---

Calcium Chlorate

---

---

Calcium Chloride

---

Calcium Chromate

---

---

Calcium Fluoride

---

---

Calcium Gluconate

---

---

Calcium Hydride

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Calcium Hydrosulfide

---

---

Calcium Hydroxide

---

Calcium Hypochlorite

---

Calcium Hypophosphite

---

---

Calcium Lactate

---

Calcium Naphthenate

---

---

---

---

---

---

Calcium Nitrate

---

Calcium Oxalate

---

---

Calcium Oxide

---

---

Calcium Permanganate

---

---

---

---

---

---

Calcium Phenolsulfonate

---

---

Calcium Phosphate

---

---

Calcium Phosphate Acid

---

---

Calcium Propionate

---

---

Calcium Pyridine Sulfonate

---

---

---

---

---

---

Calcium Salts

---

---

Calcium Silicate

---

---

Calcium Stearate

---

---

---

Calcium Sulfamate

---

---

---

Calcium Sulfate

---

---

Calcium Sulfide

---

Calcium Sulfite

---

---

Calcium Thiocyanate

---

---

Calcium Thiosulfate

---

---

Calcium Tungstate

---

---

Caliche Liquors

---

---

Camphene

---

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Camphor

---

---

---

Camphoric Acid

---

---

---

Cane Sugar Liquors

---

Capric Acid

---

---

Caproic Acid

---

---

Caproic Aldehyde

---

---

Caprolactam

---

---

Capronaldehyde

---

---

Caprylic Acid

---

---

---

---

---

Carbamate

---

---

---

Carbitol

---

---

Carbolic Acid (Phenol)

---

Carbon Bisulfide

---

Carbon Dioxide (Explosive Decompression Use)

---

---

Carbon Dioxide, Dry

---

Carbon Dioxide, Wet

---

Carbon Disulfide

---

---

Carbon Fluorides

---

---

Carbon Monoxide

---

Carbon Tetrachloride

---

Carbon Tetrafluoride

---

---

Carbonic Acid

---

Casein

---

---

Castor Oil

---

Caustic Lime

---

Caustic Potash

---

Caustic Soda (Sodium Hydroxide)

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Cellosolve

---

---

Cellosolve Acetate

---

---

Cellosolve Butyl

---

---

Celluguard

---

---

Cellulose Acetate

---

---

Cellulose Acetate Butyrate

---

---

Cellulose Ether

---

---

Cellulose Nitrate

---

---

Cellulose Tripropionate

---

---

Cellulube 90, 100, 150, 220, 300, 500, 550

---

---

Cellutherm 2505A

---

---

Cerium Sulfate

---

---

Cerous Chloride

---

---

Cerous Fluoride

---

---

Cerous Nitrate

---

---

Cetane (Hexadecane)

---

---

Cetyl Alcohol

---

---

China Wood Oil, Tung Oil

---

---

Chloranthraquinone

---

---

---

Chlordane

---

---

Chlorextol

---

Chloric Acid

---

---

Chloric Acid to 20%

---

---

Chlorinated Solvents, Dry

---

---

Chlorinated Solvents, Wet

---

---

Chlorine Dioxide

---

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Chloral / Chloral Hydrate

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Chlorine Dioxide, 8% Cl as NaClO2 in solution

---

---

---

Chlorine Gas (Dry)

---

Chlorine Gas (Wet)

---

Chlorine Liquid (Dry)

---

Chlorine Liquid (Wet)

---

Chlorine Trifluoride

---

Chlorine Water 50ppm max.

---

---

---

Chlorine Water 5ppm max.

---

---

---

Chloro 1-Nitro Ethane (1-Chloro 1-Nitro Ethane) Factory

---

---

Chloro Xylenols

---

---

---

---

Chloroacetaldehyde

---

---

Chloroacetic Acid

---

---

---

Chloroacetone

---

---

Chloroamino Benzoic Acid

---

---

Chloroaniline

---

---

Chlorobenzaldehyde

---

---

Chlorobenzene Chloride

---

---

---

Chlorobenzene Trifluoride

---

---

---

Chlorobenzene, Mono, Di, Tri

---

Chlorobenzochloride

---

---

---

Chlorobenzotrifluoride

---

---

---

---

Chlorobromopropane

---

---

---

Chlorobutadiene

---

---

Chlorobutane (Butyl Chloride)

---

---

Chlorododecane

---

---

Chloroethane

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Chlorobromomethane

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Chloroethane Sulfonic Acid

---

---

Chloroethylbenzene

---

---

---

Chloroform

---

---

Chlorohydrin

---

---

Chloromethane (Methyl Chloride)

---

---

Chloronaphthalene or o-Chloronaphthalene

---

---

Chloronitrobenzene

---

---

Chlorophenol or o-Chlorophenol

---

---

Chloropicrin

---

---

---

Chloroprene

---

---

---

Chlorosilanes

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Chlorotoluene

---

---

Chlorotoluene Sulfonic Acid

---

---

Chlorotoluidine

---

---

---

Chlorotrifluoroethylene (CTFE)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Chlorox

---

Chloroxylols

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Cholesterol

---

---

---

Chrome Alum

---

---

Chrome Plating Solutions

---

---

Chromic Acid

---

---

Chromic Acid, to 25%

---

---

Chromic Oxide

---

---

---

Chromium Potassium Sulfate (Alum)

---

---

---

Cinnamic Acid

---

---

---

Cinnamic Alcohol

---

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Chlorosulphonic Acid

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Cinnamic Aldehyde

---

---

---

Circo Light Process Oil

---

---

Citric Acid

---

City Service #65 #120 #250

---

---

City Service Koolmoter-AP Gear Oil 140-EP Lube

---

---

City Service Pacemaker #2

---

---

Clorox

---

---

---

Coal Tar

---

Cobalt Chloride

---

---

Cobalt Chloride, 2N

---

---

Cobaltous Acetate

---

---

Cobaltous Bromide

---

---

Cobaltous Linoleate

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Cobaltous Naphthenate

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Cobaltous Sulfate

---

---

Coca-Cola

---

---

Coconut Oil

---

---

Cod Liver Oil

---

---

Codeine

---

---

---

Coffee

---

---

Coke Oven Gas

---

---

Coliche Liquors

---

---

---

---

Convelex 10

---

---

---

Coolanol 20 25R 35R 40& 45A (Monsanto)

---

---

Copper Acetate

---

---

Copper Ammonium Acetate

---

---

Copper Carbonate

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Copper Chloride

---

---

Copper Cyanide

---

---

Copper Fluoride

---

---

---

Copper Gluconate

---

---

---

Copper Naphthenate

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Copper Nitrate

---

---

---

---

Copper Oxide

---

---

Copper Plating Solution

---

---

Copper Plating Solution, Acid

---

---

Copper Salts

---

---

Copper Sulfate

---

---

Corn Oil

---

Corn Starch, Slurry

---

---

Corn Syrup

---

---

Cottonseed Oil

---

Creosote, Coal Tar

---

Creosote, Wood Tar

---

Cresol (Methyl Phenol)

---

---

Cresols

---

---

Cresylic Acid

---

---

Crotonaldehyde

---

---

---

Crotonic Acid

---

---

---

Crude Oil (Asphalt Base)

---

---

Crude Oil (Except Asphalt Base)

---

---

Cumaldehyde

---

---

---

Cumene

---

---

Cupric Sulfide

---

---

---

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Cutting Oil

---

---

Cyanides

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Cyanogen Chloride

---

---

---

Cyanogen Gas

---

---

Cyclohexane

---

---

Cyclohexanol

---

---

Cyclohexanone

---

Cyclohexene

---

---

---

Cyclohexylamine

---

---

Cyclohexylamine Laurate

---

---

Cyclopentadiene

---

---

---

Cyclopentane

---

---

Cyclopolyolefins

---

---

Cymene or p-Cymene

---

---

DDT (Dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane)

---

---

---

Decalin

---

---

Decane

---

---

Deionized Water (DI Water)

---

---

Delco Brake Fluid

---

---

Denatured Alcohol

---

Detergent, Water Solution

---

---

Developing Fluids (Photo)

---

---

Dexron

---

---

Dextrin

---

---

Dextro Lactic Acid

---

---

Dextron

---

---

Dextrose

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Diacetone

---

---

Diacetone Alcohol

---

Dialkyl Sulfates

---

---

Diamylamine

---

---

Diazinon

---

---

Dibenzyl (sym-Diphenylethane)

---

---

---

Dibenzyl Ether

---

---

Dibenzyl Sebacate

---

---

Dibromoethane

---

---

---

Dibromoethyl Benzene (Alkazene)

---

---

Dibutyl Cellosolve Adipate

---

---

Dibutyl Ether

---

---

Dibutyl Methylenedithio Glycolate

---

---

---

Dibutyl Phthalate

---

Dibutyl Sebacate

---

Dibutyl Thioglycolate

---

---

---

Dibutyl Thiourea

---

---

---

Dibutylamine

---

---

Dichloroacetic Acid

---

---

---

Dichloroaniline

---

---

Dichlorobenzene or o-Dichlorobenzene

---

---

Dichlorobenzene or p-Dichlorobenzene

---

---

Dichlorobutane

---

---

Dichlorobutene

---

---

---

Dichlorodifluoromethane (dry)

---

Dichlorodifluoromethane (wet)

---

---

Dichlorodiphenyl-Dichloroethane (DDD)

---

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Dichloroethane

---

---

---

Dichloroethylene

---

---

---

Dichlorohydrin

---

---

Dichloroisopropyl Ether

---

---

Dichloromethane (Methylene Chloride)

---

---

---

Dichlorophenol

---

---

---

Dichlorophenoxyacetic Acid

---

---

---

Dichloropropane

---

---

---

Dichloropropene

---

---

---

Dicyclohexylamine

---

---

Dicyclohexylammonium Nitrate

---

---

Dieldrin

---

---

---

Diesel Oil

---

Di-ester Lubricant MIL-L-7808

---

---

Di-ester Synthetic Lubricants

---

---

Diethanolamine (DEA)

---

---

Diethyl Benzene

---

---

Diethyl Carbonate

---

---

Diethyl Ether

---

---

Diethyl Phthalate

---

---

---

Diethyl Sebacate

---

---

Diethyl Sulfate

---

---

Diethylamine

---

---

Diethylaniline

---

---

Diethylene Glycol

---

Diethylenetriamine

---

---

Difluorodibromomethane

---

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Difluoroethane

---

---

---

Difluoromonochloroethane

---

---

---

Diglycol Chloroformate

---

---

Diglycolic Acid

---

---

Dihydroxydiphenylsulfone

---

---

Diisobutyl Ketone

---

---

Diisobutylcarbinol

---

---

Diisobutylene

---

---

Diisooctyl Sebacate

---

---

Diisopropanolamine

---

---

---

Diisopropyl Benzene

---

---

---

Diisopropyl Ketone

---

---

Diisopropylidene Acetone (Phorone)

---

---

Dimethyl Acetamide

---

---

Dimethyl Aniline (Xylidine)

---

---

Dimethyl Disulfide (DMDS)

---

---

Dimethyl Ether

---

---

Dimethyl Formaldehyde

---

---

Dimethyl Formamide (DMF)

---

---

Dimethyl Hydrazine

---

---

Dimethyl Phenyl Carbinol

---

---

---

Dimethyl Phenyl Methanol

---

---

---

Dimethyl Phthalate

---

---

---

Dimethyl Sulfoxide (DMSO)

---

---

Dimethyl Terephthalate (DMT)

---

---

Dimethylamine (DMA)

---

---

Dinitrochlorobenzene

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Dinitrotoluene (DNT)

---

---

Dioctyl Phthalate

---

Dioctyl Sebacate

---

Dioctylamine

---

---

Dioxane

---

---

Dioxolane

---

---

Dipentene

---

---

Diphenyl

---

---

Diphenyl Oxides

---

---

Diphenylamine (DPA)

---

---

---

Diphenylpropane

---

---

---

Dipropylene Glycol

---

---

---

Disodium Phosphate

---

---

---

Divinyl Benzene

---

---

Dodecyl Alcohol

---

---

---

Dodecylbenzene

---

---

---

Dow Chemical 50-4

---

---

---

Dow Chemical ET378

---

---

Dow Chemical ET588

---

---

---

Dow Corning -11

---

---

Dow Corning 1208, 4050, 6620, F-60, XF-60

---

---

Dow Corning -1265 Fluorosilicone Fluid

---

---

Dow Corning -200

---

---

Dow Corning -220

---

---

Dow Corning -3

---

---

Dow Corning -33

---

---

Dow Corning -4

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Dow Corning -44

---

---

Dow Corning -5

---

---

Dow Corning -510

---

---

Dow Corning -55

---

---

Dow Corning -550

---

---

Dow Corning -704

---

---

Dow Corning -705

---

---

Dow Corning -710

---

---

Dow Corning F-61

---

---

Dow Guard

---

---

Dowanol P

---

---

Dowtherm A

---

---

Dowtherm E

---

---

Dowtherm SR-1

---

---

Dowtherm, 209

---

---

Dry Cleaning Fluids

---

---

DTE 20 Series, Mobil

---

---

DTE named series, Mobil, light-heavy

---

---

Elco 28-EP lubricant

---

---

Epichlorohydrin

---

---

Epoxy Resins

---

---

---

Esam-6 Fluid

---

---

---

Esso Fuel 208

---

---

Esso Golden Gasoline

---

---

Esso Motor Oil

---

---

Esso Transmission Fluid (Type A)

---

---

Esso WS2812 (MIL-L-7808A)

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Esso XP90-EP Lubricant

---

---

Esstic 42, 43

---

---

Ethane

---

---

Ethanol

---

Ethanolamine

---

Ethers

---

---

Ethoxyethyl Acetate (EGMEEA)

---

---

Ethyl Acetate

---

Ethyl Acetoacetate

---

Ethyl Acrylate

---

Ethyl Acrylic Acid

---

---

Ethyl Alcohol

---

Ethyl Amines

---

Ethyl Benzene

---

Ethyl Benzoate

---

---

Ethyl Bromide

---

---

Ethyl Cellosolve

---

---

Ethyl Cellulose

---

---

Ethyl Chloride

---

Ethyl Chlorocarbonate

---

---

Ethyl Chloroformate

---

---

Ethyl Cyclopentane

---

---

Ethyl Ether

---

Ethyl Formate

---

---

Ethyl Hexanol

---

---

Ethyl Lactate

---

---

Ethyl Mercaptan

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Ethyl Nitrite

---

---

Ethyl Oxalate

---

Ethyl Pentachlorobenzene

---

Ethyl Pyridine

---

---

Ethyl Silicate

---

Ethyl Stearate

---

---

---

Ethyl Sulfate

---

---

Ethyl Tertiary Butyl Ether

---

---

---

Ethyl Valerate

---

---

---

Ethylene

---

Ethylene Chloride

---

Ethylene Chlorohydrin

---

---

Ethylene Cyanohydrin

---

---

---

Ethylene Diamine

---

Ethylene Dibromide

---

---

Ethylene Dichloride

---

Ethylene Glycol

---

Ethylene Glycol 30% + tap water @250F/121C

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Ethylene Glycol 50% + tap water @250F/121C

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Ethylene Hydrochloride

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Ethylene Oxide

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Ethylene Oxide, (12%) and Freon 12 (80%)

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Ethylene Trichloride

---

---

Ethylmorpholene Stannous Octotate (50/50 mixture)

---

---

---

---

---

Ethylmorpholine

---

---

---

Ethylsulfuric Acid

---

---

F-60 Fluid (Dow Corning)

---

---

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

F-61 Fluid (Dow Corning)

---

---

Fatty Acids

---

---

FC-43 Heptacosofluorotri-butylamine

---

---

FC75 & FC77 (Fluorocarbon)

---

---

Ferric Acetate

---

---

Ferric Ammonium Sulfate

---

---

Ferric Chloride

---

Ferric Ferrocyanide

---

---

Ferric Hydroxide

---

---

Ferric Nitrate

---

Ferric Persulfate

---

---

---

Ferric Sulfate

---

---

Ferrous Ammonium Citrate

---

---

Ferrous Ammonium Sulfate

---

---

Ferrous Carbonate

---

---

Ferrous Chloride

---

---

Ferrous Iodide

---

---

Ferrous Nitrate

---

---

Ferrous Sulfate

---

---

Ferrous Tartrate

---

---

Fish Oils

---

---

Fluorine (Liquid)

---

---

Fluorobenzene

---

---

Fluoroboric Acid

---

---

Fluorocarbon Oils

---

---

---

Fluorolube

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Fluorine (Gas, wet or dry)

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Fluorosilicic Acid

---

---

Formaldehyde

---

Formamide

---

---

Formic Acid

---

Freon 11

---

---

Freon 12

---

Freon 134a

---

---

Freon 22

---

Freon, 112

---

---

Freon, 113

---

Freon, 114

---

Freon, 114B2

---

---

Freon, 115, 116

---

---

Freon, 12 and ASTM Oil #2 (50/50 Mixture)

---

---

Freon, 12 and Suniso 4G (50/50 Mixture)

---

---

Freon, 13

---

Freon, 13B1

---

---

Freon, 14

---

---

Freon, 142b

---

---

Freon, 152a

---

---

Freon, 21

---

Freon, 218

---

---

Freon, 22

---

Freon, 22 and ASTM Oil #2 (50/50 Mixture)

---

Freon, 31

---

---

Freon, 32

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Freon 21

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Freon, 502

---

---

Freon, BF (R112)

---

---

Freon, C316

---

---

Freon, C318

---

---

Freon, K-142b

---

---

Freon, K-152a

---

---

Freon, MF (R11)

---

---

Freon, PCA (R113)

---

---

Freon, TA

---

---

Freon, TC

---

---

Freon, TF (R113)

---

---

Freon, TMC

---

---

Freon, T-P35

---

---

Freon, T-WD602

---

---

Fuel oil

---

---

Fuel Oil, #6

---

---

Fuel Oil, 1, and 2

---

---

Fuel Oil, Acidic

---

---

Fumaric Acid

---

---

Fuming Sulphuric Acid (20/25% Oleum)

---

---

Furaldehyde

---

---

Furfural (Furfuraldehyde)

---

---

Furfuryl Alcohol

---

---

---

Furyl Carbinol

---

---

---

Fyrquel 150 220 300 550

---

---

Fyrquel 90, 100, 500

---

---

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Furan

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Fyrquel A60

---

---

---

Fyrquel EHC

---

---

Gas, Natural

---

Gasoline

---

Gasoline, Refined Leaded

---

---

Gasoline, Refined Unleaded

---

---

Gasoline/Ethanol Mixtures

---

Gelatin

---

Germane (Germanium Tetrahydride)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Girling Brake Fluid

---

---

---

Glaubers Salt

---

---

---

Gluconic Acid

---

---

Glucose

---

Glue

---

---

Glutamic Acid

---

---

---

---

Glycerin/Glycerol

---

Glycerol Dichlorohydrin

---

---

---

Glycerol Monochlorohydrin

---

---

---

Glycerol Triacetate

---

---

Glycerophosphoric Acid

---

---

---

Glyceryl Phosphate

---

---

---

Glycidol

---

---

---

Glycol

---

Glycol Ethylene

---

Glycol Monoether

---

Glycolic Acid

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gallic Acid

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Glycoxylic Acid

---

---

Grease Petroleum Base

---

---

Green Sulfate Liquor (Pulp Mill)

---

Gulf Endurance Oils

---

---

Gulf FR Fluids (Emulsion)

---

---

Gulf FR G-Fluids

---

---

Gulf FR P-Fluids

---

---

Gulf Harmony Oils

---

---

Gulf High Temperature Grease

---

---

Gulf Legion Oils

---

---

Gulf Paramount Oils

---

---

Gulf Security Oils

---

---

Gulfcrown Grease

---

---

Halowax Oil

---

---

Hannifin Lube A

---

---

Heavy Water

---

---

HEF-2 (High Energy Fuel)

---

---

Helium

---

---

Heptachlor

---

---

---

Heptachlorobutene

---

---

---

Heptaldehyde (Heptanal)

---

---

Heptane or n-Heptane

---

---

Heptanoic Acid

---

---

Hexachloroacetone

---

---

Hexachlorobutadiene

---

---

---

Hexachlorobutene

---

---

---

Hexachloroethane

---

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Hexaldehyde or n-Hexaldehyde

---

---

Hexamethyldisilizane

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Hexamethylene (Cyclohexane)

---

---

Hexamethylene Diammonium Adipate

---

---

---

Hexamethylenediamine

---

---

Hexane or n-Hexane

---

Hexene-1 or n-Hexene-1

---

---

Hexone (Methyl Isobutyl Ketone)

---

Hexyl Acetate

---

---

Hexyl Alcohol

---

---

Hexylene Glycol

---

---

Hexylresorcinol

---

---

---

High Viscosity Lubricant, H2

---

---

High Viscosity Lubricant, U4

---

---

HiLo MS #1

---

---

Houghto-Safe 1010 phosphate ester

---

---

Houghto-Safe 1055 phosphate ester

---

---

Houghto-Safe 1120 phosphate ester

---

---

Houghto-Safe 271 (Water & Glycol Base)

---

---

Houghto-Safe 416 & 500 Series

---

---

---

---

Houghto-Safe 5040 (Water/Oil emulsion)

---

---

Houghto-Safe 620 Water/Glycol

---

---

Hydraulic Oil (Petroleum Base, Industrial)

---

Hydraulic Oils (Synthetic Base)

---

---

---

Hydrazine

---

---

Hydrazine (Anhydrous)

---

---

---

Hydrazine Dihydrochloride

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Hydrazine Hydrate

---

---

Hydriodic Acid

---

---

---

Hydroabietyl Alcohol

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Hydrobromic Acid

---

---

Hydrobromic Acid 40%

---

---

Hydrocarbons, Saturated

---

Hydrochloric Acid (cold) 37%

---

Hydrochloric Acid (hot) 37%

---

Hydrochloric Acid, 3 Molar to 158F/70C

---

Hydrochloric Acid, to 36%, 158F/70C

---

Hydrochloric Acid, to 36%, 75F/24C

---

Hydrocyanic Acid

---

---

Hydro-Drive MIH-10 (Petroleum Base)

---

---

---

Hydro-Drive MIH-50 (Petroleum Base)

---

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Hydrofluoric Acid (Anhydrous)

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Hydrofluoric Acid (conc.) Cold

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Hydrofluoric Acid (conc.) Hot

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Hydrofluorosilicic Acid (Fluosilicic Acid)

---

---

Hydrogen Bromide (Anhydrous)

---

---

Hydrogen Chloride (Anhydrous)

---

---

Hydrogen Chloride gas

---

---

Hydrogen Cyanide

---

---

Hydrogen Fluoride

---

---

Hydrogen Fluoride (Anhydrous)

---

---

Hydrogen Gas

---

---

Hydrogen Iodide (Anhydrous)

---

---

---

Hydrogen Peroxide

---

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Hydrogen Peroxide, 0 - 30%

---

---

Hydrogen Peroxide, 30 - 50%

---

---

Hydrogen Peroxide, 50% - 90%

---

Hydrogen Sulfde, Dry Gas

---

---

Hydrogen Sulfde, Wet Gas

---

Hydrogen Sulfide, Dry, Cold

---

---

Hydrogen Sulfide, Dry, Hot

---

---

Hydrogen Sulfide, Wet, Cold

---

Hydrogen Sulfide, Wet, Hot

---

Hydrolube-Water/Ethylene Glycol

---

---

Hydrooxycitronellal

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Hydroquinol

---

---

---

---

Hydroquinone

---

---

Hydroxyacetic Acid

---

---

Hydyne

---

---

Hyjet

---

---

Hyjet IV and IVA

---

---

Hyjet S4

---

---

---

Hyjet W

---

---

Hypochlorous Acid

---

Hypochlorous Acid, 0% - 10%

---

Indole

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Industron FF44

---

---

Industron FF48

---

---

Industron FF53

---

---

Industron FF80

---

---

Insulin

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Iodic Acid

---

---

Iodine

---

---

---

Iodine Pentafluoride Factory

---

Iodine, Satd Vapor at room temp

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Iodoform

---

---

---

---

---

---

Isoamyl Acetate

---

---

---

Isoamyl Butyrate

---

---

---

Isoamyl Valerate

---

---

---

Isoboreol

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Isobutane

---

---

---

Isobutyl Acetate

---

---

Isobutyl Alcohol

---

---

Isobutyl Alcohol, 10%

---

---

Isobutyl Chloride

---

---

---

Isobutyl Ether

---

---

---

Isobutyl Methyl Ketone

---

---

Isobutyl n-Butyrate

---

---

---

Isobutyl Phosphate

---

---

Isobutylene

---

---

---

---

---

---

Isobutyraldehyde

---

---

---

Isobutyric Acid

---

---

Isobutyric Acid, 50%

---

---

---

Isocaproic Acid

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Isocrotyl Chloride

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Isodecanol

---

---

Isododecane

---

---

Isoeugenol

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Isononyl Alcohol

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Isooctane

---

Isopentane

---

---

Isophorone (Ketone)

---

---

Isopropanol

---

---

Isopropyl Acetate

---

---

Isopropyl Alcohol

---

Isopropyl Chloride

---

---

Isopropyl Ether

---

---

Isopropylacetone

---

---

Isopropylamine

---

---

Jet Fuel A

---

---

---

JP-10

---

---

JP-3 (MIL-J-5624)

---

---

JP-4 (MIL-T-5624)

---

---

JP-5 (MIL-T-5624)

---

---

JP-6 (MIL-J-25656)

---

---

JP-8 (MIL-T-83133)

---

---

JP-9 (MIL-F-81912)

---

---

JP-9 -11

---

---

JPX (MIL-F-25604)

---

---

Kel F Liquids

---

---

---

Kerosene

---

---

Keystone #87HX-Grease

---

---

Lacquer Solvents

---

Lacquers

---

Lactams-Amino Acids

---

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Lactic Acid, Cold

---

---

Lactic Acid, Hot

---

---

Lactones (Cyclic Esters)

---

---

Lard

---

Lauric Acid

---

---

Lavender Oil

---

---

LB 135

---

---

---

Lead Acetate

---

Lead Arsenate

---

---

Lead Bromide

---

---

Lead Carbonate

---

---

Lead Chloride

---

---

Lead Chromate

---

---

Lead Dioxide

---

---

Lead Linoleate

---

---

Lead Nitrate

---

---

Lead Oxide

---

---

Lead Sulfamate

---

---

Lead Sulfate

---

---

---

Lehigh X1169

---

---

Lehigh X1170

---

---

Ligroin (Petroleum Ether or Benzene)

---

---

Lime and H2O

---

---

Lime Bleach

---

---

---

Lime Sulfur

---

---

Lindol, Hydraulic Fluid (Phosphate ester type)

---

---

Linoleic Acid

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Linseed Oil

---

Liquid Oxygen (LOX) Factory

Liquid Petroleum Gas (LPG)

---

Liquimoly

---

---

Lithium Bromide

---

---

Lithium Carbonate

---

---

Lithium Chloride

---

---

Lithium Citrate

---

---

Lithium Hydroxide

---

---

Lithium Hypochlorite

---

---

Lithium Nitrate

---

---

Lithium Nitrite

---

---

Lithium Perchlorate

---

---

Lithium Salicylate

---

---

Lithopone

---

---

Lubricating Oil (Crude & Refined)

---

---

---

Lubricating Oils (Synthetic base)

---

---

---

---

---

---

Lubricating Oils, Di-ester

---

---

Lubricating Oils, petroleum base

---

Lubricating Oils, SAE 10, 20, 30, 40, 50

---

---

Lye Solutions

---

---

Magnesium Carbonate

---

---

---

Magnesium Chloride

---

Magnesium Hydroxide

---

Magnesium Nitrate

---

---

Magnesium Salts

---

---

Magnesium Sulfite and Sulfate

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Magnesium Trisilicate

---

---

---

---

---

---

Malathion

---

---

Maleic Acid

---

---

Maleic Anhydride

---

---

---

Maleic Hydrazide

---

---

Malic Acid

---

---

Mandelic Acid

---

---

Manganese Acetate

---

---

Manganese Carbonate

---

---

Manganese Chloride

---

---

Manganese Dioxide

---

---

Manganese Gluconate

---

---

Manganese Hypophosphite

---

---

Manganese Linoleate

---

---

Manganese Naphthenate

---

---

---

---

---

---

Manganese Phosphate

---

---

Manganese Sulfate

---

---

Manganous Chloride

---

---

Manganous Phosphate

---

---

Manganous Sulfate

---

---

Mannitol

---

---

MCS 312

---

---

MCS 352

---

---

MCS 463

---

---

MDI (Methylene di-p-phenylene isocyanate)

---

---

Mercaptan

---

---

Mercaptobenzothiazole (MBT)

---

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Mercuric Acetate

---

---

Mercuric Chloride

---

---

Mercuric Cyanide

---

---

Mercuric Iodide

---

---

Mercuric Nitrate

---

---

Mercuric Sulfate

---

---

Mercuric Sulfite

---

---

Mercurous Nitrate

---

---

Mercury

---

---

Mercury Chloride

---

---

Mercury Fulminate

---

---

Mercury Salts

---

---

Mercury Vapors

---

---

---

Mesityl Oxide (Ketone)

---

---

Meta-Cresol

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Metaldehyde

---

---

Meta-Nitroaniline

---

---

Meta-Toluidine

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Methacrylic Acid

---

---

Methallyl Chloride

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Methane

---

Methanol (see Methyl Alcohol)

---

Methoxyethanol (DGMMA)

---

---

Methyl Abietate

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Methyl Acetate

---

Methyl Acetoacetate

---

---

Methyl Acetophenone

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Methyl Acrylate

---

---

Methyl Alcohol, Methanol

---

Methyl Amylketone

---

---

Methyl Anthranilate

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Methyl Benzoate

---

---

Methyl Bromide

---

---

---

Methyl Butyl Ketone

---

---

Methyl Butyrate Cellosolve

---

---

---

Methyl Butyrate Chloride

---

---

Methyl Carbonate

---

---

Methyl Cellosolve

---

---

Methyl Cellulose

---

---

Methyl Chloride

---

---

Methyl Chloroacetate

---

---

Methyl Chloroform

---

---

---

Methyl Chloroformate

---

---

Methyl Chlorosilanes

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Methyl Cyanide (Acetonitrile)

---

---

Methyl Cyclohexanone

---

---

Methyl Cyclopentane

---

---

Methyl Dichloride

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Methyl Ester (Biodiesel B-100) with <0.5% water, to 180F/82C

---

---

---

Methyl Ether

---

---

Methyl Ethyl Ketone

---

Methyl Ethyl Ketone Peroxide

---

---

Methyl Ethyl Oleate

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Methyl Formate

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Methyl Hexyl Ketone (2-Octanone)

---

---

Methyl Iodide

---

---

Methyl Isocyanate

---

---

Methyl Isopropyl Ketone

---

---

Methyl Isovalerate

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Methyl Lactate

---

---

Methyl Mercaptan

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Methyl Methacrylate

---

Methyl Oleate

---

---

---

Methyl Pentadiene

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Methyl Phenylacetate

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Methyl Salicylate

---

---

---

Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether (MTBE)

---

---

---

Methyl Valerate

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Methylacrylic Acid

---

---

Methylamine

---

---

Methylamyl Acetate

---

---

Methylcyclopentane

---

---

Methylene Bromide

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Methylene Chloride

---

---

Methylene Dichloride

---

---

---

Methylene Iodide

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Methylglycerol

---

---

Methylisobutyl Carbinol

---

---

Methylpyrrolidine

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Methylpyrrolidone

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Methyl Isobutyl Ketone

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Methylsulfuric Acid

---

---

MIL-A-6091

---

---

MIL-C-4339

---

---

MIL-C-7024A

---

MIL-C-8188C

---

MIL-E-9500

---

---

MIL-F-16884

---

---

MIL-F-17111

---

MIL-F-25558 (RJ-1)

---

MIL-F-25656B (JP6)

---

MIL-F-5566

---

MIL-F-81912 (JP-9)

---

---

MIL-F-82522 (RJ-4)

---

---

MIL-G-10924B

---

MIL-G-15793

---

MIL-G-21568A

---

MIL-G-25013D

---

MIL-G-25537A

---

MIL-G-25760A

---

MIL-G-3278

---

---

MIL-G-3545

---

---

MIL-G-4343B

---

---

MIL-G-5572

---

---

MIL-G-7118A

---

MIL-G-7187

---

MIL-G-7421A

---

MIL-G-7711A

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

MIL-H-13910B

---

MIL-H-19457B

---

MIL-H-22251

---

MIL-H-27601A

---

MIL-H-46170 -15F/-26C to +400F/204C

---

---

MIL-H-46170 -20F/-29C to +275F/135C

---

---

MIL-H-46170 -55F/-48C to +275F/135C

---

---

MIL-H-46170 -65F/-54C to +275F/135C

---

---

MIL-H-5606 -65F/-54C to +235F/113C

---

MIL-H-5606 -65F/-54C to +275F/135C

---

MIL-H-6083C

---

MIL-H-7083A

---

MIL-H-8446B

---

MIL-J-5161F

---

Milk

---

---

MIL-L-15016

---

---

MIL-L-15017

---

MIL-L-17331D

---

MIL-L-2104

---

---

MIL-L-21260

---

MIL-L-23699A

---

MIL-L-25681C

---

MIL-L-3150A

---

MIL-L-6042C

---

MIL-L-6081

---

MIL-L-6085A

---

MIL-L-6387A

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

MIL-L-7808F

---

MIL-L-7870A

---

MIL-L-9000F

---

MIL-L-9236B

---

MIL-O-3503

---

---

MIL-P-27402

---

---

---

MIL-R-25576 (RP-1)

---

MIL-S-3136, Type I

---

MIL-S-3136, Type II

---

MIL-S-3136, Type III

---

MIL-S-3136, Type IV

---

MIL-S-3136, Type V

---

MIL-S-81087

---

MIL-T-5624, JP-4, JP-5

---

MIL-T-83133, JP-8

---

---

Mineral Oils

---

Mineral Spirits

---

---

Mixed Acids

---

---

MLO-7277 Hydr.

---

---

MLO-7577

---

---

MLO-8200 Hydr.

---

MLO-8515

---

Mobil 24dte

---

---

---

Mobil Delvac 1100, 1110, 1120, 1130

---

---

---

Mobil HF

---

---

---

Mobil Nivac 20, 30

---

---

---

Mobil SHC 500 Series

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Mobil SHC 600 Series

---

---

Mobil Therm 600

---

---

---

Mobil Velocite c

---

---

---

Mobilgas WA200 ATF

---

---

---

Mobilgear 600 Series

---

---

Mobilgear SHC ISO Series

---

---

Mobilgrease HP

---

---

Mobilgrease HTS

---

---

Mobilgrease SM

---

---

Mobilith AW Series

---

---

Mobilith SHC Series

---

---

Mobiljet II Lubricant

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Mobilmistlube Series

---

---

Mobiloil SAE 20

---

---

---

Mobilux

---

---

---

Molybdenum Disulfide Grease

---

---

---

Molybdenum Oxide

---

---

Molybdenum Trioxide

---

---

Molybdic Acid

---

---

Monobromobenzene

---

Monobromotoluene

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Monochloroacetic Acid

---

---

Monochlorobenzene

---

Monochlorobutene

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Monoethanolamine (MEA)

---

Monoethyl Amine

---

Monoisopropylamine

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Monomethyl Aniline

---

---

Monomethyl Ether (Methyl Ether)

---

---

---

Monomethyl Hydrazine

---

---

Monomethylamine (MMA)

---

---

---

Mononitrotoluene

---

---

Mononitrotoluene & Dinitrotoluene (40/60 Mixture)

---

---

Monovinyl Acetylene

---

---

Mopar Brake Fluid

---

---

Morpholine

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Motor Oils

---

---

Mustard Gas

---

---

---

---

---

Myristic Acid

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Naphtha

---

Naphtha, 160F/71C

---

Naphthalene Chloride

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Naphthalene Sulfonic Acid

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Naphthalenic Acid

---

---

Naphthalonic Acid

---

---

---

---

---

Naphthenic Acid

---

---

Natural Gas

---

Neatsfoot Oil

---

---

Neon

---

---

Neville Acid

---

---

Nickel Acetate

---

---

Nickel Acetate to 10%, 100F/38C

---

---

Nickel Ammonium Sulfate

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Naphthalene

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Nickel Chloride

---

---

Nickel Cyanide

---

---

Nickel Nitrate

---

---

Nickel Salts

---

---

Nickel Sulfate

---

---

Nicotinamide (Niacinamide)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Nicotinamide Hydrochloride

---

---

Nicotine

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Nicotine Sulfate

---

---

Niter Cake

---

---

Nitric Acid 3 Molar to 158F/70C

---

---

Nitric Acid Concentrated to 158F/70C

---

---

Nitric Acid to 10%, 75F/24C

---

---

Nitric Acid, 10-50%, 75F/24C

---

---

Nitric Acid, 50-100%, 75F/24C

---

---

Nitric Acid, Red Fuming

---

Nitric Acid, White Fuming

---

Nitroaniline

---

---

Nitrobenzene

---

Nitrobenzoic Acid

---

---

Nitrocellulose

---

---

Nitrochlorobenzene

---

---

Nitrochloroform

---

---

Nitrodiethylaniline

---

---

Nitrodiphenyl Ether

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Nitroethane

---

---

Nitrofluorobenzene

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Nitrogen Gas

---

Nitrogen Oxides

---

---

Nitrogen Tetroxide (N2O4)

---

---

Nitrogen Trifluoride

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Nitroglycerine

---

---

Nitrogylcerol

---

---

Nitroisopropylbenzene

---

---

Nitromethane

---

---

Nitrophenol

---

---

Nitropropane

---

---

Nitrosyl Chloride

---

---

---

---

---

Nitrosylsulfuric Acid

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Nitrothiophene

---

---

Nitrotoluene

---

---

Nitrous Acid

---

---

Nitrous Oxide

---

---

Nonane

---

---

Noryl GE Phenolic

---

---

---

---

---

Nyvac FR200 Mobil

---

---

---

Octachloro Toluene

---

---

Octadecane

---

---

Octanal (n-Octanaldehyde)

---

---

Octane or n-Octane

---

---

Octyl Acetate

---

---

Octyl Alcohol

---

---

Octyl Chloride

---

---

Octyl Phthalate

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Oil, Motor

---

---

Oil, Sour Crude

---

---

Olefins

---

---

Oleic Acid

---

Oleum (Fuming Sulfuric Acid)

---

Oleum Spirits

---

---

Oleyl Alcohol

---

---

Olive Oil

---

Oronite 8200, 8515

---

Ortho-Chloro Ethyl Benzene

---

---

Ortho-Chloroaniline

---

---

Ortho-Chlorophenol

---

---

Ortho-Cresol

---

---

Ortho-Dichlorobenzene

---

---

Ortho-Nitrotoluene

---

---

OS45 Type III Silicate Ester

---

---

OS45 Type IV / OS45-1

---

---

OS70

---

---

Oxalic Acid

---

Oxygen, 70F/21C to 200F/93C

---

Oxygen, Cold to 70F/21C

---

Oxygen, 200F/93C to 300F/149C

---

Oxygen, 300F/149C to 400F/204C

---

Oxygen, Liquid

---

---

Ozonated Deionized Water

---

---

Ozone to 100ppm

---

Ozone to 200ppm

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Ozone to 300ppm

---

Paint Thinner, Duco

---

---

Palmitic Acid

---

P-Aminobenzoic Acid

---

---

---

Para-Aminobenzoic Acid

---

---

Para-Aminosalicylic Acid

---

---

Para-Chlorophenol

---

---

Paracymene

---

---

Para-Dichlorobenzene

---

---

Paraffins

---

---

Para-Formaldehyde

---

---

Paraldehyde

---

---

Par-al-Ketone

---

---

Para-Nitroaniline

---

---

Para-Nitrobenzoic Acid

---

---

Para-Nitrophenol

---

---

Parathion

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Para-Toluene Sulfonic Acid

---

---

Parker O Lube

---

---

Peanut Oil

---

Pectin (Liquor)

---

---

Pelagonic Acid

---

---

---

---

---

Penicillin (Liquid)

---

---

---

---

---

---

Pentachloroethane

---

---

---

---

Pentachlorophenol

---

---

Pentaerythritol

---

---

Pentaerythritol Tetranitrate

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Pentane or n-Pentane

---

---

Pentane, 2 Methyl

---

---

Pentane, 2-4 dimethyl

---

---

Pentane, 3-Methyl

---

---

Pentoxone

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Pentyl Pentanoate

---

---

Peracetic Acid

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Perchloric Acid

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Perchloric Acid - 2N

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Perchloroethylene

---

Petrolatum

---

---

Petrolatum Ether

---

---

Petroleum Oil, Above 250F/121C

---

Petroleum Oil, Below 250F/121C

---

Petroleum Oil, Crude

---

---

Phenol (Carbolic Acid)

---

---

Phenol Sulfonic Acid

---

---

Phenol, 70% / 30% H2O

---

---

Phenol, 85% / 15% H2O

---

---

Phenolic Sulfonate

---

---

Phenolsulfonic Acid

---

---

Phenylacetamide

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Phenylacetate

---

---

Phenylacetic Acid

---

---

Phenylbenzene

---

---

Phenylethyl Alcohol

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Phenylethyl Ether

---

---

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Phenylethyl Malonic Ester

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Phenylglycerine

---

---

Phenylhydrazine

---

---

---

Phenylhydrazine Hydrochloride

---

---

Phenylmercuric Acetate

---

---

Phorone (Diisopropylidene Acetone)

---

---

Phosphate Ester

---

Phosphoric Acid 3 Molar to 158F/70C

---

---

Phosphoric Acid 85% to 200F/93C

---

---

Phosphoric Acid Concentrated Room Temp

---

---

Phosphoric Acid Concentrated to 158F/70C

---

---

Phosphoric Acid, 20%

---

---

Phosphoric Acid, 45%

---

---

Phosphorus Oxychloride

---

---

---

Phosphorus Trichloride

---

---

---

Phosphorus Trichloride Acid

---

---

---

Photographic Solutions

---

---

Phthalic Acid

---

---

Phthalic Anhydride

---

---

Pickling Solution

---

Picric Acid (aq)

---

---

Picric Acid Molten

---

---

Pine Oil

---

Pine Tar

---

---

Pinene

---

---

Piperazine

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Phosgene

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Piperidine

---

---

Plating Solutions (gold, brass, cadmium, copper, lead, silver, nickel, tin, zinc)

---

---

---

---

Plating Solutions Chrome

---

---

Plating Solutions Others

---

---

Pneumatic Service

---

---

Polyethylene Glycol

---

---

---

Polyglycerol

---

---

Polyglycol

---

---

Polyvinyl Acetate Emulsion

---

---

Polyvinyl Alcohol

---

---

---

---

Potassium Acetate

---

---

Potassium Acid Sulfate

---

---

Potassium Alum

---

---

Potassium Aluminum Sulfate

---

---

Potassium Antimonate

---

---

Potassium Bicarbonate

---

---

Potassium Bichromate

---

---

Potassium Bifluoride

---

---

Potassium Bisulfate

---

---

Potassium Bisulfite

---

---

Potassium Bitartrate

---

---

Potassium Borate

---

---

---

Potassium Bromate

---

---

---

Potassium Bromide

---

---

Potassium Carbonate

---

---

Potassium Chlorate

---

---

Potassium Chloride

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Potassium Chromate

---

---

Potassium Citrate

---

---

Potassium Cupro Cyanide

---

---

Potassium Cyanate

---

---

Potassium Cyanide

---

Potassium Dichromate

---

---

Potassium Diphosphate

---

---

Potassium Ferricyanide

---

---

Potassium Ferrocyanide

---

---

---

Potassium Fluoride

---

---

Potassium Glucocyanate

---

---

Potassium Hydroxide

---

Potassium Hypochlorite

---

---

Potassium Iodate

---

---

Potassium Iodide

---

---

Potassium Metabisulfate

---

---

Potassium Metachromate

---

---

Potassium Monochromate

---

---

Potassium Nitrate

---

Potassium Nitrite

---

---

Potassium Oxalate

---

---

Potassium Perborate

---

---

---

Potassium Perchlorate

---

---

Potassium Perfluoro Acetate

---

---

---

Potassium Permanganate

---

---

Potassium Persulfate

---

---

Potassium Phosphate (Acid)

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Potassium Phosphate (Alkaline)

---

---

Potassium Phosphate (Di/Tri Basic)

---

---

Potassium Pyrosulfate

---

---

Potassium Salts

---

---

Potassium Silicate

---

---

Potassium Sodium Tartrate

---

---

Potassium Stannate

---

---

Potassium Stearate

---

---

Potassium Sulfate

---

Potassium Sulfide

---

---

Potassium Sulfite

---

---

Potassium Tartrate

---

---

Potassium Thiocyanate

---

---

Potassium Thiosulfate

---

---

Potassium Triphosphate

---

---

Prestone Antifreeze

---

---

PRL-High Temp. Hydr. Oil

---

---

Producer Gas

---

---

Propane Gas

---

Propargyl Alcohol

---

---

---

Propionaldehyde

---

---

Propionic Acid

---

---

Propionitrile

---

---

---

Propyl Acetate

---

Propyl Acetone or n-Propyl Acetone

---

---

Propyl Alcohol (Propanol)

---

Propyl Nitrate

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Propyl Propionate

---

---

Propylamine

---

---

Propylbenzene

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Propylene

---

---

Propylene Chloride

---

---

Propylene Chlorohydrin

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Propylene Dichloride

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Propylene Glycol

---

---

Propylene Glycol 30% + tap water @250F/121C

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Propylene Glycol 50% + tap water @250F/121C

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Propylene Imine

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Propylene Oxide

---

---

Pydraul 90E

---

Pydraul, 10E

---

Pydraul, 115E

---

Pydraul, 230C, 312C, 540C, A200

---

Pydraul, 29ELT 30E, 50E, 65E

---

Pyranol 1467

---

---

---

Pyranol 1476

---

---

---

Pyranol Transformer Oil

---

Pyridine

---

Pyridine Oil

---

---

Pyridine Sulfate

---

---

Pyridine Sulfonic Acid

---

---

Pyrogallol (Pyrogallic Acid)

---

---

---

Pyrogard 42, 43, 55

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Pydraul F - 9 and 150

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Pyrogard 53, Mobil Phosphate Ester

---

---

Pyrogard D, Mobil Water-in-Oil Emulsion

---

---

Pyroligneous Acid

---

---

---

Pyrolube

---

---

Pyrosulfuric Acid

---

---

Pyrosulfuryl Chloride

---

---

---

Pyrrole

---

---

Pyruvic Acid

---

---

Quinidine

---

---

---

Quinine

---

---

---

Quinine Bisulfate

---

---

Quinine Hydrochloride

---

---

Quinine Sulfate

---

---

Quinine Tartrate

---

---

Quinizarin

---

---

---

Quinoline

---

---

---

Quinone

---

---

---

Radiation (Gamma, 1.0 E+07 Rads)

---

---

---

Raffinate

---

---

Rapeseed Oil

---

Red Line 100 Oil

---

---

Red Oil (MIL-H-5606)

---

---

Resorcinol

---

---

Riboflavin

---

---

---

Ricinoleic Acid

---

---

---

RJ-1 (MIL-F-25558)

---

---

Rosin

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

RP-1 (MIL-R-25576)

---

---

Saccharin Solution

---

---

Sal Ammoniac

---

---

Salicylic Acid

---

---

---

Santo Safe 300

---

---

Sea Water, salinity ~ 3.5%

---

---

---

Sebacic Acid

---

---

Selenic Acid

---

---

Selenous Acid

---

---

Sewage

---

---

SF 1147 GE Silicone Fluid

---

---

---

SF 1154 GE Silicone Fluid

---

---

SF96 GE SIlicone Fluid

---

---

Shell 3XF Mine Fluid (Fire resist hydr.)

---

---

Shell Alvania Grease #2

---

---

Shell Carnea 19 and 29

---

---

---

Shell Diala

---

---

Shell Irus 905

---

---

Shell Lo Hydrax 27 and 29

---

---

Shell Macome 72

---

---

Shell Tellus #32 Pet. Base

---

---

Shell Tellus #68

---

---

Shell Tellus 27 (Petroleum Base)

---

---

Shell Tellus 33

---

---

Shell UMF (5% Aromatic)

---

---

Shellac

---

---

Silicate Esters

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Silicic Acid

---

---

---

Silicon Fluoride

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Silicon Tetrachloride

---

---

---

Silicone Greases

---

Silicone Oils

---

Silver Bromide

---

---

Silver Chloride

---

---

Silver Cyanide

---

---

Silver Nitrate

---

---

Silver Sulfate

---

---

Sinclair Opaline CX-EP Lube

---

---

Skelly, Solvent B, C, E

---

---

---

Skydrol 500 B4

---

Skydrol 7000

---

Skydrol LD-4

---

---

Soap Solutions

---

Socony Mobile Type A

---

---

Socony Vacuum AMV AC781 (Grease)

---

---

Socony Vacuum PD959B

---

---

Soda Ash

---

Sodium Acetate

---

---

Sodium Acid Bisulfate

---

---

Sodium Acid Fluoride

---

---

Sodium Aluminate

---

---

Sodium Aluminate Sulfate

---

---

Sodium Anthraquinone Disulfate

---

---

Sodium Antimonate

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Sodium Arsenate

---

---

Sodium Arsenite

---

---

Sodium Benzoate

---

---

Sodium Bicarbonate (Baking Soda)

---

Sodium Bichromate

---

---

Sodium Bifluoride

---

---

Sodium Bisulfate or Bisulfite

---

Sodium Bisulfide

---

---

Sodium Bisulfite

---

Sodium Bitartrate

---

---

Sodium Borate

---

Sodium Bromate

---

---

Sodium Bromide

---

---

Sodium Carbonate (Soda Ash)

---

Sodium Chlorate

---

---

Sodium Chloride

---

Sodium Chlorite

---

---

Sodium Chloroacetate

---

---

Sodium Chromate

---

---

Sodium Citrate

---

---

Sodium Cyanamide

---

---

Sodium Cyanate

---

---

Sodium Cyanide

---

Sodium Diacetate

---

---

Sodium Diphenyl Sulfonate

---

---

Sodium Diphosphate

---

---

Sodium Disilicate

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Sodium Ethylate

---

---

Sodium Ferricyanide

---

---

Sodium Ferrocyanide

---

---

Sodium Fluoride

---

---

Sodium Fluorosilicate

---

---

Sodium Glutamate

---

---

Sodium Hydride

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Sodium Hydro Sulfide

---

---

---

Sodium Hydrogen Sulfate

---

---

Sodium Hydrosulfide

---

---

Sodium Hydrosulfite

---

---

Sodium Hydroxide 3 Molar

---

---

Sodium Hydroxide, 10%

---

Sodium Hydroxide, 30%

---

Sodium Hydroxide, 50%

---

Sodium Hypochlorite

---

Sodium Hypochlorite, 20%

---

Sodium Hypophosphate

---

---

Sodium Hypophosphite

---

---

Sodium Hyposulfite

---

---

Sodium Iodide

---

---

Sodium Lactate

---

---

Sodium Metaphosphate

---

---

---

Sodium Metasilicate

---

---

Sodium Methylate

---

---

Sodium Monophosphate

---

---

Sodium Nitrate

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Sodium Nitrite

---

---

Sodium Oleate

---

---

Sodium Orthosilicate

---

---

Sodium Oxalate

---

---

Sodium Perborate

---

---

Sodium Percarbonate

---

---

Sodium Perchlorate

---

---

Sodium Peroxide

---

Sodium Persulfate

---

---

Sodium Phenolate

---

---

Sodium Phenoxide

---

---

Sodium Phosphate, Dibasic

---

Sodium Phosphate, Monobasic

---

Sodium Phosphate, Tribasic

---

Sodium Plumbite

---

Sodium Pyrophosphate

---

---

Sodium Resinate

---

---

Sodium Salicylate

---

---

Sodium Salts

---

---

Sodium Sesquisilicate

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Sodium Silicate

---

---

---

Sodium Silicofluoride

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Sodium Stannate

---

---

Sodium Sulfate

---

Sodium Sulfide

---

---

Sodium Sulfite

---

---

Sodium Sulfocyanide

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Sodium Tartrate

---

---

Sodium Tetraborate

---

---

Sodium Tetraphosphate

---

---

Sodium Tetrasulfide

---

---

Sodium Thioarsenate

---

---

Sodium Thiocyanate

---

---

Sodium Thiosulfate

---

---

Sodium Trichloroacetate

---

---

Sodium Triphosphate

---

---

Solvasol #1

---

---

Solvasol #2

---

---

Solvasol #3

---

---

Solvasol #73

---

---

Sorbitol

---

---

Sour Crude Oil

---

---

Sour Natural Gas

---

---

Soya Oil

---

---

Soybean Oil

---

Spindle Oil

---

---

Spry

---

---

SR-10 Fuel

---

---

SR-6 Fuel

---

---

Standard Oil Mobilube GX90-EP Lube

---

---

Stannic Ammonium Chloride

---

---

Stannic Chloride

---

---

Stannic Tetrachloride

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Solvasol #74

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Stannous Bisulfate

---

---

Stannous Bromide

---

---

Stannous Chloride

---

---

Stannous Fluoride

---

---

Stannous Sulfate

---

---

Starch

---

---

Stauffer 7700

---

---

Steam Above 300F/149C

---

Steam Below 300F/149C

---

Stearic Acid

---

Stoddard Solvent

---

Strontium Acetate

---

---

Strontium Carbonate

---

---

Strontium Chloride

---

---

Strontium Hydroxide

---

---

Strontium Nitrate

---

---

Styrene Monomer

---

---

Styrene Polymer

---

---

Succinic Acid

---

---

Sucrose Solutions

---

---

Sugar Liquors, Cane, Beet, & Maple

---

---

Sugar Syrup

---

---

---

---

Sulfamic Acid

---

---

Sulfanilic Acid

---

---

Sulfanilic Chloride

---

---

---

Sulfanilimide

---

---

---

Sulfate Liquor, Black, Green

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Sulfite Liquors

---

Sulfolane

---

---

---

Sulfonated Oils

---

---

---

Sulfonic Acid

---

---

Sulfonyl Choride

---

---

Sulfur

---

---

---

Sulfur (Molten)

---

Sulfur Chloride

---

Sulfur Dioxide Liquid, Pressurized

---

---

Sulfur Dioxide, Dry

---

---

Sulfur Dioxide, Wet

---

---

Sulfur Hexafluoride

---

Sulfur Liquors

---

---

Sulfur Monochloride

---

---

---

Sulfur Tetrafluoride

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Sulfur Trioxide, Dry

---

---

Sulfur Trioxide, Wet

---

---

Sulfuric Acid, 0 to 25%, 150F/66C

---

Sulfuric Acid, 20%-25% Oleum

---

Sulfuric Acid, 25-50%, 200F/93C

---

Sulfuric Acid, 3 Molar to 158F/70C

---

Sulfuric Acid, 50-95%, 150F/66C

---

Sulfuric Acid, Fuming

---

Sulfuric Chlorohydrin (Chlorosulfonic Acid)

---

---

Sulfurous Acid

---

---

Sulfurous Acid, 6%

---

---

Sunoco #3661

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Sunoco All purpose grease

---

---

Sunoco SAE 10

---

---

Sunsafe (Fire resist. hydr. fluid)

---

---

---

Super Shell Gas

---

---

Surfuryl Chloride

---

---

---

Swan Finch EP Lube

---

---

Swan Finch Hypoid-90

---

---

Tall Oil

---

---

---

Tallow

---

---

Tannic Acid

---

---

Tanning Liquors (50 g. alum. solution, 50 g. dichromate solution)

---

---

Tar, bituminous

---

Tartaric Acid

---

Tellone II

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Terephthalic Acid

---

---

Terpineol

---

---

---

Terpinyl Acetate

---

---

---

Tertiary Butyl Alcohol

---

---

Tertiary Butyl Catechol or p-tert-butylcatechol

---

---

---

Tertiary Butyl Mercaptan

---

---

Tetrabromoethane

---

---

Tetrabromomethane

---

---

Tetrabutyl Titanate

---

---

Tetrachloroethane

---

---

---

Tetrachloroethylene

---

---

Tetraethyl Lead

---

---

---

Tetraethyl Lead Blend

---

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Insufficient Data

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

---

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

Restricted Applications

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

Limited Applications

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

Most Applications
GRADE T
(Nitrile)

Grade E
(EPDM)

Rating Code Key

---

---

Chemical
Tetraethyl Orthosilicate (TEOS)
Tetrahydrofuran

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Tetralin

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Tetramethyl Ammonium Hydroxide

---

---

Tetramethyldihydropyridine

---

---

---

Tetraphosphoglucosate

---

---

Texaco 3450 Gear Oil

---

---

Texaco Capella A and AA

---

---

Texaco Meropa 220 (No Lead)

---

---

Texaco Regal B

---

---

Texaco Uni-Temp Grease

---

---

Texamatic A 1581 Fluid

---

---

Texamatic A 3401 Fluid

---

---

Texamatic A 3525 Fluid

---

---

Texamatic A 3528 Fluid

---

---

Texamatic A Transmission Oil

---

---

Texas 1500 Oil

---

---

Therminol 44

---

---

Therminol 55

---

---

Therminol VP-1, 60, 66

---

---

Thioamyl Alcohol

---

---

Thiodiacetic Acid

---

---

Thioethanol

---

---

Thioglycolic Acid

---

---

Thiokol TP-90B

---

---

---

Thiokol TP-95

---

---

---

Thiophosphoryl Chloride

---

---

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Thiourea

---

---

Thorium Nitrate

---

---

Tidewater Multigear, 140 EP Lube

---

---

Tidewater Oil-Beedol

---

---

Tin Ammonium Chloride

---

---

Tin Chloride

---

---

Tin Tetrachloride

---

---

Titanic Acid

---

---

Titanium Dioxide

---

---

Titanium Sulfate

---

---

Titanium Tetrachloride

---

---

Toluene

---

Toluene Diisocyanate (TDI)

---

---

Toluene Sulfonyl Chloride

---

---

---

Toluenesulfonic Acid

---

---

Toluidine

---

---

---

Toluquinone

---

---

---

Toyaldehyde

---

---

Transformer Oil

---

---

Transmission Fluid, Type A

---

Triacetin

---

---

---

Triaryl Phosphate

---

---

Tribromomethylbenzene

---

---

---

Tributoxyethyl Phosphate

---

---

---

Tributyl Citrate

---

---

Tributyl Mercaptan

---

---

Tributyl Phosphate

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Tributylamine

---

---

---

---

---

Trichloroacetic Acid

---

---

---

Trichloroacetyl Chloride

---

---

---

Trichlorobenzene

---

---

---

Trichloroethane

---

---

Trichloroethanolamine

---

---

Trichloroethylene

---

Trichloromethane

---

---

Trichloronitromethane (Chloropicrin)

---

---

Trichloropropane

---

---

Trichlorosilane

---

---

Tricresyl Phosphate

---

Triethanol Amine

---

---

---

Triethyl Phosphate

---

---

---

Triethylaluminum

---

---

---

Triethylborane

---

---

---

Triethylene Glycol

---

---

Triethylenetetramine

---

---

Trifluoroacetic Acid

---

---

Trifluoroethane

---

---

Trifluoromethane

---

---

Trifluorovinylchloride

---

---

---

Triisopropylbenzylchloride

---

---

---

Trimethylamine (TMA)

---

---

Trimethylbenzene

---

---

---

Trimethylborate (TMB)

---

---

---

Trimethylpentane

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Trinitrololuene (TNT)

---

---

---

Trioctyl Phosphate

---

---

Triphenylphosphite

---

---

Tripoly Phosphate

---

---

Tripotassium Phosphate

---

---

Trisodium Phosphate

---

---

Tung Oil (China Wood Oil)

---

---

Turbine Oil

---

Turbine Oil #15 (MIL-L-7808A)

---

---

Turbo Oil #35

---

---

Turpentine

---

Type I Fuel (MIL-S-3136)(ASTM Ref. Fuel A)

---

Type II Fuel MIL-S-3136

---

Type III Fuel MIL-S-3136(ASTM Ref. Fuel B)

---

Ucon Hydrolube J-4

---

---

Ucon Lubricant 50-HB-100

---

---

Ucon Lubricant 50-HB-260

---

---

Ucon Lubricant 50-HB-5100

---

---

Ucon Lubricant 50-HB55

---

---

Ucon Lubricant 50-HB-660

---

---

Ucon Lubricant LB-1145

---

---

Ucon Lubricant LB-135

---

---

Ucon Lubricant LB-285

---

---

Ucon Lubricant LB-300X

---

---

Ucon Lubricant LB-625

---

---

Ucon Lubricant LB-65

---

---

Ucon Oil 50-HB-280x

---

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Ucon Oil Heat Transfer Fluid 500 (Polyalkalene Glycol)

---

---

Ucon Oil LB-385

---

---

Ucon Oil LB-400X

---

---

Undecylenic Acid

---

---

---

Undecylic Acid

---

---

---

Univis 40 (Hydr. Fluid)

---

---

Univolt #35 (Mineral Oil)

---

---

Unsymmetrical Dimethyl Hydrazine (UDMH)

---

---

UPDI (Ultrapure Deionized Water)

---

---

Uranium Hexachloride

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Uranium Hexafluoride

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Uranium Sulfate

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Urea

---

---

Uric Acid

---

---

Valeraldehyde

---

---

Valeric Acid

---

---

Vanadium Oxide

---

---

Vanadium Pentoxide

---

---

Varnish

---

---

Vegetable Oils

---

Versilube F44, F55

---

---

Versilube F-50

---

Vinegar

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Vinyl Acetate

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Vinyl Benzene

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Vinyl Benzoate

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Vinyl Chloride

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Vinyl Fluoride

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Vinylidene Chloride

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Vinylpyridine

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Vinyltoluene

GRADE L
(Silicone)

---

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

Restricted Applications

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

Limited Applications

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

Most Applications
GRADE T
(Nitrile)

Grade E
(EPDM)

Rating Code Key

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in


serious personal injury and property damage.

Contact a Victaulic Sales Representative

Vitriol (White)

---

---

VV-H-910

---

Wagner 21B Brake Fluid

---

Water, Bromine

---

---

Water, Chlorine

---

---

---

Water, to 73F/23C

---

Water, to 150F/66C

---

Water, to 200F/93C

---

Water, to 230F/110C

---

Wemco C

---

---

Whiskey and Wines

---

---

White Liquor

---

---

---

White Oil

---

---

White Pine Oil

---

---

Wolmar Salt

---

---

Wood Alcohol

---

---

Wood Oil

---

---

Xenon

---

---

Xylene

---

Xylidenes-Mixed-Aromatic Amines

---

---

Xylol

---

---

Yeast

---

---

Zeolites

---

---

---

Gasket Chemical Services Guide

Revision: GSG-100 6490 Rev.(Y)


The information contained herein is general in nature and recommendations
are valid only for Victaulic compounds.
Gasket compatibility is dependent upon a number of factors. Suitability for
a particular application must be determined by a competent individual
familiar with system-specific conditions.
Victaulic offers no warranties, expressed or implied, of a product in any
application. Contact your Victaulic sales representative to ensure the best
gasket is selected for a particular service.
Failure to follow these instructions could cause system failure, resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.

Grade E
(EPDM)

GRADE T
(Nitrile)

GRADE ST / GRADE H
(Hydrogenated Nitrile)

GRADE A
(White Nitrile)

GRADE V
(Neoprene)

GRADE O
(Fluoroelastomer)

GRADE M
(Halogenated Butyl)

GRADE M2
(Epichlorohydrin)

GRADE L
(Silicone)

Rating Code Key

Zinc Acetate

---

---

Zinc Ammonium Chloride

---

---

Zinc Chloride

---

---

Zinc Chromate

---

---

Zinc Cyanide

---

---

Zinc Diethyldithiocarbamate

---

---

Zinc Dihydrogen Phosphate

---

---

Zinc Fluorosilicate

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Zinc Hydrosulfite

---

---

Zinc Naphthenate

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Zinc Nitrate

---

---

---

---

Zinc Oxide

---

---

---

---

Zinc Phenolsulfonate

---

---

Zinc Phosphate

---

---

Zinc Salts

---

---

Zinc Silicofluoride

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Zinc Stearate

---

---

Zinc Sulfate

---

---

Zinc Sulfide

---

---

Zirconium Nitrate

---

---

Most Applications

Limited Applications

Restricted Applications

---

Insufficient Data
Chemical

Victaulic FireLock Sprinkler Coating Data Sheet


TB-901
Installation Considerations:
Visual inspection is recommended for corrosion resistant
sprinklers before and after installation, to verify the
integrity of the corrosion resistant coating. Thereafter,
inspect sprinklers on a regular basis for corrosion,
mechanical damage, obstructions, etc. according to
NFPA 25, and as required by local regulations or codes.
For proper installation, maintenance and care
instructions please follow the I-40 instruction
manual. For additional information regarding the
coating properties, chemical resistance, or coating
performance please contact Victaulic technical
services at 1-800-PickVic.

Approvals/Listings:

Visual Examination Conditions:

See Victaulic Publication 10.01 for more details.

UL corrosion testing was conducted according to the


methods outlined in UL199. FM Global testing was
conducted in accordance with the methods specified in
FM 2000 sprinkler testing standard under the corrosion
resistance section.

Coatings and Materials:


Victaulic Firelock sprinklers are offered in a variety
of materials and optional coatings to increase their
resistance to corrosion. White and black paint, wax,
Nickel-Teflon1 and VC-250 are all UL/FM/VdS/LPCB
approved coatings or finishes and are available on
Victaulic FireLock sprinkler frames V10, V12, V24,
V27, V34, and V36. VC-250 is UL and FM approved
as a corrosion resistant coating, while VdS and LPCB
have recognized and approved VC-250 as an alternate
coating. Please refer to the particular agency website for
additional details.

Additional testing of commonly found chemicals at


selected concentrations was performed to provide
guidance on how the coated sprinklers can be
visually affected. The testing was performed at an
independent laboratory with accreditation by the
American Association for Laboratory Accreditation
(A2LA) following ASTM D1308 test protocols. ASTM
D1308 is a testing method for the effect of chemicals
on clear and pigmented organic finishes, resulting in
any objectionable alteration in the surface, such as
discoloration, change in gloss, blistering, softening,
swelling, loss of adhesion, or special phenomena. These
test methods provide the means by which the relative
performance of coating systems may be evaluated. The
results detailed in the table on the following page were,
per the test method, following 48 hours of exposure and
the samples being rinsed.

VC-250:
VC-250 is an optional, corrosion-resistant coating
developed by Victaulic to increase the protection of
FireLock sprinklers from visual and physical changes
such as exposure to weather or exposure to areas
that may be specified as chemical environments.
When applied, this nickel based, multi-layer coating
fully encompasses each Firelock sprinkler to provide
increased corrosion resistance while maintaining
functionality.

The chemicals chosen were a representative sample of


chemicals commonly found in many different industries
and environments. For example, indoor swimming
pools are often related with chlorine and hydrochloric
acid, water treatment facilities and paper pulp mills
may have hydrogen peroxide rich atmospheres, sodium
hydroxide can be used in cleaners for the food and
beverage industry, and sodium chloride is found along
coastal salt water areas. The concentrations were for
test purposes only and may not be representative of
actual concentration levels where the sprinklers would be
installed.

1 Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont Corporation

WARNING
Coating selection is the responsibility of the
specifying engineer based on as installed
conditions. The durability/longevity of any
coating in a particular application is based on
multiple factors and selection of the coating
should be determined by an individual familiar
with the application and the environmental
factors.
Final determination of the coating rests with the
engineer of record, property owner or facility
manager.

victaulicfire.com | FireLock | Sprinklers | Coating Data Sheet | Publication TB-901


TB-901 Rev B 041514 Updated 05/2014

2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

victaulicfire.com | FireLock | Sprinklers | Coating Data Sheet | Publication TB-901


Visual Examination Results:
The information in this table is the result of visual examinations only after the tests were conducted.
Tested according to ASTM D1308 spot test method.
Chemical

Brass

Chrome

Nickel-Teflon1

VC-250

Stainless Steel

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

2.0 L Sulfur Dioxide

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

10% Sulfuric Acid

10% Hydrogen Peroxide


10% Sodium Hydroxide
3% Acetic Acid
5% Ammonia
10% Hydrochloric Acid
10% Hydrofluoric Acid
10% Nitric Acid
10% Phosphoric Acid
5% Sodium Chloride

NC

NC

Ratings based on testing at an ambient room temperature of ~73F (22.8C)


Report observations only. No Pass/Fail criteria provided.
1 Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont Corporation

Key
NC





No Visual Change During Exposure


Visual Change During Exposure

WARNING

Coating selection is the responsibility of the specifying engineer based on as installed conditions. The
durability/longevity of any coating in a particular application is based on multiple factors and selection of
the coating should be determined by an individual familiar with the application and the environmental factors.
Final determination of the coating rests with the engineer of record, property owner or facility manager.

Installation
Reference should always be made to the I-40 Victaulic FireLock Automatic Sprinklers
Installation and Maintenance Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are
included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly
data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulicfire.com.

Note
This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products
to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.
Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard
equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.

Warranty
Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details.

Trademarks
Victaulic and Firelock are registered trademarks of Victaulic Company.

TB-901 Rev B 041514 Updated 05/2014

victaulicfire.com

2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved.

También podría gustarte